Professional Paper No. 56

C A, Economic Geology, 89

B' DesoriPtive Geo'ogy. HO 

^ Systematic Geology and Paleontology, 79 

I F, Geography, 55

DEPARTMENT OK TFTK INTKRIOli

UNITED STATES "GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY

CFIARLKS Ji. WALC'OTT, DniKcnin

GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF A PORTION 

OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING

WITH SI'KCIAT, KKFKRKNCK TO

GOAL AND OI I_J

G.

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1 90T
Professional Paper No. 56

C A, Economic Geology, 89

B' DesoriPtive Geo'ogy. HO 

^ Systematic Geology and Paleontology, 79 

I F, Geography, 55

DEPARTMENT OK TFTK INTKRIOli

UNITED STATES "GEOLOGICAL SUEVEY

CFIARLKS Ji. WALC'OTT, DniKcnin

GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF A PORTION 

OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING

WITH SI'KCIAT, KKFKRKNCK TO

GOAL AND OI I_J

G.

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 

1 90T
CONTENTS.

Page.

INTRODUCTION ............................................................................ 1

Methods of field work................................................................... 1

Preparation of base map from field sheets................................................ 3

Adjustments in T. 20 N., Us. 120-121 W.............................................. 5

Adjustments in T. 22 N., R. 117 W................................................... 6

Corners in T. 22 N., R. 118 W-..................'..................................... 6

Acknowledgments..................................................................... 6

For map data.......................... ................ ................._......... 6

For geologic data..................... .....'........................................ 8

In general.......................................................................... 8

CHAPTER I. HISTORICAL REVIEW OF GEOGRAPHICAL AND GEOLOGICAL EXPLORATIONS....... ...... 9

Period of early exploration, 1834-1858.................................................... 9

Period of the TIayden and King surveys, 1868-1877........................................ 11

Present period, 1881-1905............................................................... 15

Bibliography.......................................................................... 17

CHAPTER II. GEOGRAPHY. ................................................................. 33

Location................................'............................................... 33

Topography and drainage................................................................ 34

Elevations. ...................................s................................"........ 37

Results of spirit leveling by United States Coast and Geodetic Survey.................. 37

Results of spirit leveling by United States Geological Survey......................... 38

Climate............................................................................... 41

Common plants and animals............................................................. 44

Irrigation and crops..............'...................................................... 44

Grazing............................................................................... 45

Resources. .............................................................................. 46

Towns and villages...................................................................... 46

CHAPTER ITT. STRATIGRAPHIC GEOLOGY. ..................................................... 49

Introduction......................................................................... 49

Carboniferous...-......................-.-.-.-.-.-.--------............................. 49

Weber quartzite.................................................................... 49

Park City formation ................................................................. 50

Woodside formation........................................................ i....... 50

Thaynes formation........................:........................................ 50

Fossils. ......................................................................... 51

Undifferentiated Carboniferous...................................................... 53

In Absaroka Ridge............................................................. 53

In Crawford fountains.....'......,............................................... 53

Triassic................................................................................. 56

Nugget formation.................................................................. 56

Jurassic............................................................................... 56

Twin Creek formation.. :........................................................... 56
IV CONTENTS.

III. STRATIGRAFHIC GEOLOGY Continued. Pago. 

Jurassic Continued.

Beckwith formation.. .. . ....... .. . ............... ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ ....... 57

Definition and distribution. . . ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................ 57

Age and time equivalents. ................................................ 57

Relation to "Dakota" of Fortieth Parallel Survey. ............... . . . . ............ _ 58

Cretaceous. .. .. ..-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... 5!)

Bear River formation. .............................................................. 60

Definition and distribution .. . .................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... 60

Fossils. ..................................................................... 01

Relation lo horizons in the Cretaceous section east of the Rocky Mountain" . . ...... 03

Aspen formation ................................................... 04

Frontier formation. . ............ . . . . . . . . . . . .. .............. . . . . . . . . . . ............. . 65

Definition and distribution. . . ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . 65

Fossils. ..................................................................... 65

Invertebrates. .........................................'.............. 05

Plants. ................................................................ 08

Age ............................./........................................... 0!)

Billiard formation. ............ :............................................. 6!)

Definition and distribution. . ................................................... 69

Fossils. . . ..... .. ............. . . . . . 1 . . . .. ............... . . . . . . . ................ . 71

Age............................................................................ 72

Adavillc formation. . ................................................................ 72

Definition and distribution. .................................................... 72

Fossils and time relations. ...................................................... 73

Deposits of the period between the known Cretaceous and the known Eocene. ............. 75

Evanston formation. . ............................................................... 7G

Definition and distribution. .................................................... 76

Outcrops in the vicinity of Almy. ........................................... 77

Outcrops near the Michigan-Wyoming well. ................................. 81

Outcrops at the railroad cut east of Evanston. ................................ 82

Outcrops at south end of Medicine Butte. .................................. . 83

In Baker well .near Spring Valley. .......................................... 84

Fossils ...................................................................... 94

Plants .................................................................. 84

Invertebrates. ..........................%......... 80

Age and time relations. ......................................................... 80

Wasatch group ...... 87

Subdivisions. .................................................................. 88

Almy formation ................................................ 80

Definition and distribution. .................................................... 89

Fopsilw. .........,...................-.......--........-.----------...... 89

Fowkes formation ................................................................... 90

Definition and distribution. .................................................... 00

' Fossils..... . ........... . . . . . . . . . . ...................... . . . . . . . _ . ... ............ 02

Rocuiic .................................../.......................................... 92

Wasatch group (continued). . ......................................................... 92

Knight formation ................................. 92

Definition and distribution. . ................................................... 92

Fossils. .....................................----."..................... 93

. Vertebrate.................................................. ........... 93

Invertebrate. ......................................... 90

Green River formation. .......................................................... 97

Definition and distribution. ............................... 97

Fossils. ........................._--............ 98

Bridge? formation. ......................... 99
CONTENTS. V

CHAPTER III. STRATIGRAI>HIC GEOLOGY Continued. Page.

Quaternary............................................................................. 99

Comparisons with published section in this and adjoining regions. ..---.-.-............_.. 101

Mock's Sulphur Creek section....................................................... 101

Stanton's Weber Valley section................................. .................... 103

Green River sections near Flaming Gorge, Utah....................................... 105

Structure............................................................................... 108

Meridian anticline................................................................. 108

Lazeart syncline................................................................... 109

Absaroka fault and associated minor faults.......................................... 109

Fossil syncline". ... s ................................................................. HO

Rock Creek Needles anticlinal axis...................................................1 110

Crawford Mo'untains folds and faults.................................................. " 1J2

CHAPTER IV. ECONOMIC GEOLOGY............................................................ ]J3

Coal.................................................................................. 113

In the Bear River formation..........................................'.............., 113

In the Frontier formation............................................................ 115

Coal horizons................................................................... 1]5

. Outline of discovery and development............................................ 317

Sections of the coals............................................................. J20

In the Adaville formation........................................................... 131

In the Evanston formation...-...-.......--.."....................................... 132

Quality and classification of coals...................................................... ]36

Oil...................................................................................... .139

History of development............................................................. 139

Test wells-...........................................................--.....'....... H2

Geologic relations.................................................................. 157

Quality of oil.....'................................................................. 159

Yield................,..............................................:............. 161

Practical suggestions............................................................... 162

Underground waters...................................................................... 162

Copper................................................................................. 1 63.

Sandstone............................................................................. 164

Clay.................................................................................. 164

Status of lands. ...............................................^........................ 3 64

INDEX..................................................................................... 167
ILLUSTRATIONS.

Page 

PLATE T. Characteristic topographic types.................................................... 34

II; Map of irrigated and irrigable lands................................................. 44

III. Areal geology map............................................................ In pocket.

IV. Geologic cross sections......................................................'.. In pocket.

V. Outcrops of Thaynes formation..................................................... 50

VI. Fossils characteristic of Thaynes and Twin Creek formations......................... 56

VII. Outcrops of Bear River formation and Lazuart sandstone at the type localities ....... 60

VIII. Fossils characteristic of Bear River formation.....................:.............".... 62

IX. Fossils from Frontier formation.................................................... 60

X. Fossils from Hilliarcl formation.................................................... 70

XI. Fossils from Milliard formation..................................................... 72

XII. Fossil leaves from Adaville formation............................................... 74

XIII. Views showing relations of Evanston and Almy formations at the type locality ....... 76

XIV. Sections of drill holes west of Spring Valley, Wyo., showing Tertiary coals............ 84

XV. Fossil leaves from Evaiiston formation.............................................. 86.

XVI. Almy conglomerate............................................................... 88

XVII. O\itcrops of Almy and Knight formations.. .......................................... 92

XVIIT. Corypliodon radians Cope........................................................... 92

 XIX. Fossil leaves from Green River formation..........'................................. 98

XX. Fossil fish from Green River formation............................................. 98

XXI. Views of Sulphur Creek section ................................................... 102

XXII. Views showing synclines in Lazeart and Frontier formations......................... 108

XXIII. Economic geology map ...................................................... In pocket.

XXIV. Sections of coal-bearing Frontier formation.......................................... 116

XXV. Diamond-drill borings between Kemmerer and Devils Glen.. ....................... 118

XXVI. Land map................................................................... In pocket.

Fu.. 1. Earliest map of the region (Bonneville, 1837-)............-............................. 10

2. Laud Office map. 1876, showing extent of surveys of 1871-1874......................... 13

3. Sketch map show-ing Pennsylvania!! Upper Carboniferous rocks in the vicinity of the

Crawford Mountains............................................................ 53

4. Sketch cross section of northern part of Crawford Mountains........................... 54

5. Meek's section at Sulphur Creek.......................................... .......... 101

6. Coal sections in Union Pacific Coal Company mines at Cumberland.................... 116

7. Coal beds shown in tunnel of Union Pacific Twin Creek mine No. 1................... 132

8. Coal beds shown in Hodges Pass railroad tunnel ..................................... 133

' 9. Coal sections at Almv .............................................................. 135
GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF A PORTION OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

By A. C. VEATCH.

INTRODUCTION.

The area discussed in this report comprises the extreme southwest corner of 

Wyoming and a small portion of Utah. Its northern and eastern boundaries lie, 

respectively, about 70 miles north of the southern boundary and about 35 miles 

east of the western boundary of Wyoming. The immediate incentive to this work 

was the decided economic need of more extended and accurate information regarding the coal fields of the western United States.

Field work was commenced on June 30, 1905, near Evanston, Wyo., with 

Alfred R. Schultz as chief assistant, Max A. Pishel as geologic aid and helper, and 

William Longhurst as cook and teamster. Mr. Pishel was appointed in place of a 

regular camp hand, and rendered considerable scientific assistance. In general, the 

policy of employing student help in place of regular camp hands is believed to be 

best for all parties concerned. During the illness of the writer, August 3 to September 3, Carl D. Smith, geologic aid, was added to the party. Field work was 

closed at Evanston on October 10. Doctor Schultz's efficient aid, both in the field 

and in the office, has contributed greatly to the results here presented.

METHODS OF FIKL» WORK.

As this investigation was primarily economic, concerned principally with coal 

and oil deposits, it was carried on with special reference to the lines established by 

United States land surveys rather than as an abstract piece of geologic and geographic 

mapping. In regions which have been covered by the surveys of the General Land 

Office the section and its subdivisions are the units of economic interest for everything except lode or vein deposits. All ordinary agricultural entries must conform 

to these legal subdivisions. Coal lands can be entered only by legal subdivisions, 

and even placer locations, which in substance include all mineral locations except coal 

and lode or vein deposits, must in general conform to those subdivisions. Landowners and investors, except those concerned only with lode deposits, are thus 

primarily interested in the relation of economic deposits and geologic structure to 

the land lines. Therefore, to be of the greatest economic value and to be immediately available, surveys must be conducted primarily from the standpoint of 

the lines established by the surveys of the General Land Office.
2 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTH WESTERN WYOMING.

Geologic mapping of this character, which is concerned principally with the 

location of deposits with reference to the land lines, does not involve ideally exact 

surveying. It is merely a matter of finding land corners and of locating the,geologic details with reference to them. Were the land surveys ideally exact any 

method of survey would be applicable. It would be possible to locate corners 

from known land corners by ordinary road traverse or plane-table work, but, in 

general, the land surveys are not exact. From a geodetic standpoint the allowable 

error is large, and the actual error is much larger.

In the search for land corners in any thinly settled region the most satisfactory 

field method is to pace the section lines and _ search for corners every half mile. 

This involves pacing nortli and south and east and west lines, which is simpler 

and requires less skill than ordinary meanders. Since the principal lines require 

no plotting of angles and involve fewer sights, there is consequently less chance 

of error from these sources. Further, this method permits the work to be constantly checked and corrected with reference to the land corners. In actual field 

work a man "011 line" will often fairly stumble over an obscure corner which lie 

could never discover in any other way, and in fact many corners not known to the 

local people have thus been found. Meander lines may often be used to supplement 

this method, but they must in all cases be tied to the land corners, which in general 

must be located by the rectangular work. .Rough triangulatioii can also be carried 

on to advantage in connection with the section-Hue traverses as in ordinary meander 

or tra'verse plane-table work. This method, supplemented as the needs of the case 

may demand, by rough meander and triangulatioii work, will yield all the economic 

results possible and a vast amount of purely scientific detail. The maps produced 

will lack the geographic exactness of those made of areas carefully controlled by 

triangulatioii and primary traA^erses, but the geographic inaccuracies will not 

seriously affect the geologic conclusions, and the maps will be of greater economic 

value than maps that have been carefully controlled but not properly tied to the 

land lines. Work of this character may be conducted to yield geologic results only,, 

or geologic results with enough topographic data to illustrate the geology. When 

the geologist has any topographic skill the latter is preferable, and all degrees of 

work are naturally possible between these two extremes.

In preparing for this work copies of all the plats of the Land Office surveys ' 

covering this region were obtained, as were profiles and alignment maps of the 

railroads traversing the area and descriptions of the bench marks established by the 

Coast and-Geodetic Survey and the Geological Survey along and south of the Union 

Pacific Railroad.

In the field such section lines were paced as were necessary to give the detail 

and the locations desired, and the geologic and topographic data obtained were 

plotted on regular blank township plats on the scale of 2 inches to the mile. Lines 

were not carried as continuous surveys, but only from corner to corner. Having 

paced a half mile, the geologist hunted for the corner, and when he found it considered 

it a new zero point. Contours were drawn from aneroid barometer readings based 

on railroad profiles and on the bench marks of the United States. Coast and Geodetic 

Survey and the United States Geological Survey. Work was carried into the edge 

of the region buried by the Eocene deposits only so far as was necessary to clearly
PBEPABATION OF MAP. 3

define the outline of the outcrops of the older deposits. Following the outcrop of 

these older beds, the party moved almost due north from Evanston to Sage, thence 

up the valley of Twin Creek and over the Eocene beds between Nugget and Hodges 

Pass tunnel, here of interest because of the Fossil oil fields, into the Cretaceous 

exposures in the region of Oyster Ridge. These were followed southward to a 

point south of Hilliard, where they disappeared beneath the Tertiary. The party 

then completed the circle to Evanston, where the, data collected were carefully 

considered and the weak and uncertain places in the geologic and topographic 

maps discovered. The party then went back over the same route and checked, 

corrected, and to a large degree augmented the results of the work of the first trip.

PREPARATION OF J5ASE MAP FROM FIELD SHEETS.

The combination of a number of separate plats of the Land Office surveys into 

a single map is generally attended with many difficulties, for even the best plats 

show many contradictory details of measurement, and besides there have been 

many more or less fraudulent surveys. The maps will not check, and the larger the 

area the greater the difficulty of .satisfactory- adjustment. It is always necessary 

to make certain fundamental assumptions in order to get the separate parts of the 

map together unless the region has been very accurately controlled by primary 

triangulation and traverse, and this region had not been so controlled. The 

difficulty of combining and adjusting large-scale maps of this character to a refined 

polyconic projection is evident. In this case it was felt that with the facts at hand 

there, was no justification for the expenditure of money in endeavoring to plot these 

data on a polyconic projection. The map is therefore prepared on a square projection, and is presented without claim that it embodies exact geographic accuracy.

The compilation of the base map was effected on the following assumptions 

and in the manner indicated:

It was assumed that the western boundary of the State was a straight, northsouth line and that the southern boundary of the State was a straight eastwest line and that the two meet at a plane angle of 90°. No one of these assumptions is absolutely correct. Thus, it is known from the work of the United States 

Geological Survey that the southern boundary of the State, which is theoretically 

on parallel 41° north latitude, is, in this region, south of this parallel and is not a 

straight line.

The western boundary of the State was surveyed by A. V. Richards in 1874, who 

was supposed to have established marks every mile. It was assumed that these 

original posts were exactly 1 mile, apart and the township boundaries were plotted 

accordingly. It was, however, found that in T/21 N., R. 120 W., and T. 22 N., 

R. 120 W., the actual distance is between three-tenths and five-tenths of a mile 

greater than called for by the twelve mileposts, and this mismeasurement has 

resulted in a slight distortion of the sections in T. 20 N., Rs. 120 and 121 W., as 

explained below.

The fourth standard parallel north was assumed to be exactly parallel with 

the southern boundary line of the State. This assumption gives the exact irregularity of the townships exhibited by the Land Office plats of this region, and these,
4 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

as shown by the work of this survey and by the more accurate alignment surveys 

of the Union Pacific Railroad, were very carefully made.

North of the fourth standard parallel north many difficulties in compilation 

were encountered because of the inaccurate and in many cases fraudulent character 

of the land surveys. The fraudulent returns are confined almost wholly to the 

work of James.E. Woods and those associated.with him, aiid-affect T. 19 N., R. 120 

W. (subdivisions and north and east boundaries),'T. 20 N., Rs. 119 and 120 W. 

(except west boundary), and all the original surveys in the region shown on PI. 

HI north of the fifth standard parallel north. It appears that the immediate 

cause of the subdivision of these lands was the proposed building of the Oregon 

Short Line Railroad. The deputy surveyors followed the preliminary line of the 

Oregon Short Line survey and established corners within a mile or two of this survey in a very rough and inaccurate manner. Near the State line they appear to 

have placed three corners in a haphazard fashion in T. 20 N., R. 120 W. At any 

rate, the original corners discovered by William Newbrough, county surveyor^ 

and marked for the corners oh the east side of section 8, are not related to the fifth 

standard parallel north in the way called for by the original field plats. According to Mr. Newbrough, no original corners have ever been found on the west end 

of the fifth standard parallel north, although from R. 117 W. eastward there is conclusive evidence that the work of W. 0. Downey, the surveyor of this line, was 

very accurate and reliable. From the data thus far obtained it is believed that 

the original survey of the fifth standard parallel will be found to be about onefourth mile north of the corner established by Woods as the corner of sees. 4, 5, 

8, and 9, T. 20 N., R. 120 W. In plotting this area the surveys of Rs. 115 and 

116 W. between the fourth and fifth standard parallels surveys which were found 

to have been very carefully made were assumed to be correct as shown, and a 

line was drawn perpendicular to the fourth standard parallel at the point called 

for in the original plat and the distance to the fifth standard parallel indicated on 

the original plats measured off. This point on the fifth standard parallel was 

shown on the alignment maps of the Oregon Short Line Railroad. It was assumed 

that the north line of T. 21 N. had been correctly connected with the 58-mile post 

on the State line and that this post was exactly 58 miles a from the southwest corner 

of the State, and a line drawn perpendicular to the State line at this point prolonged 2 miles east. This gave a second point on the Oregon Short Line alignment. 

The railroad surveys were then plotted between these two known points, and the 

direction and bearing of all corners found by the railroad survey were copied as 

given on the alignment maps. From the points thus obtained the section and 

quarter lines were drawn according to the best data obtainable.

The plats of the resurveys of T. 21 N., R. 115 W.; T. 22 N., Rs. 115 and 116 W., 

and T. 23 N., Rs. 115 and 116 W., made by Stable and Van Orsdel in 1903, were 

not in hand when the field work was being done, but all the work was tied to the 

new corners established in this resurvey, all of which were found to be correctly 

placed and well marked. Plats of these resurveys were obtained after return to the 

office and were carefully checked with the field sheets of this survey.

» As already stated, there is some evidence of error in the, measurement of the State line.
PREPARATION OF MAP. 5

The compilation in several townships needs special explanation, which isgiven below:

Adjustments in T. 20 N., Bs. 120 and 121 W. No original corners were found in 

T. 20 N., R. 120 W. by this survey except the southwest corner of-the township, which 

was located without difficulty on the line brought up the west side of T. 19 N., R. 120 

W. Lines were paced east from this point and then north, and oil stakes were found 

in the following supposed positions, as shown on the base map: SE. corner, sec. 31;- 

quarter corner, south line, sec. 32; SE. corner, sec. 32; quarter corner, north line, 

sec. 35; NE.' corner, sec. 35; quarter corner, north line, sec. 36; center, see. 25; 

quarter, west line, sec. 25; center, sec. 26.; quarter, east line, sec. 32; center, sec. 28; 

quarter, east line, so,c. 28; NE. corner, sec. 29; quarter, east line, sec. 20; NW. corner, 

sec. 20; quarter, north line, sec. 21; center, sec. 8; quarter, north line, sec. 8; center, 

sec. 5. The distances and directions between these oil-claim corners were found to be 

approximately correct, and no difficulty was experienced in locating them. The oil 

stake found by this survey to repres3nt the north center of sec. 8 was connected with 

corner "A," established by William Newbrough. Corner "A" is a private corner 

placed on the west side of the Bridger road near the mouth of Spring Creek to assist 

in finding the three original corners discovered by Mr. Newbrougli on the east line of 

sec. 8. Corner "A" is S. 64° 45' E. 1,322 feet from the original quarter corner, on 

the east line of sec. 8. This connection showed that the oil stake supposed to represent the quarter corner on the north line of sec. 8 (which is approximately 1.5 miles 

east and 5 miles north of the known Government corner at the southwest corner of 

the township) is approximately 0.25 mile west and 0.05 mile north of the original 

quarter corner on the east line of sec. 8. With relation to the known corners on the 

south, the original southeast corner ot sec. 8 is thus approximately 0.25 mile too far 

west and 0.45 mile too far north. In the compilation or the base map the south line 

ot T. 20 N., R. 121 W. and the north line of T. 21 N., R. 120 W. were plotted 

according to their position with reference to the mileposts on the State line survey 

given in the original township plats. The three original corners on the west side of 

sec. 8 were then plotted from the position of the north line of T. 21 N. The space 

remaining between the north line of T. 19 N. and the southeast corner of gee. 8 was 

by this plotting 4.15 miles, while that required by pacing was 4.45. The difference 

is apparently due to errors in the State line measurement, but the method of correcting the discrepancy is not evident with the data at hand, and the map has been 

left as plotted. The topography has been drawn in this space in exact ratio to it and 

is therefore relatively correct, but the north-south scale is slightly smaller than that 

employed in the rest of the map. The section lines have been projected by connecting these original corners on the west line of sec. 8 with the real section corners 

on the west township line, and with assumed corners, correctly placed, on the east 

and south .township lines, and the remaining positions inferred by the division of distances between known points. In T. 20 N., R. 120 W. there are, therefore, the 

following errors: The sections indicated are in all probability not'those established 

by the original survey, if indeed, any were then established. The scale employed for 

the southern four tiers of sections is 0.93 of the scale employed in the remainder of 

the map.
6 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOfTTHWESTEBN WYOMING.

As the west line of this township is a guide meridian, surveyed by Medary and 

Grant, who ran the south-and west botmdaries of T. 19 N., R. 120 W., which have, 

be'en found to be correct in every respect, this line was assumed to be correct and 

was projected northward and laid off as described by these surve3rors. The accuracy 

of the other work of these surveyors would indicate that no difficulty should be 

experienced in finding the corners along this line. The fifth standard parallel was 

placed in T. 20 N., R. 121 W., as located by Medary and Grant, and this is doubtless 

its true position instead of that shown in T. 20 N., R. 120 W. and'called for by the 

Woods survey. The lower four tiers of sections in this township are distorted in the 

same ratio as the lower part of T. 20 N., R. 120 W.

Adjustments in T. 22 N., R. 117 IF. The original survey of Woods in T. 22 N., 

R. 116 W., appears to have been run only along the valley of Hams Fork. The 

work was very inaccurate, and the west line of the township was located one-fourth 

mile too far east. In letting the contract for the resurvey of T. 22 N., R. 116 W., no 

provision was made for the reestablishment of the west line of the township, which 

therefore remains one-fourth mile too far east. T. 22 N., R. 117 W., which was 

probably never surveyed, has been divided regularly, and this error placed in the 

west tier of sections. 'This is clearly a hypothetical division and affects the correctness of the agricultural locations shown on PI. XXVI, which are doubtless actually 

located in the deep valley west and south of the point shown on the map. i

Corners in T. 22 N., R. 118 W. No original corners were found in this township « 

except the southeast corner of sec. 32, and no others are reported by Mr. Newbrough. 

Mr. Newbrough has, however, surveyed northward along Rock Creek Valley for the 

benefit of the lessees and owners, Beckwith, Quinn & Co., and established for their 

convenience certain reference corners. These reference corners are shown on the / 

base map. (

This base map clearly lacks the geographic exactness that would have "been 

possible had it been carefully controlled by primary triangulation and traverse, but 

the distortion is not sufficient to affect in any way the economic conclusions. As has 

been shown above, the unit of economic interest is here the section and its subdivisions, and.the map is as accurate as it can be made on the scale adopted in regard to 

the geologic data shown in each section in areas of economic importance.

ACKNOW-LTCDGMEIVTS.

For map data. The maps accompanying this report embody all available data, 

much of which has been to a greater or less extent corrected or modified by field work. 

The location of the railroad as shown by the railroad alignment maps has been 

accepted as correct, but it has been necessary to correct many of the topographic 

details appearing on these maps. Some of the maps obtained were of assistance 

only as aids in planning the work, the data they furnished in no way determining or 

affecting the geographical and geological results. The map data given in' the following 

list is for the most part manuscript material received in the shape of blue-prints or 

copied from original sheets.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

Map data, in addition to field sheets, collected in the preparation of the base map used in Pis. HI, XXIII,

and XXVI.

Diamond Coal and Coke Company:

Coal lands of Diamond Coal and Coke Company at mines Nos. 1 and 2, by William Newbrough, 

 March 15, 1904; scale, 1 inch to 600 feet. 

Coal lands of Diamond Coal and Coke Company at mine No. 3, by William Newbrough; scale,

1 inch to 600 feet.

Town plat of Glencoc, Wyo.; scale, 1 inch to 100 feet.

Wagon roads of sec. 20, T. 20 N., R. 116 W., Uinta County. Wyo.; scale, I inch to 000 feet. 

Map from Kenuuerer to Oakley; scale, 1 inch to 600 feet. 

William Newbrough:

Southern Uinta County, Wyo., showing lands covered by tax list of county, March 1, 1905; scale,

1 inch to 2 miles. 

Southern part of Uinta County, Wyo., showing land entries, State and railroad patented land, and

oil claims, 1903; scale, three-fourths inch to 1 mile. 

Map of the Shield ranch of Beckwith, Quinn & Co. in Uinta County,. Wyo., and Rich County

Utah, 1903; scale, 2 inches to 1 mile. [Gives data from T. 20 N. northward and from west of the

State line eastward to Rock .Creek.] 

 Map of Evanston, Wyo., 1903; scale, 2~50 feet to 1 inch. 

Road maps: Official maps of county roads made by William Nowbrougli wliile county surveyor

and filed in county court-house. Scale, 2 inches to 1 mile. Evanston to Hilliard, Hilliard to

Altamont, Hilliard to Aspen, Lazeart to Spring Valley (Pioneer Hollow road), Evanston to Fort

Bridger, Kemmerer to Fontenellc, Frontier to upper Haras Fork bridge. 

Canal maps: Bear ditch and West Side canals on Hilliard' Flat." Chapman canal in T. 16 N.,

R. 120 W. 

Oregon Short Line Railroad Company:

Alignment, Beckwith to Opal; scale, 1 inch to 2,000 feet.

Profile, Granger to Border; resident engineer's office, Salt Lake City, Utah, September, 1902;

horizontal scale, 1 inch to 200 feet; vertical scale, 1 inch to 3 feet. 

Station plats; scale, 1 inch to 100 feet: Beckwith (December 14, 1904); Diamondville (January 1,

1904)'; Fossil (August 30, 1903); Kemmerer (October 17, 1902); Nugget (October 14, 1902); Sage

(August 30, 1903); Waterfall (April 1, 1903).

Oregon Short Line'in vicinity of Waterfall quarry; scale, 1 inch to 200 feet. January 21, 1902. 

Union Pacific Coal Company:

Outcrops, Piedmont-Kemmerer, Uinta County, Wyo.; scale, 1J inches to 1 mile. November, 1900. 

Map of Cumberland mines, buildings, etc.. in sees. 19, 30, 31, T. 19 N., R. 110 W., June 1, 1902;

scale, 1 inch to 200 feet. [Detailed topographic map with contour interval of.10 feet.] 

Twin Creek mines and buildings; scale, 1 inch to 300 feet. 

Union Pacific Railroad Company «

Map showing track to coal mines at Almy, Wyo.; scale, 400 feet to 1 inch. October 23, 1888.

Alignment, new line, Hampton, Wyo., to Wyuta, Utah; scale, 1 inch to 2,000 feet.

Alignment, old line, Leroy to Evanston; scale, 1 inch to 1,000 feet.

Profile, new line. Antelope to Millis; horizontal scale, 1 inch to 400 feet; vertical scale, 1 inch to

.30 feet.

Profile, old line, Lcroy to Millis: horizontal scale. 1 inch to 400 foot; vertical scale, 1 inch to 30 feet. 

Union Pacific Railroad Company, land department:

Map of contested Union Pacific lands, Uinta County. Wyo.; scale. 1 inch to 1 mile. September 27,

1902. Extends north to north line of T. 19 N. 

Plat of oil wells in T. 15 N., R. 118 W., showing approxima-te location and depth and comparative

elevation above Union Pacific well. July, 1904.

a. llcci-ivcd in part from chief engineer ol Union Pacific Railroad at Omahii, Nebr., and in part from chief engineer of 

Oregon Short Line (under whose supervision the Union Pacific line west of Green River now comes) at Salt Lake City.
8 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

United States Coast and Geodetic Survey:

Bench marks along new line of Union Pacific Railroad. Complete list, with descriptions, on

p. 38. 

United States General Land Office:

Photographic copies of original township plats for whole area. 

United States Geological Survey:

Coalville (Utah) and Hayden Peak (Utah-Wyoming) quadrangles, surveyed 1899-1901 by -II. L.

Baldwin, Jeremiah Ahern, and W. J. Lloyd. Used on southern edge of base map. 

Bench marks. Precise bench marks between Evanston and southwest corner of State. Complete

list, with descriptions, given on pp. 39-40. 

Wyoming Western Railroad:

Alignment, Moyer Junction to Cumberland- scale, 1 inch to 2,000 feet. 1903. - 

Profile, Moyer Junction to Cumberland; horizontal scale, 1 inch to 400 feet; vertical scale, 1 inch to 

30 feet. January 1, 1904.

For geologic data. All the coal companies in this region have furnished mine 

plats and in every way endeavored to further the work. The oil operators have to a 

limited extent furnished well records, and the railroads have supplied tunnel sections. The sources of these data are specifically acknowledged where they are used 

in the text. In addition to the assistance thus given, valuable aid was rendered by 

members of this Survey, particularly by Drs. T. W. Stanton and F. H. Knowlton.

In general. The Survey is particularly indebted to Mr. William Newbrough, 

civil engineer and formerly county surveyor of Uinta County; Mr. Frank Manley, 

chief engineer Union Pacific Coal Company; Mr. Thomas Sneddon, superintendent 

Diamond Coal and Coke Company; Mr. P. J. Quealy, manager Kemmerer Coal 

Company; Mr. J. H. Martin, superintendent Rocky Mountain Coal and Iron Company; Mr. A. B. Taylor and Mr. D. H. MacMil'an, of the Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil 

Company; Mr. Charles O. Richardson, of the Standard Reserve Oil Company; 

Mr. B. A. McAllaster, land commissioner of the Union Pacific Railroad; Mr. 

Orlando Curtis; and Mr. Morris Morrison.
CHAPTER I.

HISTORICAL REVIEW OF GEOGRAPHICAL AND GEOLOGICAL

EXPLORATIONS..

Until the Mexican cession of 1848 all the area treated in this report except a 

very small portion north of the forty-second parallel, in T. 23 N., was Spanish or 

Mexican territory. It then became parts of Cache, Summit, and Green River counties, Utah Territory. In 1868 all the former Mexican territory east of longitude 34° 

west of Washington and north of latitude 41° N. was made part of Wyoming Territory. In the early maps the meridian 34° west of Washington was placed about 

10 miles too far east, and for several years after the organization of the Territory 

of Wyoming, Evanston is referred to in the reports as in Utah. The small portion of 

the area that lies north of latitude 42° N. was successively part of Oregon, Washington, and Idaho Territories.

PERIOD OF EARTHY EXPLORATION, 1834-1858.

The earliest extended knowledge of the geographic features of this region 

obtained by white men was doubtless that of the pioneer traders of the Rocky 

Mountain Fur Company Gen. William Ashley, Capt. William Sublette, Capt.. 

Robert Campbell, Capt. James Bridger, Louis Vasquez, and their associates. but 

the first contribution to the world's knowledge of the geography of this general 

region was that resulting from the explorations of Captain Bonneville in 1834 

and 1835. Although Bonneville's explorations were confined largely to regions north 

and west of this area, he passed across the northern part of it in April, 1835.° He 

collected a large amount of fairly accurate data regarding the country to the south, 

and his map (fig. 1) is the first to give even the roughest approximation of the principal geographic features of this general region.

In 1837 Capt. James Bridger and Louis Vasquez established on Blacks Fork a 

trading post named Fort Bridger, and so advantageously was this post situated with 

reference to the natural central overland route that it became one of the most important points on the emigrant route to Salt Lake and .California, and for a time on the 

Oregon emigrant road. Later it was of importance as a point on the overland stage 

route. In 1857 it was occupied by the United States Army as a military post, and 

thus became the natural rendezvous of the scientific expeditions of the second period. 

Southern Uinta County thus contained during the first period one settlement and 

was crossed by the main central emigrant trail, by the Oregon emigrant trail leading 

from Fort Bridger northwestward, and later by the Sublette Cut-off on the Oregon 

Trail north of Twin Creek, and the early explorations were naturally largely confined 

to these natural routes of travel.

a Irving, Washington, The Rocky Mountains, or Scenes, Incidents, and Adventures in the Far West; from Journal of 

Capt. B. L. E. Bonneville, Philadelphia, 1837, vol. 2, p. 223. "Capt Bonneville and his party passed by Ham's Fork and 

reached the Colorado or Green River without accident."
10 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

The geographic and geologic contributions of this period are the results of the 

explorations and records of Fremont in 1843, Clayton in 1847, Stansbury in 1849-50, 

Egloffstein (Beckwith) in 1854, Lander and Wagner in 1857-58, and Simpson and 

Engelmannin 1858. Fremont, Stansbury, Simpson, and Beckwith were officers in 

the United States Army, and their explorations were made largely for military purposes. Beckwith's expedition was undertaken in connection with the early exploratory surveys made by the Government to discover a practicable railroad route to the 

Pacific Ocean. Lander and Wagner were engaged in '' looking out" and constructing

109 Longitude west IO8 from Greenwich 107

FIG. 1. Earliest published map of region covered by this report; Bonnevilie, 1837. A copy of a portion of "A map of the 

sources of the Colorado and Big Salt Lake, Platte, Yeliow-Stone, Muscie-ShclI, Missouri; and Salmon and Snake rivers, 

branches of the Columbia River."

wagon roads under the Interior Department and Clayton was a member of the 

pioneer band of Mormons which reached Salt Lake on July 19, 1847. The contributions of 'each of these explorers is discussed in detail in the bibliographic notes given 

later. The net result of the geographic explorations, as shown in Warren's carefully compiled map in the final report of the Pacific Railroad surveys, was a correct 

delineation of all the important geographic features of this region.. The geologic 

results were much more meager. Coal beds had been found on Sulphur Creek, and on 

Little Muddy Creek at Cumberland and Reservoir Gap, and Stansbury had placed
MISTOBY OF EXPLORATIONS. - 11

on his map the words "Great Coal Basin," extending from the west bank of Bear 

River, near the present site of Evanston, to Point of Rocks, in Sweetwater County. 

Oil had been discovered on Sulphur Creek, and probably on the head of Twin Creek. 

James Hall, to whom the specimens collected by Fremont had been submitted, compared the fossils from the Tertiary beds east of Green River with those from the 

Cretaceous grcensands of New Jersey. He'described fresh-water shells from the 

Eocene beds east of Cumberland as marine species, and tentatively referred them to 

the Oolitic, as he likewise did the leaves from the Benton Cretaceous. Engelmann, 

who accompanied Simpson, recognized the three principal divisions of the Tertiary 

of this region, and correctly assigned the outcrops of the Benton and Bear River 

formations on Sulphur Creek to the Cretaceous. Meek, however, examined the 

Bear River fossils collected by Engelmann and regarded them as basal Tertiary, 

and so started the long discussion of the age of the Bear River beds.

PERIOD OF THE HAYDEN AND KING SURVEYS, 1868-1877.

Shortly after the civil war, which had interrupted the Government exploration 

of this region, and which was in large measure the cause of the long interval between 

the first and second periods, two great Government scientific corps began the exploration of the western United States the King survey, under the auspices of the 

War Department, and the Hay den survey, under the auspices of the Interior Department. Two other important scientific corps worked in the western United States 

before the close of this period the Wheeler survey (Geographical Survey West of 

the One-hundredth Meridian) and the Powell survey (Geographical and Geological 

Survey of the Rocky Mountain Region); the first did not touch this area, and 

although Major Powell visited the Sulphur Creek locality his visit was made mainly 

to examine the section described by Meek, to which description he added nothing.

The King survey began work in 1867 in California on- the famous Fortieth Parallel Survey, which was designed to furnish a complete section across the mountain 

regions of the western United States between the Pacific Ocean and the east flank of 

the Rocky Mountains. This survey was carried along the line of the Union Pacific 

and Central Pacific railroads, which were completed in March, 1869, and greatly 

facilitated the explorations made during this period. The King survey completed 

its field work in 1874 on the eastern flank of the Rocky Mountains, having made a 

geologic and topographic map 100 miles wide along the line of work.

The field work of the King survey in the area discussed in the present report 

occupied portions of the years 1869, 1871, and 1872. In 1869 the area as far east as 

' the divide between Bear and Green rivers was surveyed. The Gardiner party, with 

Arnold Hague, geologist, suryeyed the "portion lying north of the Union Pacific 

Railroad, beginning at Echo Canyon and continuing eastward to the Green River 

divide. They surveyed the valley of Bear River and made highly valuable observations on the coal formation." a King "went eastward south of the Union Pacific 

to-Bear River, and thence up Bear River into the Uinta Mountains."" In 1871, 

with headquarters at -Fort Bridger, S. F. Emmons carried the work eastward as far 

as Washakie, in Sweetwater County. In 1872 a general reexamination of the whole

a Unpublished letters from Clarence King to Chiof of Engineers 

3694 No. 56 07 2
12 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

region surveyed was made by the geologists of the King survey. Hague reached 

Evanston in August from a trip into the Bear River plateau, following practically 

Hayden's route of the preceding year. So far as is shown by the maps and text 

composing its report the actual exploration made by the King survey in this region 

appears to have been confined to a hasty examination along the. line of the railroad 

and along Oyster Ridge. The -greater portion of the territory that which lies 

north and west of these lines of travel was clearly never seen by members of the 

King survey.

Members of the Hayden survey worked in this area in 1868, 1869, 1870, 1871, 

1872, and 1877. In the fall of 1868, and again in 1869, Ilaydeii examined the 

country along the route of the Union Pacific Railroad from Cheyenne to Great Salt 

Lake. In 1870, with headquarters at Fort Bridgcr, he examined the upper part 

of Bear River, Muddy Creek, Blacks Fork, and Smiths Fork, and in November 

again examined the geology along the line of the railroad, particularly in this immediate region. In tliis year James T. Hodge examined the coal mines at Almy, in 

connection with his general study of the western coal fields for the Ilayden survey. 

Hayden and Peale, in 1871, "passed up the valley of Bear River, by way of Bear 

Lake, to Evanston," from which point, after examining the Almy coal mines, Peale 

proceeded to Fort Bridger and Hayden again reviewed the geology along the railioad.

In 1872 several Hayden parties worked in this area. Meek and Bannister 

made detailed stratigraphic and paleontologic studies along the railroad, Lesquereux 

collected leaves from the coal-bearing beds at Almy, and Cope conducted an expedition up Green River to Fontenelle Creek, and thence to the source of that stream, 

crossed Oyster Ridge divide, and descended Hams Fork to the Union Pacific, and 

returned to Fort Bridger. He then studied the region between Hilliard and Evaiiston, collecting fossils in the Wasatch beds near the present railroad bridge over Bear 

River.

In 1877 Gannett and Peale of the Hayden survey mapped geologically and 

topographically, on a scale of 4 miles to the inch, with contour intervals of 200 feet, 

all the area north of the King map. In the same year Wilson visited Evanston for 

the purpose of connecting his triangulation with the triangulation station of the 

Fortieth Parallel Survey on Medicine Butte, and White studied the Evanston and 

Bear River localities.

The Land Office surveys were initiated in this region in January, 1871, when 

Nathan B. Cook extended the fourth standard parallel through this area to a point 

near the State line. In the fall of the same year W. 0. Downey, starting from a 

point established by Cook, surveyed the fourteenth guide meridian southward to 

the third standard parallel, the third standard parallel west to the fifteenth guide 

meridian, and the fifteenth guide meridian north to the fourth standard parallel. 

Before the close of this year the exterior boundaries of Tps. 13-16 N., Rs. 119-120 W., 

were established, and the subdivision of Tps. 13-16 N., R. 120 W., was completed. 

Land Office surveys continued actively until 1875 and resulted in the survey v of 

the southern boundary of the State in 1873 and the western boundary in 1874, 

the complete subdivision of the whole area south of the fourth standard parallel, 

the subdivision of Tps. 17-20 N., Rs. 115 and 116 W.,' and Tps. 17 and 18 N., Rs.
HAYDEN AND KING SURVEYS. 13

120 and 121 W., and the complete survey of the fifth standard parallel and of the 

fifteenth guide meridian as far north as the fifth standard parallel. No surveys 

were made by the Land Office in this region between 1875 and 1880.

In addition to these parties, H. R. Durkee and William Cleburne, of the Union 

Pacific Railroad, collected important paleontologic material, and private parties of 

Prof. O. C. Marsh worked in the Wasatch beds near Evanston for short periods 

during one or more years in the early seventies.

SO miles

FIG. 2. Copy of portion of the. Land Office map of Wyoming published in 1876. with addition of boundaries of PI. Ill, showing extent of surveys of 1871-1874. Townships marked with + were completply subdivided at that time. These 

surveys are, on the whole, very accurate. The remainder of the, area treated in this report was surveyed in 1881-1882. 

These surveys, with the exception of those of W.J. Boland in Rs. 117-119 W.. Tps. 17-19 N., and Rs. 117-118 W., T. 20N., 

are entirely fraudulent.

Geographically, the result of surveys of this period was a considerable refinement of the broad outlines of the topography obtained by the explorations of the 

first period. The Union Pacific Railroad surveys yielded a considerable amount of 

detailed information concerning the region along the line of the railroad, which,
14 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

while never published as such, was available in the office of the railroad company, 

and has been incorporated in many maps, notably, that 'of the Fortieth Parallel 

Survey.

The King and Hayden surveys resulted in the production of maps of the whole 

area on a scale of 1 inch to 4 miles, with contour intervals, in the Hayden maps, of 

200 feet and, in the King maps, of 300 feet. The Hayden maps, surveyed by Gannett, covering approximately the area north of the fifth standard parallel, are 

wonderfully accurate considering the rapidity with which the work was done. They 

are in marked contrast with the maps of the Fortieth Parallel Survey, made under 

about the same conditions. Instead of the crude, expressionless topography of 

the King maps, there are in this Hayden map tho broad generalizations of a master 

hand.

The maps of the Land Office, on a scale of 2 miles to the inch, which cover most 

of the area mapped by the King survey, were available before the close of this period 

in manuscript or, on a reduced scale, in the map of Wyoming published by the Land 

Office in TS76. (Fig. 2.) '

The geological results/of this period include the preparation of a geological map 

of the whole area, in part by the King survey and in part by Peale, of the Hayden 

survey. The line between the work of the two organizations was very near the 

fifth standard parallel. The Peale map of this area, with the accompanying discussion, wa.s a distinct contribution to geologic knowledge, but that of the King survey, 

with the exception of the crude and inaccurate representation of the geology along 

Oyster Ridge and part of Mammoth Hollow, not only contained nothing new, but 

was misleading.

The period, as a whole is most noteworthy for its important paleontologic results. 

Meek and White made valuable contributions to Cretaceous faunas from a study of 

collections made near Hilliard, at Carter Oil Spring, near Waterfall, and at Sage. 

Both made detailed studies of the Hilliard, or old Bear River City locality, and 

described many species from the Bear River formation, which, because they failed 

to recognize the structural relations at Bear River City, they regarded as upper 

Cretaceous or basal Eocene, the word "post-Cretaceous" having been used by 

White in describing this formation. The Bonton Cretaceous was recognized in 

outcrops near Aspen. Fossils collected in the vicinity of Hilliard from the formation described in the present report as the Frontier were incorrectly -referred to the 

Fox Hills, while fossils from the same beds at Carter Oil Spring were correctly 

referred to the Benton. Lesquereux made extensive studies of the material collected by himself, Hayden, and Peale near Almy. Cope described vertebrate 

fossils from the Wasatch'formation obtained by Hayden in the vicinity of Evanston 

in 1871 and .by himself in 1872 and 1873.

Thus this region became one of the storm centers of tho Laramie-Tertiary-Cretaceous discussion, since it contains the type locality of the Bear River formation, here 

associated clearly with Cretaceous fossils, the leaf-bearing beds at Evanston on which 

Lesquereux based some of his conclusions, and, between the two, the type locality 

of the first vertebrate fossils found in the Wasatch.

Cope also described a largo amount of vertebrate material collected from the 

Green River beds near the present town of Fossil, and Marsh described material 

collected by his assistants from the Wasatch beds near Evanston.
BJiCENT EXPLOKATIONS. 15

The economic development during this period included the opening of important 

mines near Evanston. An attempt was made to develop a mine at the present 

site of Sage. Some work was done in the vicinity of the Carter and White oil springs, 

and small amounts of oil were collected and sold. Extensive beds of coal were 

discovered at Hodges Pass in the formation now called Adaville. Coal was reported 

by Cope in the present Frontier formation, north of the site of the town of Frontier, 

and by the Government Land Office surveyors in Tps. 17-20 N., R. 116 W.

PRESENT PERIOD, 1881-19O5.

The last work of the several early Government geological organizations in this 

region was that of the Haydeii survey in 1877. In 1879 the United States Geological Survey was created as a successor to and in a way a combination of the four 

Federal organizations which had been engaged in making topographic and geologic 

surveys in the region west of the 100th meridian during the second period. It 

was, however, not until 1881 that any work was done in this area by the United 

States "Geological Survey. In the fall of that year Dr. Lester F. Ward collected 

fossil leaves at Hodges Pass tunnel, in the lower portion-of ,the beds described in 

this report as the Adaville formation. In 1885 Dr. C. A. White visited Evanston 

for the purpose of reexamining the coal-bearing beds at that point and comparing 

them with the coal-bearing beds of Wales, Utah, which he regarded as of Wasatch 

age. Dgctor White again visited this portion of Bear River Valley in 1891, and, 

in company with Dr. T. W. Stanton, examined the exposures.of the Bear River 

formation near old Bear River City and north of Evanston. Doctor Stanton then 

continued the study of the Bear River formation at Waterfall, Sage, and Cokeville. 

Five years later Doctor Stanton and Dr. F. H. Knowlton, together studying the 

Laramie beds, examined the exposures at Hodges Pass and Evanston. Edward 

O. Hills, topographer of the United States Geological Survey, in 1897 and 1898 ran 

lines of precise levels and established numerous bench marks in the area between 

and south of Evanston and Hilliard. In 1898 II. L. Baldwin established triangulation stations at Bridger Butte and Medicine Butte in connection with his work in 

adjoining portions of Utah. Between 1899 and 1901 Messrs. Baldwin, Aliern, and 

Lloyd surveyed the Coalville and Hayden Peak (Utah-Wyoming) topographic 

sheets, which extend a fraction of a mile north of the south boundary of the State, 

from the southwest corner to a point 30 miles east. In 1901-2 E. W. Glafcke ran 

lines of precise levels and established bench marks east and southeast of Hilliard. 

In addition to these actual field examinations, members of the Survey studied 

material collected during the second period and gathered -statistics regarding the 

mineral resources.

Two State officials examined and published geologic reports on portions of this^ 

area during this period. Territorial Geologist Louis D. Ricketts visited the oil 

springs at Carter and Hilliard in 1887 and made a detailed study of the Evanston 

coal mines in 1889. Prof. Wilbur C. Knight, of the State University, in 1893 collected coal samples at Almy, and in 1898 made a preliminary investigation of the 

Hilliard, Carter, and Twin Creek oil springs. In 1901-2, after the Spring Valley 

oil discovery, he again studied this region. .

The Coast and Geodetic Survey line of precise levels connecting the Atlantic 

and Pacific oceans was run through this region along the line of the Union Pacific
16 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Hallway in the summer of 1903 by Ralph L. Libby, and numerous bench marks 

\vere established.

The survey of the public lands in this area was supposedly completed by W. J. 

Boland and James E. Woods and associates in 1881 and 1882. Boland surveyed 

Rs. 117-119 W.,Tps. 17-19 N., Rs. 117-118 W., T.20 N.; Woods surveyed Tps. 19-20 

N., Rs. 120-121 W., and all bf the townships here considered north of the fifth 

standard parallel. The surveys made by Woods are wholly fraudulent and inaccurate, and the Land Office is now engaged in resurveying the areas covered by his 

work. Tps. 22-23 N.,Rs. 115-116 W.,and T. 21 N.,R. 115 W.,were thus resu'rveyed 

by Edward F. Stahle and John P. Van Orsdel in 1903.

The important geologic results of this period include, besides valuable palcontological contributions by Lesquereux, Cope, and Marsh, based on collections near 

Evanston and Twin Creek during the second period, and various more or less statistical papers: (1) The determination by Dr. T. W. Stanton of the true stratigraphic 

position of the Bear River formation at the base of the marine Cretaceous of this 

region; (2) the determination, again by Doctor Stanton, of the Colorado age of much 

of the strata 'mapped as Fox Hills by the early explorers; (3) the publication of a 

detailed paleontologic report on the Bear River formation by Doctor White, and 

(4) the publication by Doctor Ward of descriptions of fossil leaves from the Laramic 

at Hodges Pass.

The knowledge of the geography of the region was advanced by the Land 

Office surveys of Boland, and to a very limited extent by those of Woods. In the 

last few years much precise elevation data has been obtained by lines of levels of the 

Coast and Geodetic Survey run along the Union Pacific Railroad, and of the United 

States Geological Survey between that line and the southern boundary of the State. 

The exact position of Medicine Butte, Bridger Butte, the southwest corner of the 

State, and the southeast corner of Uinta County were determined by the latter 

organization preparatory to making detailed topographic-surveys of this area.

In this period the Almy coal mines reached their maximum development and 

then declined to the almost total desertion of to-day. Coal mines were opened at 

Twin Creek and Spring Valley and abandoned,'in each case, in a few years. The 

development of the Bcnton coals commenced in the early nineties and, receiving 

impetus both from the high quality of the coal and from favorable treatment by the 

Oregon Short Line Railroad, has proceeded rapidly, until now there are important 

private mines at Frontier, Diamondville, Oakley, and Glencoe and railroad mines 

at Cumberland. The discovery of oil at Spring Valley in 1900 attracted many to 

this region, but as no large strikes were made the excitement soon died out, leaving 

a few well-supported, persistent companies to complete the development of a very 

promising field.
GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING. 17

BIBTjTOGRAPIIY.

The development of the geographic and geologic knowledge of this area, which 

has been outlined above, is given in detail chronologically in'the following list. ..In 

the preparation of this bibliography an effort has been made to restrict it for the 

most part to articles based on original work in this area or containing unpublished 

material. A few exceptions have been made in cases where the articles seemed to 

be of particular importance or value from a historical standpoint or as-works of 

reference. Separate editions have, for the most part, been discussed under the date 

of the first issue.

GEOLOGICAL AND CARTOGRAPHICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE PORTION OF 

SOUTHERN UINTA COUNTY, WYO., TREATED IN THIS REPORT.

1837.

1. Bonneville, Capt. B. L. E. A map of the

sources of the Colorado & Big Salt Lake, 

Platte, Yello\v-Stone, Muscle-Shell, Missouri; & Salmon & Snake Rivers, branches of 

the. Columbia River. [Scale, 23.3 miles to 1 

inch. Generalized hachurc topography.]

In Washington living's The Rooky Mountains, or 

Scenes, Incidents, and Adventures in the Far West; 

Irom the Journal of Capt B.L E Bonneville. Vol.1, 

Philadelphia, 1837.

The first map to show any of the geographic features of this region.

1845.

2. Fremont, Capt. J. C. Report of the exploring expedition to the Rocky Mountains in 

the year 1842, and to Oregon and California 

in the years 1843-44. Washington, 1845.

Published as Senate Doc. No. 174 and House Doc. 

No. 166, 28th Gong., 2d sess., pp. 130-132. Many subsequent editions.

On August 17, 1843, Fremont crossed Green River 

near the mouth of Big Sandy and followed the usual 

emigrant road up Black Fork nearly to Fort Bridger. 

Here he turned northward along the emigrant's road 

to Oregon, crossing Muddy Creek (which he describes 

as "a salt creek") near Carter, and struck -Little 

Muddy Creek, ' one of the heads of Ham's Fork, 

called Muddy," a few miles cast of Cumberland Gap. 

Turning westward up this creek he passed ji round 

the big bend of the old Soda Springs road north of 

Reservoir Gap and then up Little Muddy Creek and 

over the divide'to the headwaters of Bridger Creek, 

which he names Muddy Creek on his luap. He followed this to Bear River bottoms, along which he 

turned northward.

He collected a few shells in the Wasalch Ijeds east 

of Cumberland and found leaves in the Frontier formation near Cumberland Cap, both of which he 

regards as Jurassic. He reports coal beds here and 

north of Reservoir Gap and describes the variegated 

Wasatch beds near the head of Little Muddy Creek.

3. Fremont, Capt. J. C. Map of an exploring 

expedition to the Rocky Mountains,in the 

year 1842 and to Oregon and north California in the years 1843-44. [Scale, 1:2,000- 

000; hachure topography by Charles Prouss.] 

In Fr<jmont's Rcpt. Explg. Exped. to Rocky Mountains, etc., Senate Doc. No. 174, House Doc. No. 100, 

28th Gong , 2d sess., 1845.

On edge of map is: Profile of the route from the 

mouth of the Kansas to the Pacific, horizontal scale 

1 3,000,000. [Tile horizontal distances on profile are 

not plotted to this scale.]

Onthis map the parallels are approximately correct, 

but the meridians are about 10 miles too far oast. 

The general geographic features along the route are 

well shown and the map is to he regarded as the first 

important contribution to the detailed knowledge of 

the. interior geography of this area. "Blacks Fork" 

and an unnamed tributary (Smiths Fork) are represented. Muddy Fork, which is not named, is shown

- as a tributary of Littlci Muddy Fork, and the united 

stream, instead of entering Blacks Fork near Church 

Bnttes, is connected with the lower part of Hams 

Fork and the whole named "Muddy Fork." The 

dual character of the head of Bridger Creek is correctly shown, and Twin Creek is indicated but not 

named. Hills are represented along Ticar-River close 

to the east bank south of Twin Creek and a mile or 

more east of the river from that point to " Smiths 

Fork."

4. [Map of Bear River from Bridger Creek, 

Wyo., to- Soda Springs, Idaho. Scale, 4J 

jniles to 1 inch.]

In Kept. Expl. Exped. to Rocky Mountains, etc., 

1845, p. 132.

On this map Bridger Creek is named "Muddy 

Creek " The bluffs between Twin Creek and Beckwith ranch house are represented, as is the outlying 

hill 2 miles north.

5. Hall, James. Nature of the geological formations occupying the portion of Oregon 

and north California included in a goographical survey under the direction of 

Captain Fremont.
18 AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

5. Hall, James Continued.

In Kept. Expl. Exped. to Rocky Mountains, etc., 

by Fremont, House Doc. No. 106,28th Cong., 2d sess., 

1845, pp. 297-298; also Senate Doc. No. 174,28th Cong., 

2d sess., 1845, and many subsequent editions.

Discusses loaves and shells collected by Fr&nont, 

"Long.' 111°, lat. 41J°, Muddy River" just east of 

Cumberland, and provisionally refers them to the 

Oolitic.

6. Descriptions of organic remains collected 

by Capt. J. 0. Fremont in the geographical 

survey of Oregon and North California.

In Rept. Expl. Exped. to Rocky Mountains, etc., 

by Fremont, House Doc. No. l(i(i, 28th Cong., 2d sess., 

1845, pp. 304-307, 309. PI. I-1I1; also Senate Doc. 

No. 174, 28th Cong., 2d sess., 1845, and many subsequent editions.

Describes and figures, from beds, now called the 

Frontier formation, just east of Cumberland Gap, 

nine species of plants, eight of them new; and from 

the Wasatch beds a few miles farther east two new 

specie's of shells. Both of these localities he regards 

provisionally as of Oolitic age.

1848.

7. Clayton, W. Latter-Day Saints' Emigrants' 

Guide; being a table of distances, showing 

all the springs, creeks, rivers, hills, mountains, camping places, and all other notable 

places from Council Bluffs to the Valley of 

the Great Salt Lake. Also, the latitudes, 

longitudes, and altitudes of the prominent 

points on tlio route. Together with remarks on the nature of the land, timber, 

grass, etc. The whole route having been 

carefully measured by a roadometer, and 

the distance from point to point, in English 

miles, accurately shown. St. Louis, 1848, 

24 pp.

An extremely minute description of the wagon road 

followed by the, Mormons in 1847 and for many years 

after the principal stage road. It passed up Pioneer 

Hollow, over the divide near Aspen tunnel, crossed 

Sulphur Creek at the site of Bear River City, and 

thenee ran westward past the Needles into Echo 

Canyon. Of particular interest is the note regarding 

the coal and oil spring near the crossing of Sulphur 

Creek (p. 24).

1850.

8. Preuss, Charles. A topographical map of the 

road from Missouri to Oregon, commencing 

at the mouth of the Kansas in the Missouri 

River, and ending at the mouth of the 

Walla-Walla in the Columbia, in seven sections, from the field notes and the Journal 

of Capt. J. C. Fremont and from sketches 

and notes made on the ground by his assistant, Charles Preuss. Section V. [Scale, 

10 miles to 1 inch; hachure topography.]

8. Preuss, Charles Continued.

House Com. Rept. No. 145, 30th Cong., 2d sess., 

vol. 2 [I860].

This map, though on a much larger scale than the 

' map accompanying Fremont's report, adds nothing 

to the detail there shown. The geographic positions are less accurate than'those given in the earlier 

map.

1852.

9. ^tansbury, Capt. Howard. Exploration and 

Survey of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake 

of Utah. Philadelphia, 1852, pp. 72-79, 

225-227, 276, 280.

On his outward journey (August 9-22, 1849) Stansbury followed the usual emigrant road, which crossed 

Green River at the mouth of the Sandy and followed 

Black Fork to Fort Bridger. Turning westward he 

passed up Pioneer Hollow and over the divide near 

Aspen tunnel to the site of Boar River City. At the 

ford of Bear River he turned northwestward and followed the cast bank of the river to a point near the 

site of Evanston, where he forded the river andcrossed 

the divide into Lost or Plumber Creek, Utah. On 

his return lie followed the usual emigrant road up 

Echo Creek, passed the. Needles on Yellow Creek, up 

Needle Creek and across Bear River to the site of 

Bear River City; thence along the road which pusses 

through the present sites of As]>en and Piedmont to 

Fort Bridger.

A portion of his account of August 20, 1849 (pp. 

77-78), was clearly written after his return home and, 

making allowances for a faulty memory, it appears 

that he observed the. pcrpendicula.r strata at Bear 

River City and the horizontal Wasatch beds to the 

west; the former he referred to the Carboniferous, 

the latter to the Lias, probably because of the earlier 

reference of beds in this vicinity to the Oolitic by 

Premont. He noted the eastward and westward 

dipping beds on either side, of Bear River Valley below 

Evanston and regarded the whole, as indicating an 

anticlinal axis. Except that the, older beds are 

referred to the Carboniferous, there is no indication 

that he found coul at this point. In his account of 

his return trip (pp. 22&-2SO) he describes the Needles, 

the coal beds near old Bear River City, and the Brigham Young Oil Spring. In his introduction (p. 5) 

he speaks of "the coal basin of Qrccn River," which

' is shown on the map (.No. 10) as extending from 

Bear River near Evanston to Point of Rocks in 

Sweetwater County.

10. Map of a reconnaissance between Fort 

Leavenworth on the Missouri River, and the 

Great Salt Lake in the Territory of Utah 

made in 1849 and 1850. [Scale, 1 :1,000,000; 

hachure topography. 1852.]

Accompanying Stansbury's Exploration and Survey of the Valley of Great Salt Luke, but in a separate 

volume.

This map shows a number of points in this area not 

given on the earlier map of Fre"mont. The longitude 

determinations are more nearly correct though the 

lllth meridian is still too far east in the region of 

Evanston. Muddy Creek (here named "Muddy 

Pork") Is correctly shown as emptying into Black
BIBLIOGRAPHY. - 19

10. Stansbury, Capt. Howard Continued.

Fork above the ino"uth ot Hams Fork, but the upper end of Little Muddy has been connected with the 

lower end of Ham's Fork and the whole labeled 

"Hams Fosk." Details are added to the upper portions of Black and Muddy forks. Smiths Fork, Sulphur Creek, and Yellow Creek are named, and the 

Needles and Medicine Butte are shown, though the 

latter is very incorrectly located. Of geological Interest on this map is the "Tar Spring" near Sulphur 1 

Creek (Brigham Young Oil Spring), the "Copperash Spring" in I'ioneer Hollow, and the words' 'Great 

Coal Basin," which extend from the west bank of 

Bear River, near the present site ol Evanston, to 

Point of Kocks on Bitter Creek.

1858.

11. Marcou, Jules. American Geology. Letter 

on some points of the geology of Texas, New

. Mexico, Kansas, and Nebraska; addressed to 

Messrs. F. B. Meek and F.. V. Hayd'en, 

March, 1858, 10 pages.

Page 12: "Professor Hecr thinks * * * that 

the Muddy River coal discovered by Colonel Fremont 

is of Tertiary age instead of Jurassic as it was pronounced by James Hall." Page 13: "ProfessorHeer 

thinks, * * * as to the ferns, no one o£ Hall's 

figures is characteristic of the Jurassic period or any

" other special formation."

1859.

12. Engelmann, Henry. Preliminary report on 

the geology of the country between Fort 

Bridger and Camp Floyd, Utah Territory, 

and southwest of the latter place, along 

Capt. J. H. Simpson's routes, 1858.

Report of the Secretary of \Vaf, communicating 

Simpson's report and map of wagon-road routes in 

Utah Territory, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 40, 35th Cong., 

2d scss., 1859. pp. 45-75.

This is the first important contribution to the systematic geology of this area. The three main divisions of the Tertiary of the Green Kiver Basin are 

recognized and* described as is the unconformity 

between the Tertiary and Cretaceous. The coal-bearing beds of the Green River Basin, as well as the 

strata of the Bear River and present Frontier formations on Sulphur Creek, he referred on paleontologic 

1 grounds to the Cretaceous, and was therefore the 

first to prove the existence of Cretaceous in this 

region.

13. Lander, F. W. Preliminary report * * * 

upon * * * explorations west of the 

South Pass, for a suitable location for the 

Fort Kearney, South Pass, and Honey Lake 

wagon road.

Senate Ex. Doc. No. 36, 35th Cong., 2d scss., 1859, 

pp. 33 '

"They (the roads) are very "favorable passages of 

the grand Wasatch mountain chain and principal 

divide.of the American continent near latitude 42°. 

They are well timbered and abund'antly supplied 

with pure water and excellent building stone. Beds

13. Lander, F. W. Continued.

of coal iron, and salt, and a spring of peculiar mineral oil, which, by chemical process, may be made 

suitable for lubricating machinery, are found in their 

vicinity." The map shows that in 1847 Lander passed 

up Twin Creek and over Hodges Pass, and it is believed that he refers to the Twin Creek oil springs.

'14. Simpson, Capt. J. H. Preliminary map of 

routes reconnoitered and opened in the Territory of Utah by Capt. J. H. Simpson in the 

fall of 3858. Scale, 5 fniles to an inch.

In Simpson's Report on Wagon Roads in Utah 

Territory, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 40, 35th Cong., 2d 

sess., vol. 10,1859.

This map shows a new road west of Fort Bridger, 

south of the regular emigrant road. It crossed the 

divide near the site of Aspen, turned southward up 

HiHiard Flat at the fork of Sulphur Creek and passed 

into the present State of Utah in the valley of'' White 

Clay" (Chalk) Creek. This map correctly shows the 

headwaters of Yellow Creek, incorrectly represented 

on the maps of the Beckwith survey of 1854 (No. 18). 

The geographical details north of the road are the 

same shown on Stansbury's map of 1852, from which 

it was evidently copied.

15.' Wag-ner, W. H. Preliminary map of the 

central division of Fort Kearney, South'Pass, 

and Honey Lake wagon road, surveyed and 

worked under the direction of F. W. Lander, 

superintendent, 1857-58. Department of 

the Interior. Pacific Wagon Roads. Scale, 

1:600,000. [Hachure topography.]

In Report on Pacific Wagon Roads, Senate Ex. 

Doc. No. 30, 35th Cong., 2d sess., 1859.

This is the first map'giving any definite information regarding the geography between Green and 

Bear rivers in the northern part of this area, after the 

early map of Bonneville (No. 1), to whieh compilers 

evidently attached too little weight, and it remained 

the most accurate map of this region up to the time 

of the publication of Gannett's maps Nos. 85 95 by 

the Hayden survey. The true head of Hams Fork is 

shown on this map for the first time since the early 

Bonneville map. Rock Creek is correctly shown as 

flowing southward at the crossing of Sublette's road, 

but is incorrectly made to empty into Hams Fork.

1860.

16. Meek, F. B. Descriptions of new fossil remains collected in Nebraska and Utah by 

the exploring expeditious under the command of Capt.'J. H. Simpson, of U. S. Topographical Engineers (extracted from that 

officer's forthcoming report).

Proc. Phila. Acad. Sci. for 1860, I860, pp. 311-315, .

Describes, without figuring, new species from the 

material collected by Engelmann on Sulphur Creekone from the Oyster Ridge sandstone and six from 

the Bear River formation.

17. Meek, F. B., and Engelmann, H. Notice 

of geological discoveries made by Capt. J. H.
20 GEOGKAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

17. Meek, F. B., and Engelmann, H. Cont'd. 

Simpson, Topographical Engineers, U. S. 

Army, in his recent explorations across the 

continent.

Proc. Phila. Acad. Sci. for 1860, 1800, pp. 120-131. 

In letter dated April 2, I860. Meek and Engelmann 

give brief notes on the collections made by Engelmann in 1858. The fossils from the Frontier formiition on Sulphur Creek are regarded as Cretaceous 

No. 1 or Dakota, and the Bear River fossils from the 

same locality a,re .considered to indicate an estuary 

deposit of Eocene age. The fresh-water character of 

the beds, at present considered Eocene, is recognized 

for the first time.

1861.

18. Egloffstein, F. W. [Map of a railroad route 

near the 41st parallel] Map No. 1. From the 

valley of Green -River to the Great Salt Lake 

from explorations and surveys by Capt. E. G. 

Beckwith, F. "\V. Egloffstein, topographer 

for the route. Surveyed in ] 854. Scale, 12 

miles to 1 inch. [Hachure topography.]

Pacific Railroad Reports. Senate Ex. Doc., 36th 

Cong., 2d sess , vol. 11, 1861.

This expedition passed up White Clay Creek (Chalk 

Creek) and thence almost directly to Fort Bndger. 

It returned by way of the emigrant road as far as 

Bear Iliver City, where it turned southwest to the 

headwaters of Chalk Creek. This map adds some 

new features to the geography of the southern portion of Uinta County, but is misleading because of 

lack of care in compilation and unwarranted inferences. The meridians are 10 miles too far east, as in 

Fremont's map. The headwaters of Yellow Creek 

have been made to drain into Chalk Creek byway of 

Tie Creek. Bear River is shown as following Mill 

Creek and the main channel is not shown at all, 

although it is described in Beckwith's journal. 

Smiths Fork is incorrectly made tributary to Blacks 

Fork at Fort Bndger. Manydata arc added regarding Cottonwood Creek and Henry's Fork, both of 

which are named. Muddy Fork is correctly named 

and Little Muddy is marked "Ham's Fork" and 

the stream formed by their union made to empty 

into Blacks Fork at the mouth of liams Fork, as 

on FrSmont's map. from which this was taken. The 

name Medicine Butte is applied to the isolated hill between Stove Creek, Bear River, and Sulphur Creek.

19. Warren, G. K. Map of the territory of the 

United States from the Mississippi to the 

Pacific Ocean to accompany the reports of 

the explorations for a railroad route. Compiled by Lieut. G. K. Warren. 1854-1857. 

Scale, 1:3,000,000. [Hachure topography, 

with occasional barometric elevations.]

Pacific Railroad Reports, Senate Ex. Doc., 36th 

Cong., 2d sess., vol. 11, 1861.

This map, though ostensibly a compilation, shows 

the following new points' Little Muddy (called 

"Ham's Fork 1 ') and Muddy Fork arc shown to empty 

into Blacks Fork at the proper point, and the true

19. Warren, G. K. Continued.

Hams Fork is approximately shown as an unnamed 

creek emptying into Blacks Fork below the mouth cf 

Muddy Fork. In this respect 'it differs from the 

Egloffstein (Beckwith) map accompanying the same 

report. This map, in point of time of drawing, antedates the Lander map (No. 15), although of later 

_ date of publica tion, and the delineation of the true 

Hams Fork is evidently based on tli.e Bonneville map 

(No. 1). This is the most accurate map of this region 

up to the time of the Lund Office map of 1876 (No. 

71), which was based on detailed surveys.

1866.

20. United States Creneral Land Office. Map

of the Territory of Utah to accompany the 

Annual Report of the Commissioner of the 

General Land Office. Scale 18 miles to, an 

inch. October 2. 1866.

In maps accompanying Report of the Commissioner of the General Land Office, 1866, pt. 2, No. 18.

This crude compilation shows the territory discussed in this report as parts of'Green River, Cache, 

and Summit counties, Utah, Green River County 

lying cast of the divide between Bear and Green rivers. "Proposed route of Union Pacific Railroad'' is 

shown, and Little Muddy Creek is marked "Hams 

Fork," though a tributary from the north, roughly in 

the position of the true Hams Fork, is indicated.

21. Map of the United States and Territories, showing the extent of public surveys 

and other details, constructed from the plats 

and official sources of the General Land 

Office, by Theodore Franks, 1866. I Scale, 60 

miles to 1 inch.]

In maps accompanying Report of the Commissioner of the General Land Office, 1866, pt. 2, map 

No. 23.

Shows the greater part of this area as part of Utah 

and indicates coal on Green River above the mouth 

of Tiig Sandy and on Bear River near the present 

town of Cokeville. 

22. Hayden, F. V. 

etc.

1869.

.Review of leading groups,

[Third Annual] Preliminary Field Report of the 

United States Geological Survey of Colorado and 

New Mexico, 1869, pp. 90-92, 98.

Reprinted in First, Second, and Third Ann. Hepts. 

U.S.Geol. Survey Ter. for 1867,1868,and 1869,1873,pp 

190-192,198.

Names and briefly describes Green River shales, 

Bndger group, Wusateh group, and Bear River 

group. The type locality of the Wasatch group is 

given as the territory between Aspen and the head 

of Echo Canyon. The Bear River group, named from 

old Bear River City,- is here made to include the coalbearing strata at Bear River City, Evanston, and 

Coalville, and is doubtfully referred to the low.er 

Tertiary.
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 21

23. Hay-den, "F. V. Notes on the geology of 

Wyoming and Colorado Territories, No. 2.

Proc Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 11, 1809, pp. 45-48.

Account of'observations of Hayden in this area in 

1SC8. Refers black shafes below Oyster Ridge to 

Cretaceous No. 2 (Benton). Suggests that Medicine 

Butte. is for the most part composed of strata of the 

coal series, which he doubtfully regards (p. 40) as of 

older Tertiary age, but later states (p. 48), in connection with discussion of the fossils found at Coalville 

that it must be of Cretaceous age

1870.

24. Hayden, F. V. Sections of strata belonging 

to the "Bear River group" near Bear River 

City, Wyoming Territory.

Proc. Am. Philos Son, vol. 11, 1870, pp 420-425, 

pi. xii.

Gives detailed section of Fossil Cut, by n. R. Durkee, afterwards published in Fourth Ann.Kept.U.S. 

Geol. Survey Wyoming. 1871, pp. 150-152,163 (No. 29).

25. Sun Pictures of the Rocky Mountain 

Scenery, with a description of the geographical and geological features and some account 

of the resources of the great West, etc. 150 

pages, 30 plates. New York, 1870.

Pages 106-111.

Describes the geology along the line of the Union 

Pacific Railroad in this area. This was reprinted, 

with some modifications and additions, in [Fourth 

Ann] Kept. U. S. Oeol. Survey Terr, for 1870, 1872, 

pp. 147-1513 (No 29).

26. King, Clarence. The Green River coal hasin.

Rept. U. S Geol. Expl. 40th Par., vol. 3, Mining 

Industry, 1S70, pp. 457, 470, 473.

Uses '' Green River Tertiarics" to include all horizontal beds above the folded Cretaceous from the 

Wasatch Mountains to Green River.

Contains no new data of importance on the area of 

this report, other than three analyses of Evanston 

coal.

27. Meek, F. B. A preliminary list of fossils 

collected by Dr. Hayden in Colorado. New 

Mexico, and California, with brief descriptions of a few of the new species.

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 11, 1870, pp. 430-431.

Describes Ostrea solenisc.us, associated with coal 

bed at Bear River City, as a Tertiary species, but remarks that it may be Cretaceous. Gives list of five 

species with descriptions of two new species from the 

Bear River formation, from "Limestone Hill, Bear 

Elver," evidently Fossil Cut.

28. Collections from the Bear River estuary 

beds.

Rept. U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th Par., vol. 3, Mining 

Industry, 1870, pp. 402-466.

Lists four species from Sulphur Creek and discusses 

the age of the beds, regarding them as uppermost 

Cretaceous or lower Tertiary, preferably the latter.

1871.

29. Hayden, F. V. [Fourth -Annual) Preliminary .Report United States Geological Survey of Wyoming and portions of contiguous 

Territories (being a second annual report of 

progress), 187L, pp. 40, 45, 52,147-152, 153.

Perhaps the most important of Hayden's personal 

reports on this region, embodying, as it docs, the 

most complete published statement of the results of 

his hasty trips across this area in 1868, 1869, and 1870.

30. Hodge, James T. On the Tertiary coals of 

tlie Weft.

[Fourth Annual] Prelim. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey 

Wyoming, 1871, pp. 319, 321, 328.

Describes mines at "Evanston, Utah," and gives 

analysis of coal.

31. Meek, F. B. Preliminary paleontological 

report.

[Fourth Annual] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Wyoming, 1871, pp. 290, 292-294, 296, 297, 208, 306, 

31fi, 317.

On page 200 refers fossils from light-colored sandstone at Bear River and Coalville to the Cretaceous. 

Discusses the fossils from the Bear River beds on 

Sulphur Creek and concludes that they are Tertiary. 

Lists Ostrea solenisrvs from the Cretaceous near Bear 

River, eight species from the Bear River formation 

from "Limestone Hill, SulphurCreek, and Bear River 

City, Utah.'' Discusses the species described by Hall 

from east of Cumberland Gap (No. 6), and describes 

(p. 300) Cardium pavpcrculvm n. s. from the "Oil 

Springs, twenty miles west of Fort Bridgcr, Wyo. 

Terr.", and Goniobasis chrysalis n. s. from "Bear 

River, near Sulphur Creek. Utah "

32. Descriptions of new species of fossils from 

Ohio and other Western States and Territories.

Proc. Phila. Acad. Sci. for 1871, 1871. pp. 159, 181- 

182.

Describes Campeloma (Melantko) macrospira n. s. 

from " Gilmore, Wyo.," " Bear River near mouth of 

Sulphur Creek, Utah," "at various localities in the 

Bear River country," all referring to the locality on 

Sulphur Creek near old Bear River City.

1872.

33. Cope, Edward D. On Bathmodon, an extinct genus of ungulates.

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 12, No. 88, Feb. 1C, 1872, 

pp. 417-422.

Describes, from material discovered by Dr. Hayden 

in Tertiary beds of the Wasatch group near Evanston, B. radians and B. semicinctu.s.

34. Bathmodon, a new genus of fossil mammals.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 3, 1872, p. 224.

Reports J?. radians and B. semicinctus from Tertiary beds of the Wasatch group near Evanston, 

Utah, obtained by Dr. F. V. Hayden.
22 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOTJTHWESTEKN WYOMING.

35. Cope, Edward D. On a new genus of Plcurodira from the Eocene of Wyoming.

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 12, No. 89, 1872, pp. 472- 

477. , '

Describes the Wasatcll group along Bear River in 

the vicinity of Evanston and lists species found on 

the north hank of Bear River "11 miles 8. E. of Evanston," and in the. ridges adjacent. Describes new 

species of Notharclui and SotomorpJia.

36. On tho vertebrate fossils of the Wahsatch

37.

strata.

[Fifth Ann.] Prelim. Kept. U. S. GeoK Survey 

Montana, 1872, pp. 850-353.

Describes vertebrates ( Corypliodon radians, f. 

semicinctus) from 'material collected by Dr. Hayden 

"in Wasatcll beds near Evanston, Utah," and refers 

be,ds to oldest Tertiary.

[On the age of the Wyoming coal.]

Proc. Fhila. Acad. Sci.. vol. 24, 1872, pp. 279, 280. 

Regards Evanston coal as Cretaceous by analogy 

with Bitter Creek beds.

38. Elliott, Henry W. Profile along the line 

of the Union Pacific from Cheyenne to Salt 

Lake Valley, north side. Scale, 1J inches to 

the mile. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., 1870.

Profiles, sections, and other illustrations designed 

to accompany tliu first report of the chiel geologist 

of the Survey and sketched under his direction. Dept. 

Interior, U. S. GeoL Survey Terr., F. V. Hayden, 

geologist in charge, New York, 1872.

Pis. XV11I and XIX cover this region, showing 

Wasatcll group extending a few miles east of Bridger 

Station, "Cretaceous clays" between Rock Cut and 

White Sandstone Cut east of Bear River City, coal 

cast of .Bear River City, at Millis, and coal mines 

at Evanston.

39. Hayden, F. V. [Fifth Annual] Preliminary 

Report United States Geological Survey 

Montana, 1872.

On page 158 states that coal has been reported in 

Bear River narrows. Mentions coal beds at Evanston, and states that the coal group is lower Tertiary 

or upper Cretaceous.

40. Iiesquereux, L. Fossil flora.

[Fifth Ann.] Prelim. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey 

Montana, 1872, pp. 291-293 307-309.

Describes, without figuring, 19 species, 3 new, 

from below the coal at Evanston (Almy), and 4 from 

above the coal. These he regards as Eocene.

41. An enumeration, with descriptions, of 

some Tertiary fossil plants from specimens 

procured in the explorations of Dr. F, V. 

Hayden, in 1870.

Suppl. to Fifth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr. 

for 1871, J872, IS/ 2, pp. 10-12, Is.

Describes 17 species, three oi them new, from above 

the coal at Evanston (Almy).

42. Meek, F. B. Preliminary list of the fussils 

collected byDr..Hayden's exploring expedition of 1871, in Ufah and Wyoming Territories, with descriptions of'a fcw new species.

[Fifth Ann.] Frc'lim. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Montana, 1872, pp. 376, 377.

Lists two species from the "Cretaceous between

Evanston and Fort Bridger;" 3 species from the Bear

. River "Tertiary." Concludes that there is a gradual

passage of the Cretaceous into the Tertiary at Bear

River City and Coalvilli:.

43. Peale, A. 0. Report of A. C. Peale, M. D., 

on minerals, rocks, thermal springs, etc.

[Fifth Ann.] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Montana, 1872, pp. 194-196.

Describes mining and gives section of coals developed at Evanston, Utah.

44. Thomas, Cyrus. List of elevations and distances ill that portion of the United States 

west of the Mississippi River.

D". S. Geol. Survey Terr., 1872. 31 pp.

Elevations on Onion Pacific in this area stated on 

page 17. The town of Evanston is not given.

1873.

M. Report of a geological 

along the "Union Pacific

45. Bannister, H.

reconnaissance 

Railroad.

Sixth Ann. Rept. 0". S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872, 

1873, pp. 519-541.

Summary of results of examination made in summer of 1872 in company with Meek.

46. Cope, Edward D. On the short-footed Ungulata of the Eocene of Wyoming.

Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 13, 1873, pp. 07-70.

Description of genus Balfimodon and d(>eeies B. radianst B. semicinctus, B, latipes, from beds of Green 

River epoch near Evanston, Utah (now Wyoming), 

obtained by geological surveys conducted during 

1871-72 by Prof. F. V. Haydcn.

 On some Eocene mammals obtained by 

Hayden's Geological Survey of 1872.

Paleont. Bull. No. 12,1S73, p. 3.

Describes Eolitppus (Orothenum) vasacaense n. s. 

from " Green River" (Wasatch) beds near Evanston 

and Black Butte, Wyo.

 On the extinct Vertebrata'of the Eocene

47.

48.

of Wyoming observed by the expedition of

1872. with notes on the geology. 

Sixth Ann. Rept. 0. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872,

1873. pp. 545, 586-589, 625, G2B-B2S.

Describes Balhmodon,i species,and £mjw,2species, 

from Green River epoch near Evanston.

49. Fourth notice of extinct Vertebrata from 

the Bridger and,Green River Tertianes. 

Paleont. Bull. No. 17, October, 1873, pp. 3-4.
BTBLIOGBAPHY. 23

49. Cope, Edward D. Continued.

Describes Phenacodus primsLVus from " liathmodon 

bone bed near Evanston, Wyo." Also Eohippu* 

(Orotherium) index from this place. The locality is 

not given in this article.

50. Gannett, Henry. List .of elevations principally in that portion of tlie United States 

west of the Mississippi River. (2d edition.) 

U. S. Geol. Survey Terr. Miscel. No. 1, 1873' 

No. 44 is regarded as the first edition. The third 

edition was published in 1875 and the fourth in 1877. 

The last only was seen. It contains, on pp. 45 and 

100, elevations along the .Union Pacific in this area

51. Lesquereux, Leo. On the age of certain 

beds of Wyoming referred to the Tertiary by 

Professor Hayden. and to the Cretaceous by 

others.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 5, 1873, ])p. 30S-3DO.

Corrects Cope's statement that ho regarded the 

Evanston beds as Miocene.

52. Ligiiitic formation and fossil flora.

Sixth Ann Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872, 

1873, pp. 337-339, 368, 371, 401-403, 410-417.

Describes the beds at Almy and gives sections of 

strata above coal, with data regarding mining arid 

Hodge's analyses of coal. Lists 38 species and describes 14 speeies of plants, 2 of them new, from 

Evanston, concluding that the coal-bearing beds are 

Eocene.

53. Meek, F. Ti. Preliminary paloontological 

report, consisting of lists and descriptions of 

fossils, with remarks on the ages of the rocks 

in which they were found.

Sixth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872, 

1873, pp. 436, 450-454, 402, 477, 478, 487-488 493, 494-495. 

Gives results of personal examinations during 1872, 

with detailed sections (p. 451) on Sulphur Creek. .Describes 4 new species from this locality and gives 

lists of species from the Cretaceous coal-bearing 

hods (Frontier) and the Bear River Estuary beds.

1874.

54. Cope, E. D. Review of the Vcrtebrata of the 

Cretaceous period found west of the Mississippi River.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 1, 

No. 2,1874, pp. 13-10.

Gives some of the details of his explorations in tins 

region in 1872, with, lists of Wasatch vertebrate 

fossils.

55. Report on the vertebrate paleontology of 

Colorado.

Seventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. and Geog, Survey 

Terr, for 1873, 1874, pp. 441-442.

Discussion, so far as affecting this region, an exact 

reprint of the foregoing.

56. Jones, Capt. William A Map of the Military Department of the Platte. Sheet 3. 

Wyoming. Compiled under the direction of

56. Jones, Capt. William A. Continued.

Capt. William A. Jones, Corps of Engineers, 

Omaha,Nebr.,1873. Scale, 1:2,000,000,18.94 

miles to ] inch. [Hachure topography.] 

Twin Creek is here named " Washakie Creek,"

57. Lesquereux, Leo. The Lignitic formation 

and its fossil flora.

Seventh Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey 

Terr., 1874, pp. 300, 384-385, 380, 407, 421.

This is largely an argument against the conclusions 

of Newberry, Cope, and Marsh that the ligintic deposits of the Rocky Mountain region are in part Cretaceous.

Refers to the Eocene (lower American Eocene) the 

coals of Bear River, to American upper Eocene (or 

lower Miocene) the, coal strata of Evanston, to the 

middle Miocene the coal basin of Carbon and Washakic group. Lists 40 species from Evanston. Describes Laurus ( Tetranlhera) sessiflorn from shale 

above the coal.

58. On the age of the Lignitic formations of the 

Rocky Mountains.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d sei., vol. 7, 1874, p. 550. 

Refers the Evanston coal to the upper Eocene.

59. Newberry, J. S. On the lignites and plant 

beds of western America.

Am. Jour. Sei., 3d ser., vol. 7, 1S74, p. 400.

Refers to the Cretaceous, the Lignitic beds in Wyoming and Utah at Carbon Station, Rock Springs, 

Coalville, Ilallville, Evanston, Bear River, etc.

1875.

00. Cope, E. I). The Vertebrata of the Cretaceous formations of the West.

Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Ten-., vol. 2,1875, pp. 3G-4ti.

Contains exact reprint of geological discussion and 

lists of Wasatch fossils published in Nos. 54 and 55

1876.

61. Engelmann, Henry. Report on the geology of the country between Fort Leavenworth. K. T.. and the Sierra Nevada near 

Carson Valley.

Report of exploration across the Great liasin of the 

Territory of Utah in 1859, by Capt. J. II. Simpson, 

1870, pp. 287-295, 300.

Section IV, The Green River Basin, does not differ 

greatly in the discussion of this area from the preliminary report of 1859. The fresh-water character 

of the Tertiary beds is, however, recognized. Notwithstanding Meek's conclusion to the contrary, the 

author reiterates his formerconclusionthat the Bear 

River beds are Cretaceous. lie remarks that theconglomerates and sandstones so common in this region 

represent different epochs Tertiary, Cretaceous, Jurassic, and Triassic and that he has not been able 

to separate them.

62. King, Clarence, and others. Atlas of topographical and geological explorations of the
24 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEBN WYOMING..

02. King, Clarence, and others Continued.

fortieth parallel, 187(1 Scale, 4 miles to 1 

inch: contour interval, 300 feet.

The area described in the present report south ol 

about the center of T. 21 N. is here shown on'' Green 

River Basin, Map II, west hall," and "Utah Basin, 

Map III, east hall."

The subdivisions shown are: Upper Coal Measures, 

Dakota, Colorado, Fox Hills, Laramie,. Venrullion 

Creek, Bridger, and Rhyohte. The map is evidently 

based on a hasty survey along Oyster Ridge and the 

Union Faeifle Railroad. The rest ol the map is conjectural, particularly so the Carboniferous area described north of Bear River Narrows and the region 

west of the Hilliard shale valley.

63. Lesquereux, Leo. A review of the fossil 

flora of North "America.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surrey Terr., vol. 1, 

2d ser., 1876, p 244.

Divides Tertiary ol Rocky Mountains into lower 

Lignitic tEocene), Evanston group (upper Eocene 

or lower Miocene), Carbon group (middle Miocene) } 

Green River group (upper Miocene) 

64. On the Tertiary flora of the North 

American lignitic, considered as evidence 

of the age of the formation.

Eighth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Gcog. Survey 

Terr, for 1874, 187C, pp. 313-314.

Describes Ficus pseado-populus n. s. from Evanston.

65. On some new species of fossil, plants from 

the lignitic formation.

Bull. U. S. Oeol. and Gcog. Survey Terr., vol. 1, 

1870, pp. 387.

Describes Fi<-uK pscudopopulus n. s. from Evanston.

(i(i. Marsh, 0. C. On some characters of the 

genus Coryphodon.

Am. Jour. Sci, 3d ser., vol. 11,1876, pp. 425-428, with 

uiie page of figs.

Points out that Bathmodon of Cope is really Coryphodon Owen, and describes C. hamatus from the 

vicinity of Evanston.

67. Meek, F. B. Report on the paleontological 

collections oi the expedition.

Report ol exploration across the Great Basin of the 

Territory of Utah in 1859, by Capt. J. II. Simpson, 

187C, pp. 342, 343-344, 358-350 (PI. IV, Ibc, 3;, 360-364 

(PI. V), 372, 373.

Describes and figures nine species from the Bear 

Riverbeds on Sulphur Creek, and seven species from 

the present Frontier formation of the "same locality.

68. Report on the invertebrate Cretaceous 

and Tertiary fossils of the upper Missouri 

country.

Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 9, 

1876, pp. xxx, Ivii.

Refers beds at Aspen and sandstone at "old Bear 

River mine" to the Benton: and by inference the 

Evanston and Carbon beds to the Tertiary.

69. Peale, A. C. Stratigraphy, Cenozoic i'oiuiations.

Eighth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog Survey 

Terr, lor 1874, 1870, pp. 144-145

Excellent tabular statements ol views of different 

authorities on the Bear River group (Hayden 1809 

p. 192, including coal strata at Bear River, Coalville, 

and Evanston) and Wasatch in this area

70. Powell, J. W. Geology of the eastern portion of the Uinta Mountains and a region of 

country adjacent thereto

U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., second division, 

1870, pp. 50, 1.18-159.

Describes Sulphur Creek group, giving as type 

locality "Sulphur Creek near Hilliard " Repeats 

Meek's Sulphur Creek section, correlating portions 

of it with his Point of Rocks, Salt wells, and Sulphur 

Creek groups.

71. United States General Land Office. Territory of Wyoming. Compiled by C. Roeser 

from the official records of the Land Office 

and other sources. Scale, 15 miles to 1 

inch. 1876.

In "General Land Office Geographical and Political Atlas of the States and Territories ot the United 

States of America in which the Public Lund Surveys 

arc now in operation. S. S. Burdett, Commissioner, 

Washington, 1876."

First publication o( the results ol the first, lot of 

Land Ofiice surveys in this region. Another map 

was issued in 1879, on the same scale, based on exactly 

the same original data but. showing more creek names 

and topographic features.

72. White, C. A. Invertebrate paleontology of 

the Plateau province.

Geology of the Uinta Mountains, Powell, 187C, 

pp. 97, 98, 99, 100,101, lOb, 117, 118-119,122-123,128,132.

Lists species from the present Bear River and 

Frontier formations on Sulphur Creek, and describes 

six new species from this area.

1877.

73. Cope,"E. D. A contribution to the know-ledge of the ichthyological fauna of the 

Green River shales.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Gcog. Survey Terr., vol. 3. 

No. 4, 1877, pp. 807-819.

Describes, without figuring, 10 forms from Green 

River beds near Fossil.

74. Emmons, S. F. Green River Basin; De- - 

scriptive geology of the Basin region.

Kept U. S. Geol. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2, 

Descriptive Geology, 1877, pp. 250-253.

75. Utah Basin: From Aspen to Echo City.

Rept. U. S. Geol. Explor. 40th Par., vol 2. 

Descriptive Geology, 1877, pp. 320-330, 337-338.

In this and the preceding title, areas along Oyster 

Kidge from Aspen to Evanstou and north a long Bear 

River Valley are discussed.
BIBLJOGBAPHY. 25

 76. Meek, F. B. Paleontology.

Kept. TJ. S. Geol. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 4, Ornithology and Paleontology, 1877, pp. 10-12, 143 (PI. 

XIII, 2, 2a), 163-182 (Pis. XVI, XVII).

So far as tins report relates to this area it is based 

wholly on material collected by Engelmann in 1858. 

Inoceratnus probleniaticus is figured and described 

from Oyster Ridge sandstone near Old Bear lllver 

City, us well as many species of Bear River fossils 

from the same locality.

1878.

77. Cope, E. D. Descriptions of fishes from the 

Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits west of 

the Mississippi River.

Bull. U. S. Oeol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 4, 

" No. 1, 1878, pp. 74-77.

Describes Pnscararti oxyprion from "a deposit of 

Green River shales on Bear Kiver, Wyo.," P. peali 

"from Green River formation of Wyoming," P. 

clivosa, and Dapedoglossus sequip-innif,. All of these 

except P. peali, which came from a point just west 

of Hams Fork on the old Sublette Trail, came from 

the vicinity of Fossil.

78. King, Clarence. Systematic geology.

Kept. U. S Geol. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 1, 1878, 

pp. 304, 325-326, 370, 372-373, 375-376, 608.

Gives portion of detailed data already published 

in Nos. 74 and 75.

79. Lesquereux, Leo. The Tertiary flora. Contributions to the fossil flora of the Western 

'Territories, Part II.

Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 7, 

1878, pp. 19, 73-74, 92 (PI. IX, fig. 2), 138 (PI. XVII, 

figs. 21-23), 130 (PI. XVIII, figs. 1-5), 140-141 (PI. 

XVIII, figs. 6-8), 161 (PI.' XXI, fig. 2), 173 (PI. XXJV, 

fig. 7), 177-178 (PI. XXIV, fig. 3), 203-204 (PI. XXXTI, 

figs. 1-3, PI. LXIlI,fig. 8), 204-205 (PI XXXIV, figs, 

la, 2), 213-214 (PL XXXVI, figs. 1-4, 7), 214 (PL 

XXXVT, figs.-o, 0, 8), 217-218 (PI. XXXIV, figs. Ic, 

Id; PI XXXV, figs. 8, 0), 219 (PI. XXXVI, fig. 12), 

228-22" (PI. XL. fig. 1),233 (PI. LIX, fig. 13), 241 (PI. 

XLI, fig. 8), 244 (PI XLII, figs. 4, 5), 279, 281-282, 

285-2S6 (PI. LIV, fig. 13), 280"(Pl. LV), 280-290 (PI. 

LVII, figs. 1-5, PI LVIII, fig 2), 291-292 (PI. L, fig. 

4; PI. LVIII, figs. 5-8), 299 (PI. LIX, figs. 8, 8a), 301 

(PI. LIX, figs. 13, 14), 302 (PI. LX, figs, 1-la), 304, 

304 (PI. LX, figs. 20, 21), 305 (PI. LX, fig. 22).

Gives section at Almy and by inference includes 

beds of coal at Coalville and on Sulphur Creek in the 

Lignitic Tertiary. Lists, describes, and figures 28 

species of plants from Evanston. Concludes that 

Evanston beds are distinct from jmd older than the 

Carbon beds, but younger than the Bitter Creek beds. 

Age is provisionally considered Miocene.

80. "White, C. A. Paleontological papers No. 6. 

Description of new species of invertebrate 

fossils from the Laramie group.

Bull. U. S. Oeol. and Geog Survey Terr., vol. 4, 

No. 3, 1878, pp. 714. 715, 716.

80. White, C. A. Continued.

Describes Acella haldemani, Neritina naticiformi^ 

from Bear River beds on Sulphur Creek; Helix ei-anstonensis from the Evanston coal beds, and Gomobasis endlichi from Bear River beds, 7 miles northwest of Evanston,

81. Paleontological Papers No. 7; on the distribution of mollnscan species in the Laramie 

group.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 4, 

No. 4, 1878, p. 722.

Includes "Evanston Coal Series" in the Laramit1, 

and gives list showing tour species common 

with Judith River beds.

1879.

82. Bannister, H. M. Note on the age of the Laramie group or Rocky Mountain Lignitic formation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 17, 1879, pp. 243-245. 

Criticises King's statements (No. 78) regardingthe 

Evanston locality.

83. Gannett, Henry. Additional lists of elevations.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 5, 

No. 3, 1879, pp. 443-444, 447, 404.

Gives corrected elevations of stations on Union ' 

Pacific Railroad and elevations on preliminary line 

Evanston, Wyo., to Fort Hall, Idaho.

84. [Report on topographic work of Green 

River division for 1877, with topographic 

maps.]

Eleventh Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey 

Terr., 1879, pp. 087, 708-710, Pis. LI, LXII.

Gives brief account of early exploration of that 

region, and topographic data regarding this area. 

Topographic maps, scale 5.5 inches to the mile, contour interval 200 feet, afterwards published in No. 95.

85. Peale, A. C. Report on tlie geology of the 

Green River district.

Eleventh A.nn. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey 

Terr., for 1877, 1879, pp. 533-536,538, 539,574-570. 020, 

631-632, 039, Pis LTI, LIII Q-Q, LXVII.

Discussion, with topographic maps by TTenry Gannett, of ail the region described in this report north 

of T. 20 N. The broader structural features of the 

region the Meridian anticline, the Rock Creek anticline, and tbeAbsaroka fault are recognized. Coal 

is reported near Oakley, at Hodges Pass (called here 

"Bell's Pass 1 '), and on Twin Creek at Sage. Lists 

of Bear River fossils are given from east of Waterfall 

and at Sage.

86. The Laramie group of western Wyoming 

and adjacent regions.

Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr , vol 5, 

1879, pp. 196-197.

Gives list of Bear River fossijs collected near present sites of Waterfall and Sage, also published in 

No. 85.
GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEKN WYOMING.

87 White, C A. Kepwrt on palcontological field 

work for the season of ]877

Eleventh Ann Rcpt. IT S Genl and Oeog. Survey 

Terr., 1879, pp 170-171,240-250.

Gives detailed results of examinations near Bear 

Elver City and Aliny in tlie summer of 1877, with 

detailed list ol lossils

88 Contributions to invertebrate paleontology No. 1. Cretaceous fossils of the western States and Territories

Eleventh Ann Eept. U. S. Gcol. and Geog. Survey 

Terr , 1879, pp. 278-279 (PI. VII, 14a), 289 (PI III, 2a, 

b, c), 291 (PI IX, 3a), 203 (PI X, 5a), 308-309 (PI 

VII, 6a, b, c)

Describes and figures four species ironi thellilliard 

region.

89. Wilson, A. D. Report on primaiy triangulation of 1877 and 1878

Eleventh Ann Kept U S. Geol. and Geog Survey 

Terr for 1877, 1879, pp 654-055, 001-009.

lleports visiting Evan.ston, 1877, for the purpose of 

connecting tnangulation .with latitude station near 

Evanston established by Boundary Survey, and with 

tnangulation station on Medicine Butte Gives 

results of observations, with maps

1880.

90 White, C. A Contributions t,o invertebrate 

paleontology No 4 Fossils of the Laramie 

group.

Separate, 1880 (see Am lour Sci , vol. 25, 1883, 

P 208).

Twelfth Ann Rcpt U. S Geol. and Geog. Survey 

Terr , pt 1, 1883, pp 53-55, 71, 79, 82, 84, 87, 89, 91-93 

(PI XXX), 90, 102 (PI XXX)

Discusses stratigraphy north of Evanston, Wyo 

Gives list of invertebrate fossils from ' eoal-beanng 

beds near Evan.ston" and describes and figures 

numerous forms from Bear River formation on Sulphur Creek and 7 miles north of Evjinston

1881.

91 White, C. A Descriptions of new invertebrate fossils from the Mesozoic and Cenozoic 

rocks of Arkansas, Wyoming. Colorado, and 

Utah.

I'roc U. S. Nat Mus , \ ol -I, 1881, pp 100 

Describes Helix (Putula) tepulta n s irom cot 

iM'anng series at Evanston, Wyo

il1883.

92 Cross, Whitman Ores, minerals, etc., 111 

Wyoming

Mineral Resources U S for 1882, 1883, p 759 

Reports ' sulphur in Uinta Mountains, Unite 

County, undeveloped, 30 miles southwest of Evanston." This is also mentioned in Mm Res for 1883 

nnd!884,p.864, Mm. Res for 1885, p. 497, Mm Res for

92 Cross, \Vhitmaii--Continued

1886, p 645, Mm Res for 1887, p 810, and by Knight 

(No. 129), but without any additional details or 

facts

93. Holt, G L. Holt's iie\v map of Wyoming 

Compiled by permission, from official records in United States Land Office. Frank 

and.Fred Bond, draftsmen. Engraved and 

printed by G. W & C B Col ton & Co . 

New York Scale, 12 miles to 1 inch 

Cheyenne, Wyo , 1883. 

See note under No. 90

94. Lesquereux, Leo Cretaceous and Tertiajy 

floras Contribution to the Tertiary flora of 

the western Territories; Part III

Rept. U. S Ceol Survey Terr , vol 8, 1883, pp 

127-J28, 140-141 (PI XXIII, figs l-3a), 141-142 (PI 

XXXIII, fig 44a), 144 (PI XXIV, flgs l-2a), 154 

(PI XXVIII, fig 12), 155 (PI XXVIII, fig 10), 155 

(PI XXXI, ftg 12), 159-160 (PI XXXII, fig 1), 163 

(PI XXXVIII, fig 7, 8), 175 (PI XXXIV, figs 10, 

11), 180 (PI. XXXVI, figs. 6, 9), 183 (PI. XXXVIII, 

" fig 13), 197 (PI XL, figs fi, 7), 199 (PI XLIV, fig 0), 

204 (PI XL, figs 20, 21), 205, 200-212

Defines Green River group to include Wasatch, 

Green River, Bridger, Uinta, and White River beds 

Describes and figures 14 species of plants from Green 

River beds ' in Randolph County, Utah" (in two 

places given as Colorado), winch Ward and Knowlton 

regard as meaning the headwaters of Twin Creek in 

Uinta County

95 Peale, A C., and Gannett, Henry [Geolog- 

" ical and topographical] Map of ( western 

Wyoming, southeastern Idaho, and -northeastern Utah Scale. 4 miles to 1 inch; contour, interval, 200 feet, geology, by A. C. 

Peale, topography, by Hemy Gannett

Twelfth Ann Rept U S Geol. and Geog Suney 

Terr. 1878, 1883, maps and panoramas

Used in compiling ' Geological map of portions of 

Wyoming, Idaho, and Utah, scale, 8 miles to 1 inch,-' 

and ' General map of area explored and mapped by 

Dr. F V Hayden, 1809-18SO, scale, 41 03 miles to 1 

inch," published by TTayden Survey

In the geology the one notable error is the mapping of the inclined Cretaceous between Bell's (now 

Hodges) Pass and Ham's Fork as Wasatch The 

geologic subdivisions mapped in this area are Carboniferous, Red Beds (Tnassic), Jura-Trias, Jurassic, middle, and lower Cretaceous, Fox Hills, Laramie 

or post-Cretaceous, Wasatch, Green River, Bridger, 

Quaternary drift.

96. United States General Land Office. Territory of Wyoming, compiled from the official 

records of the General Land Office and othei 

sources under supervision of G P. Strum 

Scale, 15 miles to 1 inch; 1883

First publication ol the results of the Woods and 

Boland surveys of 1881 and 1882, which were supposed 

to complete the subdivision of the area under discussion Shows Oregon Short Line Railroad and pro-
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

96. United States GeneralLand Office Cont'd. 

jected road leading south from the site of Hodges 

Pass tunnel along the crop of the Adaville coal 

marked "W. I. & C. C. R. R." (Wyoming Iron and 

Coal Company's Railroad). Bear River is indicated 

as flowing south.

All the subsequent editions of the Land Office map 

are, so far as this area is concerned, based on exactly 

the same original township plats, but vary in detail 

according to the individual ideas of the compilers. 

There are also minor changes in the railroad stations 

and the indication of projected railroads. Editions: 

1888, scale, 12 miles to 1 inch; 1892, scale, 12 miles to I 

inch; 1900. scale, 12 miles to 1 inch: 1905, scale, 12 mites 

to 1 inch.

97. Ward, Lester F. Administrative report.

Third Ann. Rept. U. S. Gool. Survey, 1883, pp. 

28-29.

Reports making collections around Hodges Pass 

and at Bell's Fish Cliff in September, 1881.

98. White, C. A. A review of the nonmarine 

fossil Mollusca of North America.

Third Ann. Rept. U. 3. Geol. Survey, 1883, pp. 440, 

454, 498, Pis. VI, XX, figs. 14, 15; XXV11, fig. 38; 

XXVII, figs. 20-31.

Figures of fossils from Bear River and Fvanston.

99. New molluscan forms from the Laramie

i and Green River groups, with discussion of 

some associated forms heretofore known.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 5, 1883, p. 98.

Concludes Pyrgnlifera Meek, from Bear River beds 

of southern Wyoming, the same genera as Paramelania Smith, a recent form found in Lake Tanganyiki, Africa.

100. Williams, Albert, jr. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1882, 1883, pp. 87-89. 

Yearly production of Central Pacific (Rocky Mountain Coal and Iron Company) and Union Pacific Coal 

Company mines at Almy from 1809-1870 to 1882. 

Analysis of Twin Creek coal.

1884.

101. Cope, E. D. The Vertebrata of the Tertiary 

formations of the West.

Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 3,1884, pp. 6-10, 

71-77 (Pis. V, VII, VIII, XX 84, 87-98, (Pis. VIII, 

XIII, XIV), 129, 134-135 (PI. XXIII, figs. 12-13), 

143-144 (PI. XXXIII, figs. 14-16), 524, 520-530 (PI. 

XXIXb, figs. 4-5, PI. XLVII, fig. 7, PI. XLV1II, 

figs. 7-14), 544-549 (Pis. XLV, XLVI, XLVII, figs. 

1-C, PI. XLVIII, figs. 1-61,634.

Discusses Wasatch beds in this area. Describes 

and figures vertebrates from the Wasatch (here 

sometimes called Green River) beds near Evanston 

and fish from the Green River shales on Twin Creek, 

near Fossil.

102. Gannett, Henry. A dictionary of altitudes 

in the United States.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 5, 1884, pp. 445-449. 

Subsequent editions have appeared as Bulls. 76 

(1891), 160 (1899), and 274 (1906).

3694 No. 56 07 3

1885.

103. Emmons, S. F., Geological sketch of Wyoming.

Geological sketch of the Rocky Mountain division, 

Tenth Census U. S., vol. 13,1885, pp. 80-88.

104. Ward, Lester F. Synopsis of the Flora of the 

Laramie group. -

Sixth Ann, Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1885, pp. 422, 

441, 443-514, 541, 551, 553; PI. XXXVII, figs. 0-7; 

PI. XXXIX, fig. 8; PI. XLVI, fig. 12; PI. XLVII, 

fig. 7.

Gives lists of species from Evanston beds and discusses (p 541) and figures material fromllodges Pass. 

Same figures, with detailed descriptions, appear in 

No. 112.

105. White, Charles A. The genus Pyrgulifera 

Meek, and its associates and congeners.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 20, 1885, pp. 277-280. 

(See No. 99.)

106. Williams, Albert, jr. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1883 and 1884, 1885, 

pp. 102-114.

Gives yearly production of two companies at Almy 

from 1869-1870 to 1884, and Twin Creek mines for years 

1882 to 1884. 

Analyses of Almy and Twin Creek coals.

1886.

107. Ashburner, Charles A. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1885, 1880, pp. 71-73.

Products of Union Pacific mines at Almy from 

1860 to 1885, Central Pacific mines at Almy from 1870 

to 1885, Twin Creek mines from 1882 to 1885.

108. Aughey, Samuel. Annual Report Territorial geologist of Wyoming for year 1885, 

1886.

On p. 35 refers to oil seeps near " old Bear City and 

at and near Bridger," but states that he has explored 

this district" too imperfectly to venture a description."

109. Stowell, S. H. Petroleum.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1885, 1886, p. 154.

Note on Twin Creek oil field, which was personally 

visited by Mr. Stowell in summer of 1885, with analysis of oil.

110. White, Charles A. "Relation of the Laramie 

mollusoaii and fresh-water Fjocene fauna to 

that of the succeeding fresh-water Eocene 

and other groups.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 34, 1880, pp. 9-12, 23, 

29, 30 (PI'. II, fig. 21).

Discusses age of Evanston coal beds and concludes 

that they are basal Wasatch.

1887.

111. Chisolm, F. F. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S for 1886, 1887, pp. 375-377. 

Analysis of Almy coal. 'Yearly production of
28 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEEN WYOMING.

'ill. Cbisolm, F. F. Continued.

Union Pacific mines at Almy 18(39-1886, Central Pacific mines at Almy 1870-1886, Twin Creek mines 

1883-1885.

112. Ward, Lester'F. Types of Laramie flora.

Bull. 0. S. Geol. Survey No. 37, 1887, pp. 27 (PI. X, 

figs. 7-8), 27 (PI. XI, fig. 1), 30 (PI.XIV, fig. 1), 49-50 

(PI. XLVI, fig. 11), 53-54 (PI. XXV, fig. 4).

Describes and figures five species of plants from 

Hodges Pass, four of them new.

1888.

113. Bailey, Gilbert R [Economic geological 

map of Territory of Wyoming. Scale, 12 

miles to 1 inch.]

An 1888 edition of the Laud Office map of the Territory of Wyoming, showing coal fields, oil fields, and 

mineral districts, and indorsed '' Geological features 

from surveys by Gilbert E. Bailey, E. M., Ph. D., 

late geologist of Wyoming." In this area are shown 

"Evanstoii coal field," "Bear River coal field," 

"Hams Fork coal field," and "Sublette coalfield." 

The outlines of these coal fields are much more 

accurate on this map than on Storrs's map (No. 170).

114. Chisolm, F. F. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. 8. for 1887, 1S88, p. 380. 

Production of Union Pacific mines at Almy 1869- 

1887; Central Pacific, 1870-1&S7; Twin Creek, 1882-1885.

115. Lesquereux, Leo. Recent determinations 

of fossil plants from Kentucky, Louisiana, 

Oregon, California, Alaska, Greenland, etc., 

with descriptions of new species.

Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 11, 1888, pp. 37-38.

Describes specimens in the National Museum which 

FrSmoht collected in 1843 on Little Muddy Fork, near 

Cumberland Gap, and which were originally described 

by Hall in 1845. He is more positive of the Oolitic 

character of this material than Hall (Nos. 5, 6).

116. Kicketts, Louis D. Annual Report of Territorial geologist of Wyoming for 1887, 1888.

Pages 9-10, 22-24, 41-43.

Gives data regarding coal mines at Almy and Twin 

Creek based largely on the '' Mineral Resources of the 

United States." Discusses the oil springs at Carter 

and Hilliard. evidently from actual study in the field, 

and the oil spring on Twin Creek from report.

117. White, C. A. [Administrative Report Mesozoic division of Invertebrate paleontology.]

Seventh Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, (or 1885- 

ISSfi, 1888, pp. 118-119.

Reports that in August, 1885, he. studied the coal 

at Evanston and concluded that it belongs to the 

Wasateh group (No. 110).

1889.

118. Ward, Lester F. The geographical distribution of fossil plants.

Eighth Arm. Rept. U. S. Gool. Survey, for 1880-1887, 

pt. 2, 1889, pp. 900-908.

118. Ward, Lester F. Continued.

Mentions i Fr&nont collection on Little Muddy 

Creek oast of Cumberland, the collection of the Hayden parties at Evanston, the material obtained by 

Ward at Hodges Pass, and the material (Inscribed 

by Lesquereux from "Randolph Co., Utah."

1890.

119. Chisolm, F. F. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1888, 1890, pp. 392-394.

Yearly coal production ot two companies at Almy 

from 1869-1870 to 1888, together with number of men 

employed in 1888.

120. Ricketts, Louis D. Annual Report of Territorial geologist of Wyoming [for 1888 and 

1889], 3890.

Pages 6-12, Table No. 4, pp. 51, «!, 05, PI. I.

Contains detailed description of Almy mines, with 

sections of coal seams, based on examination made in 

September, 1889.

1891.

121. Clark, W. B. Correlation papers Eocene. 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 83, 1891.

122. Soudder, Samuel H. Administrative Report 

for 1889-1890.

Eleventh Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1,1891, 

p. 123.

. Reports that ho visited Fossil in 1889 in search of 

fossil insects, but that " little was obtained."

123. White, G. A. Correlation papers Cretaceous. 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 82, 1891, pp. 153.

1892.

124. Chisolm, F. F. Coal' Wyoming, Uinta

County.

\fineral Resources U. S. for 1889 and 1890,1892, p. 284. 

Gives production of the two companies at Almy 

from 1869-1870 to 1890.

125. Earle, Charles. Revision of the species of 

Coryphodon. 

Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 4, 1892, p. 151.

126. Stanton, T. W. The stratigraphic position 

of the Bear Rivor formation.

Am. .Tour. Sci., vol. 13, 1892, pp. 98-115.

Discussion of field examination of the Bear River 

formation at Bear River City, on Bear River 7 miles 

north of Evanston, at Waterfall and Sage, and other 

points outside of this area, which resulted In the important determination that the Bear River formation 

is the lowest rather than the highest member of the 

f ossiliferous Cretaceous of this region.

127. White, C. A. Administrative Report of division of Mesozoic invertebrates.

Thirteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, for 

1891-1892, pt. 1, 1892, pp. 140-141.
BIBLIOGBAPHY. 29

127. White, C. A. Continued.

Reports that ne and Mr. T. W. Stanton worked in 

southwest Wyoming on the '' so-called Bear River 

Laramie in July and August, 1891."

128. On the Bear River formation, a series of 

strata hitherto known as the Bear "River 

Laramie.

1895.

Coal and Coal Measures

Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 43, 1892, pp. 91-97. 

Historical review in connection with Stai

p+i/ilo <"Wn infVi

nisi .._. ._.

article (No. 126).

Lnton's

1893.

129. Knight, Wilbur C. Notes on the mineral 

resources of the State.

Bull. Wyo. Exp. Station No. 14, Oct. 1893, pp. 130, 

137-139, 140-148, 154, 169, 197-198.

Contains data regarding "sulphur (sec No. 92), oil 

and coal in southern TJinta County, for the most part 

compiled. Gives data regarding Red Canyon and 

Almy, Twin Creek, and Haras Fork mines.

130. Marsh, O. C. Kestoration of Coryphodon.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 46, 1893, p. 321, PI. VI.

Gives historical data regarding finding of Coryphodou near Evanston and plate showing -restoration 

of C. Itamatus.

131.'Parker,' E. W. Coal: Wyoming, Uinta 

County.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1891, 1893, pp. 354-355. 

Gives yearly production of two companies at Alrny 

from 1869-1870 to 1891.

132. Coal: Wyoming, Uinta County.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1892, 1893, pp. 548-549. 

Gives yearly production of two companies at Almy 

from 1869-1870 to 1892.

133. Stanton, Timothy W. The Colorado formation and its invertebrate fauna.

Bull. D. S. Gcol. Survey No. 106, 1893, pp. 45, 56-57 

(PI. II, fig. 1, PI.Ill, fig. 12), 67 (PI. VIII, fig. 7), 6S-69 

(PI. VIII, flg. 11), 89-91 (PI. XX, figs. 1, 2), 99-100 

(PI. XXII, fig. 10), 101-102 (PI. XXIII, figs. 1,2), 110 

(PI. XXV, fig. 1), 123-124 (PI. XXVII, figs. 7, 8), 128 

(PI. XXVIII, figs. 4, 5), 130, 149.

Describes and figures all the species found, up to 

that time, in the beds called in this paper the'' Frontier formation," and called the "Fox Hills "by the 

early geologists.

1894.

134. Hewitt, G. C. The coal fields of Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1893,1894, p. 414. 

Gives brief note on Hams Fork and Bear Klver 

(Almy) fields. Regards coal as Laramie.

135. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming, Uinta 

County.

Mineral Resources D. S. for 1893,1894, p. 410.

Gives yearly production of two companies at Almy 

from 1869-1870 to 1893.

136 Knig-ht, Wilbur C. 

of Wyoming.

Sixteenth Ann. Rept. D. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 4, 1895, 

pp. 208, 210-211, 212.

Gives tables by Slosson and Colburn (No. 138) and 

states that coal-bearing rocks are found at "Henrys 

Fork, Almy, Twin Creek, Hams Fork and Coalville 

[Cokeville]. The last four localities are probably in 

the same coal field, which belongs to the lower Cretaceous, and has been known as the Bear River 

group." This erroneous conclusion is probably 

based on a misinterpretation of the facts collected 

by Dr. Stanton (12<i).

137. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming.

Sixteenth Ann. Rept. D. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 4, 18^5, 

pp. 216-217.

Coal statistics {or Uinta County for 1893 and 1894. 

Annual coal production for Uinta County from 

1869 to 1894.

138. Slosson, Edwin E., and Colburn, L.C. The 

heating powers of Wyoming coal and oil.

Univ. of Wyo. Special Bull., Jan., 1895, pp. 7-u. 

Gives tests and analyses of three samples of coal 

from Hams Fork and four from Almy.

139. White, C. A. The Bear River formation and 

its characteristic fauna.

Bull. U. S. Geol Survey No. 128, 1895. 108 pp., 

11 plates.

Contains figures and descriptions of the Bear River 

fossils found at Hilliard, north of Evanston, at 

Waterfall and Sage. Embodies material given in 

 Nos. 125 and 127

1896.

140. Darton, N. H. Catalogue and index of 

contributions to "North American geology, 

1732-1891.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 127, 1896, pp. 1041-1095.

141. Knig-ht, Wilbur C. [Petroleum fields of

Wyoming.]

Nineteenth Ann. Rept. 0. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 3, 

1896, pp. 704, 706.

Condensed from paper in American Manufacturer, 

Gives among oil fields of State Sulphur Creek, Carter, 

Twin Creek, and Fossil. As the last two are the 

same, it is evident that he had not at this time visited 

this area. The Sulphur and Twin Creek oil is regarded as Laramie? and the last as Wasatch?

142. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming.

Seventeenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 3, 

1896, pp. S37-538.

Coal statistics for Dinta County for 1894 and 1895. 

Yearly production of coal for Dinta County, 18C9 to

1895' *
30 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

1897.

143. Knight, Wilbur C. The petroleum fields of 

Wyoming.

Mineral Industry for 1890,1897, pp. 442-450. Essentially the sume as No. 138.

144. Parker, E. W. Wyoming: Coal.

Eighteenth Ann. Kept D. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 5, 

1897, pp. 029-630.

Coal statistics of Uinta County ior 1895 and 1890. 

Yearly coal production lor Dinta County from 1869 to

1890.

145. Stanton, T. W., and Knowlton, F. H. [Administrative report on explorations in 

Wyoming by Stanton-Knowlton party iii

1896.J 

Eighteenth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey for 1896-

1897. 1897, pp. 63-64.

146. Stanton, T. W., and Knowlton, F. H. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Laramie 

and related formations in Wyoming.

Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 8, 1S97, pp. 148-149.

Gives short discussions of Evanston and Hodges 

Pass localities, which the authors visited In 1896. 

Concludes that Wasatch is unconformable on coalbearing beds. J'lora upper Laramie. Suggests that 

Hodges Pass material represents downward continuation of the Evanston beds.

1898.

147. Knight, Wilbur C. The building stones and 

clays of Wyoming.

Eng a;id Min Jour., vol. 66, 1898, pp. 546-547.

Reports sandstone quarry and brickyard at Evanston.

148. Knowlton, F. H. A catalogue of the Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of North America. 

Buii. U. S Geol. Survey No. 152, 1898.

149. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming. 

Nineteenth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol Survey, pt. 6,

1898. pp. 540, 541.

Coal statistics for Uinta County for 18% and 1897. 

Yearly coal production for Uinta County from 1869 

co 1897.

1899.

150. Knig-ht, Wilbur C., and Slosson, E.E. The 

oil fields of Crook and Uinta counties, 

Wyoming.

Bull School of Mines, Univ. Wyoming, Petroleum 

Series, No. 3, 1899, pp. 11-25, 30-31,1 map, 3 cross sections.

A hasty reconnaissance yielding in this area inaccurate and erroneous conclusions.

151. Matthew, W. D. A provisional classification of the fresh-water Tertiary of the West.

Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, 1899, pp. 33-34. 

Gives location of type specimen') of vertebrates 

from the Wasatch beds at Evanston, Wyo.

152. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming.

Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 6, 

1899, pp. 505, 506.

Coal statistics for Uinta County for 1807 and 1898; 

yearly coal production for Uinta County from 1895 

to 1898.

153. Baldwin, H. L. [Triangulation stations, 

Utah-Wyoming.]

Twentieth Ann. Rept. U. S Ocol. Survey, pt. 1, 

1899, pp. 275-277.

Describes and gives longitude and latitude of tnangulation stations at Medicine Butte and Bridger 

Butte, established in 1898. (See No. 101 for corrected 

values.)

1900.

154. Gannett, Henry. Boundaries of the United 

States and of the several States and Territories, with an outline of the history of all 

important changes of territory. (Second 

edition.)

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 171, 1900, p. 130, Pis. L. 

L1I, LI1I.

First edition published as Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey 

No. 13, 1885.

155. Knight, Wilbur C. A preliminary report on 

the artesian basins of Wyoming.

Bull Wyo. Univ. Exp. Station No. 45, 1UOO, pp. 146, 

157, 100, 225-228, 245-246. Sec. XI, geologic map.

156. University of Wyoming reconnaissance 

geological map of Wyoming. Scale, 32 

miles to 1 inch [1900].

Accompanying Bull Wyo. Exp. Station No. 45, 

1900.

Modified in this area from King and Hayden maps, 

and on the whole, though very crudely drawn, a distinct advance on the geological cartography of this region. Shews the following subdivisions. Carboniferous, Triussic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, Eruptive 

The latter is a limited area south of Sage, evidently 

based on one of the outcrops of the Fowkes formation 

in Dry Holiow.

1901.

157. Knight, Wilbur C. The petroleum fields of

Wyoming.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. 72, 1901, pp. 358-359, and 

map.

Contains map showing limited areas marked Hil- 

 liard, Carter Spring Valley and Twin Creek fields. 

Records one pumping well in the Carter field (!) and 

one pumping weil in the Spring Valle}* field The 

Twin Creek oil is .regarded as Laramie, the Carter as 

Laramie? and the Spring Valley as Bear River?.

158. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming.

Twenty-first Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol Survey, pt. 6, 

l»01,pp. 515, 516.

Coal statistics for Uinta County for 189S and 1899; 

yearly coal production for Uinta County from 1895 to
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 31

159. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming, Uinta 

County.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1900, 1901, pp. 455-456. 

Coal statistics for 1899 and 1900. Coal production 

1895 to 1900.

160. Warman, P. C. Catalogue and index of the 

publications of the United States Geological 

Survey, 1880-1901. 

Bull. U. S. Gcol. Survey No. 177,1901, pp. 851-855.

161. "Wilson, H. M.,Renshawe, J.M., Douglas, 

E. M., and Groode, B. U. Results of primary triangulation and primary traverse, 

fiscal year 1900-1901.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 181. 1901, pp. 195, 196, 

202.

Gives recomputed longitude and latitude values for 

Medicine Butte, Bridger Butte, and southwest corner 

stone of Wyoming. (See No. 163.)

1902.

162. Gannett, Henry. Origin of certain place 

names in the United States. 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 197, 1902. 

Second edition published as Bull. No. 258, 1905.

163. Hay, Oliver Perry. Bibliography and catalogue of the fossil Vertebrata of North America. 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 179, f902. 868 pages.

164. Knight, Wilbur C. Petroleum in Wyoming.

Proc. Wyoming Industrial Convention, 1902, 

pp. 42-43, 47, with small-scale text map. 

Essentially ihe same as No. 157.

165. The petroleum fields of Wyoming, III. 

The fields of Uinta County.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. 73,1902, pp. 720-722, 4 figs.

Presents geologic cross section of Ililliard, Spring 

Valley, and Carter and Twin Creek oil fields. Names 

Billiard and Frontier formations

166. Oliphant, P. H. Petroleum: Wyoming. 

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1901, 1902, p. 563. 

Records discovery at Spring Valley and action of 

 General Land Office.

167. Parker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1901,1902, p. 448. 

Coal statistics for Uinta County for 1900 and 1901.

168. ftuealy, P. J. Coal mines and mining.

Proc. Wyoming Industrial Convention, 1902, 

pp. 90-91. .

Gives data regarding phenomenal development of 

coal mines at Diamontlville and Kemmerer.

169. Storrs, L. S. The Rocky Mountain coal 

fields.

Twenty-second Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 

pt. 3, 1902, pp. 444-446, Fl. XXX'. '

Discusses briefly "Hams Fork, Almy, and Sublette's coal fields," evidently from compiled data.

170. Storrs, L. S. Northern Rocky Mountain coal 

fields, showing Cretaceous <:oal-bearing 

areas. Scale, 40 miles to 1 inch.

Twenty-second Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 

pt. 3, 1902, Fl. XXX.

Shows "Hams Fork field" and "Sublette field" 

and indicates Evanston and Bear River fields. Evidently a compilation. On the whole much less accurate than No. 113.

171. Weeks, F. B. North American geologic formation names; bibliography, synonymy, 

and distribution. 

Bull. U. S Geol. Survey No. 191, 1902, 448 pp.

172. . Index to North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 

1892-1900, inclusive.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 189,1902, pp. 336-337.

Index to accompany bibliography for same period 

published as Bull. No. 188, which is a combination of 

the yearly bibliographies published as Bulls. No. 130 

(1892-1893), 135 (1894), 146 (1895), 149 (1896), 158 

(1897), 162 (1898), and 172 (1899), with additions for 

the year 1900.

173. Bibliography and index of North Ameri- 

. can geology, paleontology, petrography, 

and mineralogy for the year 1901. 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 203, 1902, pp. 44.

1903.

174. Hufford, V. Map of the oil field, Uinta. 

County, Wyo. [Scale, 4 miles to 1 inch.]

Pacific Oil Reporter, vol. 4, June 6, 1903, pp. 13-14.

A crude compilation of Government land plats 

showing claims of certain companies.

175. Knight, Wilbur C. Coal fields of southern 

Uinta County, Wyo.

 Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 13, 1903, pp. 542-544.

Names Frontier and Hilliard formations, the former containing the coals worked at Frontier, Diamondville, and Cumberland, and the latter including 

the shales extending from these coal-hearing beds to 

the. coal-bearing beds containing the Adaville and 

Twin Creek coals.

' 176. Pacific Oil Reporter. The oil fields of Wyoming.

Pacific Oil Reporter, vol. 4, June 6, 1903, pp. 2-19.

Description of southern Uinta County field, with 

numerous half-tones and sketch map, by V Hufford.

177. Richardson, Charles O. Uinta County, 

Wyo., oil fields, Spring Valley district. 

Copyright, April 19, 1903, by Chas. 0. 

Richardson. [Scale, 5 miles to 3 inches. 

Hachure topography.]

Covers area Tps. 13-17 N., Rs. 114-121 W. and is a 

very careful and faithful copy of the original township plats with some minor additions. It is decidedly the most accurate published map of this area.
32 GEOGKAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

177. Richardson, Charles O. Continued.

A broad belt'of color extends northeast and southwest across the map, presumably showing valuable 

oil territory. In margin is given diagram showing 

"Approximate log ol the Union Pacific oil well near 

Spring Valley," etc.

178. Warman, P. 0. Catalogue and index of the 

publications of the United States Geological Survey, 1903 to 1903.

BuU. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 215, 1903, pp. 232-233.

179. Weeks, F. B. Bibliography and index of 

North American geology, paleontology, 

petrology, and mineralogy for the year 1902. 

BuU. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 221,1903, p. 200.

1904.

180. Hayford, John F. Precise leveling from 

Red Desert, Wyoming, to Owyhee, Idaho.

Kept. Supt. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for 

 1904, Appendix 6,1904, pp. 401-430.

Gives results, with description of bench marks of 

line run through this area along the Union Pacific 

Eailroad by Ralph L. Libby in May-July, 1903.

181. Oliphant, F. H. Petroleum: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1902,1904, pp. 563, 565. 

Analyses of Spring Valley petroleum by Dr. F. 

Salathe and Wilbur C. Knight.

182. Paxker, E. W. Coal: Wyoming.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1902, 1904, pp. 445-446 

Coal statistics for Uinta Comity for 1901 and 1902.

183. Wyoming: Coal.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1903,1904, pp. 536-537. 

Coal statistics for Uinta County for 1902 and 1903

184. Schmeckebier, L. F. Catalogue and index 

of the publications of the Hayden, King, 

Powell, and Wheeler surveys. 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 222,1904.

185. Weeks, F. B. Bibliography and index of 

North American geology, paleontology, 

petrology, tod mineralogy for the year 1903. 

Bull. IT. S. Geol. Survey No. 240, 1904, p. 243.

1905.

186. Hayford, John F. Precise leveling from 

Bed Desert, Wyoming, to Seattle, Wash., 

1903-1904.

Kept. Supt. V. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for 

1905, 1905, p. 203.

Gives corrected elevations of bench marks in this 

region described in No. 180.

187. Parker, E. W. Wyoming: Coal.

Mineral Resources U. S. for 1904, 1905, pp. 575-576. 

Coal statistics for Uinta County for 1903 and 1904. 

Coal products for Uinta County from 1900 to 1904, 

inclusive. '

188. Potter, Albert P. Grazing lands, western 

United States (general location and area). 

[Scale, 37 miles to 1 inch. Portion of Land 

Office base of United States.]

Accompanying Grazing on the Public Lands. Ex. 

tracts from the report of the Public Land Commission, Senate Doe. No. 189, 58th Cong., 3d sess., 1905. 

Reprinted as Bull. U. S. Forest Service, No. 02, 1905.

Represents the whole area west of Oyster Ridge 

except a narrow strip along Twin Creek as "winter 

range only." The map shows no irrigated land in 

this area.

189. Sohucliert, Charles, and others. Catalogue of 

type and figured specimens of fossils, minerals, rocks, and ores in the department of 

geology, United States National Museum. 

Part I. Fossil Invertebrates. 

Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. No. 53, pt. 1, 1905, 704 pp.

190. Trumbull, L. W. A preliminaryreport upon 

the coal resources of Wyoming.

Bull. Univ. of Wyoming School of Mines No. 7,1905, 

pp. 9-13, 41, 47, 87-92.

Abs. Mining Mag., vol. 13, 1900, pp. 246-248.

Production, analyses (given in No. 135), and short 

descriptions of Uinta County field with view of Kemmerer Coal Company's miue at Frontier.

191. A map of Wyoming showing the coalbearing areas, 1905. Scale, 34.3 miles to 1 

inch.

Accompanying Bull. Univ. of Wyoming School of 

Mines No. 7, 1905.

Map roughly shows'' Cretaceous " and '' Cretaceous 

covered with Tertiary" and certain unshaded areas 

for the most part elearlypre-Cretaeeous. In southern Uinta County largely the same as No. 156, from 

which it was evidently compiled.

1906.

192. Veateh, A. C. Coal and oil in southern 

Uinta County, Wyoming.

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285, 1906, pp. 331-353, 

Pis. X-XII.

Preliminary statement of results discussed in the 

present paper.

193. Age and type localities of the supposed 

Jurassic fossils collected north of Fort 

Bridger, Wyoming, by Premont, in 1843. 

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 21, 1906, pp. 457-160.

194. Ve^tch, A. C., and Schtdtz, A. E. Map of 

coal fields of southern Uinta County, Wyoming. [Scale 1 inch to 5 miles.] 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285, 1906, PI. X.

195. Geologic map of southern Uinta County, 

Wyoming, showing economic data relating 

to oil, underground water, and copper. 

[Scale I inch to 5 miles.] 

Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285, 1906, PI. XI.
CHAPTER II.

GEOGRAPHY.

iLOOATION.

With relation to political subdivisions the area discussed in this report is in the 

southern part of Uinta County, Wyo. Its northern and eastern boundaries lie, 

respectively, about 35 miles east of the western boundary of the State and 70 miles 

north of the southern boundary, and on the south and west sides it- includes an 

inconsiderable portion of Utah. With relation to the globe, it extends roughly from' 

latitude 41° to 42° N., and from longitude 110° 24' to 111° W. of Greenwich. (See 

index map on PI. III.) Precise knowledge regarding the location of several points 

in and near this area has been obtained by the United States Geological Survey in 

connection with its work on the Coalville and Hayden Peak (Utah-Wyoming) 

topographic sheets, and the values determined for certain points, together with 

descriptions of triangulation stations, are given below:

Geographic positions in southern Uinta County, Wyo. 

[From observations by United States Geological Survey."]

Locality.

Uinfa-Sweetwatcr county line (initial pc

Latitude.

41 21 09/90 

41 17 50. 40 

40 59 51.43 

40 59 51.30 

40, 59 51.29 

40 59 53.48

Longitude.

110 54 .26.39 

110 27 49.07 

110 01 49.65 

110 02 54.85 

110 02 58.92 

111 02 56.67

o Twentieth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 1, 1899, pp. 272, 273, 275, 277; Bull. D. S. Geol. Survey No. 181, 1901, pp. 

195, 196, 198, 202.

& The value of this point given by A. D. Wilson, of the Hayden survey, is: Latitude 41° 21' 6.5", longitude 110° 54' 42.5". 

Elevation 8,769 feet. The elevation, corrected according to revised elevation of Evanston, is 8,742 feet Eleventh Ann. 

Ecpt. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., 1877-1879, p. 661.

Medicine Butte. Station is situated on butte of same name (also called "Almy Mountain"), a 

few miles east .of Almy, and about 6 miles north of Evanston, Wyo.

Station mark: Copper bolt cemented in limestone rock on the summit.

Reference point: A rock monument, 3.8 feet distance, the true azimuth of which is 173°.

Bridger Butte. This station is at the northeast corner of the butte locally known as Bridger Butte, 

about 4 miles west of the site of the abandoned Fort Bridger.

Station mark: Copper bolt cemented in rock set in ground.

Milepost S14 (Sweetwater County). This, point was occupied as an aid in marking a point on 

meridian 33° west of Washington, it being the three hundred and fourteenth milepost on the UtahWyoming line. It lies on high rolling ground about three-eighths of a mile west of Burnt Fork Creek.

Station mark: Aluminum tablet cemented in 500-pound water-worn granite bowlder.

33
34 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Uinta-Sweetwaler county line. On the State line between Wyoming and Utah, about on meridian 

33° west of Washington (the old Naval Observatory), that meridian being, according to statute, the 

line dividing Uinta County, Wyo., on the west, from Sweefrwater County, Wyo., on the east. It falls 

on ground gently sloping to the north, and was established by measuring 312.14 feet eastward from 

milcpost 315 on the line to milepost 314, and the point marked by a bronze tablet cemented in a 

water-worn granite bowlder. The bowlder weighs about 1,200 pounds, and projects 6 inches above 

ground, with a light-red surface measuring 1J by 2 feet. It was established in the field from preliminary computations, and is 7.63 feet too far east. Elevation about 8,000 feet above sea.

This position is as near to the thirty-third meridian west of Washington as could be determined 

from the incomplete data at hand. It is based on positions of certain stations near Salt Lake in the 

transcontinental belt of triangulation run by the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey, furnished 

in 1896 for use of the Geological Survey before the final adjustment of the whole belt was complete. 

The longitudes given were west of Greenwich, and in changing them to Washington longitudes the 

difference between Washington and Greenwich was taken as 77° 03' 0.60" west, being the value given 

in all editions of the American Ephemeris prior to 1896.

Milepost SIS. On the Utah-Wyoming State line, and supposed to be 1 mile west of milepost 314, 

but in reality 32 feet greater. It stands on the side of a hill facing north and about 312 feet west of 

the county line between Uinta and Sweetwater counties, which line was established by measurements 

from this milepost and also from milepost 314.

Station mark: Aluminum bolt cemented in top of 500-pound water-worn granite bowlder, marked 

S. G. 

J'U. A S."

Wyoming, southwest corner. This is the stone originally set by A. V. Richards. It is a cut 

sandstone (red) projecting 5 feet above ground, with rocks piled 3 feet high around the base. It is 

also a bench mark on the level circuit from Evanstou, Wyo., via Hilliard, Mill City, Weber River to 

Coalville, thence to Evanston.

TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE. 

This area has an elevation ranging from 6,200 to 8,750 feet. It lies north and 

east of prominent mountain ranges, and on the line of the southern extension of two 

other ranges, which, though geologically passing through it, are of very little topographic importance because they are so deeply buried by Tertiary deposits. On 

the south the Uinta Mountains, an east-west range, rise to a height of over 12,000 

feet. Forty miles to the west this Uinta uplift joins the north-south Wasatch 

Range, which is from 8,000 to 12,000 feet high. The Wyoming and Salt Kiver 

ranges north of this area have elevations ranging from 7,000 to 10,000 feet. To the 

east is the great plain-like Green River basin, whose mean elevation is somewhat 

v less than 7,000 feet.

The divide between the Green River and Great Salt Lake drainages separates 

this area into an eastern and a western half, but although the waters to the east flow 

directly into Green River, the streams to the west, with one exception, join Bear 

River and flow over 100 miles away to the north, around the northern end of the 

Bear River and Wasatch ranges, and then 100 miles to the south to Great Salt Lake, 

which they enter at a point only 50 miles west of Evanston. The Eocene deposits 

which characterize the Green River basin extend beyond this modern divide to 

the Wasatch Mountains, and this area thus lies in the southwest corner of the old 

Green River basin: In places the mantle of nearly horizontal Tertiary deposits 

laid down in this old Green River basin has been worn away and the underlying, 

highly inclined older beds have been exposed. The difference in the dip of these 

two series has resulted in the production of two very unlike types of topography.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER MO. 58 PL. I

A, TERRACE AND ESCARPMENT TOPOGRAPHY OF NEARLY HORIZONTAL EOCENE BEDS.

Five miles east of Kemmerer, Wyo., E. £ sec. 14, T. 21 N., R. 1 15 W. The strata exposed in the face of the escarpment belong to the

Green River Eocene.

B. HOGBACK TOPOGRAPHY OF INCLINED PRE-EOCENE BEDS.

Near Hinshaw ranch, sec- 22, T. 1 6 N., R. 118 W. On extreme left is hill of horizontal upper Wasatch or Knight, The pronounced thick 

white sandstone capping the second hogback is the Lazeart sandstone, which marks the base of the Adaville formation. On the extreme 

right, in the distance, is Oyster Ridge, and between is Mammoth Hollow, underlain by Milliard shales.

CHARACTERISTIC TOPOGRAPHIC TYPES.

TOPOGKAPHY AND DRA'lNAGE. 35

The upper horizontal beds produce relatively flat table-like forms, some of them 

bounded by escarpments of considerable length (PI. I, A), and in some places where 

the bed's dip gently in one direction the harder layers produce bench after bench -in 

regular succession. The creek and river systems have the dendritic form.that is 

characteristic of streams which flow over nearly horizontal rocks, and their branches 

show no regular arrangement. On the other hand, where the older rocks are exposed 

the steeply dipping harder layers produce long ridges with corresponding valleys 

of the same trend, the hills and valleys showing a parallel arrangement quite different 

from the irregular distribution of the hills and valleys of the younger series. So 

striking is this difference that a .mere glance at the topographic features of a hill 

will do much to inform the observer whether or not it is underlain .by the younger 

or older rocks.

As shown oncrthe geologic map (PI. Ill), the older rocks are exposed in two belts 

extending through this area, an eastern and a western one. The eastern belt, except 

that portion in the immediate -vicinity of Hilliard, lies for' the most part east ol the 

Green River-Great Salt Lake divide, and extends from near Hilliard through Cumberland and Kemmerer and northward beyond this area. On the east side of this eastern 

belt there is a series of pronounced hogbacks, produced by the harder beds of the 

Aspen and Frontier formations, the most conspicuous of which is Oyster Ridge. 

This line of elevations lies on the west side of an anticline, which to the north rises 

and produces the Meridian and Wyoming ranges. West of these hogbacks, having 

the same trend, there is a broad valley, known as Mammoth Hollow, beyond which 

on the west lie the hogbacks of the Adaville formation (PI. I, B) and of West 

Oyster Ridge, and, in the extreme northern part of the area, Absaroka Ridge, a 

southern extension of the mountain ranges to the north. The western belt lies 

west of the topographic divide, and is separated from the eastern belt by the central 

Tertiary plateau area. It extends from the point where Yellow Creek crosses the 

State line northward along the east side of Bear River Valley beyond the limit of 

the map. In it are exposed disturbed beds which represent the southern extension 

of the lines of disturbance that produced the Salt River Range to the north, and 

although there are in this 'western belt important elevations, like the Tunp Range, 

Bridger Hill, the Cockscomb, and Medicine Butte, they lack the continuity necessary 

to constitute a mountain range. Along the western edge of this western belt 

of older rocks, where Bear River cuts out a strip of northeastern Utah along 

the Wyoming-Utah boundary line, there is a rugged area of folded Carboniferous 

rocks, 2 or 3 miles wide -and 15 miles long, rising 1,500 feet or more above Bear 

River bottoms, known as the Crawford Mountains. This is geologically the 

southern extension of the Sublette Range, although not at present connected with it 

topographically.

The divide between the Green River and Interior basins where it is crossed by 

the Union Pacific Railroad has been called Aspen Divide. Farther north it is part 

of the Aspen Plateau; still farther north it is crossed by the Oregon Short Line at 

Hodges Pass; and north of that point and for some distance beyond this area it is a 

part of Hams Fork Plateau. At the old crossing of the Union Pacific Railroad this 

divide has an elevation of approximately 7,500'feet. Toward the south it rises rapidly, merging into foothills of the Uinta Mountains, beyond the area studied. To the
36 GEOGBAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

north, in the Aspen Plateau, it reaches elevations of over 8,000 feet, but at Hodges 

Pass it lowers to a little over 7,100 feet, north of which point it again rises and passes 

out of this area at an elevation of about 7,800 feet.

Immediately west of this hydrographic divide, which is for the most part located 

on relatively horizontal Tertiary deposits, there is a disconnected line of elevations, 

in places towering above the hydrographic divide. This line of elevations, distinctly 

connected geologically, represents the remnants of an old mountain chain, which in 

the geologic past was one of the important divides of this region. The remnants of 

this chain are found to-day in the Tunp Range along Rock Creek, 7,500 to 8,500 feet 

high, which distinctly rises above the present divide on Hams Fork Plateau, north of 

Hodges Pass tunnel; in Bridger Hill, 8,100 feet high; the Cockscomb, 8,000 feet; and 

Medicine Butte, 8,750 feet, which is perhaps the most striking landmark of the whole 

region (PI. XIII, A.) The present divide is situated where there was then a deep 

depression, now filled with Tertiary deposits. It is not in any way connected with 

the structural mountain chains revealed by geologic study. A detailed knowledge 

of the geology and the geologic history is, however, necessary to understand fully 

these changes, and their complete elaboration must be held in abeyance until after 

the geological discussion.

The streams tributary to the Green River basin include Muddy Creek, Little 

Muddy Creek with its important branch Albert Creek, from the southern part of 

Mammoth Hollow, and Hams Fork. These are all tributary to Blacks Fork. The 

flow of all these streams except Hams Fork is very small, sufficient only for the irrigation of limited spots near the headwaters. Hams Fork, a clear mountain stream 

that contrasts sharply with the muddy creeks to the south, rises in the mountains 

just north of this area. It furnishes water to irrigate portions of the adjacent bottom 

lands (PI. II), is utilized to float mine'timbers down from the mountains to the mines 

at Frontier and Diamondville, and furnishes the water supply for the. towns of 

Frontier, Kemmerer, Diamondville, Oakley, and Glencoe. It is second in importance only to Bear River. North of this Blacks Fork drainage, in the extreme northeast corner of the area here considered, are the headwaters of Slate Creek, another 

tributary of Green River..

Bear River, the master stream of this region, rises in the Uinta Mountains about 

15 miles south of the State line, enters the area at an elevation of 7,800 feet, and 

leaves it at an elevation of 6,200 feet. - It flows northward through bottom lands, 

which are generally about a mile wide, but which reach a width of 3 miles near the 

southern boundary of the State and perhaps as much at a point just west of the 

Crawford Mountains in Utah. The bottoms are almost entirely absent where the 

river passes through a narrow gorge just above the Union Pacific Railroad bridge, 

and again at the Narrows, 18 miles below Evanston. The river furnishes water to 

irrigate a large portion of the adjacent bottom and terrace lands and a portion of 

Hilliard Flat an area extending southward from Hilliard to Bear River and representing a former course of the river and is also the source of the water supply of 

Evanston. This town has a gravity system with an intake about 7 miles above 

its site. 

With the exception of Twin Creek, the tributaries of Bear River in this area are 

of little importance. . Yellow Creek, which joins it at Evanston, furnishes water
ELEVATIONS IN REGION. 37

sufficient only for the irrigation of very limited spots, as does Sulphur Spring Creek, 

just north of Evanston. Little Bridger Creek in its upper portion carries running 

water, but in dry seasons it flows but a short distance beyond its junction with 

Bridger Creek. Twin Creek receives considerable water from its principal tributary, 

Rock Creek, and this is used to irrigate a portion of the Bear River bottoms near 

Beckwith. The headwaters of Twin Creek yield but little water, only sufficient to 

irrigate relatively small areas of grass at a few points (PI. II). Twin Creek is interesting topographically because of the great variation in the width of its valley. 

Where.it has excavated the soft Tertiary beds in the region of Fossil it has a broad 

amphitheaterlike valley, 2 miles wide. This contracts to a narrow gorge where it 

crosses the southern extension of the Tunp Range, but again expands to a broad 

valley in the Tertiary deposits to the west. It is contracted by the Bear River 

hogback at Sage, and again by the Carboniferous rocks 2 miles to the west.

Along nearly all these streams there are several terraces. At Evanston four were 

observed in a height of 200 feet above the river. Southwest and west of Hilliard and 

in the region of Kemmerer, pronounced gravel-covered terraces occur 400 fe^et above 

the present stream level (sec pp. 99-100).

.ELEVATIONS.

On the topographic base the approximate elevations in a large part of this area 

are indicated by contours. The elevations at the railroad stations and of the bench 

marks of the United States Coast and Geodetic Survey and the United States 

Geological Survey are given in figures, as are the elevations of railroad stations 

where there are no Government bench marks. Descriptions of the bench marks are 

given below.

RESULTS OF THE PORTION OF THE TRANSCONTINENTAL LINE OF PRECISE 

LEVELS BETWEEN WYUTA, UTAH, AND CARTER, WYO., BY UNITED STATES 

COAST AND GEODETIC SURVEY."

The elevations in the following list are based upon precise lines of levels connecting Cheyenne, whose elevation was determined by interlocking precise circuits 

described in Appendix 3, United States Coast and Geodetic Survey for 1903, and the 

Pacific Ocean. The elevations are given in meters and in the reduction to feet the 

value of 1 meter has been taken as 3.280833 feet.6 The leveling through this area 

was done by Mr. Ralph L. R. Libby, in 1903. The bench marks established are of 

two types:

1. A copper bolt set horizontally in stone or brick, flush with the surface, and 

marked on the head

Bench is intersection of cross lines.

" Ann. Kept. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for 1904, 1904, pp. 405,409 413-414,419-420,423-424; Ann. Kept. U. S. Coast 

and Geodetic Survey lor 1905,1905, p. 203.

6 Ann. Kept. U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey for 1893, p. 266.
38 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

2. Red sandstone post, 3 feet long and 6 inches square, projecting 6 inches above 

the groimd, the top dressed and lettered

U S

D

B M 

Bench is bottom of square hole.

WYUTA, UTAH, TO CARTER, WYO., ALONG TRACK OF UNION PACIFIC RAILROAD.

Feet. 

Wyuta, a square cut in stone culvert, 200 yards west of station sign, 25 feet south of Union

Pacific Railroad tracks.........................................'...................... 6, 731.374

Evanston, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station............................... 6, 743.9

Evanston, in front yard of Pacific Hotel, in corner of yard, west of walk, about 19 feet south.

of south rail of south track; an iron post, established by United States Geological Survey.. 6, 743. 526 

Evanston, in south part of court-house grounds, 6 feet north of south fence, nearly in line

with east face of court-house; a tablet set in the top of a stone post, established by United

States Geological Survey............................................................. 6, 752.244

Evanston, in stone corner post on southeast corner of railroad station, in east face, a few

inches from the corner and 4 feet from the ground; copper bolt......................... 6, 747.930

Knight, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station................................ 7, 085.3

Knight, 100 yards east of station and in line with front of section house, 150 paces south of

mail stand and Union Pacific Railroad tracks; red sandstone post........................ 7, 060'. 581

Altamont, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station............................... 7, 224.6

Altamoiit, near west entrance of " Aspen tunnel," south of tracks, opposite a point on the

track halfway between station and section house, about 100 yards from track, near the

right-of-way fence; red sandstone post ................................................ 7, 218.020

Spring Valley, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station .....................:.. 7, 009.1

Spring Valley, 100 feet west of water tank, 40 feet north of Union Pacific Railroad tracks;

red sandstone post- .................................................................. 7, 010.686

Leroy, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station .................................. 6, 708.3

Leroy, 200 yards east of section house, in Union Pacific right of way south of tracks, 2 feet

from fence, and nearly opposite the roadway that leads up the hill On the other side of

the tracks; red sandstone post-....................................................... 6, 693.176

Bridger, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station................................ 6, 628.3

Bridger, 200 feet northwest of milepost 914, in the right of way, 80 feet north of Union Pacific

Railroad tracks and north of station sign, 6 feet from fence; red sandstone post .......... 6, 628.209

Bridger, 3 miles east of; in culvert at mile-pole 911; a square cut in top stone on arch north

of tracks............................................................................ 6, 580.520

Carter, elevation of top of rail in front of railroad station................................. 6, 496.6

Carter, west of station and opposite mile-pole 904; a square cut in the south-southeast base

stone of 'water tank.. ................................................................. 6, 498.272

Carter, on west side of roadway leading up the hill, 400 feet north of Union Pacific Railroad

tracks, 5 feet west of a telephone pole; red sandstone post.............................. 6, 500.887

RESULTS OF SPIRIT LEVELING BY UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY IN 

AND ADJACENT TO AREA OF PLATE III.

The elevations in the following list are based upon bronze tablet in top of stone. 

post stamped "6752 EVAN," at the south side of the court-house yard in Evanston, 

6 feet north of property line and on south extension of east line of court-house. 

The elevation of this is now accepted as 6,752.244 feet above mean sea level, which 

is the adjusted elevation by the completed transcontinental precise-level line of the 

United States Coast and Geodetic Survey. -

The leveling between and south of Evanston and Hilliard was done in 1897--98
ELEVATIONS IN EEGION. 39

by Edward O. Hills, levelman, and that lying east and southeast of Hilliard was 

done in 1901-2 by E. W. Glafcke, levelman.

The standard bench marks are now stamped with the letters "EVAN" in addition to figures showing elevation, most of them 26. feet less than the former stamping/ 

which was based upon railroad datum.

The standard bench marks are of two types:

1. Iron posts: These are hollow, wrought-iron posts 4 feet 3 inches in length, 3.5 

inches in outer diameter, split at the bottom and expanded to 10 inches to prevent 

the easy subsidence of the post or malicious disturbance. The reduced height is 4 

feet. In the top is riveted a bronze tablet 3.9 inches in diameter, one-fourth inch 

thick, marked "U. S. Geological Survey B. M. ; " with figures showing the elevation 

of the top of the bench mark. These posts are buried in the earth, with only 1 foot 

of their length projecting above the surface. The intersection of the cross on the 

tablet is taken as the bench mark.

2. Tablets: Metal tablets fastened with Portland cement into rock or masonry 

structures, lettered in same way as the one just described." The bench mark is the 

intersection of the cross lines.

EVANSTON SOUTHEAST TO HILLIARD, THENCE SOUTH VIA BEAK KIVEB TO MOUTH

OF WEST FORK.

Feet. 

Evanston, in front of Union Pacific Railroad station; top of rail .......................... (i, 743. 3

Evanston, south side of court-hoUse yard; 6 feet north of property line and south of east line

of court-house, in top of stone post, bronze tablet stamped "6752 EVAN" ............... 6, 752. 244

Evanston, in front yard at Depot Hotel, iron post stamped ''6744 EVAN !> ................ 6, 743.523

Evanston, 3 miles southeast of; west side of Union Pacific Railway track, 1 ioot east of wire

fence, opposite milepost 952, iron post stamped "6842 EVAN" ......................... 6, 841.639

Evanston, 6 miles southeast of; west side of old grade of Union Pacific Railroad, 1 foot east

of fence, 200 yards south of point where bench comes down to grade, iron post stamped

"6942 EVAN " ...................... 1......................................... (i, 941. 765

Evanston, 9 miles southeast of, east side' of old Union Pacific Railroad, outside of fence

corner, at old side track, iron post stamped "7046 EVAN" ............................. 7, 045. 985

Hilliard, 0.75 mile northwest of, south side oi old grade of Union Pacific Railroad, irpn post

stamped "7179 EVAN" ........................................................... 7,179.063

Hilliard, 75 feet northwest of post-office; 600 feet northwest of old Union Pacific depot, iron

post stamped "7246 EVAN" ........................................................ 7, 245. 524

Hilliard, 2 miles south of; opposite Bell's ranch, about one-half mile south of first cabin on

 west side of road', iron post stamped "7333 EVAN" ................................... 7, 333. 067

Hilliard, 5 miles south of post-office; east side of road opposite Robinson's ranch, iron post

stamped "7491 EVAN". ............................................................ 7,491.349

Hilliard, 8 miles southwest of post-office; 0.1 mile from Goodman's ranch, corner of fence,

900 feet southwest of original Mill Creek channel, iron post stamped "7609 EVAN" ..... 7, 608. 747 

Hilliard, 11 miles southwest of post-office; 450 feet below Goodman road ford, east side of

Bear River, at point where Hilliard Flat ditch reached height of east bank, iron post

stamped "7773 EVAN" .............................................................. 7,772.676

ALONG YELLOW CREEK VALLEY NORTH FROM BOUNDARY TO EVANSTON.

Bvanston,,21.5 miles south of; 150 feet west of old Emigrant road crossing of Yellow Creek,

5.5 miles northeast of southwest corner of Wyoming, iron post stamped "7218 EVAN".... 7,217.590

Evanston, 16.5 miles south of; 8 feet west of wagon road along Yellow Creek, 100 feet west

of creek, 1.5 miles north of J. Johnson's ranch, iron post stamped "7056 EVAN" ........ 7,055.846

a Figures showing the lettering on these tablets are given in Eighteenth Ann. Eept. U. S. Geol. Survey,4S90-07, pt. 1, 

1897, PI. IV; also in Prof Paper U. S. Geol. Survey No. 46, 1906, p. 334.
40 ' GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Evanston, 13.5 miles south of; 5 feet from wagon road, 200 yards west of sheep bridge and Feet.

ford across Yellow Creek, 100 feet south of road fork, iron post stamped "7009 EVAN" ... 7, 008. 836 

Evanston, 10.25 miles southwest of; 20 feet northwest of northwest corner of Wright's ranch 

. house, west of Yellow Creek, 0.5 mile west of south group of Needle Rocks, iron post stamped

"6892 EVAN" ..................................................................... o, 891.661

Evanston, 9 miles southwest of; about 3.75 miles southwest of Yellow Creek' bridge, 0.25

mile northwest of Needle Rocks, iron post stamped "6869 EVAN"...................... 6, 868. 629

Evanston, 5.75 miles southwest of; 15 feet west of wagon road, 150 feet southwest of bridge

across Yellow Creek, iron post stamped "6747 EVAN"................................. 6, 747. 371

Evanston-, 2.5 miles southwest of; 1 mile east of Yellow Creek, 30 feet south of forks of road,

iron post stamped "6816 EVAN" .................................................... 6, 815. 648

YELLOW CREEK SOUTHWEST TO SOUTHWEST CORNER OF WYOMING.

Evanston, 23.25 miles south of; 2.5 miles north of southwest corner of State of Wyoming, 10 feet 

north of old Emigrant road, about 1.75 miles southwest of Yellow Creek crossing, summit 

of divide between Yellow Creek and Chalk Creek, iron post stamped ''7507 EVAN " ..... 7, 506. 677

Evanston, 24 miles south of; 2 miles north of southwest corner of State of Wyoming, 12 feet 

west of old Emigrant road, at junction with another road running north and crossing divide 

to west of emigrant crossing of divide, 1J miles east of Chalk Creek, 4 miles northeast of 

Porcupine Mountain, iron post stamped "7069 EVAN " ................................ 7, 068. 914

Wyoming, at southwest corner of; 27 miles south of Evanston, in top of State corner stone, a

red sandstone monument 12 by 12 inches square, bronze tablet stamped "7150 EVANl -, , 4(, _^_

SLAK"/" '

BILLIARD EAST TO ASPEN, THENCE SOUTHEAST ALONG MUDDY CREEK TO DIVIDE WEST 

OF MOUTH OF WEST FORK OF BLACK FORK OF GREEN RIVER.

Aspen, 500 feet west of old Union Pacific station; 56 feet north of old grade, top of cut bank, 

large sandstone with large mound of rock alongside, bronze tablet stamped " 7387 EVAN ". 7, 386. 661

Aspen, 3.25 miles southeast of; 60 ffeet north of road, 400 feet west of gate to Mouselauder s 

Meadow, near top of small divide, sandstone ledge with mound of rook alongside, aluminum tablet stamped "7581 EVAN".................................................. 7, 580. 627

Aspen, 9.80 miles southeast of; top of first divide going over into East Muddy Creek, 0.75 

mile southeast of ford, 40 feet east of road, west slope of divide, large bowlder with mound 

of rock alongside, aluminum tablet stamped "8299 EVAN "............................ 8, 299. 215

Beeksteads corrals, 3.80 miles southeast of; 25 feet south of road, 400 yards north of old sawmill site, north side of creek, large bowlder, aluminum tablet stamped "8906 EVAN.''

(Could not be found to re-mark).................................................... 8,878.879

Divide between Muddy Creek and Blacks Pork, top of, 10 feet south of road, 300 feet west 

of intersection of road to Piedmont, 100 feet east of Bigelow's ditch, in large bowlder, aluminum tablet, stamped " 9214 EVAN ".................................................. 9, 213. 763

PINE GROVE NORTHWESTWARD TO PIEDMONT.

Piedmont bench, 20 feet south of top of; 300 feet east of west edge of road, 75 feet east of crossing of Bigelow ditch No. 2; iron post stamped " 7910 EVAN "........................... 7, 910. 339

White dip pens, 300 feet east of cabin, at forks of road; 3.40 miles southeast of Piedmont,

iron post stamped "7310 "EVAN." (Not re-marked) ................................. 7, 283.200

Piedmont, 75 feet east of old section house, 275 feet east of old station; 200 feet west of old 

grade of Union Pacific Railway, iron post marked "7048 EVAN "...................... 7, 048. 277

PIEDMONT WEST TO ASPEN.

Piedmont, 3.1 miles west of; on county road to Aspen, 15 feet south of road, at northwest

corner of Easton's pasture fence; iron post stamped "7125 EVAN" .................... '7, 125. 000

Piedmont, 6.5 miles west of; 300 feet south of old railroad grade, 20 feet north of county road, 

top of divide between Piedmont and Aspen, iron post stamped "7490 EVAN "........... 7,489.615
GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

CilMATE.

The location of this section in the central part of the western mountain region, 

at an elevation of 6,000 to 8,000 feet, gives it a semiarid and semiboreal climate. 

That the climatic conditions here may be readily understood, the more salient 

features have been arranged in tables, with similar data from Salt Lake, Utah, and 

Des Moincs, Iowa. Salt Lake was chosen as representing a well-known locality in 

the semiarid region noted for its agricultural products. Des Moines was chosen as 

a representative point in the great agricultural section west of the Mississippi, well 

within the belt where irrigation is not required. These three points are in about the 

same latitude and have the following relative elevations: Des Moines, 861 feet; 

Salt Lake, 4,366 feet; Evanston, 6,750 feet. As shown by. the tables, the length of 

the growing period at Evanston is about one-half that at Des Monies and less than 

one-half that at Salt Lake. The maximum yearly temperature at Evanston ranges 

from 7° to 10° lower than that at Salt Lake and from 3° to 17° lower than that at 

Des Moines. The minimum yearly temperature at Evanston is from 10° to 34° 

below that at Salt Lake and from 2° to 21° below that at Des Moines. The average 

rainfall at Evanston is but 2 inches less than that at Salt Lake, but the short length 

of the growing season very greatly restricts the agricultural possibilities.

First and last Tcillini/ frosts and length of growing period at Evanston, Wyo., Snlt Lake, Utah, and Des Moines,

Iowa. 

(Compiled from reports of United States Weather Bureau ]

, Year and station.

S

Salt Lake ....................................................

Evanston..... .... ............. .............................

{

Salt Lake................. . ......... ........ ..............

Des Moines ...................................................

^

Salt Lake ....................................................

[Des Moines.. ................... ............ ............

^ Salt Lake..... .... . .. ....................................

Des Moines .:.................................................

Average for period 1898-1905: 

Salt Lake............ ....................................

Des Moines. ................... . .................... ....

Last in spring.

May 4...............:

June 4 ............... 

April 4. ..............

May3................

April 14..............

May 28...............

April 4...............

April 10..............

Aprils...............

April 1............... 

May 30..........:....

April 18. .............

April IS. ...... ... .

First in autumn.

September 10.........

October 24.......

October 8. ............

November 2. .........

October 14

October 10............

October 12............

October 11............

Length of 

growing 

period in 

days.

150

98

193

174 

75

166

176

112

187 

190

79

167

206

168

193

57

183

- 192 

107

177

185

OA

179

»In these averages the year 1902 has been omitted. They are. therefore somewhat too high.
Extremes of temperature for each month of the year at Evanston, Wyo., Salt Lake, Utah, and Des Maine?, Iowa, expressed in 

[Compiled from Keports of United States Weather Bureau.]

Year and station.

(Salt Lake..........

(Des Moines....... .. 

(Salt laka. ..........

1901{Evanstun. .... . ..

1902{ET!lIIStOII. ..... ..

(Salt Lake... ..... 

1903<Kvanston.. . ...

iDes Moines . ........ 

(Salt Lake............

iDes Moines....... ..

1905<Evanston .... ....... 

[Des Moines. .....

Extremes Jor period 1898-1905:

Des Moiues. ....

January.

Maximum.

48

43

51 

SS 

54

45

.'H

51 

45

57

43 

48 

58

53 

43

49

48 

42

50

57 

51

45

57 

51

58

g

Minimi

- 3

2

- 10 

- 17

- 16

20 

0 

- 10

4 

-14

_ 0

- 4 

-21

- 16

15 

-10

- 3

- 8 

- IS

14 

- 9

- 15

- Ill 

-21

- 18

February

E

1

50

48

51 

42

58

55 

38 

Jo

55 

50 

44

' 62 

50

56

42 

40

46

66 

49

47

58 

48 

63

66 

50 

63

E

Minimu

16

- 7

- 10 

-30

 24

10 

-J5

- 10

15 

-16

- 8

12 

- 4 

- 9

- 4 

-34

- 13

6 

-20

- 9

- 4 

-38 

- 26

- 10 

-38 

- 26

March.

E

I

63

67

67 

Sit

65

7° 

60

68

65 

53

66

28 

42

71

65 

52

74

63 

49

63

64 

55

77

72 

60

77

F

Minimu

11

13

7 

1

- 1

26 

12

_ J

25 

- 2

4

21 

-10

2

11 

-11

15

19 

- 6

8

15 

7 

11

7 

-11

- 4

April.

g

Maxim

83 

74

90

80 

68

82

7S

6;

80

79 

68 

84

78 

67

89

80 

69

78

78 

70

74

74 

65

82

83 

74

90

Minimum.

27 

23

25

30 

10

13

30 

18

28

25 

4

28

11 

23

25 

8 

29

30 

18

26

25 

15

21

25 

4 

13

May.

Maximum.

80 

70

87

83 

73

84

89

77 

89

88 

79

SS

88 

76 

88

86 

76

83

83 

72

85

83 

74

80

89 

79

89

Minimum.

32 

 24

38

25 

18 

41

40 

24

35

43 

25 

36

35 

18

44

33 

19

31

36 

22 

38

34 

21

38

25 

18 

31

June.

Maximum.

96 

89 

92

96 

84 

90

101 

88 

91

90 

80

98

98 

85 

90

91 

82 

92

92 

80 

87

90 

79

90

101 

89

98

Minimum.

33 

29

54

34 

20

54

47 

31

50

40 

20

42

42 

26

43

54 

33

43

44 

24

52

45 

29

51

33 

20

42

July.

Maximum.

97 

90

97

97 

89 

91

99 

92

95

101 

92

109

96 

88 

93

96

87 

94

97 

86 

93

97 

87 

94

101 

92 

109

Minimum.

49 

32

 54

51 

35

52

53 

34

54

49 

31

59

43 

28 

54

46 

29

55

51 

33

54

53 

35

54

43 

28 

52

August.

Maximum.

97 

88 

99

91 

95

94 

87 

92

95 

88 

95

98 

89 

94

98 

90

92

94 

87 

91

96 

88 

94

98 

90

99

Minimum.

58 

41

51

46 

27 

56

52 

32 

61

56 

38 

56

52 

29

50

48 

28 

50

46

27 

49

55 

36

58

46 

27 

49

SCu>er ~ Octobei .

Maximum.

90 

86

94

91 

82 

99

88 

82 

92

86 

79

93

92 

83 

83

92 

83 

84

92 

85

89

91 

85 

88

92 

86 

99

Minimum.

36 

27

45

46 

28 

26

32 

18 

40

39 

19

36

35 

19

35

37 

18 

39

38 

24 

38

37 

22 

50

32 

18 

26

Maximum.

76 

66

85

73 

70

91

76 

66

87

85 

74

83

81 

74

77

77 

70 

82

83 

73 

86

81 

73

85

85 

74

91

Minimum.

30 

16

26

30 

11

27

27 

10 

33

36 

25 

30

36 

18 

31

32 

12

29

28 

20

28

25 

24

25 

-3

24

No

b

Maximum.

74 

63

69

63 

59

70

68 

58 

71

67 

58

67

70 

61

72

70 

6-2

69

66 

61

71

61 

65

64

74 

68

72
Rainfall data for each month of the year at Evanston, Wyo., Salt Lake, Utah, and Des Moines, loiva. 

[Compiled from Reports of United States Weather Bureau.]

Year and station.

t

[Salt Lake .........

(Salt Lake .........

Average . for period 1898-1905: 

Salt Lake .... 

Eranslon.. .. 

Des Moines. . .

January.

£f

£ "

In. 

0 58

1.59

-84 

1.48

.29

.44 

.SO

.20

.95 

. .5S

1 01

.80 

.57 

91

2 11 

2.14

.20

1.45 

.5S

1.22-

.65 

.27 

1.08

.99 

.80 

.81

1^

9

9

8 

7 

5

4

1 

3

5 

4

5

5 

S 

6

11 

6

5

12 

6

8

8 

4

12

7 

4

6

February.

I

In. 

0.38

.82

2.98 

2.10

.57

1.30 

1. S3

.50

1.77 

1.82

1.11

1.17 

.73

.52

.82 

.80 

1.12

2.25 

1.56

.22

1.22 

.45

1.06

1.49 

1.22

.74

.5 1

3

7

14 

10

4

9 

9

, 6

12 

5

6

S 

5

7

9 

6

6

14 

10

6

10 

4

9

9

7 

6

March.

is g'-i

£5

In.

1.71

1.35

2.93 

5.12

1.04

.33 

.11

3.07

2.48 

.86 

3.02

1.22 

1.24

1.15

1.35 

.44 

1 09

3.99 

2.60

1.20

2.62 

1.72

2.16

2.09 

1. 70

1.75

t» .

11

7

16 

IS

8

2 

1

7

9 

5

11

12 

9 

10

5 

2

14 

10

15 

11 

10

11 

8 

9

April.

i.i

In. 

1.30 

.80 

2.64

.81 

1.83

2.22

2.91 

2. 2S

3.82

.87 

1.28 

2.26

3.69 

1.86

1.55

1.11 

1.22

1.64

2.20 

1.13

5.48

1.70 

1.71

3.29

1.83 

1.47

2.87

>i .

5 

4 

11

5 

4

9

14 

14

10

6 

6

6

9

7 

6

8 

7 

9

7 

5 

9

16 

9 

11

8 

7 

9

May.

'§ §

83

£S

In. 

4.19 

2.83 

4.22

2.59 

2.09

6.71

.44 

.85 

4.76

4.27 

1.97 

1.40

.33 

1.25

4.69

3.55 

1.51

10.64

3.08 

2.88 

3.16

2.74 

.86 

4.44

2.66 

1.75

5.00

X

P

14 

IS

12

10 

11

16

4 

8 

14

7 

6

5

8 

10

14

9 

8 

20

8 

7 

9

12 

11

15

9 

9

13

June.

.is

Jn. 

1.45 

1.29

6.85

.96 

.18

ass

.08

.so

4.89

.49 

.22

2.41

.37 

.76

7.27

.74 

.19 

3.06

.27 

.80 

2.08

.23 

.32

5.73

.59 

.47

4.48

"1

6 

6 

13

4 

3

10

" 3 

1

7

2 

9

4 

2 

17

2 

5

12

6

10

13 

S 

12

4 

4

11

July.

i§ 

1? A-^

In. 

0.18 

,22

1.86

.42 

.51

3.20

.32 

.S7

5.15

.31

.82 

1.72

.56 

1.08

5.95

.14 

1.18

3.62

.59 

.47

6.94

.62 

.84 

4.' 53

.40 

.65

4.12

P 

4

2 

7

6 

4

9

3 

3

12

2

2 

4

4 

6 

13

1 

5

10.

4 

4

11

2 

S

10

a

4

S

August.

Is

In. 

-1.35 

.97 

1.09

1.06 

.7S

3.53

.72 

.52

8.02

1.22 

1.00

.67

.15 

.21

7.82

.43 

.05

6.72

.28 

1.91

2.60

.58 

. 71 

5.21

.72 

.72 

4.45

P

4 

5

5

3 

5

9

3 

S

9

11

7 

7

2 

S

13

5 

1

13

6 

9

7

3 

8 

13

5 

5

10

Se{Jerm~ October.

l§

!-, d

OH"

In. 

0.15 

.50 

1.91

T 

.04

1.17

1.44 

1.60

3.66

.66 

.IS

2.60

.05 

1.00

5.03

.84 

.76

1.62

.12 

.05

1.95

2.07 

1.48

3.47

.67 

.70

2.C8

P

4

9

0 

1

3

4 

6

9

1 

1

8

2 

S

8

7 

8 

12

2 

1

10

10 

7 

10

4 

4 

9

IS

In. 

1.57 

1.94

3.56

2.85 

2.87 

.56

1.99 

1.S9

3.08

.98 

1.82 

2.14

.52 

.40

3.70

.81 

.87 

1.32

1.18 

1.23 

1.50

.24 

.30

3.64

1.27 

1.34

2.44

P

4 

7 

10

12 

0

7 

6

7

5 

10

5

4 

6

8

6 

8 

6

8 

6 

10

4 

3

8

6 

C

7

November.

'Sjfl

.- o 

82

E. d &H-"

In 

1.95 

2.10

1.87

1.52 

.87 

1.76

1.40 

2. IS

.96

.92 

. 75 

.40

1.24 

.58 

1.65

2.21 

1.62

.31

.00 

-.00

.06

.73 

.15

2.34

1.24 

1.02

1.17

P

8 

4

10

6 

0

7

8 

8 

7

'5

2 

1

8 

5

9

8 

7 

.2

0 

0

1

4 

1

5

6- 

S 

8
U.S.GEOLOGICAL SURVEY 

CiW.SLES D WALCOTT DIRECTOR PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL.E

R. 120 W. R 117 W R. 116 W. R. 115 W.

IRRIGATED A1SD IRRIGAB1.K LANDS IN A PORTION OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING

BYA.C.VHATCH, 1806 

Scale

Irr

m

"~ 

r~ i

itfation canjjv Areas irrigated, 

andditcbes Ju.1906

Ar< 

probft

 sto -»»iitch-wi 

bly be rrrlj
44 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEBN WYOMING.

*

COMMON PLANTS AND ANIMALS.

As shown by the climatic table, the general conditions here arc essentially semiarid, and the common vegetation is that which is characteristic of the semiarid 

regions of the West the never ending sagebush (Artemisia) and its associated 

plants. The general character of the vegetation of this country is well shown in 

the views accompanying this report. In Pis. I, A, and V, B, the most evident plant 

is the sagebush, but there is a sparse amount of grass between the individual 

bushes. PI. XXII, B, shows, in addition to the sagebush, a few clumps of hawthorn bushes, and, in the foreground, near the head of a deep ravine' where there 

is a little water seep, a clump of quaking aspen, or "quakiii' asp." In PI. I, B, a 

few clumps of greasewobd show in the foreground, and on the second pronounced 

hogback and the hill to the extreme left there are a few clumps of rock cedar. 

Rock cedar is well shown also in PI. XIII, B.

In the extreme southeast corner of this area, in the foothills of the Uinta Mountains, there is some small timber representing the northern extension of the evergreen forests of the Uinta Mountains, and again in the northern extremity of the 

area, along Rock Creek and on Absaroka Ridge, there are occasional outliers of the 

forests which cover the mountains to the north.

The economic value of this natural vegetation at present may be briefly summarized as follows: Along Bear River and Hams Fork and near important springs 

there are patches of wild grass which is occasionally cut for. hay. A sparse amount 

of grass, sufficient with the sagebush for a relatively poor range, is found over the 

hills. It is reported that this hill grass was formerly abundant, but with the overstocking of the range and the introduction of sheep it has been almost destroyed. 

If properly protected it would, however, in most of the area, recover its former value. 

Rock cedar grows sparingly over much of the area and is cut for fence posts and 

firewood. Quaking aspen is found in limited spots, generally near the head or on 

the sides of deep valleys, where there are spring seepages, and cottonwood occurs 

on some of the waterways. These trees have been largely cut away and only a few 

small poles remain. Logs and timbers, except those shipped in by rail, are obtainable only in the Uinta Mountains or in the southern extension of the Salt River and 

Wyoming ranges.

The large game has been lor the most part killed or driven out of this area. A 

few deer and antelope were, however, seen by this party in the summer of 1905. 

Sage chickens or sage grouse arc common, and at times ducks are abundant along 

the waterways. Fish are common in Hams Fork and Bear River, and a few small 

trout were seen in Rock Creek. Rabbits, both common and jack, gophers, kangaroo 

rats, and badgers are everywhere, and coyotes are by no means rare. Several 

beaver and two new beaver dams were seen on Hams Fork, a family of mink was 

observed near the Cumberland reservoir, and two porcupines were encountered in 

the Crawford Mountains

IRRIGATION AND CROPS.

Because of the small amount of rainfall the land in this area is of value for 

farming only when irrigated. The amount of water available for irrigation is, however, very limited. It is practically all appropriated, and, with the exception of
GRAZING. 45

certain evident areas in the bottom lands which will undoubtedly be irrigated, there 

seems little chance of greatly increasing the reclaimed area. The land now irrigated, as well as all that which can probably be irrigated with the water now in 

sight, is shown on PI. II. From this map it will be seen that the irrigable lands 

represent an extremely small proportion of the whole roughly about 6 per cent, or 

132 square miles out of 2,027 square miles. Of this amount only about one-half 

. is now irrigated. 'The possible irrigation of Yellow Creek Valley is indicated, not 

because water is available under present conditions, but because it seems practicable to irrigate this area by building storage reservoirs on the headwaters of Bear 

River. Whether this would proVe a remunerative undertaking could be determined 

only after an exhaustive examination. There appears to be no important difficulty 

in the way of leading the water over the low divide crossed by the Emigrant road. 

Similarly water may perhaps be obtained to irrigate the whole of Hilliard .Flat and 

a portion of the lowland along Willow Creek to the east. A storage reservoir built 

at the Narrows, where there is a -favorable dam site, would supply water to irrigate 

the lower part of Dry Hollow, but the area reclaimed would be rather small and 

there would be some difficulty in determining and assessing for the good which 

might accrue to'the farmers in Bear River bottom below the dam site, who do not 

now have sufficient water during the irrigation season.

The very short length of the growing period at this place, as shown in the 

climatic tables on page 41, ranging from fifty-seven " to one hundred and twelve days 

in the last eight years, restricts the crops which it is possible to raise on these irrigated 

lands. The common crops are wild-grass hay, alfalfa, oats, and potatoes. Wheat 

has been raised at a few points, and in 1905 experiments were being conducted 

with sugar beets.

GRAZING.

The products of these irrigated areas are for the most part utilized in feeding 

stock. The area is in greater part agriculturally valuable only as grazing land, and as 

a whole is distinctly a stock-raising country, in which most of the farming is only a 

necessary accessory to stock raising. The free range has here, as at other points in 

the West, had an important influence on stock raising, and the gradual introduction 

of sheep has here, as elsewhere, proved a serious menace to the horse and cattle men, 

resulting in a great overstocking and serious depreciation of the range. Many stock 

men have recently acquired large holdings of railroad lan'ds, 6 and by posting trespass 

notices have practically preempted to themselves the intervening Government sections, since it is considered practically impossible to use the Government sections 

without trespassing upon the odd sections purchased from the railroad. It is thus 

held locally that the purchase of a number of sections of railroad lands gives the buyer 

exclusive control of almost twice that much range. Beyond the northern limit of 

the railroad grant the old plan of controlling the free range by acquiring the water 

has 'been tried to some extent. In this area beyond the railroad lands the larger 

stock men have agreed on certain division lines of the range. Thus it was stated 

that Bridger and Cottonwood creeks, on which there are a number of important

a In 1902 the minimum temperature lor an the summer months Was below 32"- F.

bThe Union Pacific Railroad was granted every odd .section ot land for 20 miles on each side of the track in tins area.

DDADCDTV HF II S BUREAU OF MINES
46 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

springs and very good grazing, are controlled by certain cattle and horse interests 

and that no sheep are allowed on them. This area is open Government land, on 

which no entries of any kind have been made.

Although the winters are severe, this whole area is regarded as an all-year range 

for cattle and horses. The sheep men use it for the most part only in the spring 

during the lambing season and for a limited time in the autumn.

KESOUKCES.

As has been pointed out above, this section is" to be regarded as essentially a 

stock-raising country, with a fair to poor range and very severe winters. The range, 

never very good, has been seriously impaired by overstocking. Farming in this 

region is limited in area and in number of crops by the climatic conditions, and is 

for the most part a mere accessory to stock raising. At the coal-mining towns the 

writer found oats and hay, the only important agricultural products of this region,' 

being shipped in from the outside. The agricultural value of the land ranges from 

50 cents to $1 per acre for grazing land and is about $10 per acre for bottom land 

with good water rights. The railroad facilities are as good as those in many other 

parts of the West where lands with good water rights are worth much more, and the 

values represent the true low farming worth of this land. The great wealth of this 

section is in its coal fields, which are described at length in the chapter on economic 

geology, page 113.

TOWNS AND VILLAGES.

The first settlement in this general region was at Fort Bridger, where a trading 

post was established on Blacks Fork by Capt. James 'Bridger and Louis Vasquez, of 

the Rocky Mountain Fur Company, in 1837. Here there was abundant water for 

irrigation and good broad bottoms covered with natural grass. The locality was 

chosen after many years trapping in this section and was, therefore, located on the 

natural routes of travel. It thus became an important point on the early Emigrant 

road to Salt Lake and California and later on the overland stage route. During the 

early Utah troubles, "the UtatTinvasion," it was occupied by the United States 

Army and continued a military post for many years. At the time of the building 

of the Union Pacific Railroad it was the principal settlement in this general region, 

and it remains to-day one* of the most important agricultural localities in Uinta 

County.

With the building of the Union Pacific Railroad in 1868-69 many new settlements were established. A number of these were only temporary construction 

camps, like old Bear River City; others have persisted to this day. The principal 

town was naturally built at the site of Evanston, where there was an ample water 

supply and a considerable area of bottom land and, most important of all, very 

valuable coal deposits, which for many years supplied the fuel for the greater part 

of the transcontinental railroad line west of Evanston. Railroad shops were naturally built at this point, and Evanston quickly became an important town. At 

the zenith of its coal development there was in Evanston and the near-by tributary
TOWNS AND VILLAGES. 47

coal towns, Almy and Red Canyon, 0 a population of over 5,000. When extensive 

coal mining at the neighboring coal mines ceased, as it did about 1900, Evanston 

was so firmly established that even the cessation of the industry.which made it did 

not rob it of its supremacy. It is still the business center of this section, has two 

banks, a new stone Federal building, and Carnegie library, two brick school buildings, 

and the State asylum for the insane. It is a division point on the railroad, with 

large shops and railroad ice houses, which are filled each winter from Bear River. 

The present population is approximately 2,750.

Milliard was the second town of importance in this region immediately after 

 the construction of the railroad. A large timber flume was constructed by the 

Hilliard Lumber Company up Hilliard Flat into the foothills of the Uinta Mountains, 

beyond the State line, and large sawmills erected. The building of the Aspen 

cut-off has left this town without a railroad, and its present population is but a few 

families. For years a considerable territory along the railroad has been supplied 

with charcoal from this point, and there are still several charcoal kilns operated 

here, the product of which is hauled by wagons to Altamont.

At Carter a small settlement sprang up, as this was the railroad point for 

Fort Bridger and for a considerable territory to the north. A stage line now 

runs south from this point to Fort Bridger and Henry's Fork and north to 

Cumberland. Trade naturally tributary to this point has been cut off by the 

building of the Oregon Short Line, and the settlement is now of much less importance than formerly.

With the building of the Oregon Short Line in 1881 82 settlements were made 

at Hams Fork, Fossil, and Twin Creek. Hams Fork was the early shipping point 

for the upper Hams Fork basin, but has been abandoned 'since the growth of 

Kemmerer. Twin Creek was a coal-mine town of several hundred which had no 

exciise for existing after the abandonment of the mines, and there is nothing there 

to-day to indicate a town but a few stone and brick foundations. A town was 

also built at Adaville mine, but was soon abandoned. Fossil, from a combination 

of causes, has developed into a town of perhaps 100. The railroad must maintain 

a tank at this point to supply water for the extra engines needed to help heavy 

freights over the Hodges Pass divide. It is a natural .shipping point, and was 

boomed slightly by the attempts to develop the Fossil oil field during the last excitement. Sillem is another coal settlement which has entirely disappeared. This 

antedated the railroad, and all the bricks used in the construction of coke ovens, 

which still remain, are reported to have been hauled 40 miles from Evanston. The 

only houses at this point now are the railroad buildings at the station of Sage.

The valuable coal beds which outcrop just west of Oyster Ridge have caused 

several towns to be built along it in the last ten years Diamondville, Oakley, 

Frontier,, Kemmerer, Glencoe, Cumberland No. 1, and Cumberland No. 2. All 

these towns except Kemmerer are coal-mining towns "company towns" pure 

and simple. Their population varies with the demand for coal and the energy with 

which the mines are worked, but was reported on January 1, 1906, as follows:

a These two towns really formed a continuous settlement, but were separate post-offices, because their mines were operated by different companies, who were thus individually benefited by the postal regulations.
48 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Papula lion of coal towns in ffinta County, Wyo.

Diamondville ...-.......-.......................--........'-............................. 840

Oakley ............................................ .................................... 500

Frontier .-;........ J................-........-.-.......-....-.............-..........._._. 1, 200

Glencoe ................................................................................. a 450

Cumberland No. 1 ..... ................................................................ 1, 300

Cumberland No. 2 ......................................................................... 1, 000

Kenimerer is something more than a coal town. It has natural advantages of 

location similar to those of Evanston, and is second in importance only to that 

place, although its population on January 1, 1906, was only about 700. It is a 

division point on the railroad, with extensive yards and a roundhouse. It has a 

bank and hotel, built of local sandstone, a large school, and several large mercantile establishments.

With the building of the Aspen cut-off in 1900, the Union Pacifie Coal Company 

opened a mine at Spring Valley and built a regular company mine town. This 

mine was abandoned in the spring of 1905 and all the company buildings were 

removed. The town now consists of three or four buildings besides the station and 

section house of the railroad company.

In southern Uinta County there are thus two important towns, Evanston and 

Kenimerer, favorably located and containing considerable railroad improvements, 

which, though owing their present importance largely to coal mining, are yet something more than coal towns. The other principal settlements of the region at 

present Frontier, Diamondville, Oakley, Glencoe, and the two Cumberlands 

are regular coal-mining towns, and will when the mines are abandoned suffer the 

fate of Twin Creek, Spring Valley, and Almy.

«In slimmer of 1905 the population of Glencoe was between JX) tind 100, but the mine was then shut down.
\

'CHAPTER III.

STRAT1GRAPHJO GEOLOGY.

INTRODUCTION.

The oldest rocks exposed in this area are of Pennsylvanian or Upper Carboniferous age. From this time until late Cretaceous there was no profound disturbance. 

The strata, so far as can be seen, are entirely conformable and the series is complete, 

but the absence of beds found in other portions of the Kooky Mountains suggests 

that there were land periods during this interval, produced by 'broad orograpliic 

movements without pronounced deformation in this area. In late Cretaceous time 

the vast thickness of beds deposited during the Carboniferous, Triassic, Jurassic, 

and Cretaceous periods was profoundly faulted, folded, and eroded. This period of 

disturbance was succeeded by one of shallow fresh-water deposition, during which 

a series of beds, coal-bearing and conglomeratic near the base, were deposited on the 

eroded 'edges of the older rocks. This second epoch of deposition was closed by a 

'period of volcanic activity, when beds of volcanic ash were deposited in parts i of 

this area. This volcanic activity culminated in orographic movements, acting here 

along lines of disturbance determined by the initial late Cretaceous revolution, and 

the deposits of the second series were faulted, folded, and eroded, though by no 

means so profoundly as the first. In the succeeding deposition thick beds containing fresh-water and land forms accumulated to a large degree in lake basins. After 

these beds had been laid down there was a long epoch of erosion, which was succeeded by a time when an extensive gravel sheet was spread over this region by 

water action. From this gravel-covered plain the present topographic features have 

been developed in late Quaternary time almost solely by erosion. This erosion, as 

pointed out in the discussion of topography (pp. 34-35), has in places cut away the 

younger beds, and thus enabled geologists to examine the older strata and to determine the succession and relation of the beds underlying this region. These strata 

are given in the accompanying table, and are treated in detail, beginning with the 

oldest, in the succeeding discussion.

CARBONIFEROUS.

WEBER QUARTZITE.

The oldest rocks in this area occur along Rock Creek. They consist of gray and 

white quartzitic sandstones, often considerably brecciated, and are exposed along 

the rather uneven crest of a sharp, and in places overturned, anticline.

49
50 f GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

The field work of Doctor'Schultz in 1906, northward of this area, showed these 

beds to be underlain by Mississippian limestone, and the stratigraphic position of 

this quartzitic sandstone is, therefore, that of the Weber quartzite, which has been 

recognized as such in the near-by section at Cokeville by Mr. F. B. Weeks. Indeed, 

the reference of this quartzitic sandstone to the Weber is entirely due to Mr. Weeks's 

suggestion in the matter, which carries great weight because of his intimate knowledge of the Paleozoic section of tliis portion of the Rocky Mountain region.

PARK CITY FORMATION."

Overlying the Weber quartzite at this locality, and in an earlier report b 

included with it, is a series of very arenaceous thin-bedded limestones which, from 

its stratigraphic position, approximately represents the upper coal measures limestone of the Fortieth Parallel Survey. No fossils were found in these beds other 

than a few Lingula, which occur in the uppermost layers. The best exposure of this 

formation occurs near the mouth of Sheep Canyon immediately west of the locality 

shown in PL V, B. The thickness of the formation was not accurately determined 

in this section, but on the east side of Absaroka Ridge, 12 miles north of the north 

end of PI. Ill, Doctor Schultz in the summer of 1906 found it to be 1,000 feet thick.

WOODSIDE FORMATION."

The' Woodside formation consists of red sandstones and sandy shales, typically 

exposed in Sheep Canyon and along the road on Rock Creek just north of Sheep 

Canyon. The formation is here about 500 feet thick and is limited below by the sandy 

limestones just described and above by the fossiliferous limestones of the Thaynes 

formation (PL IV, section C). These beds were not seen at the western end of 

Watercress Canyon, 3J miles above Sheep Canyon, because they have here been 

cut out by a slight fault (PL IV, B}. This formation was found by Doctor Schultz 

in the summer of 1906 on the east side of Absaroka Ridge, where it-has a thickness 

ranging from 300 to 500 feet.

THAYNES FORMATION.«

The Thaynes formation is composed of very fossiliferous gray limestones and 

thin-bedded yellow sandstones and is here exposed on the east and west sides and 

around the southern end of a steeply southward-pitching anticline, which is in 

places somewhat overturned (PL IV, section C, and PL V).

The same beds were found on the east side of Absaroka Ridge and in a limited, 

very much, disturbed exposure northwest of Reservoir Gap on Muddy Creek (PL III 

and PL IV, section E).

a This formation, as well as the Woodside and Thaynes, has been named by Mr. J. M. Boutwell from a locality near Park 

City, Utah, where it is extensively exposed and where it has been exhaustively studied by Mr. Boutwell in connection with 

an investigation of the Park City mining district. A preliminary report on the stratigraphy of this Park City area, in which 

this formation is named and found, will be published in the Journal of Geology, vol. 1.5, 1907. A complete report will subsequently be published by the Survey as a professional paper.

t> Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285,190fi, p. 334. '' Gray to white sandstones sometimes calcareous and often breceiated." 

The expression "sometimes calcareous " refers only to the upper portion of the beds described or to theportion here separated 

as the Park City formation.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. V

A. EAST SIDE OF ROCK CREEK AT PORTER RANCH, 1 MILE NORTH OF NUGGET STATION, WYOMING.

Thin-bedded fossiliferous limestone. These beds here occur on the eastern flank of a slightly overturned anticline. The view also shows 

the vegetation of this region.-the barren uplands covered sparingly with sagebrush, the willow fringe along Rock Creek, and in the 

foreground the irrigated meadow of wild grass partially mowed.

£ EAST SIDE OF ROCK CREEK, NORTH SIDE OF SHEEP CANYON, 3 MILES NORTH OF NUGGET STATION, WYOMING.

Thin-bedded fossiliferous limestone. The vertical limestone in the center yielded the fossils listed from Sheep Canyon. The Woodside 

red beds occur just below this layer to the left. Note the hillside covered with sage and haw bushes.

OUTCROPS OF THAYNES FORMATION.

CARBONIFEROUS. 51 

FOSSILS.

The fossils collected at several localities have been studied by Doctor Girty, 

who has furnished the following list of species from the Rock Creek region:

Two miles southeast of Nugget station, in SB. \ SW \ se<:. 15, T. 21 N., R. UK W. 

Near top of formation.

Aviculipecten webcrensis. Edmondia aff. E. nebraskensis. 

Aviculipecten curtocardinalis. Bakewellia ? sp.

Hill immediately .northeast of Nugget station. 

ISIear top of formation.

Lingula sp. Myalina sp.

Aviculipecten parvulus. Schizodus ovatus.

Aviculipectcn occidaneus. Myacites inconspicuus ?

Aviculipecten sp. Sedgwickia concava.

Aviculipecten ? (Ainusium ? sp.) Naticopsis sp.

Myalina permiaiia. Bakewellia ? sp.

Three miles north of Nugget station in Sheep Canyon, in NW. } NW. \ sec. 2S, T. 22-N., H. US W.

At base o.f formation.

Aviculipecten parvulus. Aviculipecten weberensis. 

Aviculipecten near curtocardinalis. Myalina permiana ? 

Aviculipecten near A. interlineatus.

Six and one-half miles north of Nugget station on hill west of Watercress Canyon.

A. About 600 feet from base of formation.

Aviculipecteii curtocardinalis. Aviculipecten sp. 

B. 950 feet from base of formation.

Seminula ? sp. ' . Aviculipecten 2 sp. 

Aviculipecten parvulus ? Bakewellia ? sp.

C. ] ,550 feet from base of formation.

Aviculipecten weberensis ? ' Schizodus sp. - 

Bakewellia ? sp. Sedgwickia concava.

^_ D. 1,850 feet from base of formation.

Aviculipecten sp. Bakewellia ? sp. 

Myalina permiana. Schizodus ovatus.

Seven and one-half miles north of Nugget, at fork of Rock Creek cut, in center of sec. 32, T. 23 N., R. US W.

Pugnax, near P. utah. Aviculipecten parvulus. 

Terebratula (N. gen.? ) n. sp. Myalina permiana. 

Aviculipecten curticardmalis.

Ten miles north of Nugget, on Rock Creek, in sec. 29, T. 23 N., R. 118 W. 

Aviculipecten sp. Myalina permiana.
52 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

In addition to this material a small lot, collected by Mr. Schultz, supposedly 

near the northwest corner of sec. 3, T. 21 N:, R. 118 W., was found to contain Aviculipecten curtocardinalis, Myalina permiana, and Aviculipecten sp., together with characteristic Jurassic forms found in the Twin Creek formation. A fault had been 

located near this point on the field maps and it was supposed at first that the fossils 

were perhaps collected on both sides of a faulted zone, more complex than had been 

originally supposed.8 A careful consideration of the field notes made at this point, 

together with those covering adjacent sections, has led to the conclusion that this 

supposed fault is merely an overturned syncline, and in view of the possibility that 

material collected in the Thaynes formation just west of the point given on the label 

was mixed with that found in the Twin Creek beds, it has not been thought advisable 

to show on the sections the complexity of faulting which this association, if correct, 

would involve. The following material has been identified by Doctor Girty from 

localities near Cumberland reservoir and in Absaroka Ridge.

Seven miles west of Cumberland, in NW. J sec. 30, T. 19 N., R. 117 W.

Aviciilipccten curtocardinalis. Myalina permiana. 

Aviculipecten sp.

 East aide of Absaroka Ridge, m SW. ^ NW. J sec. 16, T. 23 N., R. 116 W.

Lingula sp. Aviculipecten occidaneus.

Aviculipecten webcrensis. Schizodus ovatus.

Aviculipecten curtocardinalis. Goniatites ? sp.

Doctor Girty adds the_ folio wing discussion of this material:

All these collections belong to the same fauna! group and clearly represent the horizon which is 

called Perrno-Carboniferous in the account oE the geology of the fortieth parallel. This fauna is to a 

considerable extent undescribed. Amculipecten curtocardinahs, Aviculipecten weberensis, Aviculipecten 

parvulus, Avicuhpecten occidaneus, Sedgwickia c.oncava, and Myacites inconspicuus have been described 

from these beds, and Myalina permiana and Myalina aviculoides identified, probably incorrectly, from 

them. It will be clear from consulting the foregoing lists that all or nearly all of these species have 

been found in Mr. Veatch's material, and there can be no question that they indicate an extension into 

Wyoming of the Permo-Carboniferous of the Wasatch Range, which in its extension toward the southwest is probably to be correlated with the Permian ol Walcott's Grand Canyon section.

Several of these characteristic fossils are shown on PI. VI.

This is the first time that this fauna has been recognized in this region. Doctor 

Peale, in 1877, collected from these beds on the hill immediately west of the mouth of 

Sheep Canyon, and the material was referred to Dr. C. A. White, who reported 6 the 

following Jurassic forms, which caused Doctor Peale to map this outcrop as Jurassic:

Eumicrotis curta? Myacites?

Myalina whitei? Aviculopecten idahoensis?

Modiola (Volsella)?

These are all doubtful identifications, and both Doctors Stanton and Girty are 

of the opinion that the original specimens were Permo-Carboniferous forms.

a The character of the fault supposed to exist'at this point, as represented before reports on these collections were 

received, in PI. XII, Bulletin No. 285, would not bring up the Thaynes formation at this point. 

t> Eleventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Oeol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1877, 1879, pp. S75, 626.
CAKBONIFEBOUS. .53

Stems of Pentacrinus are common throughout these beds, and as they closely 

resemble Pentacrinus asteriscus, which has been repeatedly published as a characteristic Jurassic form, care must be taken not to confuse them. Five-sided crinoid 

stems are more common in this region in the Thaynes formation than in the Twin 

Creek beds. v

UNDIFFERENTIATED CARBONIFEROUS.

IN ABSAEOKA RIDGE.

On the east side of Absaroka Ridge a small area has been indicated on PI. Ill 

as undifferentiated Carboniferous. The area so colored probably contains outcrops 

of Park City formation and Woodside formation, but they are not separated here, as this 

section was not studied in detail.

IN CEAWFOED MOUNTAINS.

Crawford Mountains consist of a very 

rugged mass of cherty limestones, and represents in its broader features a somewhat broken 

anticline. The exposures in the Crawford 

Mountains and their northern extension, the 

Beckwith Hills, were not examined in detail, 

because not connected with any of the economic 

problems studied in this area.

They were crossed on horseback in two 

places, and the western border was skirted 

rapidly. Fig. 3 shows the. general outline of 

the main mountain mass, whose northern extension onlv is shown on the geologic map of 

this area (PI. III). Fig. 4 is a rough section 

prepared in riding hastily across the mountain 

about on the line A-A of fig. 3. On this line 

a few fossils were collected, approximately in 

sec. 8,. T. 11 N., R. 8E., which have boon examined by Dr. George H. Girty, who reports:

Chonetes aff. C. geinitzianus. 

Streblopteria sp. 

Gasteropod indet.

This collection is hardly ample enough to determine 

the horizon with much' accuracy. It is clearly of upper 

Carboniferous age, and I suspect well up in the series, 

because smooth Chonetes, of which C. geinitzianus is an 

example, usually appear only in the upper part of the 

Penrisylvanian.

FIG. 3. Sketch map showing Pennsylvania!! (Upper 

Carboniferous) rocks (shaded areas) in the vicinity 

of Crawford Mountains, Utah-Wyoming.

The rock is predominantly a very cherty gray to blue-black limestone, entirely 

too cherty, where seen, to be of much value for building stone or for lime burn-
54. GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

ing. At the southern end of the ridge the main anticline plunges down vary 

abruptly at an angle of about 60°. The eastern termination of .this outcrop, 

against the Tertiary and Cretaceous is for the most part sharp and is believed to 

indicate a large fault. , At one point, due west of sec. 30, T. 19 N., R. 120 W., a 

small outcrop of very^fossiliferous Bear Kiver formation was seen in contact with 

the Carboniferous, and while the exposure was not sufficient in itself to prove 

whether the relation was one of faulting or unconformity, other lines of evidence 

indicate conclusively that it is duo to faulting (PI. IV). It seems probable that 

this fault is the southern continuation of the large fault observed by Stanton" in 

the Cokeville section, which there likewise brings the "Permo-Carboniferous" and 

Bear River beds together.

Crawford Mountains are structurally to be regarded as the southern continuation 

of the Carboniferous beds exposed around and north of Cokeville in the Sublette 

Range. The general lithological character and the fossils collected indicate that the

FIG. 4. Sketch cross section of northern part of Crawford Mountains a"bout on line AA, fig. 3. Cross shows where fossils

were collected.

bods exposed contain representatives of the Park City and Thaynes formations. 

No exposures of the Woodside were noted, but this is believed to be due to the fact 

that the Woodside beds are inclined to weather down, and hence might not be noticed 

in a hasty reconnaissance. No outcrops of the Weber quartzite were noted in the 

Crawford Mountains. In a preliminary report on this region this group of limestone 

was placed in the columnar section below the white quartzitic sandstones which are 

now referred to the Weber. This was based on the report by Doctor Girty that the 

fossils collected in the Crawford Mountains appeared older than the typical "PermoCarboniferous," and the Crawford Mountain limestones were hence inferred to belong 

below the sandstones. The identification of the sandstone with the Weber precludes 

such a reference, and Doctor Girty's studies of collections made by Mr. F. B. Weeks 

from adjoining areas show that the fossils collected in the Crawford Mountains may 

occur in the true "Permo-Carboniferous."

A phosphate pit was noted in these beds near the mouth of Twin Creek, and 

Mr. Weeks finds in the Cokeville section that the phosphatic horizon occurs between 

the calcareous beds, which he regards as roughly equivalent to the Park City and 

just below very fossiliferous "Permo-Carboniferous" limestones and sandstones.

Hayden observed this ridge in 1871 and described it as follows: 6

About 5 miles below the village of Randolph, on the east side of Bear River, there is one of the 

ruggedest walls of Carboniferous limestone I have seen on the trip. The rocks seem to rise up from the

a Am. Jour. Sci., 3d scr., vol. 43, 1832, p. 111.

t> [Fifth Ann.] Kept. Prelim. U. S. Geol. Survey Montana for 1871,1872 p. 158.
CARBONIFEROUS. " 55

river bottom almost vertically, the summits are weathered into jagged points, and the sides of the 

wall, from mi mini it. to base, are gashed with dry canyons or gulches, which form splendid cross 

sections of the strata. The trend of the ridge is about northeast and southwest; the dip northwest, 

60° to 70°. The limestone is usually pure, light-gray color, full of fossils, mostly in a fragmentary 

condition. Still these fossils show most clearly that the limestones.are of Carboniferous age. This 

range of mountains, as it might properly be called, forms a very singular exhibition of the dynamic 

forces that have produced the remarkable folds in the older sedimentary rocks-. It may be called an 

oblong quaquaversal, or an isolated puff or bulge in the crust. The entire range is not over 8 miles in 

length and not over 2 or-3 miles wide. The limestones bend down from the summits like the steep, 

flexible, convex roof of a house. About 3 miles above Randolph, at the bend of the river, the limestone ridge breaks off suddenly. On the south end the strata seem to be inclined at a greater angle, in, 

some instances passing a vertical. A fragment has been cut off at the south end, where a stream has at 

some period very remote in the past made its way through. This section shows the strata clearly, and 

as well the way they flex down around the end of the range.

This account, which in the main is correct, apparently escaped the notice of 

both Emmons and Peale, who afterwards described portions of this ridge. Emmons, 

on the geologic map accompanying the report of the fortieth parallel, shows the 

limestone bordering the Narrows on the north and gives the following description 

of it: 0 

On the east side, [of Bear River], from the Narrows northward beyond the limits of our map 

heavy dark-blue limestones come down to the water's edge in steep, precipitous slopes, which present

* a rugged, broken surface cut through by deep rough canyons. The formation rises some 2,000 feet 

above the river, extending to the eastward in irregular undulating ridges until concealed beneath the 

Tertiaries. At the Narrows the limestone falls off abruptly, the beds standing nearly vertical, and 

on the west side of-the river the Vermilion Creek beds come close up to the limestones. The river, 

which has run due north for a long distance, is, curiously deflected on reaching the limestone, and 

takes a due west course for 5 or 6 miles, then, bending sharply to the north again, hugs closely the 

flanks of the hills. But little opportunity was afforded for the examination of this somewhat

 isolated body of limestone, and it has been referred to the Upper Coal Measures limestone, on no 

paleontological or direct stratigraphical evidence, but solely from its relative position with regard 

to the Silurian and Cambrian bodies on the west side of Bear River Plateau.

It should be pointed out in this connection that the last outcrop of the limestone 

is 6 miles west of the Narrows, as shown in fig. 3. It can hardly be held that Bear 

River is "deflected due west on .reaching this limestone."

Peale,6 after quoting Emmons, states that on his map he has colored the limestone Carboniferous to agree with the King map. He, however, materially corrects 

the areal boundaries given by Emmons, who included in the "Carboniferous" certain strata mapped by Peale as "Jura Trias" (Beckwith formation of the present 

report). On his cross section at the mouth of Twin Creek Peale marked the Carboniferous limestone "Jura Trias" evidently by mistake.

» Kept. U. S. Gcol. Explor. 40th Far., vol. 2, 1877, p. 338.

& Eleventh Ann. Kept. Geol. ami Geog. Survey Terr, for 1877,1879, p. 576, PI. LXVII: geologic map of portion'of western 

Wyoming, southeastern Idaho, and northeastern Utah accompanying Twelfth Ann. Kept. U. S. Qeol. and Geog. Survey 

Terr., 1883
56 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

TRIAS SIC. 

NUGGET FORMATION.

The group of yellow, pink, and red sandstones, bounded below by the gray 

fossiliferous limestones of the Thaynes formation and above by the dark-colored 

fossiliferous shales-and limestones of the Twin Creek formation, have been named the 

Nugget formation, from Nugget station on the Oregon Short Line, at and near whien 

these beds are well exposed. Along Twin Creek, in the vicinity of Nugget, this 

formation is about 1,900 feet thick and shows two distinct members, a lower, 

brightly colored red-bed member, 600 feet thick, and an upper light-colored sandstone member. The upper member is a thin-bedded sandstone, the individual layers 

of which are perforated witl; holes at right angles to the bedding planes, but are 

otherwise without a suggestion of organic life. This sandstone is light yellow in 

fresh exposures, and weathers to a dark brown. It forms a rugged topography, with 

characteristic dark-brown talus slopes.

In Absaroka Ridge these two divisions are not distinct, though the beds have the 

same general features as the yellow and reddish tabular sandstones on Rock Creek.

These beds have been regarded as probably in whole or part Triassic, because of 

their position above Upper Carboniferous limestones and below beds containing 

Jurassic fossils.

JURASSIC.

TWIN CREEK FORMATION.

The fossiliferous marine Jurassic, to which has been given the local name Twin 

Creek formation, from the excellent exposures on that creek between Sage and 

Fossil, here consists for the most part of dark, calcareous shales and thin-bedded 

shaly limestones, though occasionally showing lighter colored sandstone layers. These 

are sharply .limited above by the thick red beds which mark the base of the Beckwith 

formation. The thickness of the Twin Creek beds north of Twin Creek on two carefully measured sections was found to be 3,500 and 3,800 feet, respectively. Doctor 

Stanton has identified the following fossils from this locality:

Two miles tuest of Nugget, in NW. \ sec,. 6, T. 21 N., R. 118 W. 

Sandstone near base of formation.

Camptoncctcs pertenuistriatus H. and W. Pinna kingii Meek. 

Gorvillia montanaensis Meek.

Two and one-half miles west of Nugget station, in NE. \ sec. 1, T. &l N., R. 116 W.

Near top of formation.

Pseudomonotis? sp. Cyprina iddingsi Stanton.

Mytilus whitei "Whitfield. . Lyosoma sp.

Camptonecles pertenuistriatus H. and W. Nerinea sp.

Trigonia quadrangular!s H. and W. . x
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. VI

fW^^^Sf^' --,lfer$

f %, '^19%

bTJ>£k

1. Aviculopecten curtocardinalis Hall & Whitf. (After Hall and 

Whitfield.)

2. 2a, 2b. Aviculopecten occidaneus Meek. (After Meek.)

3. Myalina permiana (Swallow). (After Hall and Whitfield.)

4. Aviculopecten parvulus Hall & Whitf. (After Hall and Whitfield.)

5. Aviculopecten weberensis Hall & Whitf. (After Hall and 

Whitfield.)

6. Myacites inconspicuus Meek. (After Meek.)

7. Sedgwickia concava M. & H. (After Hall and Whitfield.)

8. Tngonia quadrangularis Hall & Whitf.

9. Camptonectes bellistriatus (Meek). (After Stanton.)

10. Cucullaea haguei Meek. (After Stanton.)

11. 11 a. Pinna kmgii Meek. (After Meek.)

12. 12a. Pleuromya weberensis Meek. (After Meek.)

(Specimens 1, 3, 4, 5, 7 from southeast of Salt Lake City, Utah; 2, 2a, 2b, 6, 11, 11a, 12, 12a from Weber Canyon, Utah ; 8 from 2J 

miles west of Nugget Station, Wyoming; 9 from Bighorn Mountains, 10 miles from Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming.)

FOSSILS CHARACTERISTIC OF THAYNES AND TWIN CREEK FORMATIONS.

JURASSIC. 57 

Eleven miles northwest of Nugget station, in sec. 18, T. 23 N., R. 118 W.

Camptonectes sp. Pseudomonotis sp. 

Pentacrinus asteriscus M. and H. "

The above throe lots are from the marine upper Jurassic.

Material collected in the northwest corner of sec. 3, T. 21 N., R. 118 W., by 

Mr. Schultz, and already mentioned (p. 50), yielded:

Pentacrinus astoriscus M. and H.

Ostrea sp.

Cuculla'a haguei Meek?.

Typical Twin Creek- beds were found in the northeast corner of the area mapped 

and are believed to occur on the western side of Absaroka Ridge, though this area 

was not studied in great detail. Some of the typical fossils of this formation are 

shown on PI. VI.

BECKWITH FORMATION. 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

The Bcckwith formation, which directly overlies the Twin Creek, has been so 

named from its occurrence and extensive development on leased State lands now 

forming part of the Beckwith ranch, situated just cast of Beckwith station on the 

Oregon Short Line. It is here and throughout the west .side of this area composed 

of two rather distinct members, a lower red-bed member, composed of interbcdded 

sandy clays, sandstones, and conglomerates 2;500 feet thick; and an upper member, 

composed of rather light-colored interbedded sandstones and clays. The sandstones 

are commonly rather light yellow and the clays vary from yellow to light pinkish 

red. The lower part is well exposed east of Bcckwith station, at the Cockscomb, 

and in the vicinity of Fowkes Canyon. The upper member is well exposed at the 

Narrows, north of Fowkes Canyon, and,on the cast side of Dry Hollow. The upper 

member has a thickness of 3,000 feet or more.

In the eastern belt of older rocks these two phases merge; in the area along the 

west side of the great fault just west of Milliard these beds, while having a predominant reddish cast, are all light in color. The conglomerates, which near 

Beckwith arc deep red, are here white to yellow. These reddish beds are exposed 

along the whole of the eastern side of the eastern belt just cast of the Cretaceous 

exposures, and for the most part form the crest of the pronounced anticline which 

skirts this region on the east. These beds here reach a total thickness of 4,000 feet.

AGE AND TIME EQUIVALENTS OF THE BECKWITH FORMATION.

This formation is hthblogically distinct rrom the very fossiliferous, darkcolored beds which overlie and underlie it, and compared with them is essentially 

unfossiliferous. Doctor Stanton has found marine Jurassic fossils at two points in 

beds which are regarded as in the lower part of the Beckwith formation. At old 

Bear River City, just west of the great fault line and east of the principal conglomerate bed at this point, Doctor Stanton found Belemnites densus M. and H.,
58 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF .SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Trigonia guadrangularis H. and W., Myacites (Pleuromya) weberensis Meek? 0 In 

the exposures north of this point this horizon appears to be distinctly underlain 

by the characteristic unfossiliferous Beckwith beds, and unless it represents a portion of the Twin Creek which has been faulted up and this is not regarded as 

probable it is distinctly in the Beckwith formation. This fossil-bearing layer is 

here about 1,600 feet below the Bear River formation and 2,400 feet below the 

Aspen shales. South of Rockport, on Weber River in Utah, Doctor Stanton found 

a specimen of Trigonia quadrangularis H. and W. ? about 2,000 feet above the 

characteristic fossiliferous, blue, thin-bedded limestone and shale of the Twin 

Creek formation and 3,500 feet or more below the lowest observed black shales 

with fish scales, representing the Aspen formation, which here, in the absence of" 

the Bear River, is the base'of the known Cretaceous. 6

The lower part of the Beekwith formation is thus clearly upper Jiirassic, and 

the remainder probably contains time equivalents of the lower Cretaceous and 

Dakota beds, if these occur in this area.

RELATION Or THE BECKWITH FORMATION TO THE "DAKOTA" OF THE FORTIETH

PARALLEL SURVEY.

Some of the conglomerate beds in the Beckwith formation, together with conglomerates clearly Wasatch, have been segregated by members of the King survey 

and mapped as Dakota in the southern part of this area along the base of the Uinta 

Mountains. The separation of the Dakota here is evidently based on the assumption that wherever a coarse conglomerate is encountered between the fossiliferous 

Jurassic and the Cretaceous it must be the Dakota. The basis of subdivision was 

thus in part a lithologic one, but a stratigraphic corroboration was in general 

required. On the Weber River, above Rockport, the lower 400 feet of a 2,400-foot 

group terminated above by fossiliferous Cretaceous, has been mapped as Dakota; 0 

on Chalk Creek both the mapping and description indicate that a portion of the 

Wasatch conglomerate has been included in the Dakota with the conglomerate 

beds in the Beckwith; at the Needles, where the Beckwith beds strike east of north 

but contain no pronounced conglomerates and where there are large outcrops of 

almost vertical Wasatch conglomerates which strike a little west of north, there 

is, it is stated, "a conglomerate similar to, though coarser than, that on Chalk Creek, 

having a vertical position and strike a little west of north," which is regarded as 

Dakota. The conglomerate here mentioned is clearly Wasatch. On Medicine Butte 

the conglomerate in the Beckwith has been mapped by the King survey as Laramie, 

and at Bear River City conglomerate of the same age has been mapped as Fox Hills. 

These data are adduced here merely to show the lack of the- strikingly unique 

lithological character which the Dakota beds were supposed by the King survey to ' 

possess. Regarding the value of the assumption that any pronounced conglomerate 

beds occurring between the fossiliferous Jurassic and the fossiliferous Cretaceous 

are in this region Dakota, and that the Dakota as thus determined has a thickness

o An.. Jour. SeL, 3d ser., vol. 43,1892, p 103. 

6 Bull. U. S, Geol. Survey No. 106, 1893, p. 44.

c Compare statement ol King (Kept. Explor. 40th Par., 1878, pp. 303 and 304) with section given by Stanton in Bull. 

U. S. Gco!. Survey No. 106, p. 44. This section is given in the present paper on p. 104.
CRETACEOUS. .59

of from 200 to 500 feet, it should be pointed out that conglomerate beds having the 

character of these Dakota beds occur in many parts of the Beckwith formation and 

have an extreme vertical range of perhaps 3,000 feet. Doctor Stanton has shown 

that the Dakota conglomerate of the King survey south of Rockport, Utah, is 

between 1,800 and 2,500 feet below the base of the Colorado, which is here the 

local base of the marine Cretaceous so far as known at present. . East of Beckwith, 

Wyo., the first pronounced conglomerate in the Beckwith formation is 3,000 feet 

below the base of the Bear River, and perhaps 8,000 feet below the base of the Aspen 

(Colorado) formation. Just west of the Narrows, on Bear River, a very striking 

conglomerate is developed at least 2,000 feet above a pronounced red conglomerate, 

which occurs in the same group of red beds in which the conglomerate east of Beckwith is developed. The most pronounced conglomerate in the section at Bear 

River City is at least 1,600 feet below the Bear River and 2,400 feet below the 

Aspen, which is here tentatively regarded as the base of the Colorado. Doctor 

Stanton has repeatedly expressed the'view that the Dakota sandstone mapped by 

the King survey in this region is not the time equivalent of the Dakota sandstone 

of the eastern region, and it would certainly be undesirable to separate the different 

conglomerates of the Beckwith, situated as they are at different horizons, and 

call them Dakota.

CRETACEOUS.

The exact base of the Cretaceous in this region is not known. The lowest 

fossil if erous Cretaceous beds are clearly near the base of the Upper Cretaceous, and 

the Dakota, as well as the Cretaceous beds which Darton has found beneath the 

Dakota in eastern Wyoming, if they exist in this region, are thus inferred to be 

represented in the upper part of the Beckwith formation. The top of the Cretaceous is likewise in doubt, involving, as it does in other parts of the Rocky Mountains, 

rather conflicting lines of stratigraphic and paleontologic evidence. In the present 

discussion the Cretaceous is made to terminate with the great dynamic revolution 

which interrupted the period of relative quiescence in this area, which extended without important interruption from the earliest Carboniferous to late Cretaceous time. 

These disturbances produced important folds and faults, involving the movement 

of these sediments through thousands of feet. This known portion of the Upper 

Cretaceous series has the enormous thickness of over 20,000 feet.. Its fossils indicate 

that it contains the time equivalents of the Benton, Niobrara, Montana, and Laramie 

groups of the eastern section, but the natural lithologic subdivisions do not correspond with these faunal subdivisions and do not agree with those east of the Rocky 

Mountains. There is in this section an entire new member the Bear River formation characterized by brackish-and fresh-water forms, which, although attaining a 

great thickness, is essentially of local development. 

3694 No. 56 07 ^5
60 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

BEAR RIVER FORMATION." 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

The Bear River strata everywhere throughout this area overlie the Beckwith 

beds and contrast very markedly with them in lithological aspect. The iioiifossilif-' 

erous light-colored sandstones and clays of the upper Beckwith are succeeded by 

the dark-colored, very fossiliferous shales of the Bear River, containing thin beds 

of sandstone and limestone and impure bods of carbonaceous material. The outcrops of these very fossiliferous beds on Sulphur Creek, near the old overland stage 

route and later on the line of the Union Pacific Railroad, early attracted attention 

and large collections of fossils were made from this locality, which is variously 

described as "Limestone Hill, Bear River;" "Bear River City, Utah;" "Gilmore, 

Wyo.;" "Sulphur Creek, Utah;" "mouth of Bear River, Utah;" Sulphur Creek 

near Bear River, Wyoming," and "Mellis, Wyo."

This was for some time the only known locality of the Bear River formation, 

and is naturally to be regarded as its type locality. The name was perhaps derived 

from Bear River City, an early construction camp on the Union Pacific Railroad, 

repeatedly mentioned by Hayden in the paragraph in which he proposed this 

name,6 although the location of these beds near Bear River may have also influenced 

the selection of the name. White,'in 1877, collected Bear River fossils "7 miles 

north of Evanston," at the locality now known as Shell Hollow. In the same year 

Peale collected Bear River fossils near Waterfall and at Sage and found extensive 

outcrops of the same beds to the north associated with the folds of the Wyoming 

and Salt River ranges. To this day the Bear River beds have not been recognized 

anywhere in this continent beyond this limited stretch extending from Bear River 

City northward tlirough the Wyoming and Salt River ranges to the northeast corner 

of Idaho.

a Synonymy and usage of Bear River formation:

=" Brackish water deposits on Bear River," Meek, 1800, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. for I860, pp. 312-313. 

<Bear River group (or Coal group), Hayden, 1869, [Third Ann.] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Gcol. Survey Colorado and New

Mexico, 1869, p. 92; Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 1. No. 2, 1874, p. 2; Eighth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol.

and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1874,1876, pp. 144-145. This includes, besides true Bear River beds, coal-bearing strata

at Bear Town, Coalville, and Evanstou, belonging to the Frontier, Ililliard, and Evonston formations. 

=Bcar River Estuary beds, Meek, 1870, Rept. Expl. 40th Par., vol. 3, p. 462.

=Tho Estuary formation on Bear River, Engqlmann, 1876, Simpson's Rept.'Explor. Grout Basin, pp. 291-292. 

<Point ot Rocks group, Powell and White, 1876, Oeol. Uinta Mts., pp. 100-101.

=Bear River fresh or brackish water beds, Meek, 1877; Rept. U. S. Gool. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 4, pt. 1,1877, p. 163. 

<Laramio, White, 1878, Bull U. S. Gool. Survey Torr., vol. 4, No. 4, p. 721; King, Atlas of 40th Par. Survey, 1876, Rept.

U. S. Geol. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 1, 1878. 

= and <Post-Cretaceous or Laramie, Peale, 1879, Eleventh Ann. Rept. II. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Torr. for 1877,

1879, pp. 030-C31; Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. fl, 1879, pp. 196-197, Geol. map of western Wyoming,

southeastern Idaho, and northwestern Utah accompanying Twelfth Ann Kept. U. S. Gool. and Goog. Survey

Terr., 1883; here referring only to true Bear River beds.

=Bear River Laramie, White, 1883, Third Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, p. 430 and in titles of plates 6-8. 

sBear River formation, Stanton and White, 1892, Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 43, pp. 91-115. 

=Bear River formation, White, 1895, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 128.

NOTE. In tins and the several synonym tables following the symbols used have the following meanings: 

E= Equal to in every respect. , . 

= Equal in a general way. 

> Less than. 

< Greater than. 

 ?£ Not equal to. 

6 [Third Ann.] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey of Colorado and New Mexico, ISf.fl. pp. 91-92.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. VIE

A "FOSSIL CUT," A NOTED LOCALITY OF THE BEAR RIVER FORMATION.

Just west of old Bear River City on Sulphur Creek, sec. 29, T. 14 N., R. 119 W., Uinta County, Wyo. Alternate strata of very fossiliferous 

shale and dark-colored shaly limestone. The apparent eastward dip is due to position of strata on upper flank of an overturned synchne. 

The true angle of dip is about 135°. The flexing of the beds to the west at the surface is due to hill creep, and does not indicate an 

"anticlinal fold," as has been repeatedly suggested.

K. LAZEART SANDSTONE AT LAZEART MINE, UINTA COUNTY. WYO. 

View north, showing typical exposures. Note fringe of willows along creek and rock cedar on face of sandstone exposure.

OUTCROPS OF BEAR RIVER FORMATION AND LAZEART SANDSTONE AT THE TYPE

LOCALITIES.

BKAK HIVER FORMATION. . 61

The Bear River strata oil Sulphur Creek at the type locality are on the upper 

side of an overturned syncline on the west side of Absaroka fault. (PI. IV. sec. K; 

PI. VII.) On account of their overturned character these beds apparent^ dip 

eastward and appear to be above the Millis coal, which has the same dip and is 

apparently the western continuation of the westward-dipping coal just east of old 

Bear Kiver City. These strata were thus thought to indicate a syncline. This 

natural misinterpretation of the-structural relations here led to the assignment of 

the Bear River beds to a, much higher stratigraphic position than they really occupy, 

and this reference was 'apparently corroborated by the nonmarine character of 

the fauna, which naturally suggested their reference to that great catch-all, the 

Larainie. This misconception prevailed until 1891, when Dr. T. W. Stanton, by 

a series of careful paleontologic studies at old Bear River City, at a point 7 miles 

north of Evanston, near Waterfall, at Sage, and on Smiths Fork, determined the 

true stratigraphic position of these beds.'* The outcrops studied by Doctor Stanton 

were'either greatly disturbed or incomplete, and his correct conclusion in this matter is a marked evidence of his stratigraphic acumen.

The work of this party during the summer of 1905 merely added to the existing 

knowledge many areal details and showed conclusively, from many complete 

exposures with very simple structural relations, the correctness of his conclusions.

FOSSILS.

The fossils in this formation have been described and figured in detail in Doctor 

White's bulletin on the "Bear River formation and its characteristic fossils." 6 A 

few very abundant and typical forms are shown on PL VIII, and these will serve the 

purpose of those who are interested in these fossils merely as guides in stratigraphic 

studies.

The localities in this area from which type specimens have been obtained, 

together with lists of the species, are given below.

List of type/i of Bear River fossils obtained in thin area.

Between Millis and Old Bear River City, on Sulphur Creek, in sec. 29, T. 14 "N., K. 319 W. 

[Species marked t were first described from this locality.]

fUnio belliplicatus Meek. f Neritiua naticiformis White.

fUnio vetustus Meek. f Pachyrnclania (Goniobasis) clebumi White.

t Corbicula durkeei (Meek). ( P. chrysalis Meek.

t Corbula pyriformis Meek. ( P. chrysalloidse White.

t Corbula engelmanni Meek. ( P.? macilenta,White.

t Rhytophorus (Melampus) priscus Meek. ) Pyrgulifera humerosa Meek.

t Tortacella haldemani White. f Campeloma macrospira Mock.

Limnsea nitidula Meek. Campeloma?sp.Meek (=Viviparus couesi White), 

t Physa usitata White.

o Am. Jour. Sui., 3d sef , vol. 43, 1892, pp. 98-115.

6 Bull. U. S. Gcol. Survey No. 128, 1895, 108 pp., 11 pis.
62 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Seven miles north of Evanston, Shell Hollow, in sec. 7, T. 16 N., R. 120 W., sec. 12. T. 16 N., R. 121 W. 

[Spcncs marked | wK re first described from this locality.]

Corbicula durkcci (Meek). Pyrgulifera humerosa Meek. 

Pachymclania (Goniobasis) cleburni White. f Goniobasis (Lioplax?) endlicln White. 

P. chiysalloidea White. fViviparus couosi White. 

P? macilenta White.

Sage, sec. 7, T. 21 N.. R. 119 W.

fModiola pealei White. Pachymclania chrysalis Meek. 

fCorbulomya tauachii White. P. turricula White. 

fNeritina stantoni White.

Waterfall, sec. 28, T 21 N., R. 115 W. 

Corbula engelmanni Meek.

No attempt was made by this party to collect extensively from the Bear River 

beds. The commoner fossils were readily recognized, and the mapping is based 

on these. Small lots were, however, collected and forwarded to the National 

Museum from SW. J sec. 5, T. 22 N., R. 119 W.; 750 feet west of center of south 

line of sec. 20, T. 23 N., R. 115 W.; 7 miles north of Evanston; sec. 20, T. 18 N., 

R. 118 W:; just west of the Utah-Wyoming line due west of the northwest corner 

of sec. 30, T. 19 N., R. 120 W. The last material is of particular interest because 

found in contact with the Pennsylvanian limestone of the Crawford Mountains. 

The exposure is not good, and it was not possible to make a detailed examination, 

but the relation is probably a fault contact analogous to that shown by the strata 

at Cokeville.a

One collection, from beds immediately in contact with the Beckwith formation, 

3 miles east of Cumberland, and hence at the very base of the Bear River formation, 

shows, according to Doctor Stanton, a distinct marine facies, and this, with the collection made by Doctor Stantdn at Sage in 1891, brings up the question of the position of the Bear River formation with relation to the horizons recognized in the 

Cretaceous section east of the Rocky Mountains.

Before taking up this question a further word is needed regarding the relation 

of the Bear River to the overlying beds. Where exposed in the eastern belt of older 

strata from near Milliard to beyond this area, this formation is overlain by the 

Aspen beds, a series of dark-colored sandy shales containing a few ammonites and 

abundant fish scales. This weathers into small splintery fragments, quite different 

from the ordinary Bear River formation, and has produced long rounded 'hills of a 

peculiar silver-gray color. In the western belt of older rocks exposed along and 

just east of the State line these Aspen beds do not occur. The highest beds of the 

known Cretaceous series, with the possible exception of certain layers near and north 

-of Sage, clearly belong to the Bear River formation. At Sage Doctor Stanton 

reports: b

Above the coal there is a considerable thickness of sandstones interstratrfied with argillaceous and 

siliceous shales, none of which yielded any fossils. In a thin bed of sandstone, 15 or 20 feet below

a Am Jour. Scl.. 3d ser.. vol. 40, 1892. p 111 fig. 3. 

6 Am. Jour. Scl., 3d ser., vol. 43, 1892 p. 108.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 66 PL. VIII

2a

1, la. Unio belliplicatus Meek. 

1, 2a. Corbicula durkeei Meek. 

3, 3a, 3b. Corbula pyriformis Meek.

4. 4a. Pachymelania cleburni White.

5. 5a. Pyrgulifera humerosa Meek.

(Copies of White's figures of specimens from Sulphur Creek, Wyoming, and 7 miles north of Evanston, Wyo.)

FOSSILS CHARACTERISTIC OF BEAR RIVER FORMATION.

BEAE BIVEE FOBMATION. 63

the coal', Modiola multUinigrra,a Barbatia c.oalvillcnsis, and a few other species of the Colorado Cretaceous were found. Four hunflred or 500 feet east of (below) this there are exposures of sandstones 

and calcareous shales containing Bear River fossils, interstratified with thin seams of coal, on some 

of which excavations have been made.

The outcrops at this point are not over 750 feet long and 50 feet wide, and the 

relations of the beds are entirely concealed by the overlying Quaternary and 

Tertiary deposits. Very limited exposures of the sandstones associated with the 

,coal were seen just north and south of Sage. East of Beckwith above the coal bed, 

 sshich is either the extension of the Sage coal or a higher horizon, a number of characteristic Bear River forms were found by Doctor Schultz. This paleontologic 

evidence, together with the fact that these beds contain marine forms and do not 

in any way resemble the characteristic Aspen 6 outcrops a few miles to the east, has 

led to the representation of these exposures as Bear River on the geologic map and 

the accompanying cross sections. This gives to the Bear River at this point a 

thickness exceeding 5,000 feet. It is clearly over 3,000 feet thick, as shown by the 

sections around and north of the Narrows and Staiiton's studies near Cokeville, 

and at neither of these points was the top of the formation seen. 'On the eastern 

side of the area this formation is thinner. It is over 1,000 feet thick north of Hams 

Fork and decreases southward to 800, and it may be as low as 500. This rapid 

decrease in the thickness otthis formation to the east has an important bearing on 

the topographic relations of this region at the time of its deposition.

RELATION OF BEAR 1UVER FORMATION TO HORIZONS IN THE CRETACEOUS SECTION

EAST OF THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS.

Although the true stratigraphic position of the Bear River formation with relation 

to the other beds of this region was determined by Stanton, the question of its 

relation or equivalence to other members of the Mesozoic is still but partially solved. 

White 0 after considering this question concluded from the fragmentary plant 

material collected that it was Upper Cretaceous rather than Lower Cretaceous or 

Jurassic. This and its position below the Benton has led to the rather persistent 

suggestion that it might be the time equivalent of the Dakota.

In this connection the marine species found on Little Muddy Creek 3 miles 

southeast of Cumberland, on thejine between sees. 3 and 4, T. 18 N., R. 116 W., 

arc of interest. These fossils occur only a few feet above typical Beckwith beds 

at the very base of the Bear River formation and conclusively prove that the Bear 

River is Upper Cretaceous. Doctor Stanton lists the following species:

Cardium sp. Liopistha (Psiloinya)? sp.

Mactra sp. Lunatia sp.

Corbula sp. Related to C. pyriformis Meek.

The whole assemblage of forms is unfamiliar, but the horizon is clearly Upper Cretaceous.

a In 1893 Dr. Stanton stated that this or a similar form occurred here in the Bear River formation, Bull. U. S. Gcol. 

Survey No. 106, 1893, p.'88. See in this connection U. S. Geological Survey Hull. No. 128, p. 33.

6 The Aspen is of uniform lithologic character throughout the eastern part of this area, and its extension many miles to 

the southwest is shown in the Chalk Creek and Roekport sections. These facts give the lithologic argument ]ust offered 

more weight than it would otherwise have.

f. Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 128, 1895, pp. 20-24.
64 GEOGKAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

The restricted development of this formation, combined with the great thickness 

of the beds and the relatively complete faunal isolation indicated by its fossils, 

makes it of peculiar interest in the consideration of the geographic conditions at 

this early time. The beds along the northern part of the Uinta Mountains and the 

west face of the .Rockies show an apparently conformable series from the Jurassic 

through the Cretaceous, yet this formation seems to be entirely absent from these 

sections. The rapid thinning of the Bear River formation to the east suggests a 

barrier even nearer than the Rocky Mountains, and its absence to the south shows 

the importance of the Uinta uplift at this early time.

ASPEN FORMATION.

Outcrops of the characteristic dark-colored, splintery, somewhat arenaceous 

shales containing abundant fish scales, which overlie the Bear River formation, are 

recorded in the reports of Hayden, Bannister, Ernmons, and King 0 near Aspen station (named from Quaking Asp Divide or Quaking Asp Ridge) on the old line of the 

Union Pacific Railroad. These outcrops were even" at this early date correctly 

referred to the Benton or Colorado. The name Aspen is thus historically appropriate 

for this group of dark-colored shale beds, bounded below by the Bear River and above 

by the coal-bearing Frontier formation.

The same beds were seen by Mr. Emmons near the present town of Cumberland, 

and described by him as follows:

In the little circular valley just west 6 of tire ridge at this point are exposed some clayey beds, 

too much disintegrated to show a definite! structure; but as they are succeeded on the east by the 

same sand-rocks, dipping 25° to the eastward, with a strike of north 15° east, they have been colored 

as belonging to the Colorado series. The overlying striped red and white clays of the Vermilion scries 

form a semicircular wall to this valley on the east, dipping eastward at an angle of 3° to 4°.

The sandstone described as dipping 25° eastward belongs to Wasatch, and the 

main anticlinal crest, which is here eroded down to the Beckwith beds, occurs a 

little farther east.

The Aspen beds are exposed along the east side of this anticline wherever not 

covered by the Tertiary fromAspennorth ward beyond the limit of the map. Thesame 

beds are also exposed west of the fault line (Absaroka fault) in the vicinity of Old 

Bear River City. Identical beds in the same stratigraphic position occur to the 

southwest on Chalk Creek and at Rockport in Utah (see p. 103). These beds contain 

the oil-bearing layers encountered in the wells near Spring Valley, and Knight recognized that the "Spring Valley oil sands" occur immediately below the Frontier 

formation, but did not recognize the identity of these beds with the formation whose 

outcrops are described by the early explorers as Benton or Colorado shale. He 

therefore presents a table showing an unnamed .formation, No. 4, between his 

Frontier and his Benton, No. 5. Knight's'-' formations No. 4 and No. 5 are the same,

a F. V. Ilnyclen, [Fourth Ann ] Prelim. Kept. U. S. Oeol. Survey of Wyoming for 1870, 1871, p. 149, II. II. Bannister, 

Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Oeol. Survey Terr., 1872-1873, p. 538; S. F. Ernmons, Rept. Explor. 40th Fur., vol. 2, 1877, pp. 253, 

320; Clarence King, Rept. E.xplor. 40th Par., 1878, vol. 1, p. 32(>. The Emmons statement is apparently based entirely on 

the Bannister account, although no credit is given. If the map in the Geologic Atlas had followed the Bannister account 

as closely as the text, it would have been more nearly correct.

& Should be east, as shown by map in accompanying atlas.

c Knight, Wilhur G., Eng. and Min. Journal, vol. 73, [002, p. 721.
FRONTIER FORMATION. 65

the one referring to the beds encountered in the wells and the other io their surface 

exposures. The Aspen formation ranges in thickness from 1,600 to 2,200 feet, but 

its average thickness is about 1,800 feet. ' ''"

FRONTIER FORMATION. ,-,,;. 

DEFINITION -AND DISTRIBUTION.

The Frontier formation was named by Knight in a paper presented to the Geological Society of America in December, 1901." It was denned as essentially a coalbearing formation containing a marked sandstone layer and characterized by the 

presence of Ostrea soleniscus, 6 a very long slender oyster, shown on Pis. IX, X. The 

name Frontier was taken from the coal town of that name, near which these beds are 

well developed. The pronounced sandstone layer or group of sandstone layers, 

occasionally conglomeratic and containing numerous specimens of the elongate oyster 

mentioned, produces a pronounced ridge, which was named Oyster Ridge by Hayden c in 1872. This name was adopted by the King survey and used on the maps and 

reports of that organization. This group of sandstones has therefore been named 

the Oyster Ridge sandstone member of the Frontier formation, and has been shown 

by a distinct color on the geological map. At several places minor sandstones or 

oyster-bearing ridges occur above the Oyster Ridge sandstone, notably about Cumberland, where they immediately overlie the important Kemmerer coal bed, and 

again east of Crow Creek. These low ridges for the most part mark the divide 

between the hogbacks of the Frontier formation and the broad valley produced by 

the Hilliard shale, and have been accepted as the top of the Frontier formation. 

Where this ridge is absent, the top of the Kemmerer group of coal beds is accepted as 

the top of the Frontier formation. This dividing line is approximately 600 feet above 

the base of the Oyster Ridge sandstone, which is generally about 200 feet thick. 

Beneath the Oyster Ridge sandstone there are other sandstone layers, which produce 

pronounced ridges, but these, except near the northern extremity of the map, are 

definitely separated from, and not readily confused with, the main Oyster Ridge 

sandstone. The total thickness of this formation ranges from 2,200 to 2,600 feet. 

It is exposed along the east side of Mammoth Hollow throughout this area, and on the 

west side north of Hams Fork and between Little Muddy and Clear creeks. It outcrops west of the great Absaroka fault from the Evanston-Fort Bridger road south 

to Sulphur Creek.

FOSSILS.

INVERTEBRATES.

Engelmann,d in 1858, collected fossils from this formation on Sulphur Creek in 

strata Nos. 12 and 5 of Meek's section,6 and in the sandstone at the bend of Sulphur

» Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. 73, 1902, p. 721; Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 13, 1903, pp. 542-544.

fc Although 0. soleniscus is common throughout this formation, it is not characteristic of it, as Knight asserts.- It 

occurs abundantly in this region in the Ililliard formation, at horizons 3,000 to 3,800 feet above the top of the Frontier.

c [Fourth Ann.] Prelim. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey of Wyoming lor 1871,1872, p. 149.

ii Engelmann, II., S. Ex. Doc. No. 40,35th Cong., 2d sess., 1859, pp. 51-52, accompanying Captain Simpson's report on the 

wagon roads in Utah Territory.

e Sixth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr for 1872, 1873, p. 451. Republished by Stanton, Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser , vol. 

43, 1892, p 102 See p 101 of present report '
66 ' GEOGBAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Creek (now called Rock Cut). From, the specimen of Inoceramus, which he compared 

with 7. cripsii Mantell, but which was afterwards identified as 7. lalriatus Schl., he 

established the occurrence of the Cretaceous in this region. This locality was visited 

by many of the earlier geologists, and because of their writings has become a locality 

of particular interest to the geological student.

The following lists, prepared from the publications of Meek, White, and Stanton, 

give the forms listed or described from this point, together with additional geographic 

and stratigraphic data.

Rock Cut, 1 mile southeast of Hihiard, in sec. 2, T. 13 N., R. 119 W.

Horizon of Oyster Ridge sandstone.

[Where species are marked *, figures of specimens from this locality'have been published; species marked f were first described

from this locality.]

*0strea soleniscus Meek. Cardium pauperciilum (=Carduim suboiirtiim

*Cyrcna securis Meek (=*tOyrcna crccta White.) Meek).

*fPlacunopsis? hilliardcnsis White. Corbula dubiosa White.

Volsella (Brachydontes) multilinigera Meek. *Neritina incoinpta White.

Cardium curtum M. and II. Turbonilla (Chcmnitzia) coal villensis Meek.

''Between Evanston and Fort Bndyer'1 ' ('probably near Billiard)." 

Inoceramus (like I. problematicusV Cardium curtum M. and H. 

At Carter Oil Spring, m sec. 31, T. 15 N.. R. 118 W. 

500 feet below Oyster Ridge sandstone.

tCardium pauperculum Meek. 

Near Old Bear River City, in sees. 28, 29, T. 14 N., R. 119 W.

Horizon of Oyster Ridge sandstone and a horizon whose position can not be determined exactly but, 

which is thought to be near the Oyster Ridge sandstone.

Ostrea cf. glabra (probably Ostrca coalvillensis *fCyrena sccuris Meek (No 12 Meek section).

Meek). *fCyrena (Corbicula) seqnihUeralis (Meek) (No. 12

*f Anomia concentrica Meek (Oyster Ridge sand- ' Meek section).

stone). *fDonax cuneata Stanton (No. 32 Meek section).

*fOstrea soleniscus Meek (Oyster Ridge sand- * Corbicula subtrigonalis ? M. and H. (No. 12 Meek

stone). ' section).

* Inoceramus labiatus Schloth. (*I. problemati- Neritina (Velatella) patelhformis Mock (No. 12

cus.) (No. ]2 Meek's section.) Meek section).

*fBarhatia (Trapezium) micronema (Meek) Oys- Pugnellus fusiformis (Meek) (No. 12 Meek secter Ridge sandstone. tion).

West side of Bear River,>> sec. 31, T. UN., R. 119 W. 

Near base of formation.

Ostrea ? Cyrena secuns Meek.

Volsella (Brachydontes) multilinigera Meek. Tellina ? modesta Meek.

Nucula - ? Tellina (Arcopagia?) utahensis Meek.

Barbatia coalvillensis White. t*Corbula dubiosa White.

Cardium trite White ?.

o Meek, [Fifth Ann.] Prelim. Kept. U. S. Gcol. Survey Terr, for 1871, 1872, p. 370.

t> White. Eleventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Guol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1877, 1879, p. 248. The field sheets of our party in 

1905 shows no outcrop of the Frontier at this point, though its presence is clearly suggested to the west, by the Bear River and 

Aspen formations, and it is inferred that Doctor White found some point of exposure in the area colored Wasatch which was 

overlooked by this party. [The outcrop is on the bank of Bear River and shows thickness of nearly 150 feet T W S.]
U. 5. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. IX

1. 1 a Ostrea sanmoms White (After White )

2. Ostrea solemscus Meek. (After White,)

3. 3a Inocerarnus labiatus Schlotheirn. (After Meek )

4, 4a. Cardium pauperculum Meek. (After Stanton.)

5 Pugnellusflfusiformis (Meek). (After Stanton,)

6 Glaucoma coalvillensis (Meek) (After Stanton.)

(Specimens 1, la, 6 from Coalvilie, Utah, 4a, 5 from Huerfano Park, Colorado , 2, 3, 3a, 4 from Bear River City, Wyo.)

FOSSILS COMMON IN FRONTIER FORMATION.

FRONTIER FORMATION.

Doctor Stanton in 1896 collected Ostrea coalviUensis Meek and Inoceramus 

fragilis II. and M., "just above the Diamondville coal near Kemmerer." °

Several small lots of shells collected by this party from the Frontier formation 

at different points in this area have been identified by Doctor Stanton. The lists 

of species are given below in their stratigraphic order:

Fossils collected front Frontier formation.

U.S.

Cool.

Survey

lot

No.

3366

3380

3374

3373

3371

3357

3370

3375

3369

3372

3377

3386 

337(1

Locality.

SW. 1 sec. 32, T. 10 N., R. 117 W...........

Center north line sec. 32, T. 19 N., R. 117 W

Sec. 29, T. 19 N., R. 116 W. (see PI. XXIV) 

Sec. 8, T. 18 N., K. 117 W...................

SE. Jscc. S, T. 18 N., K. 117 \V..............

1,000 feet east of center of west line sec. 19, 

T. 22 N., R. 115 W. Sandstone just below 

Willow Creek coal.

(Center east line sec. 31, T. 15 N., K. 118 W., 

\ near Carter Oil Spring.

SW.Jsec. 33, T.19N..R. 117 W., 5 miles west 

of Cumberland.

NE. J sec. 32, T. 20 N., R. 110 W............

IN W. 1 sec 28, T. 23 N.. R. 116 W(, and 1.000 

! feet north of SW. corner sec. 16, T. 23 

( N., R. 116 W.

/Sec. 31, T. 15 N., R. 118 W., just west of Cart tcr Oil Spring.

fSec.31,T. 15 N.,R. 118 W., just, west of Curt ter Oil Spring.

Near center of sec. 33, T. 15N.,R. 118 \V., 1J 

miles southwest of Spring Valley.

(1,400feet west of NK. corner sc-.c. 31, T. 19 N., 

I R. 116 W.

Position with reference to Oyster Ridge 

sandstone.

Not known «.. 

... .do.''.......

720'feet helow. 

700 feet below.

650-700 feet below.. . 

500 feet below.......

| J500 j_ feet helow..:.. 

250? feet below......

lOyslcr Ridge sandf stone?

>Same as 3378.........

Frontier, Wyo., immediately above Kernmerer coal.

I 

17(1 j Center north line see. J, T.21 N., R 116 W. 500-600 feet above

3389

elite! 11U1L11 unr. Mt;u. i, i . ^| i^ ., it iiu»i .__ __.. ____ _.._._

Sandstone above Kemmcrcr coal. On base of Oyster 

parting between Frontier and Billiard Ridge sandstone, 

formations.

[Center north line sec. 13, T. 22 N., R. 110 W. 1600 feet above base of 

' On parting between Frontier and Milliard > Oyster Ridge sandformations. ![ stone.

200 + feet below .....

Oyster Ridge sandtone.

Oyster Ridge sandf stone.

(Shell layer, top of 

\ Oyst. Her 'Ridge.

[

,500 feet above base of 

OysLcr Ridge sandstone.

Species.

Inoceramus labiatus Schl.

Cardium sp.

Tellina modesta Meek.

Tellina? isonema Meek.

itfactra emmonsi Meek.

Unio sp.,b related to U. vetustus Meek.

Unio sp.,& related to U. vetustus Meek. 

[Ostrea sp.

^Inoceramus labiatus Schl. 

[Unio sp.

Ostrea sp.

Inoceramus sp., apparently undescribed but

related to 1. erecius Meek. 

[Cardium pauperculum Meek. 

jCorbula sp.

Cyrena? sp.

Spirorbis? sp.

'Unio sp.,b related to U. vetustus Meek.

Unio sp., related to U. vetnstus Meek. 

[Corbula nematopbora Meek. 

^Glaucoma coalviUensis (Meek). 

lAdmetppsis suhfusiformis Meek.

Meretrix? sp.

Donax cuneata Stanton.-

Anatina sp.

Mact.ra emmonsi Meek.

Pugnellus fusiformis (Meek). 

(Ostrea soleniscus Meek. 

\Mactra sp.'

/Ostrea soleniscus Meek, 

tlnoceramus n. s. Same as No. 3373.

Ostrea sp.

Cardium pauperculum Meek.

Corbula nematophora Meek?

Gyrode.s sp.

Fasciolaria? utahensis Meek.

Pyropsis? sp.

Ostrea soloniscus Mc«k.

Anomia sp.

Modiola sp.

InocKramus labiatus Schl.?

Corbula subtrigonalis M. and H,

Inoceramus n. s. Same as No. 3373.

Ostrea sannionis White.

Lima sp.

Cardium sp.

Mactra sp. cf. M. formosa M. and II.

a in greatly faulted region east of Absaroka fault 

>> « Doctor jjoctor Stanton sranion says: "This IDISundescribed unaescnoeu speciies is a simple K 

to the present time. Its resemblance to a Bear River species suggi

ult; may be as high as Oyster Ridge sandstone.

cies is a simple form that might occur anywhere in the Cretaceous and on

iver species suggests a low horizon in the Upper Cretaceous."

Doctor Stanton adds the following notes: 

Lots No. 3366, 3380, 3374, 3371 ? .337S, and 3387 indicate horizons that may be correlated Avilh Uic 

Foi't Benton.

The species of No. -3370 indicate a low horizon in the Colorado group.

1 Lot No. 3389 is from the horizon of the Third Ridge of the Coalville/Ulah, section, which is believed 

to be in the lower part of the Montana group.

a Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., vol. 8, 1897, p. 149.
68 GEOGRAPHY' AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

The line between the Montana and Colorado was drawn by Doctor Stanton, 

after considerable hesitation, in the Coalville, Utah, section, just above the second ridge" (see section, p. 103), with the remark that there was a promising field 

for a study of this question m western Wyoming, along the uplift of Oyster Ridge 

and west of it. Numerous specimens of Inoceramus exogyroides were found 3,000 

feet above the horizon of No. 3389, which occurs at the top of the Frontier formation. These show not onty that the Frontier formation belongs to the Colorado, but 

strongly suggest that the lower half of the Hilliard is also Colorado.

PLANTS.

The plants collected by Fremont in 1843 "on Muddy River, longitude lfl°,' 

latitude 41.5°," and described by James Hall, 6 who doubtfully referred them to the 

Jurassic, came from the Frontier formation on the south-bank of Little Muddy Creek, 

about 1 mile east of the present town of. Cumberland. A portion of this material 

found its way into the National Museum and was examined by Lesquereux, who, 

while presenting a list in which the age is given as "Jurassic?"'< ' makes the following 

positive statement regarding its age, which is much more conclusive than that of 

Hall:"

The specimen representing fig. 4, of PI. II, of Hall, is part of an ovate leaf, lanceolate pointed above 

and dentate on the borders, the secondaries entering the teeth. The figure is really that of a dicotyledonous leaf, but the specimen is not in the lot!

What seems to me to be conclusive of the Oolithic age of the plants is the number of fragments of 

small ferns referable to the genus Thyrsoptcris, of which Heer has described a number of species from 

the Jurassic in Jura Flora of Siberia, Pis. I, II; also in Portugal flora,and which are also described as 

Hymenophyllites lechenbyi in Zigno, PI. IX, figs. 3-5, and PI. XI, figs. 1, 2. PI. I, fig. 4. of Hall, is like 

Cycailopteris heteroplii/Ha Zigno, and fig. 3 of PL II is like C. he.erii Zigno. Those small ferns, mixed upon 

small specimens, are really Oolithie type.

A collection of plants was made during the summer of 1905 from what was 

afterwards determined, by a careful consideration of the accounts of Fremont and 

Hall, to be from exactly the same horizon as that yielding the above collection. 

This material came from the southern part of sec. 29, T. 19 N., R. 116 W., 1 mile 

east of Cumberland, at a point stratigraphically 1,200 feet below the base of Oyster 

Ridge sandstone and near the base of the Frontier formation. Its stratigraphic 

position is shown in PI. XXIV, p. 116. Dr. F. H. Knowlton, to whom this material 

was referred, reports:

Gleichenia. Two or three species, well, preserved.

Equisetum? sp. Peculiar, probably new.

Aralia, cf. A. saportana.

Dewalquea, near D. insignis.

Peculiar radiate plant of unknown affinity.

This is extremely interesting material, as it is evidently from the same locality or horizon as that at 

which Fremont. obtained a small collection in 1842, which was worked up by James Hall, who referred the 

beds to the Jurassic. The ferns here called Gleichenia were named Pecopteris by Hall, but they seem indistinguishable from this modern genus. The age, so far as I am able to fix it, is the lower part of the Upper 

Cretaceous, about in the position of the Turonian, possibly a little lower.

"Bull. U. S. Geological Survey No. 100. 1893, pp. 38, 39, 41.

l> Rept. Explor. Exped. to Rocky Mountains in the year 1842, and to Oregon and north California in the years 1843-44, 

1S45, pp. 130-132, 297-298, 304-307, 300, I'ls II and III. 

cProc. u! S. Nat. Mus , vol. 11, 1888, 1889, p. 11. 

dIbid., p. 38.
HTLT.TABD FORMATION. 69

A collection made by Doctor Schultz from sec. S, T. 18 N., R. 117 W., 2 miles 

southwest of Cumberland Reservojr, from beds thought in .the field to be in the 

Frontier formation and at or near the horizon just recorded, was reported on by 

Doctor Knowlton as follows:

One leaf, much broken, seems to bfi.Quercus platama. Others are fragments. This is decidedly 

younger than the heds from the old Fr^mont locality, and should he approximately Laramie, but of 

this I am obviously uncertain.

Two explanations suggest themselves for these apparently conflicting-data. 

The last collections may have come from a limited outlier of the Wasatch beds, which 

are exposed to the west, or they may have come from a horizon comparable to that 

which yielded the supposed Laramie 0 at Coalville and which from data obtained 

in this region I am inclined to regard as Colorado rather than Montana and as 

probably the upper part of the Frontier formation. The first hypothesis is not 

regarded-as probable. Doctor Schultz is positive that the fossils were collected 

from a bed in the Frontier formation and suggests that they may have come from 

a horizon slightly higher than the Fremont leaf bed. This would lend weight to 

the second- suggestion.

AGE OF THE FRONTIER FORMATION.

Because of the prevailing sandy character of the -formation and the pronounced 

sandstone beds which it contains, it was referred to the Fox Hills by nearly all the 

early geologists. .This reference was accepted until the careful work of Stanton on 

the Colorado formation 6 showed that-, these beds were for the most part clearly. 

Colorado. The work of this season has furnished additional evidence of the correctness of Doctor Stanton's conclusions. The discovery of numerous specimens of 

Inocerdmus exogyroides 3,000 feet above the top of this formation conclusively 

proves its Benton age and indicates that the Colorado-Montana line is rather higher 

than drawn by Doctor Stanton.

MILLIARD FORMATION.c 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

In a paper read before the Geological Society of America rf in 1901, Prof. Wilbur 

C. Knight proposed the name Hilliard for the group of dark-colored shales overlying the coal-bearing Frontier formation and underlying the coal-bearing Adaville formation, saying:

I propose the name Hilliard for this horizon, the name being derived from the town of Hilliard, 

which is located on these beds of shale, and cite the shale beds west of Kemmerer and extending as 

far as the east portal of the Oregon Short Line tunnel as a typical section.

a Bull. U. S. «eol. Survey No. 106, 1893, p. 42.

b Stanton, T. \\., The Colorado formation and its invertebrate fauna: Bull U. S. Geol. Survey No. 106, 1893.

<- Synonymy and usage of Hilhard formation:

S Sulphur Creek formation, Powell (at type locality), Geology Uinta Mountains, 1876, p. 50.

< or r-Sulphur Creek formation, Powell (at other points), Geology Uinta Mountains, 1876, pp. 50, 154, 157. Atlas

Geology Uinta Mountains. 1876.

= Hilliard formation, Knight, Eng. and Min, Jour., vol. 73,1902, p. 721; Bull. Geol Soe. Am., vol. 13,1903, p. 543. 

d Bull. Geol Soc. Am., vol 13, 1903, p 543. In Eng. and Min. Jour., vol 73, 1002, p. 721, he says: "For this shalo formation 1 propose the name Ilillmrd, on account of the great development near that place "
70 GEOGBAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

In the summer of 1905 the writer, not knowing of these earlier definitions, 

mapped this group of.shales in the field under the name "Mover formation," the 

name being taken from Moyer Junction on the Oregon Short Line Railway between 

Kemmerer and Hodges Pass tunnel on the section which Knight chose as a typical 

section.

The Hilliard beds at the type locality were mentioned by Prof. J. W. Powell 

in 1876 in the following words :a

Sulphur Creek group. This group of black shales can be well seen in the hills near Hilliard station ' 

on the Union Pacific Railroad. Hero Sulphur Creek cuts through them for several miles. In Professor 

Meek's "Section on Sulphur Creek near Bear River," his "No. 1" is the summit of the group. The 

locality does not present a good type, from the fact of the great displacements to which the beds have 

been subjected, Their relation to underlying beds can not be determined with certainty.

Powell's interpretation of the stratigraphy of Meek's Sulphur Creek section (see 

p. 102) was altogether incorrect. He regarded the strata exposed from near Millis 

to east of Old Bear River City as an unbroken section of conformable beds in which 

the beds to the west (the Bear River formation) are at the top and the Sulphur 

Creek (Hilliard) beds at the base. With this interpretation of the structure at 

the type locality it is not surprising that the beds called Sulphur Creek in the Uinta 

Mountain section are probably not at the same horizon as the beds at the type 

locality. Part of the beds in the Uinta Mountain section referred to the Sulphur 

Creek by Powell are undoubtedly Aspen, and from the list of fossils given by White 

from the "Sulphur Creek group" none of them from the type locality it may 

be inferred that Powell applied the name Sulphur Creek group to any pronounced 

 exposure of Cretaceous black shales regardless of its stratigraphic position. On 

account of this confusion it has been considered advisable to employ Knight's 

name rather than Powell's.

This formation consists of dark-colored sandy shales, containing a few sandstone layers and limited below by the coal-bearing Frontier beds and above by the 

coal-bearing Adaville beds. Its ready weathering has produced a great depression 

known as Mammoth Hollow. It has a thickness ranging from 6,500 to 6,800 feet 

in most of the area, but on Hilliard Flat it appears to be not over 5,500 feet thick.

West of Frontier this formation contains a series of pronounced white sandstone 

lentils having an individual thickness of 50 to 100 feet and occurring through about 

800 feet of strata. These sandstone lenses have a longitudinal outcrop of only 

about 5 miles. No trace of them is seen to the south, and to the north they change 

abruptly into a low clay ridge covered with large oysters (PI. X). This formation 

is not known to be coal bearing, but future discoveries are by no means improbable. 

In the Baker well (p. 150) a coal bed was encountered 920 feet above the Kemmerer 

Coal, but this occurred near the line between the Wasatch conglomerates and the 

Hilliard beds and is regarded as more probably belonging to the Evanston formation than to the Hilliard. The surface exposures of this formation are confined for 

the most part to Mammoth Hollow. It is also exposed in a narrow band on Sulphur 

Creek near Hilliard and its occurrence is inferred, on paleontologic grounds, in a

a Geology Uinta Mountains, 1870, p. 50. On p. ol Powell states that the type locality of the Sulphur Creek group falla 

without the area described, which in connection with the Atlas clearly shows that he regards' Sulphur Creek near Milliard 

as the type locality.
HILLIARD FORMATION. 71

limited area just west of Altamont. Because of the soft character of the beds, good 

exposures arc rare. The best occur on Sulphur Creek near Hilliard, along the railroad from Moyer to Glencoe Junction, and on Hams Fork.

FOSSILS.

Fossils were found only near the center of this formation at the horizon of the 

sandstone lentils exposed on Hams Fork, from 3,000 to 3,800 feet above the base of 

the formation. This group of sandstone lentils is very pronounced on Hams Fork, 

but extends only about 2 miles northward, to a point where it is replaced by a clay 

ridge covered with very large Ostrea soleniscus (PI. X), in no way suggesting the 

sandstone layers, though grading directly into them. These fossils have been identified by Dr. T. W. Stanton.

Fvssils from horizon of sandstone lentils in Hilliard formation.

U.S.

Geol. 

Survey 

lot No.

3383

3388

3390

3367

3308

3379

Locality.

Upper Hams Fork bridge, see. 27, T. 22 N., R. 110 W. 

.do.... ..... ......................................

One-halt mile northwest ot above, in see. 22, T. 22 N., R. 

116 W.................................................

SW. corner sec. 33, T. 23 N., R. 116 W..................

NE. corner see. 3, T. 22 N., R. 110 W...................

TIams Fork station"

2 miles southwest ot Altamont, Wyo.fc.

Species.

Inoceramu.s exogyroides M and TT (PI. XT).

Ostrea sp.

Inoceramus sp. (Fragments of thick-shelled forms, 

probably I. exogyroides.1

Tellina? sp.

.Mactra sp. cf. M. formosa M. and H 

fCardium sp. 

I Mactra sp.

ICorbula subtrigonalis M. and II. 

[Corbula sp.

Ostrea soleniscus Meek (PI. X).

Ostrea soleniscus Meek.

Inoceramus erectus Meek.?

Cardium.

Cyprimena. 

[Anomia.

llnoceramus umbonatus M. and H. 

JCardium sp. 

1 Mactra sp. 

(Corbula sp.

a Collected by Doctor Stanton in 1896 (Bull. Geol. Soc. America, vol. 8, 1897, p. 149), and thought, from geographic position, to be from this horizon

'' This outcrop occurs in a badly faulted region, and the stratigraphic relation can not be determined. The area has 

been colored Hilliard on the geologic map because of the occurrence 01 Inoceramus umbontituf;.

Doctor Stanton gives .the following notes regarding the palepiilologic aspects of 

this material:

No. 3383. This species is known elsewhere only from the upper part of the Colorado group at abqut 

the horizon of the Niobrara, and may be said to be characteristic of the base of the Niobrara or the top 

of the Benton.

No. 3379. Inoceramus umbonatus occurs in the same horizon with I. exogyroides.

No. 3388. Judging from the Mactra, I should think this lot came from the Montana group, though 

its horizon may be as low as the top of the Colorado.

No. 3390. These fossils are believed to have come from the Montana group.
72 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

AOE OF THE HILLIARD FORMATION.

The forms Inoceramus umbonatus and-/, exogyroides are highly specialized types 

and belong to the class of fossils which are of the greatest stratigraphic value because 

of their unique characteristics and limited time range. Of Inoceramus umbonatus, 

Doctor Stanton says: 0

In this country the species has been found only at or near the driginal locality (20 miles below 

Fort Benton, on the Upper Missouri, from the Fort Benton group, or No. 2 of the Cretaceous series), 

and in the Austin limestone of Texas, b Dr. C. Schluter (Palseontographica, vol. 24, p. 272) regards 

involute specimens as belonging to I. involutus and retains the name /. umbonalus for those (including 

I. exogyroides) in which the beaks are not coiled. He states, however, that as all three forms are associated in the same strata both in Europe and America, it will probably be found that the greater or 

less amount of coiling in the beaks is not an essential specific character. It should be stated that 

I, involutus occurs in Germany, in Schliiter's "Emscher Merge!," and in equivalent strata in other parts 

of Europe, at the base of Senonian, where it is associated with Ammonites texanus and Ammonites trimrinatus. The relative position of these analogous if not identical forms, therefore, is not very different 

on the two continents. * * * Larger collections will probably show that Inoceramus exogyroides-is 

identical with /. umbonatus.

Of the two forms collected in southwestern Wyoming, 7. umbonatus alone is 

entirely typical. It does not distinctly aid, however, in fixing the age of the different 

formations, since it was obtained from a stratum in a greatly faulted area whose 

stratigraphic position could not be determined. The specimens of 7. exogyroides 

show some varietal characteristics, as may be seen by comparing the figures given 

on PI. XI, with the original figures of Meek, but these differences are not regarded 

by Doctor Stanton as sufficient to justify their reference to a new species.

These forms east.of the Rocky Mountains are limited, according to Doctor 

Stanton, to a horizon at the top of the Benton and to the Niobrara and its equivalents. 

They have not before been found west of the Rocky Mountains and are believed to 

conclusively fix the horizon at which they are found. The Colorado group at this 

point thus reaches the enormous thickness of over 8,000 feet, including, as it does, 

the Aspen formation, the Frontier formation, and the lower 3,800 feet of the Hilliard 

formation.

No fossils were found in the upper 3,000 feet of the Hilliard formation, but from 

the occurrence of fossils regarded as near the top of the Montana, about 300 feet 

above the top of this formation in the Adaville, it is believed that the upper part of 

the Hilliard is Montana and that the thickness of the Montana in this section may 

be as much as 3,000 feet.

ADAVILLE FORMATION.

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

The group of strata immediately overlying the Hilliard shales has from the 

earliest settlement of this region been noted for the great number and thickness of 

the coal beds it contains. At the Adaville mine, 2 miles south of the Hodges Pass 

tunnel, on the Oregon Short Line, a bed of coal 84 feet thick has been cut, and as 

the whole formation shows a like phenomenal amount of coal and is, moreover, well 

exposed at this point, it has been named the Adaville formation.

" Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 100, 1893, pp. 82. 83.

& Since the above was written this species has been found in the upper part of the lienton shale in Montana and elsewhere and in the Niobrara of southern Colorado. T. W. Stanton.
ADAVILLE FORMATION. 73

The Adaville formation consists of yellow, gray," and black carbonaceous clays, 

with irregularly bedded brown and yellow sandstones. These beds do not weather 

so readily as the Ililliard and rise distinctly above the area underlain by the latter 

formation. Mammoth Hollow is here a monoclinal valley bounded on the east by 

the hogbacks of the Frontier formation and on the west by the hogbacks of the 

Adaville formation. In the vicinity of the Hinshaw ranch there are two distinct 

hogbacks on the west side of Mammoth Hollow (PI. I, B), an outer one formed of 

dark-brown sandstone and an inner one capped by a white sandstone. The sandstone layer forming the first hogback, which is here the topographic boundary of the 

Ililliard shale valley, was initially regarded as the upper.limit of the Ililliard beds. 

The overlying white sandstone was, however, found on further examination to 

represent better the base of the lithological group containing the Adaville coal beds, 

and it has therefore been denned as the base of this formation whenever present. 

This white sandstone is not characteristically developed north of Hodges Pass 

tunnel. It is exposed in the east portal of the tunnel and from Adaville south. It 

attains in places a thickness of over 200 feet and has been named the Lazeart sandstone lentil of the Adaville formation, from its typical exposure near the Lazeart 

coal mine (PI, VII). ,

The Adaville formation outcrops in a narrow belt just west of Mammoth 

Hollow, between Hams Fork and Little Muddy Creek and between Clear Creek and 

Lazeart coal mine. A very limited outcrop shows in the side of a little stream 

valley just south of Carl ton coal mine near Hilliard. Throughout the area it is 

unconformably overlain by the Wasatch beds and in some places by the Green River. 

Its relation to the Evanston can be inferred only from the general stratigraphy of 

the region. Its maximum thickness in the section along the Oregon Short Line is 

between 4,000 arid 5,000 feet.

FOSSILS AND TIME RELATIONS.

Fossils have thus far been collected only in the lower part of this formation 

at Hodges Pass and Adaville. In 1881 Dr. Lester F. Ward made large collections 

of fossil plants from Hodges Pass tunnel and described and figured the following 

species (PL XII) : a

f Dryopliyllum bruneri Ward. (=D. subfalcatum Lx.)&

f Dryopliyllum falcatum Ward.

t Alnus grcwiopsis Ward.

f Nyssa buddiana Ward.

Cinnainomum lanceolatum (ling.) Heer.

Doctor Ward says regarding this locality: c

The coal formation was reached before leaving Hams Fork to enter the pass, and continues some 

5 miles west of the divide, the strata dipping to the west and representing an immense thickness of coal 

deposits. Fossil plants were found at nearly all horizons above the coal bed, and at two places they 

were exceedingly abundant, yielding specimens of superior perfection and interest.

a These were figured in the Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 18SS, and figured and described in Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey 

No. 37, 1887. Species first described from this locality are marked t 

6 Knowlton, F. H , Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 152, 1898, p. 91. 

c Third Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1883, pp. 28-29.
74 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

In the Sixth Annual Report he gives the following additional data: a

The plaut beds occurred in the ridge through which the tunnel was being excavated. The place was 

then known as Hodges Pass, and my specimens are so labeled. * * * The ridge through which the tunnel was being constructed contained fossil plants at nearly all points. The rock consists of a coarse, very 

arenaceous limestone, or calcareous sandstone, the leaves being either scattered without much stratification through the mass and lying at various angles to one another, often much crumpled or folded, or else 

in matted layers upon one another in parallel planes, and sometimes so abundant that the rock seems 

to consist almost wholly of them. In either case it was difficult to obtain perfect specimens. The 

impressions are very distinct, being of a dark color upon the light matrix and showing the presence of 

the silicified leaf substance. Notwithstanding the coarseness of the material, the finer details of nervation are often clearly exhibited. At first sight this flora seemed to be exceedingly monotonous, owing 

to the prevalence of certain lanceolate or linear willow-shaped forms, but a close study of these reveals 

considerable variety and the presence of several species and two or three genera. With these, however, 

occur numerous less abundant forms, which lend considerable .diversity to the flora of this locality. 

There are good reasons for believing that these beds belong to the uppermost series of Laramie strata, 

and until more is known of them they may be regarded as forming a northern member of the Evanston 

coal lield. The plants, however, differ widely from any found elsewhere.

One-half mile south of the Adaville mine and 2J miles from Hodges Pass tunnel, 

at a point where the Adaville coal has burned out and baked the adjoining beds, 

numerous well-preserved shell and leaf impressions were found in masses of baked 

clay. The exact stratigraphic relation between the coal and the baked clay is not 

known, but it is inferred that the clay formerly overlaid the coal. This horizon 

is stratigraphically 200 or 300 feet above the base of the Lazeart sandstone, which 

was traced from this point to the eastern end of Hodges Pass tunnel. Dr. T. W. 

Stanton makes the following report on the invertebrates:

Sections 29 and SO, T. 21 TV., R. 116 W.. Adaville mine..

Anomia sp. cf A. micronema Meek. Corbula perundata M and H.

Modiola sp. cf M. laticostata White. Corbula sp.

Nemodon sp. Melania sp. cf. M. insculpta Ivfeek.

Sphserium ? sp. Admetopsis ? sp.

Corbula subtrigonalis M. and H.

With the exception of the Ncmodon, which is a marine genus and the Sphserium ?, which is fresh 

water, all the species in lot 3384 are brackish-water forms and belong to types that have a great vertical 

range in the. upper Cretaceous. Several of them have near relatives in lot 3385, which is probably from 

a much lower horizon. I judge the horizon of this lot to be somewhat lower than the Laramie and in the 

upper part of the Montana group, though nearly all the species are represented in the Laramie by identical or closely similar forms

Doctor Knowlton reports regarding the leaves:

NW. J sec. 29, T. 21 N., R. 11 fi W. Beyond question this is the most puzzling lot in the; collection. It consists of a large number of specimens inared, hard-baked shale. The following genera are 

represented:

Populus Diospyros. 

Quercus. Two or three forms. Cinnamomum, etc.

By all tokens, it would seem that this flora should be the same as that at Hodges Pass, namely, Laramie, but it certainly is not. Not a single form from this locality appears to be common to the beds at 

Hodges Pass, nor arc they familiar to me in the Laramie at other places. T am undecided as to the age 

, of these beds. At first I was inclined to call them Dakota, but they may be as late as the Montana I 

do not think they can be later.

"Sixth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1885, p. 541.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. XI

1, la. Inoceramus exogyroides Meek and Hayden. from sandstone lentil in Milliard formation on Hams Fork. sec. 27, T.-22 N., R. 116 W.

' FOSSILS FROM HILLIARD FORMATION. ' 

CBETACEOUS-EOCENE DEPOSITS. 75

Of a few leaf fragments which were collected just south of the Carlton mine 

near Hilliard and which came-from about the same horizon, Doctor Knowlton says:

Four specimens, one of which seems to be a species of Populites. This specimen is very poor, but 

if it is really a Populites, the age should be Dakota. It is too imperfect to be of much value.

The apparent conflict between the evidence furnished by the Ward collection 

from Hodges Pass and the collection from a point 2J miles from the tunnel at a 

horizon known to pass through the tunnel naturally demands an explanation. 

The original field labels on a number of Ward's specimens were examined and 

showed that they came from the west end of the tunnel.0 A section of this tunnel, 

furnished by the railroad company and given in fig. 8 on page 133, shows a thick 

bed of sandstone at the east end of the tunnel, which is believed to be the Lazeart 

sandstone. Over this is a thin bed of coal and 65 feet still higher is a coal bed 

more than 30 feet thick. This is about 300 feet from the base of the formation 

and is the extension of the thick bed encountered in the Adaville mine. This 

fixes the horizon of the fossils listed above with reference to the tunnel. The 

beds,exposed at the west end-of the tunnel are stratigraphically 338 feet above 

this coal bed, and there is thus no distinct stratigraphic conflict between the two 

collections. They merely suggest that the line between the Laramie and the 

Montana lies somewhere between the two points, and that Ward's collection is to 

be regarded as from the very base of the Laramie.

DEPOSITS OF THE PERIOD BETWEEN THE KNOWN CRETACEOUS 

AND THE KNOWN EOCENE.

So far as our observations have shown, all the older rocks in this area are conformable the sedimentary succession appears essentially unbroken from the 

Carboniferous sandstone exposed on Rock Creek to the top of the Adaville coalbearing bed. The next deposits the Evanston formation are separated in time 

from the Adaville formation by a long period .of folding, faulting, and erosion. 

The Evanston beds rest upon B'eckwith and Bear River beds, indicating an unconformity of over 20,000 feet. These Evanston beds are conformably overlain by a 

series of sandstone, clays, and conglomerates the Almy formation and this in 

turn by beds of volcanic ash the Fowkes formation both of which are included in 

the Wasatch group of Hayden. The period of deposition of these two lower Wasatch 

beds is separated from that of the upper Wasatch beds, or Knight formation 

the "Coryphodon beds" of the vertebrate paleontologists by a period of faulting 

and folding, and by erosion, amounting in the aggregate to several thousand feet. 

There is thus isolated by pronounced periods of orographic movement and erosion 

a group of beds over 6,000 feet thick, apparently conformable and certainly not interrupted by any such periods of movement as preceded and succeeded them. The 

unconformity at the base of t^his series amounts to over 20,000 feet; that at the top to 

perhaps 5,000 feet, but this is of much less relative significance than the figures indicate, because the movements of the second disturbance were along the lines of weakness produced by the first. The physical break between this group and the known

" All the origintil field labels were not examined, and the conclusion that all the material collected by Ward came from 

the west end of the tunnel can not be held to be proved.

3694 No. 56 07 6
76 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY 01' SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Cretaceous beds is thus greater than the break between it and the known Eocene, 

arid on'purely physical grounds this group would seem to belong rather to the Eocene 

than to the Cretaceous. The evidence from a paleontological standpoint is by 

no means satisfactory, and is in some respects conflicting. On the one hand, the 

paleontologists have regarded the Evanston beds as Laramie and referred them 

to the Cretaceous; on the other, they have called them Wasatch and referred them 

to the Eocene. The Almy beds have been separated by some observers from the 

Evanston, and by others included with them. The phenomena observed here 

suggest in many respects the relations observed in the Denver and Arapahoe 

deposits of the' Denver region, described by Cross" and Eldridge, and the "Livings ton 

beds of Montana, described by Weed b and Peale, and the decision of the question 

involves the determination of the dividing line between the Cretaceous and Eocene 

hi the Rocky Mountains. It has therefore seemed best to present the data regarding 

this group entirely separate from the discussion of the known Cretaceous and Tertiary 

and as occupying a debatable ground between the two.

EVANSTON FORMATION. 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

The coal-bearing.beds which outcrop in the bluffs on'the east side of Bear 

River just north of Evanston first attracted attention about the time of the building 

of the Union Pacific Railroad. Important coal mines were then opened, and 

geologists naturally found the names "Evanston beds," 0 "Evanston coal series, '' d 

and "Evanston coal-bearing strata" e convenient geographic designations. -Numerous well-preserved fossil plants were found by the Hayden survey associated with 

these coals, and these were studied by Lesquereux, who referred to these beds as 

the Evanston group, f Although none of these geologists defined an Evanston formation, the formation here described consists of the same beds to which the geographic term was applied by White and Lesquerelix, and it thus seems appropriate 

to retain for it the name Evanston.^-

The Evanston formation is typically exposed in the vicinity of Almy. It 

contains an abundant flora, which has been regarde'd as upper Laramie, and its correlation with the Denver beds is tentatively suggested. h It is regarded as separated 

from the lower Laramie, represented by the upper part of the Adaville formation, by 

a pronounced period of faulting and erosion, which is inferred on stratigraphic 

grounds, not by actual contact of the two formations. In lithologic aspect it is

iMon. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 27, 1896.

6 Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 105, 1893.

cEmmons, S. F., Kept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2, 1877, p. 337.

i White, C. A., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 4, No. 4, 1878, p. 721; Eleventh Ann. Kept. IJ. S. Geol. mid Ocog. 

Survey Terr., 1870, p.-240.

« Bannister, TI. M., Am. Jour Sci., 3d ser., vol. 17, 1879, p. 244.

I Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 1, 2d ser., 1870, p. 244.

Q Veatch, A. C , Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285, 1906, pp. 332.

A Knowlton, F. U., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 105, 1893, p. 62. "As the localities of Carbon and Evanston, VVyo.. are 

still open to question as to their age, it has been thought best to keep up the distinction by placing them in n separate column. They were regarded by Lesquerenx as belonging to his Upper Lignltlc, and therefore possibly belong to what has 

since been differentiated as the Denver group, to which they have been referred in the above tabulation." Bull. U.S. Geol. 

Survey No. 152, 1898, pp. 117, 123, 129.
U. 6. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER No. 56 PL. XII

1. la. Dryophyllum bruneri Ward.

2. Dryophyllum falcatum Ward.

3. Alnus grewiopsis Ward.

4. Cinnamomum lanceolatum (Ung.) Heer.

5. Nyssa buddiana Ward.

(Copies of Ward's figures of specimens from west end of Hodges Pass tunnel, Umta County, Wyo.)

FOSSIL LEAVES FROM ADAVILLE FORMATION.

EVANSTON FOKMATION. 77

very similar to the Adaville, consisting of yellow, gray, and black carbonaceous 

shales and irregular brown and yellow sandstone beds, but differs from the Adaville 

in containing pronounced conglomerate beds below the upper coals, suggesting 

the initiation of the conditions which produced the overlying conglomerates. The 

coals are much" dirtier and less persistent than those found in the Adaville beds. 

The upper limit of the Evanston is fixed by the pronounced sandstones and conglomerates which mark the base of the Almy. Because of the irregular character 

of the beds composing both the Evanston and Almy formations, it is difficult to 

determine the exact line of parting at every point, though it may be inferred within 

relatively small limits. This difficulty is well shown in PL XIII. The Evanston 

is characterized by coal and by dark-colored clays and by a relatively small proportion of sandy and conglomeratic material, while the Alruj^ is more predominantly 

arenaceous and conglomeratic, and in places shows a reddish tinge not seen in the 

Evanston.

The Evanston formation is exposed in three limited areas near Evanston:

1. It extends in a narrow belt along the fo'ot of the hills from a point 1 mile 

north to a point about 7 miles north of Evanston. This is the Almy exposure.

2. It outcrops again in sees. 26, 27, 34, and 35, T. 17 N., R. 120 W., around 

the Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company's oil well.

3. It is exposed on the east side of the Medicine Butte-Needles fault in the 

fiver bluffs and railroad cut just north of the insane asylum at Evanston and on 

the south side of Medicine Butte north of the Evanston-Cumberland road.

OUTCROPS IN THE VICINITY OF ALMY.

' The bluff on the east side of Bear River north of Evanston represents tlie 

eroded remnant of the westvv7 ard-facing fault scarp of an eastward-tilted block. 

"It owes its present topographic importance to the basal sandstones and conglomerates of the Almy formation which have thus been exposed. The topographic 

aspect of this feature is well shown in PL XIII, A. This bluff has. been examined 

by all the geologists who have worked in this region, and their -almost unanimous 

opinion regarding the relation between the Almy and Evanston beds is of particular 

interest. Detailed sections of the coal beds have been prepared by Peale and 

Ricketts, and these are given in part in fig. 9, page 135. Lesquereux and Bannister 

have prepared sections of the bluff behind mine No. 1, represented by the pronounced hill point in PL XIII. These sections, although made very near the same 

point, show considerable differences and are referred to here to emphasize the 

irregular character of the bedding of these two series.

Section of hill behind -mine No. 1, Almy, Wyo.a

[By H. M. Bannister, 1872.]

Feet.

1. Coarse, pebbly conglomerate, with some intercalated sandstones and clays................. 50

2. Yellowish and gray sandy clays, or soft, decomposing sandstone .......................... 70

3. Massive gray sandstone ............................................................... 6

4. Yellowish and gray sandy shales or soft sandstone ....................................... 8

5. Coarse grayish sandstone weathering brown. . .......................................... 25

6. Reddish and yellowish sandy clays or shales............................................ 100

" Bannister, n. M., Sixth Ann, Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872, 1873, pp. 539-540.
78 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

	Feet.

7. Coarse grayish-brown sandstone and conglomerate ....................................... 15

8. Reddish and ash-colored sandy clays or shales .................'.......................... 100

9. Massive light-grayish sandstone ........................................................ J2

10. Yellowish sandy clays ................................................................. 15

11. Coarse, pebbly, reddish-gray sandstone ................................................ 15

12. Soft grayish sandstone, passing downward into decomposing reddish conglomerate .......... 52

13. Yellowish sandy clays, some sandstone at base ..................... ^..................... 50

14. Sandstone and conglomerate ........................................................... 25

15. Gray and yellowish-gray sandstones and sandy shales ................................... 45

10 Coarse sandstone and conglomerate .................................................... 8

17. Sandy clays or shales, some parts reddish ................................................. 50

18. Conglomerate passing into coarse sandstone ............................................... 10

19. Yellowish sandy clays or soft sandstone.\...................._.__........__........._._... 32

20. Conglomerate.......'................................................................. 22

21. Y,ello\vish or reddish sandy shales or clays .........I.................................... 50

22. Conglomerate........................................................................ 13

23. Yellowish sandstone and sandy clays .................................................... 50

24. Coarse conglomerate ................................................................... 140

25. Yellowish and whitish sandstone with some sandy clays ................................... 170

26. Dark-grayish sandstone and shales . ..................................................... 22

27. Light-colored sandy clays or shales ..................................................... 12

28. Grayish-buff sandstone ................................................................ 10

29. Grayish sandy shales with apparently some carbonaceous seams near base ................. 150

30. Reddish and gray sandstone........................................................... 12

31. Grayish shales or sandy clays ......................................................... 150

32. Reddish and gray sandstone .......... I................................................ 4

33. Light-colored sandy shales, perhaps some sandstone ..................................... 45

34. Light-gray or whitish sandstone ................................................. .... 14

35. Dark and light-colored sandy shales .................................................... GO

36. Dark grayish-brown sandstone ........................................................ 20 .

37. Dark-grayish shale with some carbonaceous layeis and perhaps some thin seams of coal near

base..............................................................:................ 100

38. Hard reddish sandstone ............................................................... 5

39. Soft argillaceous sandstone, some harder layers .......................................... 20

40. Coal................................................................................. 44

41. Dark clay........'..................................................................... 4

42. Hard, impure coal "rock coal "...................................................... 2

43. Coal................................................................................. 95

44. Hard, impure coal "rock coal" ....................................................... ~4t

45. Coal..........................................................................'...... 10

46. Shale and clay ....................................................................... 10

47. Coal............................. .... ................................................ 5J

48. Shaly clay, about...................'.................................................. 20

49. Iron ore (ferruginous sandstone)....................................................... 3

50. Clay ............>............................................"....................... 15

51. Coal.......:..........---.--.....--........--.-....-.-.------.......-.-..-..-.--.-... 1

Still above the highest member of this section we could see from 500 to 700 feet of sandstones and 

sandy clays or shales, which we did not examine closely. In fact, the whole of the upper part of the 

section is only valuable to give an idea of the alternations and the general character of the whole series. 

The sandstones afforded in no instance any trace of animal or vegetable remains, and the exposures 

of the softer beds were such as to give no evidences of any fossil contents, being generally slopes more 

or less covered with debris. The dip was throughout nearly northeast, varying perhaps a little to the 

eastward. Its angle averaged from 17° to 20°. The first fossils found in place were seen in No. 32, 

"which contained impressions of large leaves of dicotyledonous trees. About this horizon also we
EVANSTON FORMATION. 79

picked up a fragment of sandstone, containing the east of a Helix, which, however, might, judging 

from its appearance, have come from bed No. 30. Farther down, bed No. 34 also contained leaf 

 impressions, and in No. 35 we found imperfect casts of bivalve shells resembling Unio. In No, 37, 

below its middle, we found a 2-foot band exposed in a prospecting trench almost entirely made up 

of small fresh-water shells, Cyclas, Physa, etc., all crushed together and almost unrecognizable, except 

as to genus.

Comparative section nf hill back nf mine No. J. Almy, Wyo «

[By Loo Lesquereux, 1872.|

Feet. 

Conglomerate............................................................................. 40

Hard yellow, fine-grained micaceous sandstone ............................................. 32

Conglomerate, topped with coarse sandstone................................................ 37

Fine-grained and intermediate layers of coarse-grained sandstone ............................ 32

Conglomerate (lower banks)....................'............................................. 27

Bituminous clay.......................................................................... 10

Shale and clay banks, mostly covered ...................................................... 145

Sandstone in bank ........................................................................ 1]

Alternating beds of shale and shaly sandstone .............................................. ]OC

Shaly sandstone, very hard, sometimes in bank, with dicotyledonous plants.................. 11

Argillaceous shale, with ferruginous concretions and remains of plants ...................... 96

Coal........----..-......--............----...-----..,---.-,.....---.- ................... 5

Clay and shale ........................................................................... 12

Coal................................................... .......................:.......... 7

Clay...................................................... ............................. 3

Main bed of coal, with four bands of slate................................................. 26

Shale and clay............................................................................. 8

Coal...................................................................................... 5

Clay and shale ............................................ ............................... 15

Iron ore ......... .........--..................................................'.......... 3

Clay and shale ............................'................................................. ]5

It should be noted that in essentially the same section one observer reports 

the first pronounced conglomerate to be 400 feet above the coal and the other 800 

feet. A detailed section was made by Mr. Pishel across this hill, along the line 

shown by the dips on PI. XIII, B, to determine the total thickness of the Almy, 

and it is different from both of these sections, but the general results agreed more 

nearly with the Bannister record.

Detailed sections farther north show like dissimilarities. In sec. 18 pronounced 

conglomerates were observed 225 feet beneath the main coal beds, and suggest the 

condition observed in the railroad-cut section at Evans ton.

The minor lithologic differences of these beds are clearly of less importance 

than the general relation between the Evanston and Almy. Lesquereux,6 Bannister,0 and Coped all concluded that the two formations are entirely conformable. 

. Emmons and King, of the Fortieth Parallel Survey, considered the conglomerate.

a Lesquereux, Leo, Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr , vol. 7, 1878, Tertiary Flora, p. 19. The lower part of the section 

was compiled by Professor Lesqucrcux from the report of Dr. A. C. 1'ealc, Fifth Ann. Prelim. Rnpt. U. S. Geol. Survey 

Montana, 1871,1872, p. 195.

* Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr. 1872, 1873, p. 338. "The confoii'nabmty of the stiata is especially remarkable at Ev'anston and easily recognized along the hills facing the river. * * * If, as it has been supposed, thisconglomerate formation was more recent and had covered strata of different groups, this alternance of conglomerate; with sandstone 

strata in perfect accordance with the soft bituminous clay beds which they overlie is unexplainable ''

c Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr. 1872, 1873, p. 541.

d Seventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1873, 1874, p. 441, Rept. U. S. Geol. .ind Geog. Survey Terr., 

vol. 2, 1875, pp 3C-40.
80 GEOGKAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

and coal-bearing beds a unit and mapped the whole as Laramie.0 White likewise 

considered the Evanston and Almy beds as belonging to the same formation, but 

referred them both to the Wasatch!6 Stanton, in 1892, followed White in combining the Evanston and Almy, and referred both to the Wasatch group,0 but in 

1896 expressed the view that the Evanston beds represent the upper part of the 

Adaville and that the Evanston and Almy, are perhaps not conformable."* This 

supposed unconformable relation was apparently inferred from the unconformable 

relation of the Adaville and Wasatch beds at Hodges Pass. Examinations by 

this party in the summer of 1905 led to the conclusion that, the 'Evanston and 

Almy beds are conformable. Additional evidence of their relation was obtained 

in the extensive cuts then being made by the railroad company just east of 

Evanston.

The greatest thickness of the Evanston formation was found in the Almy 

region, along the section running east from the southeast corner of sec. 13, T. 16 N., 

R. 121 W. In the bed of the river at this point there are several impure carbonaceous beds of Evanston age, and between these and the Almy conglomerate? 

1,600 feet of strata occur. North of this the Evanston beds are observed in contact, with the Bear River formation. These Bear River beds for the most part 

dip eastward, and when viewed from a distance the twro are apparently conformable. However, many discordant details of dip and evidences of unconformity 

are seen on more detailed examination. The difference between the Almy and 

Evanston beds is not very marked just east of this Bear River outcrop; the conglomerates of the Almy largely disappear and a conglomeratic layer shows in the 

Evanston below the coal horizon. The thick coal beds of the Almy mines are much 

thinner in this section and apparently die out entirely a short distance to the north. 

The areal boundaries here are therefore somewhat uncertain. The Evanston is 

600 feet thinner in the center of sec. 18 than half a mile to the south, and it is 

inferred that it gradually pinches out along the Bear River outcrop, as shown on 

the geologic map. On the north end of this Bear River outcrop pronounced reddish 

beds, apparently the middle Almy, rest directly .on Bear River strata, indicating 

that the pinching out is progressing along this line and affects the Evanston and 

Almy beds alike. On the western side of the Bear River outcrop at this point are 

limited exposures of highly inclined strata, in part upper Almy and in part lower 

Fowkes. The exact relation between these different beds is by no means evident. 

The rough agreement of the dip of the Bear River and Evanston beds at the southern end of this exposure appeared to the early observers,to corroborate the supposed position of the Bear River formation near the top of the Laramie, although 

Doctor White questioned their truly conformable relation. When Doctor Stanton 

determined the true stratigraphic position of the Bear River in 1891, he suggested

a In Kept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2, p. 330, Emmons says' " On the east side of Bear River Valley, a short distance 

north of Evanston, the bluffs are, formed of a series of coarse sandstones not differing greatly in lithological habit from 

some of the beds of the Vermilion Creek series. They are, however, more compact in general, and dip from 13° to 15° to 

the northeast." King clearly did not regard the conglomerates as sufficiently separate to consider them Eocene, for he 

says: "At Evanston these coal-bearing Laramie beds dip at angles of from 16° to 25°, whereas the Vcrrnillion Creek Tertiaries are nearly horizontal over them." (Kept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 1, 1878, p. 373.)

t> Bull. O. S. Geol. Survey No. 34, 1880, pp. 9-12, Seventh Ann. Kept. O. S. Geol. Survey, 1888, pp. 118-119.

c Am. Joar. Soi., 3d ser., vol. 53,1892, p. 113.

A Hull. Geol. Soo. America, vol. 8, 1897, pp. 148-149.
EVANSTON FORMATION. . 81

that there was possibly a fault just east of this Bear River, outcrop. This view 

was adopted when the locality was first seen, in the summer of 1905, but when 

the work was reviewed on the return trip (see p. 3), in the light of the knowledge 

of the general relations of the whole region, the relation was considered largely 

one of unconformity. A fault here is not impossible, and it would be difficult 

to prove conclusively from the surface exposures that a fault does or does not 

occur to the east of the Bear River exposures. Indeed, considering the numerous 

small faults found in the Almy mines, a small fault here would be quite probable, 

and such a fault would, with a supposition of initial unconformity, assist in the 

explanation of the relations observed at the north end of the Bear River outcrop. 

The suggestion that this fault could be of the magnitude required by the supposition that the Evanston beds are the top of the Adaville, as suggested by Doctors 

Stanton and Knowlton, is, however, quite contrary to the structural relations 

found in this area, and is believed to border on the impossible. Such a fault would 

have a throw of over 15,000 feet, a length of but a few miles, and would connect 

with 110 other structural features of the same magnitude in this region. On the 

west side of the Rock Creek-Needles anticline, which is for the most part capped 

with Beckwith beds, none of the undoubted Cretaceous beds above the Bear River' 

are exposed in this area. Everywhere the Bear River and older beds are imconformably overlain by the Almy and Fowkes, which are shown throughout the Almy 

exposures to conformably overlie the Evanston. The Evanston and Bear River 

beds at this point are involved in the minor folds and faults on the western slope 

of this anticline, and the upper beds of the known Cretaceous series normally lie 

many miles to the west, in the synclinal trough whose axis is near Echo City, Utah. 

If the faults west of the Rock Creek-Needles anticline are of such a magnitude 

as a Bear River and upper Adaville contact would involve :about 15,000 feet one 

would expect some portions of the other beds of the marine Cretaceous series 

between the Bear River and Adaville to be exposed in this region along the State 

line. None were seen at any point, but everywhere there is a marked unconformity 

between the Bear River-Beckwith beds and the Evanston-Almy beds.

The exposures just discussed are regarded as strongly suggestive of a marked 

time interval between the Adaville and Evanston and as indicating an essentially 

unconformable relation between the Evanston and the known Cretaceous series.

OUTCROPS NEAR THE MICHIGAN-WYOMING WELL.

More direct, and hence more conclusive, evidence of the unconformable relation 

between the Evanston and older beds is found in sees. 26, 27, 34, 35, T. 17 N., 

R. 120 W., near the Michigan-Wyoming well. Here there is a limited outcrop of 

coal-bearing beds resting directly on the Beckwith beds and entirely surrounded 

by them. This outcrop is situated on the crest of a pronounced anticline in the 

Beckwith beds, and owes its preservation from erosion to a slight irregularity in 

the crest of this anticline, partly structural and in part due to erosion. It lies 

midway between two large faults, and with reference to the neighboring beds of 

the same age is on an upraised block. East of the eastern fault there is a considerable folded area of Almy beds, which farther east are unconformably overlain 

by the upper Wasatch or Knight. Beyond the western fault are the lower layers
82 GEOGBAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP SOUT1IWESTEBN WYOMING.

of the Fowkes formation, which overlie the Almy and Evaiiston beds, 3 miles to 

the southwest, at the type locality. An attempt was made to prove that these 

coal-bearing beds were Bear River rather than Evanston, but without success. 

A narrow strip of Bear River outcrops along the east side of this anticline (see 

geologic map, PI. Ill) and extends southward to Whitney Canyon. It was traced 

for a short distance south of Whitney Canyon to a point within a quarter of a 

mile of the coal-bearing beds, where it pinched out. These Bear River beds are 

extremely fossiliferous and in every way the same as the Bear River beds exposed 

in Shell Hollow and at the Narrows. No Bear River fossils were found anywhere 

in connection with the coal-bearing beds, which are lithologically identical with 

the Evanston beds and differ decidedly from the typical Bear River. An analysis 

of a sample of coal from the mine opened by the Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company 

.showed that 1 the coal was of exactly the same type as the Almy coal, differing slightly 

from the Adaville coal and very markedly from the older Cretaceous coals.

OUTCROPS AT THE RAILROAD OUT EAST OF EVANSTON. 

During the summer of 1905 the Union Pacific Railroad made improvements 

in its track alignment just east of Evanston, which involved extensive grading 

in the hill just north of the insane asylum. Aa unusually complete section of 

the Evanston and Almy beds was thus exposed. The following section has been 

prepared by Doctor Sehultz:

Section of Evanston anil Almy lin/s in railroad cut just eaxt of Evanston.

Almy: . Foot.

1. Sandstone and conglomerate ........................................................ 35

2. No exposures...................................................................... 106

3. Drab-colored shale.................................................................. 4

4. Indurated calcareous clay .......................................................... 4

5. Clay.......--..................--..--..-..-......-----...--.....--..-..--.....-.... .7

6. Dark, compact conglomerate; small pebbles ......................................... 17

7. Yellow indurated sandy clay .............................._......................... 40

8. Alternating bands of hard and soft sandy shale ........................................ 20

9. Hard indurated blue clay ...................... A .......'............................ 40

10. Indurated reddish clay interlaminated with soft layers................................ 22

11. Sandy shale........................................................................ 12

12. Sandy bluish clay .................................................................. 24

13. Coarse, light-colored conglomerate, also exposed in river bank ........................ 16

Evanston:

14. Bluish-gray shale with leaves and invertebrates...................................... 13

15. Soft yellowish-gray sandstone ....................................................... 1C

16. Drab-colored clay.................................................................. 70

17. Bluish clay with bands of bituminous matter ........................................ 25

18. Coal seam .......................................................................... .5

. 19. Blue shale ......................................................................... J

20. Bituminous shale .................................................................. .5

21. Blue shale.......................................................................... 2

22. Coal seam ......................................................................... .5

23. Indurated bluish gray clay......................................................... 13

24. Coal seam ............'............................................................. .3

25. Bluish-black clay ................................................................... 2

26. Blue clay '......................................................................... 1]
EVANSTON i'OEMATIOK. 83

Evanston Continued. Feet.

27. Coal seam ......................................................................... 1. 5

28. Bluish clay.........."..,.....................................................'....... 3

29. Compact sandy shale............................................................... C

30. Impure coal; upper 7 inches good coal, the remainder poor with hands ot good coal 1 to

2 inches thick ................................................................... 9

31. Blue shale, very brittle ...................../............................-.......... 16

32. Bituminous shale, with bands ol poor coal varying in thickness from one-half to 2 inches.. 3

33. Sandy shale ....................................................................... 5.5

34. Coarse light-colored conglomerate' .................................................... J7

35.. Bluish clay.......................................................................... 5

36. Coal seam; poor grade of coal......................................................... .7

37. Bluish gray clay, with a few thin bands of bituminous material........................ 35

38. Blue-gray clay .................................................................... 80

The strike of the beds here is N. 10° to 15° E. and the dip from 12° to 16°. This 

cut shows that the Evanston and Almy beds are conformable in every respect, and 

corroborates the conclusions reached in the Almy exposures regarding the relation 

of these two series. The section is particularly interesting in showing the closely 

related lithological character of the upper Evanston and lower Almy, and notably 

the occurrence of pronounced conglomerate beds in the midst of the coals, corresponding to the conglomeratic sandstones observed beneath the coal in the northern 

part of the Almy exposures, and clearly showing that the Almy conglomerates do not 

indicate the beginning of a new series of events, but rather the culmination of one 

already begun, and that they therefore have no significance as indicating an unconformity between the Evaiiston and Almy. There is a limited exposure of the beds 

Nos. 13 and 14 in the river bluff just west of the cut which shows some distortion 

by slipping.

OUTCROPS AT SOUTH END OF MEDICINE BUTTE.

At the south end of Medicine Butte, in sec. 2, T. 1"5 N., R. 119 W., and on the 

strike of the exposures in the railroad cut, there is a limited outcrop of the Evanston 

formation which is reported to be coal bearing. The overlying conglomerates 

may be traced from this point to the railroad cut. The Evanston- and Almy beds 

along this line are separated from the exposures in the Aliiry locality by a pronounced 

fault (Pis. XIII, A; XV, A; IV, section J). Just south of this Medicine Butte outcrop 

the displacement of the Evanston beds is about 5,000 feet, with the upthrow to the 

east. Bannister, in 1872, suspected that the structure at this point was rather 

complex. He says: a

We also visited the hills on the north side of Bear River, northeast of Evanston, which we found 

to be composed of very similar strata to those in the upper part of the Almy section, viz, alternations 

of coarse sandstones, conglomerates, and sandy clays. There seems to have been a considerable disturbance here besides the mere tilting of the beds^ and from the altered direction of the strike, which 

is here nearly north and south, we were led to suspect a considerable lateral displacement with faulting, which might very possibly cause the appearance of the same beds in both these hills, and those 

about Almy, although at first sight these would appear much higher in geological position. We did 

not attempt, however, to work out the geological structure to any great extent, as it would have required 

more time and labor than we were well able to give for that purpose.

" Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1S72, 1873, p. 510-541.
84 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING. 

POSSIBLE EVANSTON BEDS IN THE BAKER WELL NEAR SPRING VALLEY.

A series of borings just west of Spring Valley suggests the possible extension of 

the coal-bearing be,ds of the Evanston formation in that region or the occurrence 

of coals in the lower Wasatch beds. In the Baker well (PI. XIV and p. 150) a 

coal bed 6 feet thick was found in a series of conglomerates at a depth of 230 feet, 

intimately associated with the lower Wasatch beds. This record receives partial 

corroboration from two near-by diamond-drill borings. In one the dark Hilliard 

shales were encountered at a depth of 55 feet, while in another the red clays and 

sandstones of the Eocene extend to a depth of 158 feet or more. Coal was also found 

in diamond-drill boring No. 2, a little farther east, above red clays which are regarded 

as Wasatch or Evanston and which have been so considered by the Union Pacific 

Coal'Company in the cross sections given on PI. XXIV (p. 116).

FOSSILS. 

PLANTS.

This formation is noted from a paleontologic standpoint principally for the 

large number of fossil plants obtained from it". These plant remains were first 

studied by Professor Lesquereux, who published numerous preliminary reports 

on them in the Annuals of the Hayden Survey," and finally a detailed report accompanied by numerous plates. & Great difficulty would be experienced in preparing 

satisfactory lists of species from these publications, since in several cases species 

mentioned in the annual reports as from Evanston are not so described in the final 

report, and a number of new species established'in the annual reports are not mentioned again. Some of the species figured and described in the final report from 

certain localities are given in the catalogue of types in Lesquereux's own handwriting 

as being from entirely different localities, and in view of the manifest carelessness 

and resulting confusion in this work the only way of obtaining lists that will be 

of scientific importance is by a study of the original collections together with the 

additional collections made since that time. Dr. F. H. Knowlton has very patiently 

worked over all the collections of Laramie and related plants in the United States 

National Museum, which are supposed to contain practically all the material studied 

by Lesquereux, and has very kindly prepared the following list, showing the species 

obtained from Evanston and the stratigraphic place or range of each.

a [Filth Ann.] Prelim. Refit. U. S. Geol. Survey Montana lor 1871,1872, pp. 291-293, 307-309, 314, Supplement to the Filth 

Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1871, 1872, pp. 10-12, 18; Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Oeol. Survey Terr, lor 1872, 1873, 

pp. 401-403, [Seventh] Ann. Kept. U. 8. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr, lor 1873, 1874, pp. 384-385.

SRept. U. S. Geol Survey Terr., vol. 7, Tertiary Flora, 1878.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER HO. 56 PL. XIII

Almy Conglomerate 

Almy coal

Almy formati

Vailey with exposures

Almy conglomerate I

....__ beds MEDICINE BUTTE

I -HS of secKwrth formetiem

. AT EVANSTON, WYO.

£. DETAIL OF PROMINENT HILL AT LEFT OF VIEW A.

The line of parting between Evanston and Almy formations lies between the points A and B. Upper beds are conglomeratic Almy; lower, Evanston. Slack pile at foot of hill in foreground marks site of-old mine No. 2. The hills across

the irrigated bottom of Bear River are composed of nearly horizontal strata belonging to Knight formation.

RELATIONS OF EVANSTON AND ALMY FORMATIONS AT THE TYPE LOCALITY.

EVANSTON FOBMATION. 85

Preliminary tut of plants from the Mansion formation at Almy, with their known geologic range, by

Dr. F. H. Knowlton.

[Species first described from this locality are marked f. ]

Species.

Total ..................'......................-......-..........

Stratigraphic distribution.

 

Montana.

X?

X?

2

Laramie.

X?

X? 

X 

X 

X

X

X 

X

v ?

y

15

Arapahoe.

a

X 

X

2

T3

1

p. 

o

^

h 

o

o

X

1

'Denver.

yv

X 

X 

y ?

X

X

y ?

8

Livingston.

XT 

X

X

^

4

Fort Union.

y

X

y

X

y

5

0

|

O

H

i

Green River.

X?

X

X

X

. 4

a Poor; wide range.

Small lots of leaves were collected by this party in the summer of 1905 below the 

coal at mines Nos. 6 and 7 and from strata No. 14 in the Evanston railroad cut. 

Dr. F. H. Knowlton has furnished the following report on those collections:

' Mine No. 6, Almy. 

Dryophyllum subfalcatum? Lesq.

Appears to be this species, but the leaf is poor and without margin. If correctly determined, 

should be Laramie or same age as beds at Hodges Pass.

Mine No. 7. Almy.

Populus cuneata? Newb. 

Cissus? sp. 

Corylus? sp.

Bctula stcvensoni Lesq. 

Laurus socialis? Lesq. 

Lauras primigeuia linger. 

Populus speciosa Ward.

This belongs to the upper part of the Laramie; is about the same position as the plant beds at 

Carbon.
86 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Union Pacific Railroad cut just east of Evanston. 

(No. 14 of section on p. 82.)

Sequoia sp. Cissites tricuspidata (Ileer) Lcsq.

Carpites n. sp. Described in manuscript from Leguminosites arachioides Lesq.

Carbon. Vitis bnmeri Ward.

This is of ihe same age as the last namely, upper part of the La ramie, and similar to the beds at 

Carbon.

INVERTEBRATES.

The invertebrates from this formation have been listed and described by Dr. C. 

A. White, who visited this locality in 1877 and 1885 and who studied the collections 

made by the other Government parties at. this point. The species reported are 

given in the following list :

Species from the Evanston beds at Almy, listed by Dr. C. A. \Vhite.a

[Where species are marked * figures of specimens from tins locality have been published; species marked f were first described

from this locality.]

*f Pisidium saginatum White. 

Sphserium formosum M'. and H. 

Planorbis cf. convolutus M. and H. 

Bulinus longiusculus M. and H. 

JBulinus disjunctus White. 

t"" Helix evanstonensip White.

Macfocyclis spatiosa (?) M. and H. 

Columna teres M and H. (Meek?)

*Hydrobia recto 'White.

Cypris ?

Goniobasis nebrascensis M. and H.

* Helix (Patula) sepulta White. &

A collection from bed No. 14 of the Evanston railroad cut has been studied by 

Dr. T. W. Stanton, who furnishes the following report:

3381. Union Pacific Railroail cut 1 mile south of Evanston.

Sphffirium J'ormdsum M. and H. 

Columna tores M. and H. 

Planorbis sp. a. 

Planorbis sp. b.

This lot is referred to the upper Laramie, though it may possibly' be as late as the Fort Union,

Goniobasis tenuicarinata M. and H. 

Bulinus disjunctus While. 

Campeloma mnltilineata M. and H.

AGE AND TIME RELATIONS OF THE EVANSTON FORMATION.

The Evanston formation was considered by the geologists of the early Government expeditions as Laramie. Later Doctor White, after studying in detail its 

invertebrate fauna and comparing it with that found at Wales, Utah, concluded 

that these beds were undoubtedly Wasatch. Ward 4 and Knowlton d, because of its 

flora, have regarded it as essentially the same as the Carbon beds, but, as the stratigraphic position of the Carbon beds has never been determined,6 this correlation does 

not lead very far. Knowlton reported that the leaves collected in 1905 are "upper 

Laramie." As early as 1893 he suggested the possibility of their representing the

a Eleventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Cool. Survey Teir. for 1877, 1879, p. 242, Bull. I'. S. Geol. Survey No. 34, 1880.

^ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 3, 1881. p. 160.

c Sixth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, 1885, pp. 443-514.

d Bull. U. S. Cool. Survey No. 105, 1893. pp. 58-60.

' Bull, Geol. Soc. America. 1897, vol. 8, pp. 149-150. '
WASATCH GROUP. 87

Denver beds, and again, in 1898, doubtfully referred this locality to the Denver." 

Dr. T W. Stanton regards the invertebrates as Laramie or Fort Union, and the 

question thus becomes involved in the larger one of the true age of the Fort Union, 

which has been regarded both as Upper Cretaceous and Eocene. The paleontologic 

collections made at this locality do not prove conclusively that the beds are Upper 

Cretaceous, or, on the other hand, show that they are basal Eocene. If a final study 

of the fauna shows conclusively that these beds are of the same age as the Denver 

beds, the weight of evidence afforded by the dinosaurian remains found in the Denver 

beds, which Marsh regarded as proving their Cretaceous age, must be considered. 

The stratigraphic evidence strongly suggests that the line between the Eocene and 

the Cretaceous should be drawn at the base of the Evanston, and certainty shows no 

 reason for drawing it between the Evanston and the Almy. On the whole, the Evanston formation may be tentatively regarded as Eocene.

WASATCH GROUP.''

The Wasatch group was named by Hay den in 1869. c In 1870 d he published 

.a more complete description, from which the following extracts have been taken:

We have passed the western rim of the Bridger Basin and near Quaking Asp summit enter on the 

borders of the great valley of Salt Lake. The geological character of the country is essentially changed. 

Instead of the brown and light-gray sands and clays of the Bridger group we have the curiously variegated beds of the Wasatcli group, which present almost every variety of shade of color from white and 

yellow to a deep brick-red, the red and purple tints'so predominating that they give a singularly curious 

aspect (o the scenery. * * * From Aspen station to Wasatcli, at the head of Echo Canyon, these 

red beds are'not so conspicuous along the immediate line of the road, but in the distance they can be 

seen on either side. * * * The tunnel at the head of Echo Canyon is cut through the reddish and 

purplish indurated sands and clays of what I have called the Wasatch group. * * * As we descend 

Echo Valley we emerge from the canyon around "Pulpit Rock" and shoot our way with wonderful 

rapidity down the picturesque valley of the Weber. We shall observe that as we descend the Echo

a Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. J52, 1898, pp. 117,123,129. 

& Synonymy and usage of Wasatch group . 

. =Third series[of the Tertiary of the Green River basin], Engelmann, Sen. Ex. Doc. No. 40, 33d Cong.. 2d sess, 1859, pp.

45-75. 

=Wasatch group, Ilayden, 1869,[Third Ann ] Prelim. Field Rcpt. U. S. Geol. Survey Colorado and Now Mexico, p 91,

Haydcn, 1870, Sun Pictures of the Rooky Mountains, pp. 106, 107, 111,113-114, Hayden, 1871, [Fourth Ann.] PrelimRcpt. U. S. Geol. Survey Wyoming for 1870, 147, 155, 156. 

=Vermilion Crock group, King, Atlas Geol. Explor. 40th par., 1876, Marsh, Am. Jour. Sci., vol. 0, 1876, p. 428, Emmons,

U. S. Geol. Explor. 40th par., vol. 2, 1877, pp. 203. 225, 329. 855; King, U. S. Geol. Explor. 40th par., vol. 1, 1878, pp.

360-377. 

=\Vahsatch beds, Wahsatch group, Cope, Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 3,1872, p. 224, [ Fifth Ann.] Prelim. Eept. U. S. Geol.

Survey of Montana, etc., 1872. pp. 350, 352; Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 12, 1872, p. 473. 

=\Viihsatch beds proper, Cope, Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 3, 1884, p. 9. 

<Green River epoch, Green River beds, Green River formation, Green River strata, Cope, Proc. Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci.

vol. 24,1873, p. 279, Sixth Ann. Ropt. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872, 1873, pp. 589, 625, 627,-628; Seventh Ann. Rept.

U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., 1874, p. 441. Here used to include both Wasatch and Green River (see following

'usage). 

< Wasatch group, Cope, Rept. U. S. Geol. S.urvey Terr., vol. 3,1884, p. 7; vol. 4,1889, table following p. 43, which includes

both the Wasatch and Green River groups.

<Grecn River beds, Comstock, Rept. Recon. of Northwest Wyoming in 1873. by W. A. Jones, 1875; table following p. 103, 

« 123 Includes both Wasatch and Green River beds.

>? Coryphodon beds. Marsh, Am. Jour. Sei., 3d ser., vol. 12,1876, pp. 401-402; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 14,1877, p. 354;

Proc. Am. Assoe. Adv. Sci., vol. 26,187R, table faeingp. 211, 230; Moil. U. S. Geol. Survey, vol. 10,1880, pp. 6, 7. In this

region Coryphodon remains have been found only in the upper Wasatch or Knight formation 

>? Wahsatch, Osborn, Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1895, p. 73 Here used as an exact synonym of Coryphodon

beds.

cfThird Ann.] Prelim. Field Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey of Colorado and New Mexico for 1809. 1869, p. SO. 

riSun Pictures of the Rocky Mountains 1870. pp. 106, 107, 111, 113-114.
88 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEBN WYOMING.

Canyon the more rugged picturesque scenery is exhibited on our, right hand, and as we descend the 

Weber the same lofty perpendicular walls, weathered here and there into all sorts of fantastic forms, 

continue to the "Narrows," where the Weber River makes a bend to the left and the conglomerates 

disappear. This formation, which in some respects is the most remarkable one which I have over seen 

in the West, must have a thickness of 3,000 to 5,000 feet. The conglomerate portion above must be 

1,500 to 2,000 feet in thickness. I have included in this group all the variegated beds which we have 

observed west of Carters station, and we have noticed especially that some shade of red has prevailed in 

the clays and sands as well as in the conglomerates of this group. Some of the sandstones in the upper 

portion of Echo Canyon are noticeable for their deep yellow hue. I have called this series of beds the 

Wasatch group.

The type locality of the Wasatch group of Hayden thus extends from Carter, 

Wyo., to the Narrows on Weber River, 7 miles below Echo City, Utah, and some 10 

to 15 miles east of the crest of- the Wasatch Mountains. The name ts derived from 

Wasatch station, on the Union Pacific' Railroad, in Summit County, Utah, situated 

about midway between Carter and the Narrows.

It has been suggested, ° and is very generally held, that the Wasatch group was 

named by Hayden from the Wasatch Mountains, but there is apparently no basis 

for this supposition in this original description or in any other by Doctor Hayden. 

The group is extensively and typically-developed in the vicinity of Wasatch station, 

and the name in this respect is an entirely appropriate one.

SUBDIVISIONS.

In the Wasatch group as thus defined by Hayden the field work of the season 

of 1905 showed^ three divisions: (1) A basal member composed of reddish-yellow 

sandy clays, in many places containing pronounced conglomerate beds,'which has 

been named the Almy formation; (2) a great thickness of light-colored rhyolitic 

ash beds containing intercalated lenses of white limestones with fresh-water shells 

and leaves the Fowkes formation; and (3) .a group of reddish-yellow sandy clays 

with irregular sandstone beds closely resembling (1) lithologica]ly and separated 

from (1) and (2) by a pronounced period of folding and erosion. The last group 

has been called the Knight formation and is the horizon of the Coryphodoii remains 

found in this vicinity. The Almy and Fowkes formations belong, with the Evanston, in the conformable series separated on the one hand by a pronounced period of 

folding and erosion from the Laraniie beds, and on the other from the Coryphodon 

Wasatch beds by a period of folding and erosion of great magnitude though of much 

less importance than the one between the Adaville and the Evanston. The fossils 

from the Almy and Fowkes have, without exception, been considered Eocene, but 

the formations are treated with the Evanston because of their very intimate stratigraphic relation to it and the stratigraphic isolation of the Evanston, Almy, and 

Fowkes from the beds above and below. Whether it can ever be conclusively 

proved from the limited paleontologic data available that the line .between the 

Cretaceous and Eocene should be drawn in this section between the Evanston and 

Almy, so that one great physical break will be thrown into the Cretaceous and the 

other secondary physical break into the Tertiary, is very doubtful. Stratigraphic 

geologists will, in the absence of very positive paleontologic data to the contrary,

a Clark, W. B., Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 83,1891, p. 139; Geikie, Archibald, Text Book of Geology, 4th ed., W03, p. 1243
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

Baker 

weH U.PD.D.

No. 5

XT.P.D.D. 

Nb.3

TT.PD.D. XT.PD.D. 

No. 2 No.l

INDEX MAP

Vertical scale of sections 

50

Sandstone

LEGEND 

Mud

H

loofeet

Sand and 

gravel

Clay and 

sandstone

Conglomerate

Shale and 

sandstone

SECTIONS OF DRILL HOLES WEST OF SPRING VALLEY, WYO., SHOWING COALS IN TERTIARY BEDS. 

From records of Union Pacific Coal Company.

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. XV

1. 1a, 1c. Betula stevensoni Lesq.

2. Quercus negundoides Lesq,

3. Ficus pseudo-populus Lesq.

5. Laurus socialis Lesq.

6. Laurus primigenia Ung,

7. Diospyros woodani Ung.

4. Malapoenna (Teiranthera) sessilifiora (Lesq,) Kn.

(Copies of Lesquereux's figures of specimens from Almy, Wyo,)

FOSSIL LEAVES FROM EVANSTON FORMATION.

ALMY FOBMATION. 89

and none such exist at present, favor taking one physical break or the other for the 

line between the Cretaceous and Tertiary, preferably the earlier and greater one. 

The Knight formation is not. in dispute and ; has therefore been treated under the 

Eocene.

ALMY FORMATION. 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

This formation is named from the town of Almy, situated a few miles north of 

Evanston. It is exposed at this point in the bluffs along the east side of Bear 

River immediately above, the Evanston formation and extends eastward beneath 

the white beds of the Fowkes formation, from which-it is readily distinguished, 

lithologically. It consists of yellow and reddish-yellow sandy clays with irregularly 

bedded sandstones and near the base pronounced conglomerate beds. In the Almy 

section it has a thickness of 2,100 feet. The beds of the Almy formation are commonly exposed in this region only along lines of disturbance. The basal conglomerate beds were observed by Hayden at Mmy and the Needles and correctly correlated with the lower Wasatch conglomerates exposed in Echo Canyon. These beds 

are well exposed in a narrow belt along the eastern side of the Rock Creek-Needles 

anticlinal from Chalk Creek to Medicine Butte. They have been brought up here, 

and in places highly inclined, by movement along the thrust fault associated with 

this anticline. It was their high inclination at the Needles and the dip of 15° to 

20° near Almy (PI. XIII, B) which led mc'mbers of the King Survey to regard the 

first exposure as Dakota and the second as Laramie. These lower conglomerates 

are along this line uiiconforinably overlain by the almost horizontal Knight beds. 

An unconformity of over 4,000 feet is thus indicated. Everywhere these Almy 

beds show pronounced disturbance, and at many places show very distinct angular 

unconformity with the Knight beds. (PI. XIII, A.) The folding of the Almy 

beds is well shown at the head of Whitney Canyon (PL XVII, A), where the horizontal Knight strata rest directly on the folded Almy. Another point of great 

disturbance and folding in the Almy beds is at Round Mountain. The great force 

involved in the disturbance of the Almy strata is shown in the crushed character of 

the pebbles composing .the conglomerate. The conglomerates are composed of 

light-colored, well-rounded quartzite and chert pebbles, but contain some sandstones of local origin. These pebbles, both quartzite and sandstone, are veiy often 

crushed and recemeiited in the manner shown in. PI. XVI, B. The matrix of the 

conglomerate is light colored, greatly resembling loose mortar.

FOSSILS.

Calcareous beds belonging to this formation yielded fossils just west of the 

fault line in sec. ,15, T. 17 N., R. 120 W. These have been identified by Dr. W. H. 

Dall as Physa, small multaspiral Planorbis, Aplexa, Valvata, and Planorbis.

Similar beds in sec. 12, T. 17 N., R. 120 W., have yielded Planorbis (2 species), 

Physa, Vivipera, Amnicola, Pisidium, Sphmum, and ganoid fish scales. These 

are all fresh-water types. A small lot collected by Mr, Pishel on "crest of hill 

east of mine No. 6," Almy, either in the lower part of this formation or the top of 

the Evanston, showed PJiysa and Cypris.
90 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF' SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Leaves were found in a sandstone in contact with the Nugget and Twin Creek 

beds in SW. \ sec. 16, T. 21 N., K. 118 W.' This sandstone is in the lower part of 

the Wasatch exposed in this section and may belong either to, the Almy or the 

Knight. Doctor Knowlton reports'regarding this collection:

A considerable number of large leaves of Platanus, apparently P. raynoldsii Newb., but the margin 

is lacking in most cases. If correctly determined, the age should l>c Fort Union or near it.

FOWKES FORMATION. 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

Overlying the Almy formation is a thick series of light-colored beds composed 

largely of rhyolitic ash and containing thin layers of white limestones. These- beds 

are well exposed in the valley east of the Almy hills and thence northward to the 

Narrows. This formation is named from Fowkes ranch, about 9 miles from Evanston, around which these beds are well exposed. West of Bear River they occur 

along the base of the hills and show in the numerous cuts on the Chapman canal. 

South of Evanston along Yellow Creek there are limited exposures, here showing a 

conglomeratic or agglomeratic phase and underlain by white limestones. Farther 

north, along Dry Hollow, there are extensive exposures of almost pure ash. This 

formation conformably overlies the Almy, though the minor movements which 

occurred before the deposition of the Knight formation may have been initiated in 

this period and may slightly affect the upper beds.

. The Fowkes formation is seen underlying the Knight on the west side of Bear 

River, opposite Almy. The contact relation here is not sharp, but viewed from the 

high hills south of Evanston appears distinctly unconformable. It is entirely absent 

between the Knight and the Almy east of the Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal. Specimens from this formation have been studied by Dr. Albert Johannsen, who reports 

as follows:

Near Utah-Wyoming line in Dry Hollow, 4 miles north of the Narrows.

No. 1 is a volcanic luff, probably rhyolitic. It consists mainly of angular particles of glass, exhibiting flow structure. The glass has been partially devitrified. Mingled with the glass is a much smaller 

amount of crystalline material, consisting of quartz and biotite with a very little feldspar.

No. 2 is a tuff, probably rhyolitic; very much like No. I, but somewhat more devitrified.

Sec. 9, T. 17 N., R. 120 W., just south of the Narrows.

No. 1 is a tuff, probably rhyolitic or latitic. The greater part of the material consists of rounded 

anisotropic particles, some of which are devitrified glass, while others are altered rock fragments. There 

 are also a number of irregular grains of plagioclasc, orthoclase, quartz, and biotite. Tho mineral grains 

and the devitrified particles are each surrounded by a thin film of chlorite. It-is not certain that the 

mineral particles and the devitrified grains were derived from the same source, very probably they represent different sources.

Sec. 12, T. 14 N., R. 121 W., 5 miles southwest of Evanston.

No. 1 may be called a conglomerate, or possibly an agglomerate. The pebbles are seemingly latite 

porphyry like the material which makes the finer-grained matrix inclosing the pebbles. The larger 

particles of the matrix have phenocrysts of plagioclase and quartz and a few of biolite The groundmass 

is microgranular and consists of orthoclase and plagioclaso with considerable chalcedony and possibly 

some glass, the chalcedony being of secondary origin.
FOWKES FORMATION. 91

No. 2. Material, 90 per cent or more of which is now calcite, with crystalline particles of quartz and 

a little biotite and hornblende disseminated through it. A part of the calcite seems to represent the 

alteration of mineral or rock grains. Probably the occurrence will determine whether the-rock should 

be considered an impure fresh-water limestone or a much-altered calcareous tuff.

The last is regarded as an impure fresh-water limestone, and here underlies the 

conglomerate. The exposure of the conglomerate or agglomerate material is very 

limited, covering only a few square feet, and its relations are not clearly shown. It 

suggests greater proximity to a volcanic vent than the material found at any other 

point. This suggestion is, however, in part negated by the fact that no similar 

deposits of volcanic origin are reported in the section on Echo Creek, a few miles to 

the west, and Chalk Creek, a few miles to the south. This appears to indicate that 

the source does not lie in that direction. There is no evident source for this material, 

and it is supposed to have been derived from local cones, perhaps comparable to, 

though older than, those penetrating the Cretaceous and Tertiary beds in the Leucite 

Hills in Sweetwater County, ° situated in the region now buried by Knight deposits 

south of the Crawford Mountains and immediately west of this region.

Owing to the pronounced volcanic aspect of these beds and the fact that detailed 

examinations were not then made, they are represented as igneous rocks 'on the 

geologic map of the Fortieth Parallel Survey, which shows such rocks near the present 

site of Fowkes ranch, and on the geological map of Wyoming by Knight, which shows 

them in Dry Hollow. Emmons describes the occurrence near Fowkes ranch as 

follows: 6

About midway between Bvanston and the Narrows of Bear River occurs an outburst of rhyolitie 

tufa, rising above the foothills of Aspen Plateau, which is of interest, since it is far separated from any 

other known occurrence of this rock. In its physical habit it is a uniform fine-grained rock, of an arenaceous, pumice-like texture, crumbling readily, and having a prevailing lavender tint. The groundmasp is an intimate admixture of fragments of feldspar and quartz grain's, with thin laminae of dark 

biotite plates and some bronze-colored mica.

King states regarding this locality: c

About 10 miles north of Evanston, in the neighborhood of some limited Cretaceous exposures, but 

otherwise altogether surrounded by the nearly horizontal beds of the Vermilion Creek Eocene group, is 

a, small outcrop of rhyolite, far removed from all other volcanic rocks. It is a fine-grained, pumiceous, 

lavender-colored rock, the groundmass being the ordinary intimate mixture of sanidin and quartz, in 

which are interspersed laminae of very dark and of brownish mica. The outcrop is only of importance 

from its wide separation from other volcanic fields, the nearest eruptions being some miles down Bear 

River in the neighborhood of its great bend [at Soda Springs, IdahoJ.

From the color reported it is believed that the specimens described by King and 

Emmons came from near the locality of the specimen"collected just south of the 

Narrows and described above by Doctor Johannsen. This area was examined in 

great detail during the summer of W05, and it can be stated positively that the King 

specimens came from the Fowkes beds near the type locality.

South of Sage there are three limited exposures of a light-colored pisolitic 

limestone, which is regarded as lower Wasatch and has been indicated on the geologic 

map as belonging to the Fowkes. These exposures are located in the northeast and 

southeast corners of sec. 24 and the southwest corner of sec. 36, T. 21 N., R. 121 W.

» Kcmp, J. F., and Knight, W. C., Leucite Hills of Wyoming: Bull. Geol. Soo. America, vol. 14, 1903, pp. 305-336, and 

references there given.

>> Eept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2,1877, pp. 337-338. 

cRept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 1,1878, p. 608

3694 No. 56 07 7
92 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

FOSSILS.

Numerous specimens of fresh-water shells were obtained in the lower part of the 

Fowkes formation in the valley between Almy Hills and Medicine Butte. A fern 

was.obtained in the southwest quarter of sec. 33, T. 16 N., R. 120 W., near the base 

of the formation, on which Doctor Knowlton makes the following report:

One specimen, representing a very large fern; probably new. I should presume that this was 

Tertiary in age, but as I have never before seen this plant I can not of course speak positively.

On the west side of Bear River, in the Fowkes exposures immediately below the 

Knight beds, a small collection was made. Dr., W. H. Dall identified the following 

invertebrates from this locality:

Invertebrates from SE. \ SW. \ sec. 1, T. 15 N., R. 121 W.

Planorbis, 2 sp. Goniobasis.

Planorbula. ' Ancylus.

Physa. Pisidium.

Succinea?. Ganoid scales.

Small Limnsea. Fish bones.

Dr. F. II. Knowlton reports regarding the leaves from this locality:

Leaves from SE. \ SW. i sec. 1, T. 15 N., R. 121 W.

Acrostichum hcspcrium Newb. Kquisetum. Very large stems; probably new species. 

Belongs to the Green River group.

Cope reports, in a stratum of impure limestones, probably in the upper part of 

the Fowkes formation, at a point 2 miles east of the outcrop of the Evanston coal, 

the following species: a

Reptiles: Trionyx scutuinantiquuin. Fishes: Rhineastcs calvus. 

Emys? euthnetus. Clastes glaber.

KOCEKT3.

WASATCH GROUP (CONTINUED).

KNIGHT FORMATION. 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION. '

This formation, named-from Knight station on the Union Pacific Railroad, near 

which Cope first obtained vertebrate remains from the Wasatch beds, consists of 

yellow and reddish-yellow sandy clays, with irregularly bedded yellow sandstones 

- and occasional thin layers of fresh-water limestones in its upper portion. It is 

throughout the region but very gently inclined, the dips seldom exceeding 5°, and rests 

unconformably on the upturned edges of the Almy and older beds. It is overlain by 

the Green River and Bridger beds, which have the same low dips and are apparently 

conformable with it. There is no evidence in this region of angular unconformity 

or erosion between the Knight and the overlying beds, and while the Green River

a Bull. U. S. Geol. and Oeog. Survey Terr., vol. 1, No. 2, 1872, p. 13; Seventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 

1873, 1874, p. 441; llept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 2, 1875, p. 39.
U. 8. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. XVI

A. CRUSHED AND RECEMENTED PEBBLE FROM LOCALITY BELOW; £ OF NATURAL SIZE.

B, SW. J SEC. 25, T. 20 N,, R. 120 W. 

ALMY CONGLOMERATE.

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 66 PL. XVII

BecKwith

. Knight and Green River

Knight forma-tion j , 5 * - ,

" " ' " ""

Anticline

1. VIEW SHOWING RELATION OF BEDS NEAR AND EAST OF MEDICINE BUTTE FAULT, JUST NORTH OF WHITNEY CANYON.

Note Almy beds with Knight beds unccnformable in the distance. This angular unconformity is also well marked just east of the anticline in

the Alrny beds.

B. TYPICAL LOWER KNIGHT BADLANDS, SW. J SEC. 25, T. 20 N. R. 120 W. 

OUTCROPS OF ALMY AND KNIGHT FORMATIONS.

PROPERTY OFJ^BURHU OF MINES

KNIGHT FORMATION. 93

beds show a distinct thinning to the south this is believed to be due to the conditions 

of sedimentation, including the broad and very gentle earth movements which 

produce overlap. Some difficulty was experienced in this reconnaissance in differentiating the Knight and Green River beds. In a broad way the Knight beds are 

sandy clavs of a predominantly reddish cast, and the Green River beds are light 

colored and calcareous. There is certainly a great difference between the characteristic fish-bearing shales of the Green River and the characteristic Knight beds, but 

the exact line between the two can not always be fixed with certainty.' Light-colored 

calcareous beds occur at several points overlain by-the characteristic reddish clays 

of the Knight, and sufficiently near the top of the formation to raise the question 

whether they should be considered Green River or Knight.

Around the type locality these beds are extensively and characteristically 

exposed. In the bluff on Bear River, a few miles west of Knight, Cope collected 

vertebrate fossils in 1872, and a few miles to the northwest, north of the river, is the 

"Bathmodon bone bed" locality.

The total thickness of this formation is not known and is difficult to determine 

exactly, because of its unconf ormable relations to the underlying beds. Its estimated 

thickness in the type locality is over 1,500 feet.

Just east of Cumberland the basal beds of this formation are composed almost 

entirely of fragments of Aspen shale, indicating the presence of a local beach line and 

the irregularity of the surface on which these beds were deposited.

FOSSILS.

Vertebrate fossils. The first vertebrate fossils found in the Wasatch beds were 

obtained in this region. The locality from which they were obtained is generally 

given simply as "near Evanston," and considerable difficulty has therefore been 

experienced in determining the precise geographic and stratigraphic positions of the 

fossils described. This difficulty is perhaps due to two causes. In the first place, 

the interest of the vertebrate paleontologist was primarily in the biologic aspect of 

the collections, the exact locality and stratigraphic position being of secondary 

importance, except in so far as they might be of use to him in' obtaining further 

collections, and thereby hangs the second reason. Each collector was anxious to 

preserve for his own use so far as possible the important bone localities which he 

discovered.

From a careful consideration of the paleontological writings of Cope and Marsh, 

together with a thorough knowledge of the geography and stratigraphy of this region, 

the locality from which the fossils were obtained, as well as their stratigraphic 

position, has been determined within certain limits. Marsh" asserts that the first 

specimens of Coryphodon (PI. XVIII) were found in 1871 near Evanston, Wyo., by 

William Cleburne, a surveyor in the employ of the Union Pacific Railroad. Some of 

the material collected was given to Prof. F. V. Hayden and by him transmitted to 

Professor Cope, and the remainder was presented to Professor Marsh. In 1872 

Cope described the new genus Bathmodon afterwards shown to be a synonym of 

Coryphodon Owen and the new species B. radians and B. semicinctus, "from

» Marsh, O. C., Am. Jocir. Sou, 3cl*ser., vol. 46, 1893, p. 321.
94 GEOGKAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTH WESTEBN WYOMING.

material discovered by Doctor Hayden in Tertiary beds of the Wasatch group near 

Evanston.." a This is evidently the material referred to by Marsh. In 1872 Cope 

personally visited this region, and his account of this trip b forms the main basis for 

a determination of the localities near Evanston from which the Wasatch fossils 

were obtained. It appears from this account that Cope visited the bluffs about 

Almy coal mines and then proceeded up the river from Evanston. He describes 

outcrops at a point "7 miles above that is, southeast of Evanston" and at a point 

"11 miles above Evanston, or near the bend of Bear River." The point "11 miles 

above Evanston" is shown by the accompanying discussion to refer to the pronounced bluffs just west and south of the present railroad bridge, which is really 

only about 6 miles above Evanston. From this point he proceeded "5 miles to the 

northeast," to a point where "the strata are observed to dip in a direction opposite 

to those at Evanston." This they do immediately west of the Cretaceous and older 

beds exposed from old Bear River City northward. Continuing a little farther, he 

encountered the vertical sandstones and conglomerates of the Beckwith formation, 

which he regarded as the east flank of an anticline of the Wasatch beds. He cited, 

to prove this anticlinal theory, the pseudo-anticline shown in Fossil Cut near old 

Bear River City (PI. VII, ^4.). Regarding the localities from which fossils were 

collected, Cope says:

My assistant, Professor Garraan, and myself succeeded in discovering a number of species in the 

upper red and white strata on the bluffs 11 miles southeast of Evanston, or near the bend of Bear River. 

They occurred here on the upper and upper middle portions of the exposure. Extending our observations to the ridges of bluffs farther to the southward we found the same strata producing similar and 

in several cases the same fossils. They appeared lower down on the exposures, consistently with the 

dip of the strata, though a few were found near the top of these, also.

It is believed that the statement "extending our observations to the ridges of 

bluffs farther to the southward" should be changed to read northward. There are 

many fine exposures in the hills north of. the bluffs on Bear River near the railroad 

bridge, and this is the natural direction for a fossil hunter to work from these bluffs. 

To work south would require crossing the broad Bear River bottoms to hills which, 

from the bluffs on the north of the river, do not show good clean exposures and do 

not look as promising as the territory to the north. Notomorpha garmanii, afterwards regarded as a synonym of N. grams, is described as obtained "from a bluff 

6 miles north of the Bear River," and was evidently obtained on this northeast 

trip from the bluff at a point near the Evaiiston-Fort Bridger road. In a later 

article, in describing these specimens, Cope eives the locality as "6 miles nortb of 

Evanston on Bear River;" but this is clearly an error when considered in connection 

with details given in the original report. c

In 1873 Cope again visited this region and succeeded in locating the "Bathmodon bone bed," from which the Cleburrie or Hayden specimens were obtained. 

The only account of this trip which indicates anything regarding the localitj^ is 

given below.d

a Cope, E. D., Am. Jour. Sci.,3d ser., vol. 3, 1887,p. 224. Proc. Am. Philos Soc., vol. 12, 1872, pp. 417-422. [Fifth Ann.] 

Frelim. Kept. U. S. Gcol. Survey Montana, 1872, pp. 350-352.

6 Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 12, 1872, pp. 472-477.

c Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 3, 1884, p. 143.

<i This data first appeared in Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog Survey Terr., vol. 1, No. 2, 1874, p. 13. It was reprinted verbatim in Seventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Gool. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1873,1874, p. 441, and in Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr.

vol.2, 1S75, p. 39.
KNIGHT FORMATION. 95

As already stated (Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., 1872, p. 473),o the upper or red-banded Tertiary beds of 

this locality & yielded the following species:

Perissodactyle bones, two species. Emys testudineus. 

Grotherium vasacciense [Eohippus vasacciensis]. Emys gravis. 1 

Crocodilus, sp. . Clastes (?) glaber. 

Alligator heterodoiic [Crocodilus heterodon]. Unio, two species. 

Trionyx scutumanitquum.d

The lower sandstone beds yielded the following mammals: * 

Bathmodon radians. [Coryphodon radians.j 

Bathmodon semicinctus. [Coryphodon semicinctus.] 

Bathmodon latipes. [Coryphodon latipes ] 

Orotherium index. [Eohippus index.] 

Phenacodus primsevus.

West of the contact of Bear River with the Tertiary bluffs the strata consist of sandstone and conglomerates and dip at about 30° to the northeast. Five hundred feet vertically below the Bathmodon 

bed a stratum of impure limestone crops out. forming the elope and apex of a portion of the bluff. In 

this I found the following vertebrates: 

Reptiles: Trionyx scutuniantiquum. Fishes: Rhineastes calvus.

Emys? euthnetus. ( 'lastes glaber.

This is the nearest to a determination of the age of the Evanston coal bed, which Hayden regards 

as the most important west of the Missouri River, that I have been able to reach. From the limestone 

just described to the coal bed, 2 miles to the west, the strata are very similar in character and apparently conformable, so that they appear to belong to the same series.

The dip along Bear River from Evanston to the locality of the "upper or red- 

. banded Tertiary beds" is for the most part easterly, and the "lower sandstone 

beds" are believed to. be west of these bluffs at some point in the hills near and just 

north of Bear River. The impure limestone 500 feet vertically below the Bathmodon bed is evidently one of the limestones in the Fowkes formation, which outcrops in a belt about 2 miles east of the crop of the Almy coal. This agrees with 

Cope's statement that the coal bed is 2 miles west of the limestone. Further, the 

statement that the strata between this limestone and the coal are very similar in 

character to the upper Wasatch beds and apparently conformable likewise agrees 

with the conditions at this point. The' statement that "west of the contact of Bear 

River with the Tertiary bluffs the strata consist of sandstones and conglomerates 

and dip at about 30° to the northeast" is evidently one of the interpolations common in Cope's writings. . This sentence can only be taken to describe the conditions 

in the bluffs in the vicinity of Almy, which are distinctly east of Bear River. These 

Almy bluffs are, however, in a westerly direction from the "contact of Bear River 

with the Tertiary bluffs," near the railroad bridge and the hills to the north, where 

Cope first collected fossils.

It is believed that all the material described by Cope and Marsh was collected 

east of Evanston e in a limited area north and east of Bear River, south of a line

o Quoted on p. 94.

& "This locality" refers to the bluffs on Bear River near the Union Pacific Railroad bridge and the hills to the northeast.

< In Eept. D. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 3, 1884, Cope states: "I only found it (Crocodilus heterodon) in the beds of the 

Wasatch, or perhaps Green River, epoch, at Black Butte, Wyoming." In his first account, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc.. vol. 

12, 1872, p. 473, its resemblance to Limnosaurus (Crocodilus) heterodon is suggested. The fragments are perhaps imperfect 

and not susceptible of close identification.

A Compared with Tnonyx guttatus in first account, Proc. Am. Philos. Soc., vol. 12, 1872, p. 473. In Eept. U. S. Geol. 

Survey Terr., vol 3, 1884, pp. 121-122, Cope states "Several fragmentary individuals from Wasatch beds near Black Butte, 

Wyoming, as also one from the corresponding formation on Bear River, resemble this species (Trionyx scutumantiquum) 

more nearly than any other."

c See in this connection statement of S. F. Ernrnons, in Kept. 40th Par. Survey, vol. 2,1877, p. 329, regarding "thp recent 

discovery by Professor Marsh's assistants of an interesting senes of vertebrate remains in the hills to the east of Evanston."
96 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

connecting Medicine Butte and Lazeart coal mine, and west of the outcrops of the 

pre-Tertiary rocks exposed between Lazeart and old Bear River City. With the 

exception of the species listed from the limestone layer, which are believed to have 

come from some part of the Fowkes formation, all of the species collected come from 

the tipper part of the Wasatch formation, stratigraphically 4,500 feet or more above 

the base of the Almy formation, which is here, according to the original definition 

of Hayden, basal Wasatch.

In addition to the species listed by Cope, Marsh has described from the "Bathmodon or Coryphodoii beds" of this locality CorypJiodon hematus. a

Invertebrate fossils. Fresh-water shells are common in the white limestones 

that occur in the upper part of the Knight or the base of the Green'River. They 

are abundant in the strata at the head of Bridger Creek, in the hill just south of 

Sage, and a few miles east of Cumberland. Shells were collected from the latter 

locality by Fre'mont in 1843 6 and described by James Hall under the names 'Cerithium nodulosum and Turbo paludinseformis. Hall gives the following description 

of this material:

The rock is a perfect oolite, and, both in color and texture, can scarcely be distinguished from specimens of the Bath oolite. One of the specimens is quite crystalline, and the oolitic structure somewhat 

obscure. In this instance the few fossils observed seem hardly sufficient to draw a decisive conclusion 

regarding the age of the formation, but when taken in connection with the oolitic structure of the mass 

its correspondence with the English oolites, and the modern aspect of the whole, there remains less 

doubt of the propriety of referring it to the oolitic period. A further collection from this interesting 

locality would doubtless develop a series of fossils which would forever settle the question of the relative 

age of the formation. A few miles up tliis stream Captain Fre'mont has collected a beautiful series of 

specimens of fossil ferns. The rock is an indurated clay, wholly destitute of carbonate of lime, and 

would be termed a "fireclay." These are, probably, geologically, as well as geographically, higher 

than the oolite specimens, as the rocks at this place were observed to dip in the direction of N. 

65° W. at an angle of 20°. This would show conclusively tliat the vegetable remains occupy a higher 

position than the oolite. Associated with these vegetable remains were found several beds of coal differing in thickness.

The fossiliferous limestones at this point dip gently eastward, and it was clearly 

Hall's unwarranted assumption that both the plant-bearing beds and the oolitic 

limestone had the same dip, that led> to the conclusion that the shells came from 

a lower horizon than the leaves. Both Meek and White have recognized the identity of these forms with those found in beds of undoubted Eocene age and at about 

the same horizon, and have thus anticipated from paleontologic data the conclusion 

reached by visiting the type locality. Meek c pointed out that the Cerithium is 

clearly a Goniobasis, and suggested the name of Goniobasis nodulifera, while White d 

regards it as but a variety of Goniobasis tenera (Cerithium tenerum Hall). Turbo 

paludinseformis has likewise been referred to the fresh-water genus Viviparus.

a, Am. Jour. Sci., 3d scr., vol. 11, 1876, pp. 425-428; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 46, 1893, pp. 321-326. Dr. W. D. Matthews 

states, in Bull. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. 12, 1899, pp. 33, 34, that Eohippus pernix Marsh (Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 12, 

pp. 321-326) came from this locality, but Mr. Walter Granger, of the American Museum, informs me that Marsh's locality 

catalogue shows that It came from Black Buttes.

& Rept. Explor. Exped. to the Rocky Mountains, House Ex. Doc. No. 166, 28th Cong., 2d sess., 1845, pp. 131, 297.

c Meek, D. B., [Fourth Ann.] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1870, 1872, p. 299. Rept. U. S. Geol. Expl. 40th 

Parallel, vol. 3, 1877, pp. 179-180.

d White, C. A., Eleventh Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1877,1879, pp. 226-227.
EOCENE. 97

GREEN RIVER FORMATION, a 

DEFINITION AND DISTRIBUTION.

The Green River formation was named and denned by Hayden in 1869 from 

the exposures along Green River in the vicinity of Green River city. The term 

is used here in the original sense, and, as adopted by the King Survey, applies to 

the light-colored calcareous beds occurring between the sandy reddish beds of the 

Wasatch and the greenish beds of the Bridger. Some confusion has arisen in the 

discussion of the geology of this general region by the use of Green River by Cope 

to include both the Wasatch and Green River deposits and by Lesquereux to include 

Wasatch, Green River, Bridger, Uinta, and White River beds. A certain amount 

of care must therefore be used in preparing faunal and floral lists of the Green River 

beds proper. This formation is noteworthy for the great number, and wonderful 

state of preservation of the plants and fish remains it contains. (Pis. XIX, XX.) 

One of the most famous localities for the fish and plant remains is in the cliffs around 

Fossil, on the Oregon Short Line. Great quarries have been opened here, following 

the most fossiliferous strata for miles around the hillside, and the museums of the 

world supplied. At Fossil the line between the Green River and Wasatch beds is 

very sharp, but to the south some difficulty was experienced in locating this line 

of parting. Light-colored calcareous beds, lithologically suggestive of the Green 

River beds, occur overlain by pronounced red beds, suggesting the Wasatch. The 

areas in which these formations are most extensively developed were, however, not 

examined in great detail, and are indicated on the map as " undifferentiated Eocene." 

East of Oyster Ridge these beds are well developed in the northern part of this area. 

To the south they thin rapidly and lose their distinctive characteristics. Light-^ 

colored calcareous beds intercalated with reddish clays occur in the hills'east and 

west of Muddy Creek near Piedmont. These have been mapped by the King Survey as Green River, and may represent-the southern extension of this formation. 

Part of the white beds arc distinctly overlain by red beds, suggesting the Knight, 

and the remainder are lithologically more like some of the white beds in the Bridger 

formation than the typical Green River.

o. Synonymy and usage of Green River formation:

= Second series [of the Tertiary of the Green niver basin], Engelmann, House Ex. Doc. No. 40, 35th Cong., 2d sess.,

1859, p. 47. 

< Green River Tertiaries, King, 40th Par., vol. 3, 1870, p. 455, which includes all the Tertiary beds in the Green River

basin. 

= Green Elver shales, Green River beds, Green River group, Hayden, [Third Ann.] Prelim. Field Rept. U. S. Geol.

Survey Colorado and New Mexico, 1809, pp. 90-91; [Fourth Ann.] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geoi. Survey Wyoming, 1872,

pp. 40, 55, 58, 70, 142-143, 166. 

= Green Hiver group, King, Atlas, Explor. 40th Par., 1876; Emmons, Rept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2, 1877, pp. 240-244;

King, Hept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 1,1878, pp. 377-394.

<TJpper and Lower Green Hiver group, Powell, Geol. Uinta Mountains, 1876, pp. 40, 45, 168-167. 

<Green River beds, Comstock, 1875, Rept Reconnaissance Northwest Wyoming, by W.H.Jones, in 1873, table following

p. 103, p. 123. Defines name to include beds between the " Green River coal group " and the Bridger; hence includes

both the Wasatch and Green River. 

<Green River group, Lesquereux, Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 8, 1883, p. 137, includes Wasatch, Green River,

Bridger, Uinta, and White River. In Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 7, 1878, p. 19, he uses this term to include

all Tertiary beds exposed between Rock Springs and Evanston. 

<Green River group, Green River beds, Green River formation, Green River strata, Cope, Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sol.,

vol. 24, 1873, p. 279; Sixth Ann. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1872, 1873, pp. 589, 625, 627, 628; Seventh Ann. Rept.

U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., 1874, p. 441. Here includes both Wasatch and Green River. 

< Wasatch group, Cope, Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 3, 1884, p. 7, vol. 4, 1889, table following p. 43, which includes

both Wasatch and Green River.'
98 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

. FOSSILS.

Plants and fish from the Green River shales in the vicinity of Fossil have been 

studied and described by Lesquereux and Cope. Lesquereux's account of the 

leaves is given in his Cretaceous and Tertiary Flora a under the locality names 

"Randolph County, Wyo.," and "Randolph County, Colo." Ward 6 and Knowlton c are both of the opinion that this material was undoubtedly obtained near 

Fossil. The error in name was probably due to a confusion -with the town of Randolph, Utah, which is a few miles west of the State line. The species listed from 

this locality are given below and several are shown on PI. XTX.

Plants listed and described from Ilie Oreen River beds near Fossil by Lesquerevr

[Whore species tire marked * figures of specimens Irom this locality have been published, species raarved with ( were first

described from this locality.]

|*Cyperacites (Cyperites) haydenii (Lesq.) Knowlton.

*Typha latissima Al. Br. 

f*Flabellaria florissanti Lesq.

*Quercus drymeja Ung. 

f*Quercus castaneopsis Lesq.

*Quercus neriifolia Al. Br.

*Liquidambar europseuin Al. Br.

t*Celtis mccoshii Lesq.

f *Androrneda delicatula Lesq.

f*Acer indivisuin Lesq. (=Accrlesquereux Knowlton).

f *Euonymus flexifolius Lesq. 

f*Ailanthus longepetiolata Lesq. 

f*Ainygdalus gracilis Lesq. ' 

f*Antholithes improbus Lesq.

Cope has identified and described the following species from the neighborhood 

of Fossil (PI. XX):

Fossil fish listed and described from the Green River beds near Fossil by Cope.d

[Where species are marked * figures of specimens from this locality have been published; species marked t were first

described from this locality.]

f*Phareodus (Dapedoglossus) testis Cope. . 

f*Phareodus (Dapedoglossus) sequipennis Cope. 

f*Diplomystus densatus Cope. 

f*Diplomystus analis Cope.

*Diploinystus humilis (Leidy)=Chipea pusilla 

Cope.

*Diplomystus altus (Leidy) Cope. 

t*Diplomystus pectarosus. 

f *Amphiplaga bra<:hyptera Cope. 

f*Asineops pauciradiatus Cope.

f *Mioplosus abbreviates Cope. 

f*Mioplosus labracoules Cope. 

f*Mioplosus beam Cope. 

f*Mioplosus sauvageanus Cope. 

f*Prisca<:ara serrata Cope. 

f *Pris<:a<:ara cypha Cope. 

f*Priscacara oxyprion Cope. 

f*Priscacara clivosa Cope. 

f*Priscacara pealei Cope. 

f*Priscacara Hops Cope.

Associated with these fish and plant remains are numerous fresh-water shells. 

A small collection from the white limestone beds which cap the hill just west of the 

Porter ranch on Rock Creek, and which are either basal Green River or upper 

Wasatch, contain a number of unidentified species of fresh-water shells.

<> Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 8, 1883. 

6 Eighth Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, pt. 2, 1889. pp. 906-908. 

c Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 152, 1898, pp. 83, 107

<* Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., vol. 3, No 4, 1877. pp. 807-819; Bull. U. S. Geol. und Guog. Survey Terr., vol. 

i, 1878, pp. 74-77; Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr., vol. 3, 1884.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. XVIII

ONE OF THE CHARACTERISTIC MAMMALS OF THE KNIGHT FORMATION OR " CORYPHODON BEDS." FIRST FOUND NEAR EVANSTON. WYO.

Composite of nine individuals collected in Bighorn basin, Wyoming, by American Museum party under Dr J. L. Wortman, and mounted by Mr. Hermann under the direction of Dr. Henry F. Osborn. Original in American Museum of

Natural History. Length from incisors to perpendicular of tail, 7 feet 9£ inches; height at withers, 3 feet 4£ inches.

CORYPHODON RADIANS COPE.

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 66 PL. XIX

1, la. Flabellaria florissanti Lesq. 2. Euonymus flextfolius Lesq. 3. Liquidambar europaeum Al. Br. 

(Copies of Lesquereux's figures of specimens from Fossil, Wyo.)

FOSSIL LEAVES FROM GREEN RIVER FORMATION.

EOCENE. 99 

BRIDGER FORMATION.

The Bridger formation the upper member of the Eocene series of this region 

was, like the Green River and Wasatch formations, named by Hayden in 1869. The 

name in this case was derived from Fort Bridger, near which point the beds are well 

developed and where numerous vertebrate remains had even then been found. 

These beds are noteworthy from a scientific standpoint, because of their large 

mammalian fauna, one of the most complete and varied fossil mammalian faunas 

found in the world. These beds, according to the observations of Mr. W. J. Sinclair, 

are composed largely of volcanic ash. In places they have a marked greenish cast 

and contain persistent white calcareous bands, filled with fresh-water shells that are 

identical in appearance with those found in the Green River and upper Wasatch beds. 

No attempt was made to map this formation areally, and it is included in the geological map in the area colored "undifferentiated Eocene." Its outcrops are for the 

most part limited to the area east and south of Muddy Creek. On Hams Fork 

Plateau, in the northern end of the area mapped, are two hills capped by Eocene beds 

that are very different from the underlying Green River, and it is possible that they 

represent outlying Bridger areas.. These outcrops have a rather reddish cast, not 

like typical Bridger, and the suggested correlation is based more on their position 

above the typical Green River than on their lithologic resemblance to the Bridger of 

the type locality.

QUATERNARY.

In the region southeast of this area the topmost Bridger beds are succeeded by 

thick beds of conglomerate, which were named by the King survey "Wyoming 

conglomerate." These conglomerates are in places several hundred feet thick, are 

light in color, and are generally firmly cemented. Where typically developed, they cap 

the highest hills, forming flat-topped bu'ttes or -mesas. This deposit was referred to 

the Pliocene by the King survey and is to be regarded as either very late Tertiary or 

early Quaternary. These beds apparently represent the remnants of a very widely 

developed gravel sheet, probably spread over a relatively level surface, and the present topography is believed to have been developed entirely since that time. The 

gravel capping Aspen Mountain is thought to be an outlying remnant of this formation, which is shown on the maps of the fortieth parallel survey as extensively 

developed in the hills east and south of the part of the Uinta Forest Reservation 

shown on PI. III. Sillem. Hill, just south of Sage, is covered with well-rounded 

unconsolidated gravels, perhaps representing an outlier of the Wyoming conglomerates or an early stage in their redeposition.

As this region was eroded the gravels of the Wyoming conglomerate, with 

possibly others brought down from the mountains and derived from the conglomerates of the older formations, were redeposited successively at different levels. As 

a result of this action gravels occur irregularly over the surface of much of the area. 

They are particularly well developed on the Tertiary beds east of Muddy Creek. 

Occasionally they form pronounced gravel-capped terraces, which mark definite 

stages in the development of this region. Pronounced high level terraces of this 

type were observed just west of Hilliard Flat and between Millis and Knight. These
100 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

two are clearly remnants of the same terrace and rise 400 feet above the present 

stream bottoms. Similar high terraces occur at an elevation of about 300 feet above 

Hams Fork, in the vicinity of Kemmerer. Numerous lower terraces are found in all 

the stream valleys.

The lower terraces and the present Bear River bottoms indicate certain rather 

recent changes in drainage which are of interest. Hilliard Flat, although it is the geological continuation of Mammoth Hollow and owes its major features to the fact that 

it is underlain by the soft Hilliard shale, shows evidence of once having been the 

main channel of Bear River. This is shown by the erosion of Oyster Ridge on the 

east side south of Hilliard and on the west side south of old Bear River City. Hilliard 

Flat is now covered by a mantle of gravel, which in places is 30 feet thick. Bear 

River passes west of Hilliard Flat through a narrow gorge cut along the natural line of 

weakness produced by the soft Bear River beds. Above these Narrows the present 

bottoms are 3 rniles wide and the old Hilliard Flat valley appears as a terrace 50 feet 

above the present bottom. The normal course of Bear River in the present bottom 

appears to be along Mill Creek, and this was evidently the course immediately before 

the present time. Now the river leaves the bottom occupied by Mill Creek and 

passes into a relatively distinct valley in the Wasatch beds. One of the most 

interesting examples of this recent stream diversion is that found at the Narrows, 

20 miles north of Evanston. Here the river leaves a broad valley and after making 

a detour of about 3 miles through the hills returns to its old'valley. This diversion is 

apparently associated with the accumulation of sands and gravels, forming the lowest 

terraces. Before their accumulation Bear River flowed west of the Narrows Hill and 

Salt Creek flowed southwest through the upper Narrows and Alkali west through 

the lower Narrows. When Bear River, overloaded with sediments, derived, perhaps, from the glaciers at its headwaters, commenced to fill up its channel, the 

main river filled up more rapidly than the tributary streams, and thus a differential 

elevation was produced which permitted the deflection of Bear River around the 

Narrows Hill.

Although the Uinta Mountains to the south were covered with glaciers during a 

part of the Quaternary, there are no deposits of undoubted glacial origin in this 

area. Deposits suggesting glacial action were found near Sage. Here there is a 

north-south ridge covered with an unassorted mass of debris containing large, 

angular masses of Carboniferous limestone. The whole suggests a moraine formed 

by an ice sheet coming from the west, but this supposition could be proved only by 

detailed work in areas beyond that examined. 

Travertine-deposits were found at several points. The hillside south of the 

Lazeart coal mine is covered with these deposits, and in Pioneer Hollow the Soda 

Springs have built up low cones several feet high.

At many points coal beds, in both the Frontier and Adaville formations, have 

burned out, baking the surrounding beds. Notable examples of such baked areas 

occur northeast and southeast of Round Mountain, immediately south of Adaville 

and southwest of the old Twin Creek mines.
CORBEDATIONS. 101

COMPARISONS WITH PUBLISHED SECTIONS IN 

THIS AND ADJOINING REGIONS.

MEEK'S SULPHUR CREEK SECTION.

A further word is perhaps necessary regarding Meek's 

Sulphur Creek section because of its great historical importance. This locality was visited by nearly all of the 

early geologists, who, without exception, misinterpreted 

the stratigraphic relations of the beds exposed. In Meek's 

figure as here given (fig. 5) the fossiliferous horizons found 

by Doctor Stanton in 1891 have been indicated by crosses 

and the formations described in the present report are given 

beneath.

Section of rocks exposed on Sulphur Creek near Bear River, Wyoming. a

Feet

1. Black shale, only seen in bottom of Sulphur Creek, thickness 

unknown.

2. Slope apparently occupied by clays, thickness perhaps 100

feet or more......................-..'.................... 100

3. Soft light-grayish sandstone, nearly vertical................. 90

4. Covered space, probably occupied by clays, but showing some 

sandstone that may or may not be in place; perhaps room 

enough for 250 to 300 feet............................... 300

5. Two or three rather heavy beds of light yellowish-gray sandstone, separated by clays, probably occupying some of the 

space included in division 4. Near the lower part two layers, 

15 to 18 inches each, of sandstone, containing Ostrea soleniscus,Trapeziummicronema,etc. Altogether 90 to 100 or more. 100

6. Greenish and bluish-gray sandy clays, with some dark shale at

places.................................................. 100

7. Bed of good coal, said to be 7J feet in thickness.............. 7. 5

8. Heavy massive bed of light-colored sandstone, about 90 feet in 

thickness, standing nearly vertical, with some 3 to 5 feet of 

sandy clay between it arid the coal of division 7 ............ 95

9. Gray sandy shales with alternations of sandstone and clays. . . 255

10. Light gray sandstone ...................................... 20

11. Slope and unexposed space, perhaps 200 yards or more across.

12. -Light-gray sandstones and clays, including a bed df good coal, 

said to be 7$ feet in thickness, all dipping south-southeast 55° 

below horizon, and the sandstone above the coal containing 

many casts, fnoceramus problematicus, with a few casts of 

Cardium and undetermined univalves; altogether showing 

about . ................................................. ]50

13. A valley or depression showing no rocks, perhaps 150 yards 

across.

14. Ferruginous sandstone in thin layers, dipping northwest about

80° below horizon ....................................... 40

15. Bluish laminated clays with, at top (left or west side),' a 2-foot 

layer of sandstone, containing fragments of shells not seen in 

a condition to be determined ............................ 125

16. Clays and sandstone below (20 feet), gray and brown pebbly

sandstone above (25 feet)................................. 45

> Cyste/Ridge

I Oyster Ridge

FIG. 5. Meek's section at Sulphur Creek, with the addition 

of fault lines and names of 

formations described in the 

present report.

> Meek, F. B., Sixth Ann. Kept. TJ. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr., for 1872, 1873, pp. 451-452.
102 GEOGKAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Feet.

17. Brownish and bluish clays with some beds of white, greenish, and brownish sandstones .... 115

18. Hard gray conglomerate, standing nearly vertical and forming crest of hill about 350 feet high. 40

19. Slope showing above some masses of conglomerate like that of division 18, perhaps not in 

place, with, at places below this, some reddish clays; altogether space enough for 500 to 

600 feet in thickness. . . . . ........................................................... 600

20. Greenish-white sandstone^. ............................................................ 40

21. Brownish clays and sand}' layers ...............'........................................ 60

22. Brownish clays and beds of sandstone, the latter light gray below......................... 110

23. Whitish sandstone; forms crest of hill about 220 to 240 feet in height..................... 40

24. Conglomerate and some red clays ........................................................ 20

25. Brownish and reddish clays with a few distinctly separated thin beds and layers of gray sandstone; altogether 750 feet to 800 feet in thickness...................................... 800

2f>. Gray sandstone in place, apparently connected with some masses (that may not be in place),

so as to include space enough for'60 to 80 feet; forms crest of a hill...................... 80

27. A long space of perhaps 200 yards or more, with only a few low exposures of light-gray sandstone, showing a slight westward dip.

28. Numerous thin seams and layers of dark carbonaceous shales, with harder thin bands of various-colored argillaceous, arenaceous, and calcareous matter, including a few very thin 

streaks of coal, the whole being highly charged with vast numbers of fresh- and brackishwater shells, such as species of Unio, Corbicnla, Corbula, Pyrgulifera, Viviparus, Melampus, 

etc. Dip nearly east, about 75° below the horizon; thickness, 175 to 200 feet exposed.... 200

. This section was examined by Prof. J. W. Powell about 1875 and republished 

in his report on the geology of the Uinta Mountains, with an indication of the classification of the strata according to his divisions.0 Strata Nos. 1 and 2 he regarded 

as belonging to the Sulphur Creek (Hilliard) group, 3 to 17 to the Salt Well group, 

18 to 28 to the Point of Rocks group. According to this classification the strata 

represent a continuous series, with the oldest beds at the eastern end. The Salt 

Well group includes in this section a portion of the Frontier, the Bear River, and 

the lower part of the Bcckwith. The Point of Rocks group includes the upper part 

of the Beckwith, the Bear River, and some unconformable Wasatch beds, No. 27. 

Powell's interpretation of this section was evidently greatly influenced by the view 

prevailing at that time that the Bear River beds were the highest of the Cretaceous 

series. The section was reexamined by Stanton in 1891 and the true complexity 

of the structure recognized. In No. 13 characteristic Bear River fossils were found, 

and in No. 15 the following distinctive Jurassic species: 6

Belemnites densus M. and H.

Trigonia quadrangnlaris Hall and Whitf.

Myacites (Pleuromya) weberensis Meek?

The folding suggested by No. 28 of Meek's section is due entirely to hill creep, 

as shown in PI. XXI. The overturned portion entirely lacks the regularity of 

bedding found in portions dipping eastward. The general relations of Meek's section are shown in PI. IV, section K.

a Geology of the Uinta Mountains, 187fi, pp. 158-160.

t> Stanton, T W., Am. Jour. Sei., vol. 43, 1892, pp. 98-104.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER MO. 56 PL. XX

A. PHAREODUS ENCAUSTIS (COPE), 

Photograph of specimen in U. S- National Museum from Fossil, Wyo.

7f. DIPLOMYSTUS DENSATUS COPE 

Phonograph of specimen in U, S. National Museum from Fossil. Wyo.

FOSSIL FISH FROM GREEN RIVER FORMATION.

CORRELATIONS. 103 

STANTON'S SECTIONS AT COALVILLE AND ROCKPORT, UTAH.o

The Beckwith bedfe may bo traced, with minor interruptions, southward in a 

narrow belt along the Rock Creek-Needles anticline from the largo exposures in the 

vicinity of Medicine Butte through the Needles to Chalk Peak and the upper part 

of Chalk Creek hi Utah. These exposures lie for the most part on the western flank 

of the anticline. Although no Cretaceous beds higher than the Bear River formation 

are exposed in the region north of the Needles, the Cretaceous beds are exposed 

west of Chalk Peak almost to the very center of the great syncline which crosses 

the Union Pacific Railroad in the vicinity of Echo City. There is thus a relatively 

continuous stratigraphic connection between this region and the exposures at Coalville, Utah. On Chalk Creek, west of and above the upper Beckwith beds, there is 

a series of black shales with fish scales, clearly representing the Aspen formation. 

Farther west, above these black shales, lie the sandstones and coal-bearing beds of 

the Frontier formation, in which the principal mines at Coalville are located. The 

Coalville section was studied hi detail by Doctor Stanton hi 1891 and 1892. Doctor 

Stanton extended his work south, up the Weber River to the Triassic beds exposed 

at Peoa," south of Rockport. The Weber Valley section, which he published hi 

two parts, the Rockport section and the Coalville section, 6 is very closely related 

hi many ways to the general section in southwestern Wyoming. This Weber 

Valley section is given below:

Weber Valley section, Utah.

[By T. W. Stanton, 1891.]

Feet. 

Tertiary Echo Canyon conglomerates. . . ............................................

Shale and soft, coarse sandstones, not well exposed ................................... 1, 500

Coalville section:

10. Gray and brownish sandstone, with bands of shale. The upper 30 feet is a massive, 

irregularly bedded brownish sandstone, with many specimens of Inoceramus erectus, 

Cardinm, Ostrea, and a few other species, mostly in the form of casts................ 150

9. Mostly covered, but evidently underlain by shales and soft sandstone. A band of sandstone about the middle of this member yielded specimens of Madra, Cardinm, and 

Pecten. ...........................................:............................. 1. 500

8. Massive gray and yellow sandstone forming the Third Ridge, with Ostrea solfninKim, Pholadomya subventricosa (?), Cardium, and a few other marine Cretaceous species ....... 200

7. Clay shales interstratified with thin bands of sandstone and two or three thin seams of 

coal (including the Carleton bed) of no economic importance, near the base. Fossils 

abundant, including marine and brackish- and fresh-water invertebrates and plants.. . 110

G. Mostly covered, but showing soft clay shales andrthin beds of coarse sandstone whore.

exposed . . ...................................................................... 845

5. Massive conglomerate .............................................................. 60

4. Clays, with thin beds of sandstone..................................................' ]65

3. Gray and yellowish hard sandstone, forming the First and Second ridges, with numerous 

fossils, many of which are identical with species of the Pugnellus sandstone in Hnerfano Park, Colorado.............................................................. lOO

2. Gray sandstones 30 feet thick, forming roof of coal bed, overlain by dark clay shales with

numerous specimens of Inoceramus labintus. . . . . .................................. 7f>5

a Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 100, 1803, pp. 38-44.

b For geographic position ol these points with relation to this area, see index map forming part of PI ITT
104 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEBN WYOMING.

Coalville section Continued. Feet. 

1. Interatratified sandstones and shales, with heavy bed of coal at the top. The underlying beds are cut off by a fault. Several of the sandstone layers in upper part are very 

fossiliferous. Estimated thickness............................................. 500-600

Sequence broken by faulting. Section is taken up again at a point 32 miles south. 

Lowest fossiliferous zone of Coalville section with characteristic species such as Barbatia

micronema, Mactra utahensis, Modiola multilinigera. 

No good exposures for 2,200 feet. 

Eockport section:

1. Alternating beds of coarse sandstone and shale. The beds of sandstone vary iu thickness from 10 feet to over 100 feet, and their aggregate thickness is somewhat less than 

that of the shales. A few specimens of Ostrea and casts of Cardium and other bivalves 

were found in the lower portions. Total apparent thickness........................ 2, 500

2. Drab shales with indurated bands in which numerous scales of fishes and an obscure

impression of an ammonite were collected......................".................... 215

3. Covered for a distance of 700 feet.

4. Reddish and brownish shales alternating with thinner beds of coarse gray sandstone, 

changing to brown pebbly conglomerate in the lower 650 feet. (These lower conglomerates were mapped as "Dakota" by Mr. Eminons)................................ 2,400

5. .Reddish shales with thin beds of brown sandstone ...........'........................ 433

6. Dark greenish-gray sandstone, somewhat calcareous, especially toward the top. A 

specimen of Trigonia quadrangularis"? and a few other obscure fossils indicate that 

this bed is Jurassic............................................................... 55

, 7. Gray and reddish sandy shales, with bands of sandctone .............................. 1, 295

8. Yellowish-gray shales, becoming calcareous toward the base . . ........................ 935

9. Blue thin-bedded limestone and calcareous shales containing Pentacrinus asteriscus,

Pleiiromya subcompressa, and other Jurassic fossils.................................. 422

10. Reddish-brown thin-bedded Triassic? sandstone, exposed............................. 750

In the Kockport section stratum No. 10 is clearly the Nugget formation. No. 9 

and possibly some of No. 8 is Twin Creek. Nos. 4 to 8 are Beckwith. No. 2 is 

Aspen. No. 1 of the Rockport and the lower members of the Coalville section are 

clearly Frontier. The line between the Frontier and Milliard is, however, not 

evident. Lithologically it should be drawn above No. 8 or the Third Ridge, and 

this agrees with the report of Doctor Stanton that a small lot of fossils collected 

from the top of the Frontier formation just south of Frontier, in southwestern 

Wyoming, are from the horizon of the Third Ridge of Coalville, Utah. Regarding the position of the line between the Colorado and Montana in the Coalville 

section, Doctor Stanton says: a

Provisionally I have taken the base of conglomerate No. 5 as the top of the Colorado formation at 

thic locality. The soft strata of No. 6 are seldom exposed in the Coalville area and 110 fossils have been 

found in them, hut they appear to belong to No. 7.

From the general lithological and paleontological resemblance of the southwestern Wyoming and Utah sections and from the abundance of Inoceramus exogyroides in the Hilliard formation west of Frontier, 3,000 feet above the characteristic forms of the Third Ridge, it is believed that the Colorado-Montana line was 

perhaps drawn too low in the Coalville section by Doctor Stanton. From the 

data collected in southwestern Wyoming, No. 8 should clearly be referred to the 

Colorado and the line between the Colorado and Montana occurs somewhere in the 

overlying shales. A comparison of thickness of the formation in these two regions 

is of interest:

a Bull. IT. S. Geol. Survey No. 106,1893, p 41.
GBEEN BIVEE SECTION. 105 

Table showing comparative thicknesses of formations in southwestern Wyoming and Weber Valley, Utah.

Formation.

Twin Crefik

Southwest 

Wyoming.

Feet.

600-5,000

1,500-2,000

2,200-2,600

Weber Valley, 

Utah.

Feet.

422+

5,118-5,800

0

215 -4-

4,675±

3,000+7

With the exception of the Frontier and Beckwith the formations in the Weber 

section are much thinner than in southwest Wyoming. The greatest difference is 

noticed in the Aspen, Twin Creek, and Bear River. Supposing that strata which 

are the time equivalents of the Twin Creek and Bear River have in the Weber River 

been included in the Beckwith on purely lithologic grounds, all the formations 

except the Frontier show a noticeable thinning in that direction. The greater 

apparent thickness of the Frontier may be due (1) to duplication of the strata by 

faulting; (2) to the more sandy development of the upper Aspen, which may be 

here on lithologic grounds classed with the Frontier, or (3) to the possible inclusion 

of beds which are regarded as basal Milliard in the region of Oyster Ridge.

GREEN RIVER SECTIONS NEAR FLAMING GORGE, UTAH.

The sections" of this locality published by Powell and Emmons, while too 

meager to warrant exact correlations, suggest that there are more important differences between the Green River and Oyster Ridge sections than between the Oyster 

Ridge and Weber Valley sections.

Section in vicinity of Flaming Gorge, Utah.

[After Powell. 6] 

Point of Rocks group: Feet.

1. Alternating gray and yellow sandstones and clays with pronounced hogback topography;

coal bearing.................................................................... 1,350

Salt Well group:

2. Friable sandstones and arenaceous shales ............................................ 1, 860

Sulphur Creek group:

3. Dark argillaceous and arenaceous shales ............................................ 2, 000

Henrys Pork group:

4. Conglomerate; pebbles very small................................................. 25

5. Light-gray and yellow sandstone.................................................... 80

6. Teleost shales ..................................................................... 70

7. Varicolored sandstones with conglomerates at base .................................. 500

Flaming Gorge group:

8. Gray, greenish-gray, pink, purple, and chocolate beds, very friable................... 110

9. Bluish-gray limestone.............................................................. 200

10. Coarse red sandstone, Unio beds................................................... 500

11. Limestone; bluish buff; compact; sometimes shaly and interstratified with orange shales

and thin beds of gypsum......................................................... 250

o For geographic position of this point with relation to this area, see index map forming part oJ PL III. 

i> Prepared from Geology of the Ulnta Mountains, 1870, pp. 41, 152,156, 157.
106 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

White Glift group: . Feet.

12. Massive sandstone, light gray and light orange, everywhere exhibiting false stratification

in many directions and at many angles............................................ 1, 025

Vermilion Cliff group'

13. Sandstone; massive bedded; gray, drab, and brown within, but weathering with bright

vermilion surfaces; well exposed on the summit of Flaming Gorge .................. 300

14. Shales, somewhat argillaceous ..................................................... 6

15. Sandstones; rather friable, with intercalated shales, the latter containing much gypsum;

weathering in variegated bright colors............................................. 359

Shhiarunip group: 

16. Shales and sandstones containing much gypsum; weathering in many colors, but brown

and chocolate tints prevailing; in many places constituting badland beds ............ 1, 095

Upper Aubrey:

17. Sandstones and limestones, the latter cherty. To the north there are two members of 

this group, the upper is cherty limestone from 100 feet to 200 feet in thickness, which 

we have called the Bellerophon limestone. The lower, the Yampa sandstone, is very 

massive, rarely showing evidences of stratification; in some places obliquely laminated. Farther southward cherty limestones prevail, and the whole group is more 

minutely stratified............................................................... 1,000

Lower Aubrey:

18. Sandstones and limestones massivo bedded or shaly. In some localities sandstones prevail and are exceedingly friable . ................................................. 1,000

Red Wall:

19. Chiefly limestones. In the TJinta Mountains massive limestones are separated by thin

strata of sandstones............................................................. 2,000

Section at Flaming Gorge, Green River, Utah.

[After Emmxms.o] 

Vermilion Creek: Feet.

1. Red argillaceous sandstone and conglomerate beds dipping 25° north..................

Laramie:

2. Gray and white sandstone, often iron stained, containing clay beds and very rich in coal

seams. Thickness not known. 

Fox Hills:

3. Heavy-bedded white sandstone, producing Bighorn Ridge, with a few coal seams and

comparatively little clay ......................................................... 3,000

Colorado:

4. Soft clays, not wel) exposed ........................................................ 2, 600

5. Gray, flaggy sandstones ........................................................... 50-100

6. Blue-gray clays and shales carrying small fish scales, inclosing a prominent bed of coal. 100^150

7. Yellowish-gray sandstones with carbonaceous seams .................................. 150

Dakota8. Sandstones, brownish in color in upper portions, white in the middle, and toward base

assuming reddish hue ....................................................... i.. 150-200

9. Striped clay beds, pinkish and pale green ..................'........................ 75-100

10. Impure sandstone ................................................................. 50

11. Variegated clays................................................................... 100

12. Gravel conglomerate, characterized by small, rather angular pebblesof black chert...... 50-125

Jurassic:

13. Sandstones with varying admixture of colored clays ............................... 150-200

14. Highly fossiliferous, bluish-drab limestones and calcareous shales with Rhynconella

myrina, R. gnathopora, Lima occidentalis, Camptonecles bellistriatus. . ................ 200

aEept. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2,1877, pp. 199, 201, 204-266.
GKBBN BIVBB SECTION.. 107

Feet.

15. Indurated red sandstones .......................................................... 100

16. Sandstones and shaly limestones with thin beds of gypsum. ........................ 100-150

Triassic: 

17. Massive buff or white sandstone with, near center, a bed of yellow argillaceous sandstone

50 feet thick......................................:.............-..-......-....... 1, 000

18. Pinkish red sandstone, relatively rather "thin bedded, the lighter color being due to an 

alternation of thin beds of nearly white color, aud a lower portion of darker colored, 

more heavily bedded red sandstone, at base running into clay beds with gypsum..... 1, 500 

Permo-Carbonilerous:

19. Light-colored beds, largely clays of a prevailing greenish hue. 

Upper Coal Measures:

20. Limestone and fine-grained sandstone of prevailing light-gray and drab colors, with some 

darker, very fossiliferous limestones at the base.

On comparing these two sections it appears that the teleost fish-scale shales, 

No. 6 of both sections,, are the same and are the southern extension of the Aspen 

shales. From these data, going upward, Emmons's No. 5 equals Powell's No. 5; 

Emmons's No. 4 equals Powell's Nos. 4 and 3, with perhaps the lower part of 

2; Emmons's No. 3 is Powell's Nos. 1 and 2. Below No. 6 Powell's No. 7 equals 

Emmons's Nos. 7 to 12, inclusive. Powell's No. 9 equals Emmons's No. 14, and 

Powell's No. 12 equals Emmons's No.. 17. The two sections thus agree very well in 

their general features. ' Compared with the southwestern Wyoming section, the lower 

dark-colored fossiliferous Upper Coal Measures limestones No. 20 of Emmons and 

No. 19 of Powell suggest the limestone found in the'Crawford Mountains; the overlying sandy beds, the unnamed sandstones of the Tunp Mountains. The "PermoCarbonilerous" Thaynes formation of Rock Creek is certainly different lithologically 

from the greenish clays referred to that horizon by Emmons in the Flaming Gorge 

region. The lower red-bed member and upper yellow sandstone member of the 

Triassic strongly suggest the dual division of the Nugget formation observed on 

Rock Creek and Twin Creek. The upper red beds Powell's No. 10 and Emmons's 

No. 15 are not represented in the southwest Wyoming section. No. ,14 of 

Emmons's section and No. 9 of Powell's section clearly represent the Twin Creek 

formation both lithologically and paleontologically, but while the thickness in the 

Uintas is about '200 feet along Rock Creek these beds are from 3,600 to 3,800 feet 

thick. The conglomerates and varicolored clays between the limestones and the 

dark-colored teleost fish-scale shales are the Beekwith formation.

The correlation of the Cretaceous portion of the section without any. fossil 

evidence is extremely hazardous.- Assuming that the upper part of'Emmons's 

section is really Laramie, the two sections are quite dissimilar. The fish-scale 

shales above the Beekwith are clearly Aspen, and the associated coal-bearing sandstones Emmons's No. 7 suggest the Bear River. The overlying shales lithologically resemble the Hilliard formation and the Frontier is thus without a distinct 

representative in this section. The overlying coal-bearing sandstones apparently 

are the equivalent of the upper Hilliard and the Adaville formations. On the 

whole, on this interpretation the Cretaceous section here is much nearer that worked 

out in the Yampa River, Colorado, district by Messrs. Fenneman and Gale during 

the season of 1905 than the southwest Wyoming and Weber Valley sections. 

8694 No. 56 07 8
108 GEOGEAPilY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEBN WYOMING.

STRUCTURE.

The principal structural features of this region have a north-south trend and are 

parallel to the Wasatch-Bear River Mountain disturbance rather than to'the nearer 

Uinta Mountain uplift. They are the direct southern continuation of the structural 

features found in the Salt River and Wyoming ranges to the north, but because of 

the covering of Tertiary deposits arc much less readily studied. The broader 

features, enumerated from east to west, are (PL IV): (1) A rather regular anticline, 

the Meridian anticline showing near the northern part of this area one or more 

secondary folds to the east; (2) A somewhat irregular and in places overturned 

syncline, the Lazeart syncline; (3) A much broken region lying along the western 

part of this syncline and east of the Absaroka fault, representing the minor adjustments resulting from this great faulting; (4) a very large and persistent thrust fault 

representing a profoundly broken anticline, the Absaroka fault; (5) a broad syncline, 

the Fossil syncline, deeply buried beneath Tertiary deposits; (6) a greatly disturbed 

region which, in its major features, is a somewhat broken anticline of Carboniferous 

and Jurassic beds the Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal, whose western flank is 

broken by a number of minor faults and folds; (7) a much folded and faulted area 

of upper Carboniferous rocks, the Crawford Mountains, near the northwest corner 

of this area.

MERIDIAN ANTICLINE:

The crest of the Meridian anticline is exposed only in the northeastern part of 

this area and in a limited outcrop on Little Muddy Creek east of Cumberland. 

Throughout the remainder of the region it is covered by the Tertiary beds, which 

commonly dip regularly eastward across it and give no hint of its position. From 

the dips and general structural relations observed in the Cretaceous beds which 

outcrop along its western flank and the relation of the same beds to the anticline 

where it is fully exposed to the north, the position of the anticline may be inferred 

with considerable exactness. The well boring of the Union Pacific Railroad at 

Bridger station (pp. 155-156) shows that the anticline lies west of it, at about the 

position inferred from the attitude of the Cretaceous exposures to. the west. The 

crest of this anticline, as shown .by the exposures and inferred from its approximate 

position beneath the Tertiary beds, is composed almost wholly of strata of the Beckwith formation. To the north of Slate Creek it rises slightly and exposes the Twin 

Creek beds. East of Cumberland it sinks slightly and shows a very thin capping of 

Bear River strata. This anticline is for the most part very regular. Minor faults 

are developed in the region of Hams Hill and Quealy Peak, but on the whole it is a 

.simple feature. It was traced many miles to the north by Peale in 1877," and was 

named by him the Meridian fold, whence the name adopted in this paper.

North of Hams Fork unusually extensive erosion of the Eocene beds has exposed 

a minor anticline about 3 miles cast of the main Meridian anticline, and at Labarge 

Mountain, 24 miles farther north, and 7 miles east of the Meridian fold, a pronounced 

anticline is shown by Peale entirely surrounded by Tertiary deposits. For the most 

part the Tertiary beds entirely conceal the structural development of the older beds

i Peale, A. C., Eleventh Ann. Kept Geol and Geog. Survey Terr for 1877, 1879, p. 530, PI. LIII
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER Np. 66 PL, XXI

k'.'afe«§p£*4,*. -. i*'»4i-- *''^ -» %

^ . v ^^xjJ^^^^iS?^-'"^-'*1-.^-- :-**V'" «a i-^M^wt^^i i^^? " ^t jsp- -*~n._ - f.v.-,.-ss i, v-v -" *^*'1 * '"* * >^**.«^»*»

-*S.,- iM#ff^- " . --- -?* '-*»;'"" *

'*" t^ 1*^' **'- i-^' '?~,!M'--I& 'i? ' & ' "«j^

VIEWS SHOWING RELATION OF BEDS IN EASTERN PORTION OF WEEK'S SECTION AT OLD BEAR RIVER CITY, WYO. 

Compare with fig. 5 (p, 101). The numbers are those used in Week's original description.

SULPHUR CREEK SECTION.

STRUCTURE. 109

east of the Meridian anticline. Farther east along the Oregon Short Line and Union 

Pacific railroads the Tertiary beds for a long distance dip very gently eastward. 

Then they dip gently westward, 'and, still farther east, in the region of Rock Springs, 

the Cretaceous beds appear. There is thus indicated a broad syncline, with an axis 

in the vicinity of Granger. Whether the underlying Cretaceous beds show a similar 

broad syncline is not known, but is quite prpbable. The meager exposures of the 

older rocks east of the Meridian anticline, however, suggest that minor folds are to 

"be expected in the older beds along the western edge of this broad syncline. The 

possibility of such folds greatly increases the probability of obtaining coals at 

workable depths over a considerable area east of the Meridian anticline (PL TV). 

On the south this broad syncline is terminated by the Uinta Mountains, and the 

Meridian anticline likewise dies out against the same structural feature.

" . LAZEART SYNCLINE.

The Lazeart syncline lies from 4 to 12 miles west-of the Meridian anticline and 

has the same general direction. It is well exposed throughout this area and is susceptible of more direct study than the Meridian anticline. The -western limb of this 

syncline is much steeper than the eastern and is in many places overturned and at 

some places considerably faulted. The syncline is exposed at the surface of the 

whole area north of Hams Fork. At the north end it is slightly overturned. It 

plunges rapidly to the south and passes under the Tertiary beds just south of Hams 

Fork, reaching its greatest depth west of Oakley, then rises and is again exposed just 

west of Cumberland. South of this point the axis lies on the west side of Mammoth 

Hollow, about 1 mile from the West Oyster Ridge and 2J miles from East Oyster 

Ridge. At Clear Creek it turns westward, plunges sharply, and is involved in the 

Round Mountain fault. The exact location of the syncline between this point and 

the Lazeart coal mine, where it is again expbsed, can only be inferred, as it is deeply 

buried by Tertiary beds. South of the Lazeart coal mine (PL XXII, A), from which 

point this feature was named, the syncline rises as far as Aspen Mountain, then turns 

westward and, plunging abruptly southward, is overturned and its western edge 

greatly faulted in the region of Hilliard.

ABSAROKA FAULT AND ASSOCIATED MINOR FAULTS.

A large fault, developed on the east side of Absaroka Ridge, and hence named 

the Absaroka fault, was observed by Peale in 1877, and indicated in his sections a§ 

extending many miles north of this area. a It is an enormous thrust fault, in which 

the thrust has come from the west. Besides its exposure in the east side of 

Absaroka Ridge, it is shown near the Cumberland Reservoir, on Little Muddy Creek, 

and from near Lazeart mine southwestward 15 miles to Bear River. Between 

these three exposures it is buried by Tertiary deposits, but its position is fixed within 

very narrow limits by other structural features. North of Cumberland Reservoir 

it lies west of the Lazeart syncline and east of the Short well (p. 145), In sec. 6, T. 20 

N., R. 117 W., which encountered Nugget red beds immediately beneath the Wasatch. 

Between Reservoir Gap and Lazeart mine the position of the fault is not fixed with

o Eleventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1877, 1879, Pis. XLIX, LIII, and LI V.
110 GEOGBAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTH WESTEBN WYOMING.

as much certainty. The location indicated on the map (PI. XXIII) represents the 

most eastern position it can possibly occupy; it may be located farther west. Indeed, 

a minor abrupt western deflection in the vicinity of Clear Creek is regarded as probable. At the southern end .of Absaroka Ridge the faulting is confined to a very 

narrow band.- The beds on the west side of Lazeart syncline are not greatly disturbed, and the lower Frontier rests directly against the base of the Thaynes formation. 

The throw thus indicated exceeds 15,000 feet. . North of Cumberland reservoir the 

beds for some distance east of the principal fault are much broken. These minor 

faults are regarded as mere accessories of the major disturbances, and the blocks 

probably do not have the extremely regular arrangement shown in PI. IV, section E. 

The aggregate throw indicated at this point, where the Thaynes formation is brought 

in contact with the Oyster Ridge sandstone and the whole of the Hilliard formation 

is faulted out, exceeds 20,000 feet. South of Lazeart mine the lower Beckwith strata 

are in contact with Frontier beds of about the Oyster Ridge horizon, and, including 

the distributive faulting to the east, the total stratigraphic throw here is from 10,000 

to 15,000 feet.

Throughout this area from the region of Cumberland reservoir southward there 

is a zone of pronounced faulting and folding just east of the main fault and apparently associated with it. In this zone of faulting is the Oil Spring fault, extending 

from Hilliard Flat to a point west of the Lazeart syncline, where it passes beneath 

the Tertiary covering. It has produced between Hilliard and Altamont a duplication of Oyster Ridge, which is somewhat confusing to one who is first studying 

the geology. West of this fault line, near Carter Oil Spring, is a pronounced syncline 

involving the Oyster Ridge sandstone (PI. XXII).

FOSSIL SYNCLINE.

West of Absaroka fault the exposures of the older beds are very limited. In 

the region of Hilliard these dip eastward and are on the upper flank of an overturned syncline. On the southern end of Absaroka Ridge the Carboniferous and 

Jurassic beds dip regularly westward and the overlying Tertiary beds show a gentle 

syncline with an axis in the neighborhood of Fossil. This axis appears to be very 

nearly coincident with the syncline in the underlying strata, which has therefore 

been named the Fossil syncline. Throughout this area it is deeply buried by the 

Tertiary deposits, but its position may be roughly inferred from the adjoining 

structural features.

ROCK CREEK-NEEDLES ANTICLINAL AXIS.

Bordering the deeply Tertiary-filled trough of the Fossil syncline on the west 

is a greatly disturbed region which in its broader features is a somewhat faulted 

anticlinal axis whose western flank is broken by a number of minor faults and folds. 

It has been found convenient to refer to these structural features as the Rock CreekNeedles anticlinal axis, named from the two prominent points which are its northern 

and southern limits in this area. Along Rock Creek there 'is a very pronounced 

anticline, in places slightly overturned, with a long gradual western slope and a 

very short, abrupt, and in places overturned eastern slope. The eastern slope
BOCK CREEK-NEEDLES ANTICLINAL AXIS. Ill

shows a secondary fold which in the field was interpreted as a fault and was so shown 

on the preliminary cross section published in a brief article on the oil and coal 

fields of southern Uinta County. ° A more critical consideration of the fault data 

has led to the conclusion that the relation observed is more probably due to folding 

than to faulting, as shown in sections C and D, on PL IV. South of Twin Creek the 

anticline passes beneath the Tertiary beds. North of Twin Creek the beds on the 

western flank are exposed for several miles and by the exposures just north of 

the limit of the map may be 1 connected with the westward-dipping Bear River 

coal beds at Sage and Beckwith. Judging from the relations north of this area, 

there is a syncline just west of Boulder Ridge and east of the Carboniferous rocks 

exposed in the Beckwith Hills. This syncline is indicated on PL XXIII as the 

Beckwith syncline.

The Beckwith beds, exposed on the west flank of the Rock Creek anticline, may 

be traced southward by almost continuous surface exposures to Bridger Creek, where 

a secondary anticline is developed, apparently on the west flank of the main anticline. 

This has been indicated as extending through Bridger Hill, but the evidence of this 

extension is not conclusive. On the southern part of the Bridger Hill exposures the 

Beckwith beds show a pronounced and regular westward dip, which suggests an 

anticlinal axis about in the position of the southern extension of the Rock Creek 

anticline. South of this there is an overturned fold in the Beckwith beds at the 

Cockscomb, which, like all other important features in this region, was produced 

by a west-to-east thrust. This Cockscomb anticline terminates very abruptly on the 

north end, and, like the Bridger Hill anticline, is believed to be slightly west of the 

principal axis. West of the Cockscomb anticline is the Alkali syncline, the Narrows 

anticline, and the Dry Hollow syncline. The last is terminated to the west by the 

Crawford fault, on the east side of the area of Pennsylvanian rocks. The Dry 

Hollow syncline and Beckwith syncline are possibly the same feature. The overturned Cockscomb anticline has been traced southward on the east side of Alkali 

and Salt Creek flats almost to the triangular exposure of Beckwith beds extending 

from east of the Narrows to a point south of Medicine Butte and bounded on the east 

side by faults. This triangular area is an anticline of Beckwith beds with a pronounced thrust fault on the east, the Medicine Butte fault, and a normal fault on 

the west, the Acocks fault. This combination of faults with associated anticlinal 

feature extends to and beyond the Needles. Movement along this double line of 

faulting has resulted at the Needles in giving to the Almy conglomerates a high dip 

to the east immediately along and east of this fault line and in depressing the beds 

to the west several thousand feet without pronounced tilting. Between Medicine 

Butte and the railroad cut east of Evanston the Medicine Butte and Acocks faults 

are almost coincident at the surface, and the relative displacement of the Evanston 

beds at the southern end of Medicine Butte, about 4,000 feet, is due to movements 

along these two faults rather than to a single fault (PL IV, section J). The Evanston 

beds exposed along Bear River are brought up by the normal Almy fault. Between 

this fault and the Acocks fault is a great block which has been tilted eastward. The 

throw of this Almy fault is about 4,000 or 5,000 feet, with the downthrow to the

a Bull. U. S Geol. Survey No. 285, 1906, p. 350, PI. XII, B.
112 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

west. This Almy faulting appears to be connected with the Narrows anticline, but 

the connection could not be conclusively proved.

South of the Needles, on Chalk Creek, the oldest strata on the west side of the 

Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal are extensively exposed and may be followed westward to the axis of the Echo City syncline. The Aspen,' Frontier, .and Hilliard 

formations are here exposed in regular succession.. It has been presumed that west 

of the Almy fault this same regular sequence occurs, and it has been so represented 

on the cross sections.

CRAWFORD MOUNTAINS FOLDS AND FAULTS.

The contact between the Carboniferous limestones of the Crawford Mountains 

and the Bear River beds to the east is for the most part Concealed by Quaternary and 

Tertiary beds, but the relation is believed to be one of faulting, probably a large 

thrust fault similar to the Absaroka and Medicine Butte faults. The thrust is here 

clearly from the west. At the southern end of the exposure the principal end of the 

anticline plunges very abruptly beneath the Bear River bottoms. South of Bear 

River the whole country is covered with gently dipping Wasatch beds. The Western 

flank of the Crawford Mountains is greatly disturbed, but the details of the structure 

were not worked out.
CHAPTER IV. 

ECONOMIC GEOLOGY.

COAT.,.

As shown in the economic column of the geologic table facing page 50, coal has 

been found in four formations in southwestern Wyoming, the Bear River, Frontier, 

Adaville, and Evanston. All of these formations are of Cretaceous age, with the 

possible exception of the last, which is probably Eocene. Coal has not been found 

in this area in the two other Cretaceous formations, the Aspen and Hilliard, but 

in adjoining regions beds of the same age yield coal, and these beds may be coal 

bearing here. Judging from the conditions throughout this portion of the Rocky 

Mountains and the known character of the pre-Cretaceous rocks in this local area, 

it is highly improbable that commercial coal will be found in rocks older than the 

Cretaceous.

COAL IN THE BEAR RIVEK FORMATION.

The Bear River formation consists of a group of very dark-colored shales, 

with considerable carbonaceous material. These shales naturally attract the 

attention of those hunting for coal and have been prospected from the time of the 

settlement of this region. On the map of the United States, published by the 

Land Office in 1866," coal is indicated on Bear River near the present town of 

Cokeville, immediately north of this area. These coal-bearing beds at Cokeville 

are in the Bear River formation, and persistent attempts have been made to develop 

them since that time. The coal is reported as liigh-grade bituminous, with decided 

coking properties, but the beds thus far discovered are not of a character to justify 

extensive development. The seams are thin and the coal is dirty. The town 

was named Coketown, or Cokeville, more for what it was hoped it would produce 

than for what it did. No commercial shipments of importance have been made 

from this point.

The existence of coal in the Bear River formation at the Narrows was reported 

on hearsay by Hayden in 1872.6 Two coal seams are indicated at this locality 

on the "Map of Contested Union Pacific Lands, Uinta County, Wyoming," furnished by Mr. B. A. McAllaster, land commissioner, but these coal seams appear 

on field examination to be bands of carbonaceous shale containing thin coal streaks 

of no commercial value as coal beds. This locality has been repeatedly prospected 

by the coal companies working at Almy, but no workable coal has been found.

i Map of the United States and Territories showing the extent of public surveys arid other details, constructed from 

the plats and official sources of the General Land Office by Theodore Franks, 1806. 

>> [Fifth Ann.] Prelim. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey, Montana, for 1871, 1872, p. 158.

113
114 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Peale reports 68 that coal was discovered near Sage in 1875, and that before his 

visit in 1877 a mine had been opened by the Wyoming Coal and Coking Company 

and coke ovens erected. The slope was 470 feet in length, with a single entry 120 

feet long. He reports the following section:

Section of coal-bf.arinq strata at Sage, Uinta Gouniy, Wyo.

	Feet.

1. Light-colored sandstone, forming roof. ~ ,

2. Coal, mined by Wyoming Coal and Coking Company...................................... 6

3. Clay................................................................................... 3-6

4. Coal............--.--.....-.---..-.....--.--........-....----..--.........--.--........ .3

5. Shales and slate.

6. Coal.......-....-..........-......-.--......----......-.-...----...-....--............. 3.5

7. Sandstone, with thin bed of coal.

It is reported that picked samples of this coal will make coke, and that washing 

was tried to remove the impurities. With the building of the Oregon Short Line 

in 1881 a second attempt was made to develop this locality, and a third trial was 

made about 1900, when it is reported that the slope was extended 200 feet and 

several new entries opened. A new coke oven was constructed under the direction 

of a Pennsylvania expert, who after careful tests pronounced the coal of no value 

as a coking coal. Altogether about $130,000 has been spent in a fruitless attempt 

to develop this coal. The beds dip from 35° to 45° westward, and the natural 

system of working, as at other places in this region, is a slope at right angles to the 

strike, with entries departing from the direction of the strike; only enough to insure 

free drainage, and rooms worked up the dip from the entries. The lower part of 

this mine is now filled with water. An examination of the coal bed in the slope 

above the water level showed 5.5 feet of very dirty coal, about one-third worthless. 

Coal prospects have within the last year or two been opened just east of Beckwith, 

and a considerable tract of land has beenx covered with coal declaratory statements. 

These Beckwith coals are clearly of the same age as those outcropping at Sage and 

are in about the same stratigraphic position. Their value can be fully determined 

by relatively shallow openings.

The general shallow-water character of the Bear River beds and the persistent 

occurrence of. coal beds approximating workable thickness and quality make it 

seem probable that local developments of coal of commercial value .will be found 

in them. Irregular developments similar to that found in the Evanston beds at 

Almy, where the workable bed entirely loses its workable character in a distance 

of 2 miles, are certainly to be expected. ~ In prospecting it is well to remember 

that the general character of the coal can be determined within a short distance 

from the surface. The only reason for continuing a slope to a depth of several 

hundred feet is the possibility tliat the coal may become cleaner in that direction. 

The general character of the coal, except for this question of ash, will not ordinarily 

change with depth, and there is no reason for believing that the coal would be 

cleaner at greater depths than along the strike in either direction.

aPeale, A C , Eleventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1877, 187U, p. 575.
COAL. -- 115

COAL IN THE FRONTIER FORMATION. 

GOAL HORIZONS.

The Frontier formation consists of a series of clays and light-colored sandstones, limited above and below by dark-colored shales not known to be coal bearing 

in this area. Detailed cross sections have been prepared by the Union Pacific Coal 

Company at Spring Valley, Spring Gap, and Cumberland, and these, through the 

courtesy of Mr. George L. Black, superintendent, are presented on PI. XXIV. 

Coal-bearing beds occur throughout the formation, but they vary considerably from 

point to point, and the exact equivalence of the coal beds in different parts of the 

region was not fully determined. In general there is a group of coals near the 

base which has been referred to as the Spring Valley group. At Spring Valley 

this contains the Carter coal, the Spring Valley coal, or the main bed worked at 

the Union Pacific mine at Spring Valley with two associated minor seams, and the 

lower Spring Valley seam, reported to have a thickness of 3 J feet.- Above this group 

and below the Oyster Ridge sandstone there are several seams, but only one is now 

known to be of importance, and that only in the northern part of the area. This 

is the Willow Creek seam. At Willow Creek Gap this bed is about 200 feet below the 

Oyster Ridge sandstone. A coal in the Cumberland section (PI. XXIV, A), about 

500 feet below the Oyster Ridge sandstone, is marked Willow Creek in the Union 

Pacific Coal Company's cross sections, but it is by no means certain that this is the 

southern representative of tlie Willow Creek seam. Above the1 Oyster Ridge sandstone are the upper coals or Keinmerer group. These contain the lower Kemmerer, 

mined at Frontier; the main Kemmerer, mined at Frontier, Diamondville,'Oakley, 

Glencoe, and the Cumberlands, and the upper Kemmerer, mined at Diamondville. 

The exact equivalence of the main seams worked at Cumberland, Diamondville, and 

Frontier can not be asserted. They are certainly at approximately the same 

horizon, but may not be identically the same bed. The general relations and 

variation of the upper seams are well shown in the diamond-drill borings presented on PI. XXV. The local variations of the main coal in the Cumberland 

mines are shown in fig. 6.

The position of the surface exposures of the Frontier formation is shown on the 

areal geology map, PL III, and the position of some of the coal outcrop and the 

depth to the Kemmerer coal are indicated on the economic geology map, PI. XXIII. 

This formation is found at or near the surface just west of the Meridian anticline. 

It underlies the great shale valley, Mammoth Hollow, and is again exposed in part 

of the region between Lazeart syncline and the Absaroka fault. In this portion of 

the area the beds are greatly disturbed and the conditions for economic mining 

not so favorable as on the east side of Mammoth Hollow. This formation underlies the whole region east of the Meridian anticline, as indicated on PL XXIII, but 

the exact position of the western edge can be determined only by drilling
116 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OJT SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

5th N. entry at room 32. 5th N. entry at room 2 6th N. entry at face.

5th S. entry 80 feet from face Cth S. entry 90 feet from face 

at edge of barren ground. at edge of barren ground 7th S. entry at man way.

Vertical scale 5. 10 1.5 ao -feet 

Sections ut U. P. mine No. 1.

5th N. entry at face. 6th N*. entry at room «6. 7th N. entry ut lace.

4tli fcj. entry at room 69. 5th S. tmti-y a,c face. 6th S. entry at Jace.

;ih S. entry at fac-e. 8th S. entry at air course. Slope Jit 8th S. back entry.

Vertical scale s ip '.s _ ?ofeet

Sections in ff. P. mine No. S. 

FIG.6 Coal sections in Union Pacific Coal Company'3 mines at Cumberland, showing variation in main Keinmerer seam.
COAL IN FRONTIER FORMATION. - 117 

OUTLINE OF DISCOVERY ANT DEVELOPMENT.

The coals of this group were discovered by Fremont on August 19, 1843." 

He found "alternating beds of coal and clay" on Muddy Creek just east of the 

present town of Cumberland and reported the follow'ng section:

Section of coal-bearing beds cast of Cumberland.^

Coal. ...........................................................

Coal ............................................................

Clay. ...........................................................

Coal. ............................................................

Clay. ........................................... .' . ..............

Coal. ...........................................................

Clay. ...........................................................

Coal. ....................................... ..................

Ft. 

.......................... 1

.......................... 1

.......................... 1

.......................... 20

.......................... 5

.......................... 5

In. 

0

3

3

0

0

0

0

The rocks at this place were observed to dip in the direction N. 05° W. at an angle of 20°.* * * 

The stratum containing the fossil ferns is about 20 feet thick, and above it are two beds of coal about 

15 inches.

The coals referred to by Fremont are shown on the Cumberland section near 

the point marked "leaves," PI.XXIV. Passing westward from this point Fremont 

reports that "coal made its appearance occasionally in the hills during the afternoon, and was displayed in rabbit burrows in a kind of gap, through which we passed 

over some hills and descended to make our encampment on the same stream [Little 

Muddy Creek]." This clearly refers to the coal outcrops on the hills just north 

of Reservoir Gap, and is of particular interest in connection with the fact that 

when this area was surveyed by the Land Office in 1881 no coal was reported, 

and the land is therefore classed by the Land Office as agricultural land. In 1848 

Clayton" reported coal in these beds on Sulphur Creek near the site of the old Bear 

River City. In 1852 Stansburyd examined'this locality and placed on the map 

accompanying his report the words "Great Coal Basin," extending from the west 

bank of Bear River, near the present town of Evanston, to Point of Rocks in Sweetwater County. The beds at old Bear River City were opened about the time of 

the building of the Union Pacific Railroad in 1869, but were never worked to any 

great extent. In 1859 a United States military coal reservation was established 

at a point about 3 miles farther east, in beds of the same age, but the coal was 

never worked to any great extent, although it is probable that small amounts were 

hauled to Fort Bridger for blacksmithing purposes. With the abandonment of 

Fort Bridger this reservation was returned to the public domain.

In 1874 the deputy land office surveyors separated as coal land the greater 

part of the outcrops of this formation in the western part of R. 116 W., Tps. 18, 19, 

and 20 N.', and in the same year Cope reported coal in these beds in the valley

o Fremont, James C., Kept. Explor. Expod. to Rooky Mountains and to Oregon and Northern California, House Ex. 

Doc. No. 106, 28th Cong.. 2d sess., 1845, p. 131. 

6 By Fremont, 1843, ibid , pp. 297, 298.

c Clayton, W., Latter Day Saints' Emigrants' Guide, 1848, p. 24. 

i Stansbury, Capt. Howard, Exploration and Survey of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, 1852, pp. 226, 280.
118 " GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTH WESTERN WYOMING.

of Hams Fork." The Spring Valley coal was reported by Emmons in 1877, who 

states that in Pioneer Hollow in a sandstone dipping 20° westward there is a bed 

of coal 20 feet thick.6 Coal prospects were opened throughout this region as the 

country was settled, and in 1893 Knight reports: "Coal mines have been opened 

on Hams Fork, on the Oregon Short Line, but their workings have been very 

light and irregular." 0 The first important mine in these beds was that of the 

Diamond Coal and Coke Company at Diamondville, which began mining coal in 

July, 1894. Mines were opened by the same company at Glencoe in the fall of 

1898, and at Oakley in the summer of 1899. The Frontier mine was opened in 

the summer of 1897 by the Kemmerer Coal Company, and the Cumberland mines 

of the Union Pacific Coal Company in the fall and spring of 1900 and 1901. All 

these mines develop the upper or main Kemmerer group of coals. The Union 

Pacific Coal Company opened mines on the Spring Valley seam at Spring Valley 

in November, 1899, and shipped coal in September, 1900. The mine was finally 

abandoned and closed in February, 1905. A small mine northeast of Hilliard 

develops one of this Spring Valley group of beds and supplies a limited amount 

of coal for local use. Two openings have been made in sec. 12, T. 15 N., R. 118 

W., to supply fuel for drilling neighboring oil wells. The Kemmerer Coal Company 

proposes to open a mine on the Willow Creek seam in sec. 6, T. 22 N., E. 115 W. 

Tests of this coal have yielded coke of fair quality, and it is for its coking value 

that this coal is to be developed.

The mines at Frontier, Diamondville, and the two Cumberlands each have 

an average output of from 1,500 to 2,000 tons a day. Through the courtesy of the 

superintendents, all these mines were visited. Mr. Carl D. Smith examined the 

mines of the Dia'mond Coal and Coke Company and the Cumberland mines, and 

his reports on Diamondville No. 1 and Cumberland No. 1 follow.

Mine No. 1, Diamond Coal and Coke Company, Diamondville, Wyo. The entrance to the coal is by 

slope, which begins on the crop of the coal. The slope is 6,080 feet in length and has an average pitch 

of 16°, 3° N.' of W. Coal is hoisted out by cable in cars of 2,000 pounds capacity. The output averages 

about 1,500 tons a day of twenty-four hours. Coal is shipped principally to smelters at Anaconda, 

Mont., and to Salt Lake City, Utah, and is said not to be a good smithing coal, because the "heat is 

in the blacksmith's face and not in the fire." Coal is said not (ocoke well, though for what reason is not 

known. Coal gives a light brown ash and is reported to give very little clinker where pure lump is 

used. Slack gives a good deal of clinker. Rlectric signals are used in mine. Telephones connect 

all important places. Large horses are used for hauling in entries. McGintys are used for pulling 

empty cars from entries into rooms. Room-and-pillar system is used. Rooms are about 20 by 300 

feet, with break-throughs and barriers left at times, especially where top is bad. Barriers were left for 

awhile, then discontinued, but were found necessary and used again. Rooms are turned up the rise 

on bottom bench of coal, the upper being used as roof. The upper bench is then worked down the dip. 

Coal is shot off the solid except in upper bed of coal, where it is undercut. Pumping is done in the 

npper levels by steam; in the lower levels by compressed air. Mine is ventilated by exhaust fan. The 

main slope is the in take. Air goes to bottom parts, and returns to fan through air courses parallel to entries 

and main slope. Air is run into rooms by means of canvas curtains. Open lamps are used for lighting. 

Gas is drawn out by exhaust fan. A peculiar gas, or "depleted air," is found in the mine. It is said 

to have been analyzed at Stanford University and to contain, instead of 21 per cent of oxygen, only 

16 per cent. Nitrogen takes the place of oxygen. It does not burn nor support combustion, but is as

a Seventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Ceol. and Geog. Survey Terr, for 1873, 1874, p. 440.

& Ropt. Explor. 40th Pfy., .vol. 2, 1878, p. 252.

c Bull. Wyo. Experiment Station No. 14, 1893, p. 148.
U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO 56 PL. XXII

^1. LAZEART SYNCLINE AT LAZEART COAL MINE, SE, ^ SW. ± SEC. 8, T. 15 N., R. 118 W. 

The white sandstone underlies the Adaville coal seam, here 35 feet thick. The beds forming the upper part of the hill are horizontal KnightB. SYNCLINE 1 MILE SOUTHWEST OF CARTER OIL SPRING.

Prominent white sandstone is Oyster Ridge sandstone. Vegetation largely sage, witr- occasional haw bushes, and with exceptional clump of 

quaking aspen in the head of the hollow in the right foreground.

STRUCTURE.

COAL IN FRONTIER FORMATION. 119

fatal as CO2 for breathing. Timbering is used in parts of mine where top is bad. The roof is extremely 

variable. In the entries near the crop the top is of shaly sandstone of gray color, which makes a pretty 

good roof. This is fairly regular over all the north entries, there being little variation in either coal or 

top. In the south entries, beginning with the thirteenth, the top consists of shale, with tongues of 

sandstone and fire clay, varying in thickness from 1 foot to 20 feet. This produces much water, and on 

exposure slacks and squeezes. Much timbering has been done, but it seems to be impossible to hold 

up the roof. When allowed to fall, about 20 feet comes down and the top is then fairly stable. No 

rooms can be turned under this top. About halfway down the main slope an area of low coa) was struck. 

In order to avoid this, the course of the main slope was changed so as to run more nearly west. At 

one place in the mine an oyster bod was noticed in the sandstone about 6 inches above the coal. This 

had a thickness of only a few inches, and its lateral extent does not seem to bo great. No other fossils 

were noticed in the top except a few impressions of leaves. The joints in the top are very far apart 

and do not seem to extend into the coal. The difference in the thickness of the coal is due principally 

to irregularities in'the top of the lower bench, the bottom remaining practically smooth. The floor 

is of a dark-colored fire clay, which squeezes considerably on getting wet. This gives much trouble 

by throwing the track off grade.

The thickness of the coal is rather variable, but averages 12 feet. The coal is in two benches, 

the bottom one being 7 feet and varying more in thickness than the upper. Between the benches is a 

parting of variable thickness. The parting consists of a light-colored sandstone, which in places pinches 

down to a mere division of cleavage plane, also in places giving way to shale and muck or soapstoue. 

The upper 5 feet of coal, forming the upper bench, is freer from impurities than the lower bench. Sulphur balls are common in the lower, and at times are of considerable size. These interfere with drilling. 

About 18 inches below the top of the upper bench is a band of yellowish coal, which is said to be very 

persistent throughout this seam. The upper bench of coal has a shiny luster, and cleaves more into 

cubical blocks than the lower. The lower bench looks dirtier, and has no decided cleavage, except vertically. Face slips are rather pronounced. Rolls occur in the coal, running across the pitch. These 

are not sharp, however, only two or three coming in the mine. In the lower north entries the coal is 

low, not over 7 feet thick. It is also somewhat faulted and disturbed.

About 50 feet stratigraphically above the Kemmerer coal is another bed, which is reached by an 

intercoal tunnel. This bed is about 5 feet thick, is a very good quality of coal, and has a partiug about 1 

foot from bottom. This coal is dug by undermining. The sandstone top is good. 'Between the two 

beds of coal are alternating beds of sandstone and shale.

Mine No. 1, Union Pacific Coal Company, Cumberland, Wyo. Entrance to coal by slope 4,000 feet 

in length; average dip, 23° W.; capacity of cars, about 5,000 pounds. Coal shipped west and sold mine 

run. Coal is said to be good for blacksmithing; not tested for coke. Electric signals and telephones in 

mine. Steel used on main slope is heavy, propably 56 pounds; in entries is lighter. Coal is run down 

from rooms on flat sheet or chutes. A short switch is put in from entry and coal is slid into cars. Horses 

used to pull coal to gangway. The roof consists of sandstone, with a few inches of clod or soft clay 

immediately above the coal. It does not vary much in different parts of the mine.' At places a band 

of shale occurs at variable distances from the coal. The roof in places adheres to the coal and in places 

is free. The clod usually holds up when the coal is shot down. The thickness of the coal averages 

about 7 feet, though it shows considerable variation, due to irregularity of roof. Roof fills valleys in coal. 

Quality of coal is very good. Has very few partings except a rather persistent yellow band near the 

top. Some sulphur balls occur. Coal has a black, shiny luster and cleaves best on bedding planes. 

First 6 inches of-'floor is of soft fire clay, which slacks and falls down when exposed to the air. 

Beneath this there is a kind of shaly sandstone, which is very hard. Floor is more regular than roof, 

though hummocks appear in it. In the north entries of the mine the coal pinches out. This pinching 

begins farther north, in the upper levels, and swings south-westward toward the main slope; then seems 

to turn again to the north. A diamond-drill hole between this mine and No. 2 struck only a trace of 

coal where it should have been. In one of the south entries a peculiar granulated coal comes beneath 

the regular bed. The contact between it and the other is very marked, so that it can hardly be due. to 

crushing. It is probably wash coal filling an irregularity in the floor.

A similar abrupt thinning of the coal was observed in the southern entries of 

mine No. 2, and is believed by Mr. F. H. Manley, of the Union Pacific Coal Com-
120 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

pany, to indicate an island in the original coal-forming marsh, rather than a fault, 

as has been suggested. There is certainly no evidence of faulting at this point, 

and the surface conditions are such that a fault would be readily detected. '

SECTIONS OF THE COA1S OF THE FRONTIER FORMATION.

Many test pits and test slopes have been opened into the coal beds of the 

Frontier formation and a few tests made with diamond drills. The results of a 

large number of these tests are presented in the following table, under numbers 

corresponding to those used on the economic map, PL XXIII.

Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation.

.No.

T.

23

23

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

22

21

21

21

R.

116

116

116

110

110

116

116

116

115

116

110

Location.

See.

2, NB. JNW. 1........

36 S\V \ S\V ^

' 4

o, sw. j sw. t........

1, NE. iSW. t- .......

1, NW. i SW. 1........

1, SB. J SW.i.........

12, NTC. 1 NW. 1.......

13, NW.-i NB. J.......

13, SW. t NB. 1.......

13, SW. 1SE. J........

5, SB.tSE.l.. .......

12, SB. JNW. J. ......

24, NW. iNW. !-.... .

Ft. In.

Coal.. .................... 8 0

Coal...................... 8 0

Coal ^ .................... 4 0

Clay................. ............

Coal, rather dirty.... .... 5 0

Coal.................. . . 40

Sandstone and shale. ..... 40 0 

Coal.................. 6 to 14 0

Sandstone and shale...... 15 0

Below surface............ 98 0

Coal...... ............... 1 0

Shale..... ............... 14 0

Coal........... .......... 0 3

Coal...................... 1 0

Sandstone........ ....... 13 0

Willow Creek seam

In the Kemmerer group

In the Kemmerer group

In the Kemmerer group.

pected at this point.

Upper Kemincrer seam, Kemmerer Coal Co.'s 

irune No. 1.

mine No. 1.

mine No. 1.

Diamond-drill hole; see section on PI. XXV.

.

15
COAL IN FRONTIER FORMATION. 

Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

121

No.

Ifi

17

18

19

 >!'

T.

21

21

21

20

20

20

R.

110

llfi

116

116

116

Location.

Sec.

24, NW. i NW. J

25, NE. JNW. }...,..

35, NE. }SE. J. .......

'

4, SE. J N\V. j.... . .

4, SW -i. .............

4, SW. J. .............

Ft. In 

Coal...................... 0 4

Shale..................... 10 8

Clay...................... 0 6

Shale..................... 22 6

Coal...................... 3 0

Shale and sandstone ..... 50 0

Sandstone parting. . . ..........

Dark-colored fire clay ..........

Below surface. ........... 459 0

Sandstone... .......... (1 I

Sandstone... .... ... (12

Shale and sandstone ..... J5 0

Brown sandstone .. ..... 0 (i 

Sandstone...... ........ 10 6 

Black shale...... . ... 80

Sandstone... ........."

Shale...... ......... 06

Coal...................... 4 0

Coal............. . ...... 0 b

Coal ... ^. ................. 1 0

Coal ............... . 40

Bone.'.............. ..... 2 o

>Main Kemmerer seam

No. 1.

Diamond-drill hole.

Upper Kemmerer.

JLower kemmerer.

Tunnel 175 1'eet long.
122 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING, 

Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

No.

21

22

23

24 

25

2tj 

27

28 

20 

30

Location.

T.

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

R.

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

Sec.

4, SW.i.... ...........

4, SW.J... ............

9, SW. JNW. J.. . . .

16, NW. JNW. j.....

17, NE. } SE. }.... ...

17, NE. JSE. i.....

20, NE JNE i.......

20, SW. JSE. J.......

Sections.

Ft. In 

Coal....... ............. 0 8

Bone. ... .... . 01

Coal......... ........... 0 4

Below surface............ 231 0

Coal ...................... 1 0

Shale... ........... 5 0

Coal..... ................ 2 0

Coal..... . ....... 0 10

Coal........... ............. ..

Coal...... .. .......... 4 5

Coal. . ....... .......... 3 0

Coal ......... ........... 3 6

Clay..... ....... ...... 0 S

Coal.... .. ........... 60

Coal. ... ... . . ... 12 0

Coal (washed) .. .. . ..... ..

Bone...... . .... ..... 0 2

Clay... ....... . ...... . 0 5

Coal....... .......... ..40

Sandstone. ............ 0 2 

Coal.... ..-. .. . ....... 2 9

Coal....... ... . .... 47

Clay and sandstone. ..... 0 9 

Coal......... ..... 40

Coal..... ...... ....... 2 8

Sandstone and cliiv. .... . 0 7

Coal... .. ......................

Coal...................... 5 8

Dirt...................... 0 2

Remarks.

In the Kemmerer group.

Diamond-drill hole. 

See section on' PI. XXV.

 \

In the Kemmcrer group.

Upper Kemmerer seam.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

6-foot coal seam has two streaks of dirt near 

topDiamondville Coal and Coke Company's mine 

No 4.

Main Kemmerer seam. 

>Lower Kemmerer seam.

Main Kemmerer seam.

In the Keminerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In thu Kemmerer croup.
COAL IN FRONTIER FORMATION. 

Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

123

No.

'so

31

3?

33

-

34

3(i

37

30

40

41

42

43

T.

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

19

19

19

10

'9

R.

116

116

llfi

116

116

116

116

1115

116

Location.

Sec.

20.SW.J SE.i... ......

,

32, NE. JNW. I.......

32, SE. }NW. }.......

32, SE. }NW. }.......

32, SE. JSW. i.. ......

5, NE. }NW. \........

5. SE. JNW. .........

o, SE. 1NW. }.. ......

5, NE. j SW. i........

5, NE. JSW. 1........

ft. In 

Coal.... ...... . .......... 5 9 

Dirt..............................

Coal. ..................... 1 0

Coal............... ....... 310

Sandstone ........................

Coal....................... b 0

Black shale............... 10 0

Coal...................... 0 6

Shale..................... 3 6

Shale....'..........------. 12 0

Shale

Coal...................... 1 8

Rock..................... 0 10

Coal..-........-...--...-. ail

Clay.................-----.-..---.

Coal, partly linrned. ...... 3 4

No coal ...........................

Shale .............................

Co&I 1 4

Coal 9 0 - 

No coa 1 ...........................

Shale ........ ................... 

Coal.......:.............. 1 4

Coal...................... 3 3

Below surface. ........... 90 0

Shale..................... 1 0

Sandstone and shale. ..... 27-0

Dirt...................... 1 2

Coal...................... 4 1

°

In the Kemmerer group.

See section on PI. XXV.

,

In the Kemmerer group.

In tho KrmnmnT group

Diamond-drill hole.

Jtt the Heinniorer L'roun.

3094 No. 56 07-
124 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING. 

Sections oj coal beds in the frontier formation Continued.

49

50

"

51

5?

53

55

r,K

57

59

60

61

6?

63

T.

 19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

19

K.

116

116

m

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

116

'no

116

116

116

Location.

See.

S, NE. JNW. {........

8, SE. JNW. i........

S, SE. JNW. i........

17, SW. 1 NW. i......

17, SW- JNW- i.......

17, SW. JSW. J.......

19, NW. JSE. 1. :.....

19, NW. JSE. J... ..

19, SW. JSE. J........

30, SW. JNE. i.......

30, SW. JSE. J. .......

31, NW. i NE. J......

Ft. In

Dirt.... . 0 3

Dirt.......... . . . . 03

Dirt... 0 3

Dirt........ . . 09

Coal...................... 1 9

Rock..................... 0 5

Coal...................... 4 0

Coal... .................. 3 0

Coal...................... 3 1

Coal...................... 8 6

Coal...................... 6 6

Coal...................... 6 10

No coal ...........................

Below surface ............ 547 0

Coal........ ............. 6 0

Clay..............................

Coal...................... 5 8

Clay..............................

Coal...................... 12 0

Coal...................... 14 0

Coal...................... 7 0

Coal...................... 10 3

Fire clay. .........................

.

In the Kemmerer group.

Diamond-drill hole; see section on PI. XXV.

Diamond drill hole; see section on PI. XXV.

In the Keminert'r group.
" COAL IN FKONTTER FORMATION. . 

Sections.of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

125

No.

64

65

66

67

68

69

70

71

If.

73

74

- 

T. -

19

19

19

19

18

18

18

18

18

18

1ft

R.

116

116

117

117

117

117

Location.

Sec.

32, NW. JNW. }......

32, NE. 1NW. i.......

32, NE. i NW. i......

*

1, NE. J NE. J .......

f

1, SE.i NE.J. ......

1,NB. JSE. i. ........

5, SW. JSE. J.........

12..NW. i SE. i.......

13, NE. ; SW. J.......

Ft. In. 

Sandstone .........-.....-....'..-

Coal. ........ ............. 0 0

Clay...................... 3 3

Coal. ..................... 0 3

Sandstone ...........--....--.-..-

Coal...................... 1 9

Clay...................... 0 4

.Coal...................... 1 10

Below surface.... .. ..... 277 0

Shale and sandstone. ..... 24 0

Shale..................... 6 0

Coal........:. ........... 5 0

Coal...................... 1 0

Clay. .............................

Coal and clay ............. 4 0 

Coal...................... 0 8

Clay..............................

Coal....................... 2 0

Coal...................... 2 6

Clay shale. .......................

-

In the lower group.

See section on PI. XXIV, -V.

*

In the Spring Valley group.

See section on PI. XXIV, AIn the Spring Valley group.

See section on PL XXIV, A.

In the Spring Valley group.

See section on PL XXIV, A.

Diamond-drill hole; see section on PL XXV.

See section on PL XXV.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.
126 GEOGRAPHY. AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued. ,

76

7S

79

sn

82

OQ

OA

85

87

89

tin

T.

IS

is

IS

18

IS

18

IS

18

IS

18

H

17

17

117

117

117

117

117

Location.

Sec. -

IS, NE. JSW. ;.......

13, SE. JS\\r . i........

13 N\V ^ S^r ^

' 4 J

1

24, NE. |N\V. 1.......

24, NE. JN\V. 1.......

24, NE. iNW. ^.......

24, SE. iNW. J. ......

26, NE. JNE. }..... ..

26, SE. JNE. }........

26. SE. l. ...... .......

26, NW. JSE. J.......

ft. In

Coal...................... 4 4 

Clav...... ....... ......... 2 2

Coal...................... 1 3

Coal...................... 0 4

Shale..................... 0 4

Shale.............................

Clay...................... 0 4

Clay..............................

Coal...................... 3 0

Coal...................... 3 0

Shale.............................

Shale.............................

Clay. .............................

Coal...................... 1 8 

Clay..............................

Shale..................... 0 7

Clay ..............................

Sandstone .......--.-.....---.---.

Clay..............................

Coal...................... 0 7

Clay.............................

Coal...................... 5 0

Clay..............................

Shale................... 0 8

Clav..............................

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

Diamond-drill hole.

See section on PI. XXV

In the Kemmerer group

In th<!,Knmmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmercr group.

In the Kemme.rer group

In the Kemmerer group.

,

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.
COAL IN FRONTIER FORMATION.

Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

111

93

94

95

97

98

mi

102

103

105

100

T

18

18

18

IS

18

17

17

 17

17

17

17

17

R.

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

H7

117

117

117

Location.

Sec.

ai>, SW. i SK. J........

35, NK.JNW. i. ......

35, SE. 1 NW. }.......

35, SK.i NW. J .......

-

35, NE.i-SW.i-......

35, SE. -t SW.-t-. ......

2, NW. 1..............

2, SE. i NW. J........

2. SW. i-SW.i. .......

7, SE. >j SE. }.........

10, SE. I........ ......

11, sw. JNW. ;.......

11, NW. i SW.i.......

22, SE. J NE. $........

Ft. In. 

Sandstone ........................

Coal.................... 2 3

Coal.................... 5 2 

Shale.--............'.... 0 2

Coal.................... 2 0

Shalo and sandstone.. .. 1 0 

Coal.................... 0 2

Shale and sandstone. ... 10

Shale....---.-...-.--.-. 0 5

Shale................... 11 8

Coal............'----.... 3 9

Clny roof.. .............-..------- 

Coal..-.-....--...-.... 8 2

Clay.........-.-.....--. 0 4

a A V

Sandstone ........................

Coal.........---.--..... 7 2

Clay. ........-.----.--....--------

Coal........-----....... 2 7

Clny. ................... 1 2

Coal.................... 1 10

Coal.......---......--.. 2 0

Coal.....-----.......... 1 10

Coal.--.............---- 3 0

Coal.-....-.--.-........ 6 0

Coal.................... 2 6

Clay...............-..-----------.

Coal.................... 4 0

Clay....-.-----.-.....-..---......

Coal .....---...-----..-. 5 0 

Clay..............................

Coal.....--..........--- 2 7

Coal......--. ........... 2 5

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

In tile Kemmerer group.

In the Ivemmerer group.
128 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING. 

 . Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

107

109

no

112

113

114

115

117

.119

122

123

124

120

127

,T.

17

17

17

17

IB

Ifi

10

16

16

10

16

10

R.

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

117

Location.

Sec.

24, SW.iNW. ;.......

34, NE.1SW.-S. ......

.

34 NE 1

' 4

35, NW.i.............

5, NW.-J. .............

0, NE. S SE.J.........

8,'NE. i SW-i........

8, NE i SW. i ........

30, MW. 1NW. I......

30, NVV.iNW. >......

so, NW. VNW. ;......

30, NW. iSW. }.......

30, SW. 1 SW. 5.......

K. /«

Clay..............................

Coal.................... 3 8

Clay.................... 1 9

Coal..... ............... 3 S

Clay.................... 1 2

Coal.................... 3 8

Coal.................... 010

Coal.................... 4 5

Coal.................... 1 0

Coal. ..-...............: 2 0

Shale................... 0 3

Coal.................... 4 6

Coal.................... 3 0

Coal.................... 4 8

Clay. .............................

Coal......../. .......... 2 0

Shale........ .......... 0 3

Coal.................... 2 3

Shale................... 0 J

Coal.................... 4 2 

Cliiv. ...... ............. 2 0

Coal.................... 2 8

Coal.................... 1 0

Coal..... ............... 4 0

Coal.................... 1 6

Clay.................... 1 9

Coal. ................... 1 0

Coal.................... 5 0

In the Keinmfirer group.

In the lower group.

In the lower group.

In the lower group.

Sec section on PI. XXIV, J3.

In the lower group.

In the lower group; see section on P1.XXIV,JS.
COAL TN FRONTIER FORMATION.

Sections o/ coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

129

JS'O

1?S

1?0

130

131

132

333

iqj

135

136

137

138

139

T,

16

16

16

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

R.

118

118

1 -1C

i is

us

,

118

118

118

Location.

Sec.

24, NW.iSK.J.......

25, NE. iNW. }.......

25, SW.i... ...........

1, SW. iNE.i........

12, NE. 1NW. i.......

12, SW. J SW. 1.......

22, NW.JNW. }......

32, NE. }SE. >.......

33, NE. 1 NE. -1 ......

33, NE.-! NE. i......

34, NW.J. ...........

M. In 

Coal.................... 2 0

Shale.................... 0 3

Coal.................... 1 5

Coal.................... 6 6

Coal.................... 1 6

Coal.................... 4 8

Coal.................... 1 6

Shale................... 0 2

Coal.................... 4 8

Coal.................... 0 6

Coal....... ............ 2 3

Shale................... 0 2

Coal.................... 2 0

Shale................... 0 3

Coal.................... 3 3

Below surface . ..'....... 1.183 0

Coal.................... 4 0

Shale and sandstone. ... 43 7 

Coal.................... 0 5

Shale................... 14 0

Coai.................... 4 7

Shale and sandstone.. . 39 2

Below surface .......... 389 0

Black shale and 2 inches 9 0 

coal. 

Shale and sandstone. ... 17 0

Coal (dirtv) ............ 1 0

Coal .................... 1 9

Rock................... 0 5

Coal .................... 4 0

Clav. ................... 1 2

Coal.................... 2 6

In the Kemmerer group.

^

In the Kemmerer group.

In the Kemmerer group.

See section on PI XXIV, B.

In the lower group.

In the lower group.

1,280 feet. Thickest coal bed was 8 feet. In 

the Kemmerer group.

Churn-drill hole, Baker oil well . Sec section on 

p. 84. ,

1

U. P. diamond-drill hole No. 4 

See section on PI. XXIV, C.

In the Kemmerer group.

See section on PI. XXIV. C.
130 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING. 

- Sections of coal beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

No.

141

142

143

145

146

147

148

149

151

152

153

154

155

157

1S8

159

inn

101

162

164

166

167

16*

T.

15

15

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

11.

118

118

118

319

119

119

119

119

119

119

119

119

119

119

119

1 19

119

119

119

119

119

119

location.

Sec.

34, NW. iNE. J.......

12, SW. iNE. J.......

12, SE. J NW. J ......

12, NE iS\V. J.......

12, NE. iSW. J.......

12, SE. i SW.i........

12, SE. rj SW.i........

12, SE.lSW.i.. .......

13, NE. J NE.i. ......

13, SE.iNE. i. .......

13, SW. iNE. i......'.

13, NW. iSE. i.......

13, SW. iSE. i........

13, NE.iSW. i.......

13, SE. 3 SW.i. .......

13, SE. J SW. i .......

13, SW. 5 SW. 5.......

16, SW.i..............

20, NE. 1 SW. J.......

22, SW.iSE. J.......

24, NW. i SW. i ......

24, NW.iNW. i......

24, NW. JNE.i.....!.

26, NW. JNE. i. ......

Ft. In 

Clav roof. ........................

Coal..............................

Coal...................... 0 0

Coal.. .................... 6 4

Coal...................... 2 6

Coal...................... 19 0

Coal...................... 8 0

Coal.. ...-..--...........- 8 5

Coal...................... 6 "

Shale..'.........--.........--....-

Coal...................... 11 0

Coal.. .................... 9 0

Sandstone ........................ 

Coal ...................... 9 0

Coal...................... 10 6

Coal ...................... 9 0

Coal.. ...--.-...........-- 7 0

Coal.. .................... « 4

Coal ...................... 2- 0

Coal.. .................... 16 0

Coal...................... 7 0

Clay ..............................

Coal...................... 1 10

Coal.. .................... 7 0

Coal.. -..........--.--...- 18 0

Coal.. .................... 7 0

Coal...................... 15 0

U. P. Coal Co., Soring Valley mine.

In tLe lower group.

Dip E. 42°.

Dip E. 42°.

Dip E. 45°. . i

Dip N. 30" E. 52°. |

Dip S. 24° E. 43°.

i

Dip S. 25° E.

Dip S 35° E.

Dip N. 25° W.

Dip N. 20° W.

Dip 90°.

Dip S. 20° W.

Dip W. 30°.

Dip E. 20°.

Miller coal mine. a

Dip NE.

Dip S. 90°.

Din N. 00°.

« W. C. Knight, The oil fluids of Crook and Uinta, counties, Wyo.: The School of Mines, University of Wyoming, Petroleum Series, Bull. Nq. 3, Nov., 1899, p. 14. . i
COALS IN ADAVILLE FORMATION. 

Sections of coal-beds in the Frontier formation Continued.

131

No.

169 

170

171

172 

173

174

17.5

176

177

178

Location.

T.

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

14

13'

R.

119

119

119

119

119

1'19

119

119

119

119

Sec.

28, NE. 1 SE. i........

 28, SW.iSE. }........

28, SE. i sw. ;........

33, SW. JNE. i. .......

33, SW. i NW. | ......

33, SW. iNW. J. .....

33, SE. i NW. 1 .......

26, NE. -j NE. i. ......

Sections.

-Ft. In. 

Sandstone ........ .............

Pla V

Clay..............................

Sandstone. .......................

Clay..............................

Clay ...................... 8 0

Clay ...................... 7 0

Gravel.................... 8 0

Coal ...................... 3 0

Remarks.

Dip W. 00°.

Dip W. 80°.

Dip W. 1)5°.

Dip W. 80°.

Drill hole.

Drill hole.

Drill hole.

Drill hole.

Bymes coal mine. 

Dip W. 20° N. 45°.

Dip W. 20° N 30°. 

In the Kemmerer group.

COALS IN THE ADAVILL.E FORMATION.

This coal-bearing group has been noted from an early day for the great number 

and thickness of its coal seams. Peale reports that in 1876 the Smith and 'Bell 

brothers discovered and opened, in the region of Hodges Pass, on the divide between 

the head of Twin Creek and Hams Fork, 29 beds of coal, ranging in thickness 

fronl 1J to 48 feet and having an aggregate thickness of 315 feet.® On the completion of the Oregon Short Line the Union Pacific Coal Company op.cned mines 

a mile west of Hodges Pass tunnel. Mine No.' 1 was opened in 1881 and No.- 2 

in 1882. In mine No. 1 a horizontal prospect tunnel 1,400 feet long cut beds 5, 

2, 8, 10, 5, and 15 feet in thickness in 650 feet of strata, while in mine No. 2 two 

beds, stratigraphically 750 feet above the uppermost bed in No. 1, were opened 

120 feet apart, one 20 and the other 14 feet thick: These mines were abandoned 

in 1885 because the coal slacked badly. The Hodges Pass tunnel, 1,400 feet long, 

cut coal beds of the following thicknesses: 9, 5, 38, 6, 14, 6, 5, and 6 feet. About 

3 miles south of the Hodges Pass tunnel the prospect tunnel at the Adaville opening cut a bed 84 feet thick, with a single parting of clay 2 inches thick. This mine 

was abandoned after one shipment of coal because the coal slacked badly, but 

the fact that the roof of the opening, composed entirely of coal and not timbered,

i Peale, A. C., Eleventh Ann. Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Terr, for 1877-1879, p. 535. Peale states that the 29 beds occurred 

in a thickness of 315 feet, which is incorrect, but a statement that the aggregate thickness is 31S feet is quite within the facts 

now known and was probably the actual statement mado by his informant. '
132 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOTJTHWESTEBN WYOMING.

is solid and of good luster after fifteen years' exposure to the air suggests that

the coal may perhaps hare shipping qualities. The coal ^

exposed in this mine is, on the whole, much cleaner than

that found.in the Frontier formation. Three-quarters of

a mile west of the Adaville mine the St. Albans opening

penetrates a coal bed 25 feet thick. The Adaville seam

has been opened farther south, at the Lazeart mine, west

of Spring Valley, where it was found to be 32 feet thick,

and at the Carltoii mine, near Hilliard, where it is 22 feet

thick. The Lazeart mine was in operation the summer of

1905, and its small product was hauled by wagons to Evanston or sold to local oil operators. At both these mines

it was stated that the product crumbled badly.

Because of the rising and pitching character of the 

Lazeart syncline the beds of this group occupy three 

basins, the first extending from 2 miles north of Hams 

Fork to 2 miles north of Little Muddy Creek, the second 

from Clear Creek to Lazeart coal mine, and the third from 

near Sulphur Creek southward for an undetermined dis 

tance, probably but a few miles. (PI. XXIII.)

This coal-bearing group represents an immense storage 

of fuel of fair quality, 'and will undoubtedly be largely 

developed in the future.

o

i

COALS IX THK KVANSTON FORMATION.

The Evanston coal-bearing beds outcrop at three 

points in the vicinity of Evanston: (1) Along the bluff 

on the east side of Bear River at Almy; (2) near the well of 

the Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company; (3) extending from 

the Union Pacific Railroad cut east of Evanston to the 

southern end of Medicine Butte. The Almy exposures are 

on the west side of an eastward-tilted fault block (PI. XIII), 

which is limited on the west by the Almy fault and on the 

cast by the Acocks fault (PI. XXIII). West of the Almy 

fault the coal is very deep. The beds exposed on the west 

side of Bear River at the level of the bottoms are upper 

Fowkes, and it is inferred from the thickness of the Fowkes 

(2,000 to 2,500 feet) and of the Almy (2,100 feet) that the 

principal coal of the Evanston formation is about 4,000 

feet below the surface at this point.

With the completion of the Union Pacific Railroad in 

1869 mines were at once opened in the Almy exposures, 

and Hay den in 1871 stated that he'regarded these mines as 

"more valuable and the coal of better -quality than any 

found west of the Mississippi."0

» [Fourth Ann.) Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Wyoming for 1870, 1871, p. 154.

\
COALS TN KVANSTOlf 1'OHMATION". 133

The dates of opening and abandonment of the principal mines at this point 

are given in the following table, which shows clearly the rise and decline of this coal

field: ' _.

Coal mines at Almy, Wyo.

Mine

No.

1

2

3

4

Owner.

Rocky Mountain Coal and Iron Uo .......£_._._._........

Union Pacific Coal Co .....................................

.....do.....................................................

Union Pacific Coal Co. . . . ...... .. . ..... .. ......

Opened.

.Tune, 1800. .......................

1880...............................

1875...............................

1888. ..............................

Abandoned.

Before 1888.

Do.

May, 1887.

7O85 feet

West 

7oso feet

3 1_____? j ?! ? 1 ? i

Fir,. 8. Section of Oregon Short Line Railroad tunnel at Hodges Pass. A typical section in the lower part of coal-bearing Adaville formation. (Vertical scale 5 times horizontal.) l,Clay; 2, rock; 3, coal; 4, black slate; fl, " soapstone;" 

6 sand rock; 7, hard sandstone; 8, soft clay; 9, solid ,«and rock.

 Detailed examination"of these mines was made by Territorial Geologist Ricketts 

in 1888, and the following account is abstracted from his report:

There are in all at least five seams of coal, of which but one is clean enough to work. Two of 

them are said to be about 50 feet, apart and the lower to be about 100 [feet] above the seam on which 

the mines arc located. The upper is said to be !) feet thick, the. lower about, 6 feet, the measurements 

including tlio numerous bands of slate the seams contain. From 8 to 20 feet below the seam worked 

there is a small seam from 4 to 6 feet in thickness, and from 70 to 100 feet below it there is another

 seam from 8 to 12 feet thick. While the latter usually contains so many bands of slate that it is of 

no practical value, yet I am informed that toward the south it is prospectively capable of furnishing 

good coal.

The great seam from which the Almy coal is mined has been opened up and developed along the 

entire line of crop. ' The first rniue was opened near the southern end of the field, the last near the

. northern. * * * Ai\ opening upon the northeast quarter of section 18, township 16, range 120, 

shows the seam to be about 12 feet in thickness and to consist of little more than a stratum of carbonaceous shale. To the south the thickness rapidly increases by the widening out of the bands of 

coal between the slates. * * * Almy mine No. 7, belonging to the Union Pacific Railway, lies 

south of section 18. * * * The slope runs a little north of east and has an average inclination of 

about 5.5°. Near-the surface the dip is from 7° to 8°, but it flattens toward the face, .evidently, 

however, only a local flattening, as evinced by the apparent great increase in clip shown up Red 

Canyon.

oRlcketts, T,. D., Ann. Rcpt. Territorial Geologist Wyoming for 1888 and 1880, 1890, pp.'7-12.'
134 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

An upraise was made at the pump station, 150 feet south of the main slope, at a point 1,500 feet 

from the surface, to determine the structure of the seam. The floor is an impure lire day, merging 

into an argillaceous sandstone. The roof is a clay shale that changes into' an impjire sandstone. * * '"" 

[Fig. 9 shows a section of coal taken at the time the upraise was made.]

The section is taken on a north and south line near the center of the mine and a little more than 

1 mile from the opening upon section 18 just described. As shown in section, only.the lower beds 

are mined. At this point they are' 15 feet thick. North of the slope this thickness rapidly decreases 

and is probably not over 11 or 12 feet 1,000 feet north. South of the slope it increases and is fully 

20 feet 2,000 feet. The slate is, of course, separated in mining, but it has to be hoisted to the surface, 

together with all slack, as the gob soon suffers spontaneous combustion.

No. 5 mine belongs to the Rocky Mountain Coal and Iron Company. It lies south of No. 7 mine. 

The two slopes are about 1| miles apart. The main slope of the latter mine runs directly east with 

the dip. It has an average inclination of 13° and is about ],500 feet in length. Unlike the method 

adopted at No. 7 mine, the "slopes and entries are made in the center of the coal worked, and in 

starting a room they run level until the floor of the coal is reached, and then rise with the pitch. 

Also, on account'of the great height of the coal, the rooms are run their length at a height of only 

15 or 1C feet and then are mined back on the coal remaining in the roof. * * * No. G mine, 

belonging to the owners of No. 5, is opened by a slope starting about half a mile northwest of the head 

house of No. 5 mine. This necessarily indicated a westward swing of the outcrop of the seam from 

its normal course of north and south, and might be explained either by a fault or local swing of the 

strike to the northwest. Development showed that the phenomenon was caused by a fault of about 

105 feet displacement, which was struck about 600 feet down the slope. As the fault was an upthrow 

to the cast, the slope struck through it into the very impure and.bony seam 12 feet in thickness which 

here lies 104 feet beneath the main seam. It is unnecessary to say that the management were at 

first considerahly puzzled over the apparent decided change in the character of their coal, but they 

soon discovered the cause and developed the ground above the fault by an entry from No. 5 mine. 

It was found that the fault had a course nearly due north and south, and that it rapidly decreased in 

displacement toward thcsouth, so that although the main slope of No. 5 crossed the line of the fault there 

was no fault observed. A crosscut from an entry from No. 5 mine to a point about midway between 

Nos. 5 and G shows the fault to have there a displacement of less than 50 feet. Of course the seam 

east of the fault does not outcrop for a considerable distance from the point where displacement first 

begins, but comes directly against rock in places on the downthrown side. Ultimately, however, 

it does appear at the surface in the No. 7 outcrop.

A similar fault, beginning as a mere fissure in No. 5 mine near the outcrop and just south of the 

dope, assumes toward the southeast a displacement with a downthrow to the west. It is a fault of 

45 feet a quarter of a mile south of the slope. Farther south it is-said to decrease, and to have a throw, 

of but 20 feet where cut by No. 4 slope, and to disappear a short distance beyond. A third fault, 

with a throw down to the west, appears to lie just west of- No. .6. It has never been developed.

The mines south of No. 5 have all been abandoned, and it is- impossible to enter them. No. 4, 

belonging to the'Union Pacific, was abandoned in the, fall of 1888 on account of a creep and the 

presence of fires, which, on account of the explosive gases the-seam generates, rendered working 

dangerous. * * * ...

It is the opinion of the largest consumers of the coal, and no better evidence could bo adduced, 

that there is a regular variation in the quality. It is said .that the coal formerly produced by the 

Union Pacific's No. 4 and the "Rocky Mountain-Coal and Iron Company's No. 2 mines was the best 

for all purposes and that the quality gradually deteriorates, both to the north and south. The analysis 

of samples taken l>y the writer from Nos. 5 and 7 indicates this change as far as they apply.

From the description of the Almy scam.given above it appears that it begins on the northern 

exposure-of the outcrop as a small stratum; of shale,,' but the bands of coal rapidly widening, it soon 

becomes workable; that the scam continues to increase in thickness until it reaches a maximum in 

the ground just south of No. 4 mine, and that there is a noticeable improvement in the quality of the 

coal also; that from the latter point the seam begins to split up into a group of smaller seams, and that 

with this latter change the quality of the coal slowly deteriorates; that the splitting up of the seam is 

caused by the thickening of two well-defined bands and by a third band of clay that only makes its 

appearance near the southern limits of the field, and that all of these marked changes have taken 

place in the comparativelj short distance of about 5 miles.
COALS IN EVANSTON FORMATION. 135

The sections shown on fig. 9 comprise those reported by Ricketts and a section 

of mine No. 1, obtained by Peale in 1870. After Ricketts's visit mine No. 6 was 

opened on the main bed. An east-and-west fault, with downthrow to, the south, 

was found in this opening, beginning about 1,000 feet from the mouth of the mine 

and increasing rapidly toward the east. About 2,000 feet from the mouth of the 

mine the throw is 40' feet. The Almy mines have all been abandoned, with the 

exception of No. 5, which is still operating on a small scale. The output is hauled 

from the mine by wagons, and the consumption is entirely local. The main building 

burned during the summer of 1905, but was immediately rebuilt.

Mine No. 4. / J^1"

//i®

FIG. 9 Sections of Big or Almy seam at Almy, Wyo.

Near the Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company's well several thin coal seams 

outcrop. One, a short distance west of the well, has been opened and furnishes the 

fuel used at this point. The coal is rather dirty and is inclined to clinker. The 

section at the opening is as follows:

Section at coal opening of Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company, in sec. 35, T. 17 N., K. 120 TP.

Ft. in

. i 8

. ' 2

. 2 6

Shale.

Coal..............:...................................................................

Bone .........._......._._..................... _...................._...__........_...

Coal.................. ..........................'...............'......................

Shale.

Mr. J. A. Morehouse, who drilled the well, reports that coal beds were found in 

it from 74 to 79 feet, 120 to 128 feet, and 200 to 202 feet, and that below the lowest 

coal beds the red shales and sandstones of the Beckwith formation were encountered.

Coal seams have been found in the Evanston beds at the Union Pacific Railroad 

cut, and at the southern end of Medicine Butte exposures of the Beckwith beds, at 

-about the horizon of the Almy coals. These have been prospected, but have not yet 

been shown to be of commercial importance. The beds here outcrop on the east
136 GEOGEAPiLY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

side of the Medicine Butte-Needles fault and dip almost due east at angles of from 

10° to .15° (PI. IV, section J). .

The coal found in the Baker well, west of Spring Valley, between 230 and 236 

feet, associated with conglomerate beds, suggests the conditions found in the cut 

at Evanston, and this coal may belong to the Evanston formation (see p. 84).

QUALITY AND CLASSIFICATION OF COALS.

Ten samples of coal were collected from mines in this region. The samples 

were taken with great care, were pulverized and quartered in the mines, and were 

sent in sealed cans to the chemical laboratory of the United States Geological Survey's 

coal-testing plant at St. Louis, Mo., where the following analyses were made:

Analyses of coals from southern Uinla County, Wyo., made at United States Geological Survey's coal-testing

plant, St. Louis, Mo., 1905.0-

[F. M. Stanton, analyst.)

Analyses of samples as received : 

(Ash.........................

Carbon......................

Calorific value determined:

Analyses of air-dried samples:

Calorific value determined:

Thickness of coal bed sampled, in feet .....

I.

6.90

14.11 

35.34 

34.40 

16.15 

4.45 

5.30 

48 91 

.82 

24. 37

4,898 

8,816

7 74 

37.96 

36 95 

17.35 

4 78 

4 86 

52.53 

.88 

19 60

5,261 

9,469 

4

II.

6.70

14.43 

36. 81 

41.54 

7.22 

.21 

5.37 

59.97 

1.15 

26.08

5,804 

10, 447

8.29 

39.45 

44 52 

7.74 

.22 

4.97 

64 28 

1.23 

21.56

6,220 

11,197 

24

Almy.

Evanston.

III.

66.70

19.15 

36.79 

38.80 

5.26 

1.18 

6.13 

57.03 

1.01 

29.39

5,631 

10, 136

13.34 

39.43 

41.58 

5.65 

1.26 

5.77 

61.12 

1.08 

25.12

6,035 

10,864 

15

IV.

l> 14. 80

22.37 

34.50 

40.21 

2.92 

.50 

0.10 

56.02 

.88 

33.58

5,440 

9,792

8.88 

40.49 

47.20 

3.43 

.58 

5.24 

65.76 

1.03 

23.96

6,385 

11,493

84

Adavillc.

Upper Montana. c

V.

2.60

6.78 

39. 79 

47.43 

6.00 

. .43 

5.50 

69.01 

1.12 

17.88

6,815 

12,267

4.29 

40.85 

48.69 

6.17 

.44 

5 41 

70 85 

1.15 

15.98

fi,997 

12,587

8

VI.

1.30

5.13 

40.51 

49 75 

4.61 

.49 

5.63 

72.95 

1.18 

15.14

7,202 

12,964

3.38 

41.04 

50.41 

4.67 

.50 

5 50 

73. <)1 

1.20 

14.16

7.2H7 

13,130

7

VII.

2.40

5.89 

37.59 

49.01 

7.51 

1.39 

5 28 

68.48 

1.07 

16.27

6,870 

12, 366

3.57 

38.52 

50.21 

7.70 

1.42 

5.15 

70.18 

1.00 

14.46

7,039 

12,664 

9

Main Kcrnmerer.

VIII.

2.00

5.86 

39.49 

51.00 

3.65 

1.07 

5.57 

72.96 

1.08 

15.67

7,102 

12,784

3.94 

40.30 

52.04 

3.72 

1.09 

5.46 

74.45 

1.10 

14.18

7,247 

13,044. 

6J

Lower 

Kemmerer.

IX.

1.40

3.96 

36.16 

55.11 

4.77 

.77 

5.17 

76.03 

1.31 

11.95

7,501 

13,502

2.59 

36.68 

55.90 

4.83 

.78 

B.09 

77.11 

1.33 

11.86

7,607 

13,694 

" 3

Willow 

Creek.

X.

2.00

6.85 

35.62 

43.86 

13.67 

.94 

4.99 

63.91 

1.12 

15.37

6,305 

11, 349

4.36 

36.57 

45.03 

14.04 

.96 

4.83 

65.61 

1.15 

13.61

6,473 

11,652 

4

Spring 

Valley.

Frqntier (Beuton).

o Chemical laboratory in charge of Prof. N. W. Lord, of the Ohm State University.

>> The air-drying losses in the Adaville and Lazeart coals do not appear to be entirely comparable.

c This is just below the Laraniie coals and may be said to represent them.

I. Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company mine, NW. I sec. 33, T. 17 N., B. 120 W. Sample taken 40 

feet from mouth of mine. Bone, 1 inch thick 6 inches from the roof and 4 inches thick 18 inches from 

the roof, omitted in sampling. Sample represents total thickness of bed.

II. Rocky Mountain Coal and Iron Company mine No. 5, Almy, Wyo. Sample taken 3,000 feet 

from mouth of slope in room 5, entry 12, and represents lower 8 feet of 24-foot vein. Upper part of bed 

contains numerous partings.

III. Lazeart inine, SE. \ SW. i sec. 8, T. 15 N., R. 118 W. Sample taken 15 feet from mouth of 

elope. Bed is 30 feet thick and sample represents upper 13 feet.
QUALITY AMD CLASSIFICATION OF COALS. . 137

IV. Adavillc mine, NE. \ SW. i sec. 20, T. 21 N., R. 116 W. This sample is from a tunnel driven 

horizontally across the coal bed, which is here 84 feet thick, and dips 18° westward. Tunnel is 5 feet 

high and sample \vas collected by means of vertical cuts every 50 feet. This combined sample repre- - 

sents slightly less than half the thickness of the bed. There are no partings, and the coal is remarkably 

uniform throughout.

V. Union Pacific Coal Company, Cumberland No. 1, Cumberland, Wyo. Sample from the face of 

seventh entry south, 2,100 feet west, and 2,000 feet south of mouth of mine. Sample represents entire bed.

VI. Diamondville Coal and Coke Company, Diamondville No. 1. Sample from room No. 45, 

entry No. 1 north, 160 feet west, and 3,300 feet norlh of mouth of mine. The clay seam 4 inches thick 

1 foot from roof was omitted iu sampling. Coal at the point sampled is regarded as best in the mine.

VII. Kemmerer Coal Company, Kernmerer No. 1, Frontier, Wyo. Sample taken from room 46, 

entry 3 south, 600 feet west, and 2,250 feet south of- mouth of mine. Sample represents a complete section of coal. No definite partings.

VIII. Kemmerer Coal Compaiiy, Kemmerer No. ], Frontier, Wyo. Sample from working face iu 

new opening in lower bed. From mouth of mine 600 feet south, 250 feet east (this portion is a crosscut 

from the vein to the lower bed), and 250 feet south of the working face. Bed is GJ feet thick and 40 

feet below main bed. Band of dirt 6 inches thick 4 feet from floor omitted in sampling. . 

I.. Kemmerer Coal Company, Willow Creek opening, SW. i NW. } sec. 19, T. 22 N;, R. 115 W. 

Sample from, face of entry 150 feet from mouth of mine. Bed 3 feet thick, with no partings. .Regarded 

by owners as a coking coal.

.. Richardson mine, NW. i sec. 12, T. 15 N., R. 118-W. Sample taken 150 feet west and 50 feet 

north from mouth of mine. Clay seam 3 inches thick and 1 foot from floor omitted in sampling.

In order that these analyses may be compared with other analyses of coals 

from this region, the following table is presented, in which the coals are separated 

into groups according'to their geological horizons. The ash and sulphur have been 

recalculated on the basis of air-dried samples. The moisture, volatile combustible matter, and fixed carbon have been recalculated on the basis of the air-dried 

ash-free samples.

Proximate analyses of coals from southern Uinta County, Wyo.

COALS OF THE FRONTIER FORMATION, INCLUDING THE KEMMERER, WILLOW CREEK, CARTER,

AND SPRING VALLEY BEDS.

Owner, bed, and location.

J. D. Curtis, Hams Fork, prospect 

sample. 

William Goodell, Hams Fork, 6-foot 

face sample. 

A. Kendall, Hams Fork, prospect 

sample. 

Cumberland No. 1, Keinmerer bed.. 

Cumberland No. 2, Keinmerer bed. . . 

Spring Valley No. 1, Spring Valley 

bed. 

Kemmerer, main Kemmerer bed.. .. .

Cumberland No. 1, muin Keinmerer 

bed. 

Diamondville, main Jvemmeror bed- - 

Richardson, Spring Valley bod.

Average c of Benton coals

Calculated for air-dried ash-free 

samples.

Moisture.

1.54 

3.07 

- 3.89

4.09 

3 69 

3.88

3.87 

4 09 

4.51

4.07 

5.09 

2.73

3.70

Volatile combustibles.

. 39 01 

39.05 

38.65

43. 91 

43.22 

42.80

41. 73 

41.86 

43. 53

4aoo

42.53 

38.54

41.54

Fixed 

carbon.

59.45 

50.28 

57.40

51.40 

53.09 

53.32

54 40 

54.05 

51.90

52.87 

52.38 

58.73

54.61

Caloriac 

value in 

calories.

7,782 

7,782 

7,047

7,628 

7,527 

 7,452

7,654 

7,530 

7,994

7,666

As determined in airdried samples.

Caloriac 

value in 

calories.

7, 500' 

7,467 

7,372

7,039 

7.247 

6,997

7,297 

0, 473 

7,607

,7,220

Ash.

2.85 

4.05 

3.60

5 25 

5.13

7.10

7.70 

3.72 

0.17

4.67 

14.04 

4.83

5.76

Sulphur.

1.00

.10

1.42 

1.09 

.44

.50 

.96 

.78

.84

. Analyst.

Slosson ard Knight.a 

Do. 

Do.

W. S. Robinson,& 

Do. 

Do.

F. M. Stanton. 

Do. 

Do.

Do. 

Do. 

DO.

a University of Wyo. special bulletin: The heating power of Wyoming coal and oil, January, 1895.

6 These analyses, made In laboratory of Union Pacific Company, were.selected from many hundred by Mr. Frank 

Manley, chief engineer, as typical. 

c See note ft, p. 138.
138 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Proximate analyses of coals from southern Uinta County, Wyo. Continued.

COALS OF THE ADAVILLE FORMATION.

Owner, bed, and location.

U. P. Coal Co., Twin Creek mines... .

Average of upper MontanaLaramie coals.

Calculated for air-dried ash-frt'e 

samples.

Moisture.

9.16 

9.20 

14.14 

10.40

10.72

Volatile 

combustibles.

37.59 

41.93 

41.79 

43.38

41.17

Fixed 

carbon.

53.25 

48.87 

44.07 

46.21

45.00

Calorific 

value in 

calories.

6,613 

0,396

0,502

As determined in airdried samples.

Calorific 

value in 

calories.

6,388 

6,035

6,210

Ash.

6.30 

3.43 

5.65 

5.55

4.84

Sulphur.

0 58 

1.26

0.92

Analyst.

Mineral Resources-." 

F. M. Stanton. 

Do. 

Louis D. Ricketts.b 

COALS OF EVANSTON FORMATION ALMY COALS.

Michigan-Wyoming mine. ...........

Do.... ...........................

Average^ of Evanston coals. . .

10.02

9.36 

8.29

8.07

8.10

9.37

7.54

8.85

8.88

9.15

9.64

9.97

8.73

45.92 

37.56

39.20

38.33

35.65

. 40. 33

43.42

43.04

37.59

44.73

44.10

40.95

47.70

44.72 

54.15

52.73

53.57

54.98

52.26

53.38

45. C3

45.93

50.24

6,605

6,365

6,891

6,393

0,538

6,660

6,220

5,261 

6,553

6,340

6,145

6,017

5,933

6,067

7.74

17.35

8.00

9 00

5.00

9.25

8.83

8.88

6.30

2 80

8.29

0.22

[4. 78] 

29

.44

.65

.14

' £0

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

Do.

J. V. Hodge./

,T S. Cory.i?

Do.

« Mineral Resources U. S. for 1882, 1883, p. 88.

6 Ann. Rept. Terr. Geol. Wyo. for 1887, 1888. p. 12.

c University of Wyo. special bulletin: The heating power of Wyoming coal and oil, January, 1895.

d [Fourth Annual] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Wyoming and contiguous Territories, 1871, p. 184.

t Rept. Expl. 40th Par., vol. 3, 1870, p. 473.

/[Fourth Annual] Prelim. Rept. U. S. Geol. Survey Wyoming and contiguous Territories, 1871, p. 321.

s Chemist in charge, Dopt. Mines. World's Columbian Exposition.

ft These averages are not entirely satisfactory in the volatile combustible and fixed carbon columns, as it is evident from 

comparison of analyses that two different methods, have been used in the determination of these values. The Slossnn and 

Knight analyses show higher values in fixed carbon than the Stanton analyses, without any corresponding increase in the 

calorific value. Tr;us, in the Almy coals, where the moisture is the same, Stanton finds a value 6.365 calories from sample 

showing fixed carbon, 44 72, while Slosson and Knight obtained a value of 6,393 calorics from a sample showing fixed carbon 

54.98.

i Omitting Michigan-Wyoming mine.

According to these analyses and the general physical character of the coals, 

the Benton coals are to be regarded as high-grade bituminous, the Evanston coals 

as low-grade bituminous, and the upper Montana-Laramie (Adaville and Twin 

Creek coals) as subbituminous coals. a

According to the carbon-hydrogen ratio classification of coals, recently proposed by Mr. M. R. Campbell, 6 these coals fall in the following groups:

The Willow Creek coal, of Benton age, falls in group G, which includes upper 

Freeport and Pittsburg coals of northern West Virginia, Kanawha Valley coals, 

high-grade Kentucky coals, and Alabama coals.

The Kemmerer '(Benton coal) belongs to group H,. which includes Indian 

Territory coals, Kansas coals, high-grade Illinois, Iowa, and Missouri coals, and 

second-grade Kentucky coals.

dation. They are really semi bituminous coals and have been so called in the reports of this survey, but this term Is commonly applied to certain coals in the eastern field that lie between the bituminous and anthracite grades, and to avoid confusion the name subbituminous has been adopted for these western so-called black lignites. 

& The classification of coals: Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng., Washington meeting, May, 1905.
OIL. 139

The Evanston coals belong to group I, which includes the great majority of 

lowa, Illinois, Missouri, and Indiana coals and some bituminous coals from Wyoming 

and Montana.

The Adaville a-Twin Creek coals tall in group J, with the Gallup (New Mexico) 

and Boulder (Colorado) subbituminous coals.

Slosson has alreadj^ shown that the Benton coals of this region, considered from 

the standpoint of carbon content and-calorific value, are the best coals in Wyoming. 

According to the analyses made at the United States Geological Survey's coal-testing plant of samples collected by Fenneman and Gale in the Eoutt County (Colorado) 

field and by J. A. Taff in the Coalyille and Castlegate fields in Utah, given,elsewhere 

in this volume, the coals found in this region in the Benton are better than the best 

bituminous coals in these Colorado and Utah fields, but higher carbon and fuel values 

are shown in the latter fields in portions of the beds which have been altered to 

"anthracite" or "natural coke" by dikes or flows. Similarly, the analyses made 

of the samples collected by Schrader and Shaler in the Gallup, N. Mex., field show 

that on the whole the Benton coals of Wyoming are of the same grade as the best/ 

coals of that region.- They are much better than the Red Lodge (Montana) coals 

tested at St. Louis. b On the whole, the Benton coals of the Uinta County region may 

be said to belong to the group containing the best bituminous coals of the Rocky 

Mountain region.

OIL.

Oil has been found in southern Uinta County in springs on HilliarcLFlat(sec. 4, 

T. 13 N., R. 119 W., and sec..33, T. 14 N., R. 119 W.); at Aspen tunnel, (sec. 12, 

T. 14 N., R. 119 W., and sec. 7, T. 14 N., R. 118 W.); 3 miles north of Aspen tunnel, 

at Carter Oil Spring (sec. 31, T. 15 N., R. 118 W.); in springs and wells on the south 

branch of Twin Creek (T. 21 N., R. 117 W.), and in wells near Spring Valley (Tps. 14 

and 15 N., R. 118 W.).'

HISTORY OF DEVELOPMENT.

The oil spring near Hilliard, in NWi sec. 4, T. 13 N., R. 119 W., was doubtless 

well known to the trappers who first built the trading post of Fort Bridger, 

but the first published account was the result of the 'examination mado by 

the Mormons in their pioneer journey to Great Salt Lake in 1847. W- Clayton,c 

who accompanied this expedition, published in 1848 a little book which was known 

for years as the Mormons' Guide Book, containing the following account:

About a mile from this place [the crossing of the road over Sulphur Creek], in a southwest course, is a 

" tar," or "oil spring,'' covering a, surface of several rods of ground. There is a wagon trail running within 

a short distance of it. It is situated in a small hollow, on the left of the wagon trail, at a point where

a Calculated on tlie excessive air-drying loss reported in the Adaville analyses, the Adaville coal belongs high in group 

I, while the Lazeart coal belongs in group J. According to physical characters and general luel value, these two coals clearly 

belong together and arc to be regarded as subbituminons coals. An examination of the two original analyses will suffice to 

show that the air-drying losses reported for these two coals are not entirely comparable, and now analyses are now being 

made.

& Dull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 261, 1905, p. 49.

c Clayton, W., The Latter-Day Saints Emigrants' Guide- Being a table of distances, showing all tile springs, creeks, 

rivers, hills, mountains, camping places, and all other notable places, from Council Bluffs to the valley of the Great Salt 

Lake, etc.. St. Louis, 1S4S, pp. 18, 24.

8694 No. 56 07 10
140 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTEHN WYOMING.

the trail rises to a higher bench of land. When the oil can be obtained free from sand, it is useful lo oil 

wagons. It gives a nice polish to gunstocks, and has been proved to be highly beneficial when applied 

to sores on horses, cattle, etc.

This spring is mentioned in the accounts of Stansbury" and Eiigelrnaim, b but 

their statements do not differ materially from the earlier account of Clay ton. It 

is reported that Brigham Young caused a shallow well to be dug at this point, and 

the locality is now known as the Brigham Young oil well or spring. The oil was 

skimmed off the surface of the water in this well, sold to emigrants, and in small 

quantities carried to Salt Lake City.

In 1867 Judge C. M. White began operations at a spring in NW. J sec. 33, T. 

14 N., R. 119 W., now known as the White oil spring. He. dug a large hole and 

skimmed off the oil, which he sent to Salt Lake and sold to tanners. He began 

drilling in 1867, but abandoned .the hole in 1868 at a depth of 480 feet. Later the 

Evanston Oil Company sunk a well at this place, but it was likewise abandoned at a 

depth of a few hundred feet.

The Carter oil spring locality became important in 1868, when, in driving a tunnel 

for coal, a slight flow of petroleum (8 to 10 gallons a day) was obtained and the discharge of the spring ceased. This oil was collected and sold to the Union Pacific 

Railroad and to neighboring coal mines for lubricating purposes. Tn 1886 a local 

company was formed and drilled three wells 225 to 300 feet deep. Two of them 

are reported to have yielded 6 barrels a day. This spring was incidentally mentioned by Meek c in 1871, and a short statement regarding it was published by 

Emmons d in 1877, but the first account of importance is that published by Ricketts e 

in 1888.

The oil springs along the South Fork of Twin Creek, in T. 21 N., R. 117 W., 

are perhaps referred to in Lander's general statement that in the mountains along 

the divide in latitude 42° N. there are ' 'beds of coal, iron, and salt, and a spring 

of peculiar mineral oil which by chemical process may be made suitable for lubricating machinery." At any rate, the map of his explorations in 1857 shows that 

he passed up Twin Creek and over Hodges Pass/ Operations were begun here 

by the Twin Creek Land and Oil Company in 1885. They drilled two wells 

between this time and 1887, one 110 feet deep and the other 185. Both yielded a 

large flow of brackish sulphur water, with a little oil and gas. The deeper of the 

two is now open and is commonly known as the "Clark well," from Senator C. D. 

Clark, who was interested in this company. The oil is dark and heavy. The 

gravity is given by the Union Pacific Railroad Company? as 26.75° Baume, by 

Slosson ft as 19.7° Baume.

« Stansbury, Capt. Howard, Exploration and Survey of the Valley of the Great Salt Lake of Utah, 1852, p. 280.

& Engelmann, H., Preliminary report on the geology of the country between Fort Bridget- and Camp Floyd, Utah Territory; accompanying Simpson's Report on Wagon Routes in Utah Territory, Senate, Ex Doc No. 40 (vol. 10), 35th Cong., 

2d sess., 1859, p. 52. 

cMeek, F. B. [4th Annual], Preliminary Kept. U. S. Geol. Survey Wyoming, 1871, p. 30fi.

d Emmons, S. F., Kept. Geol. Explor. 40th Par., vol. 2, 1877, p. 252.

' Ricketts, Louis D., Ann. Kept. Territorial Geologist of Wyoming for 1887, 1888, pp. 23, 42.

/ Lander, F. W. Preliminary report upon explorations west of South Pass for a suitable location for the Fort Kearncy, 

South Pass, anil Tloney Lake wagon route, Senate Ex. Doc. No. 36 (vol 10). J5th Cong., 2d segs., 1859, p 33.

g Mineral Resources U. S. for 1885, 1880, p. 154.

ASlosson, E. E , School ol Mines, Univ. of Wyoming, Petroleum Ser., Bull. No. .'!, 1899, p. 31.
HISTOBY OF OIL DEVELOPMENT. 141

In August, 1900, the Union Pacific Railroad Company began- a water well 

at Spring Valley, Wyo.,. and on October 14, 1900, at a depth between 491 and 493 

feet, struck a sand containing oil of'very high grade. Oil of a similar high grade 

was struck again in December between 573 and.581 feet, and the following May 

between 1,148 and 1,170 feet.

Intense excitement followed this find, which appears tx> have lost nothing in 

magnitude as the news spread. The whole country was soon staked out with 

petroleum claims under the placer-mining laws. The greater part of these claims 

were purely speculative, the claimants generally having neither the intention nor 

ability to develop them. The lands staked were of two types unoccupied Government land and unpatented odd sections within the limit of the grant made to aid 

in the construction of the Union Pacific Railroad. This grant, embodied in the 

acts of July 1, 1862 (12 Stat. L., 489), and July 2, 1864 (13 Stat. L., 356), gave the 

Union Pacific all the odd-numbered sections" of the public lands within certain 

prescribed limits; but mineral lands other than coal and iron were expressly 

excepted from its operations.

The section on which the Spring Valley well was drilled' happened to be an 

unpatented odd section, and it was therefore located by several claimants, who 

assumed that the oil discovered in the Union Pacific well satisfied the law in respect 

to the discovery required for each locator. The Union Pacific Coal Company 

had opened a large coal mine on this section and opposed this view of the matter, 

placing guards about the section to prevent others from prospecting on ,the land. 

In April, 1902, the General Land Office sent a special agent, Charles T. Forbes, 

to make an examination of these unpatented odd sections, including section 27, 

 with a view of determining their character, whether valuable for minerals other 

than coal or iron. In this inquiry Special Agent Forbes conducted oil operators 

to section 27 against the protest of the Union Pacific Company, and installed 

machinery there for the purpose of drilling. In this he was held to have exceeded 

his instructions, and was supplanted by Special Inspector J. W. Zevely, who, 

during the summer of 1902, conducted an exhaustive inquiry. This inquiry clearly 

showed that section 27 was more valuable for coal than oil, and was so declared 

by the Department in December, 1902. With respect to the other contested 

sections and the region in general, the Land Office took the very important step 

of removing from entry or patent, except under the mining laws, all Government 

land in Tps. 13-14 N., Rs. 117-121 W., Tps. 15-21 N., Rs. 115-120 W., and refused 

to issue to the Union Pacific Railroad patents for the unpatented odd sections 

within the railroad grant within the limits of this reservation until after December 

1, 1903, when the issuance of patents was to be determined by the "then known 

character of the land." In the words of the Department: 01

The purpose of this order is to permit, encourage, and protect, so far as the -Department can do so, 

but witllin the time herein named, the exploration and exploitation of the unpatented alternate oddnumbered sections within said railroad land grant which are within the limits hereinbefore specifically 

described, and of the public lands within said limits, for the purpose of ascertaining and demonstrating 

whether, as claimed, such lands, or any of them, are mineral in character, in that they are chiefly valua Decisions of the Department of the Interior and Genera] Land Office in cases relating to Publir Lands, vol. 33,1903, p. 50.
142 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

able for their oil or other mineral deposits; but in justice to the railroad company, whose line of railroad 

has long since-been completed in conformity with the land-grant act, and in justice to others who may 

desire to take, any of the public lands within said limits under any of the public-land laws other than 

the mining laws, it is necessary that this order of suspension shall not be operative longer than until" 

December 1, 1903. that being deemed ample time within whi^n. in addition to the exploration and 

exploitation heretofore liad, to fairly develop the character of these lands.

The effect"of this order was, on the one hand, to stimulate prospectors to attempt 

to develop this field, and on the other, it is claimed, to make the Union Pacific 

Railroad Company hinder the development in such ways as it might, being the 

only line of transportation in this region. Certain cases affecting sec. 23, T. 15 N., 

R. 118 W., and sec. 33, T. 14 N., R. 119 W., were heard before a special examiner 

in the district land office August 23 and 25, 1904, and decision was rendered that 

these tracts were not "known mineral lands" and that patent should be issued 

to the Union Pacific Railway in accordance with the terms of its land grant. All 

the Union Pacific lands are now patented, and with the termination of this land 

contest it is stated that the railroad has offered freight facilities which will materially 

aid in the development of the field.

TEST WELLS.

The following table gives the wells drilled in this field up to the present time:
List of test wells drilled/or oil in southern Uinta County, Wyo.

No.

al

»>>

3

"4

«5 

of)

o7

aS

9

aio

"11

a] 4

IS

a]f,

Location.

Milliard, 2 miles west. . .

.....do.................

.....do.....!...........

Hilluird, 2 miles northwest. 

Knight, 3 miles west...

Altamont, 1 mile east. .

Spring Valley 2 milca

south. 

Spring Valley, 1^ miles

southwest. 

Spring Valley, 3 miles

west.

Spruig Valley, 2 miles

west. 

Spring Valley ..........

.....do.................

.....tin. ...... ..........

Spring Vallev, & mile

northeast. 

Spriug Valley, 1 mile

north.

T.

N. 

13

13

14

14

14

15

15

15

15

]5

R.

W.

119

119

119

19

120

118

118

118

us

118

118

118

1 1 Q

us

118

Section.

4, NE.JNE. }........

( 

4, NW. iNW. i......

12, NW. J SW. 1 ..... 

f 

7, SW. J..............

18, NE. 1NW. }......

10, NW. j NE. }-... .

31, SW.iNE.i......

32, NE. iSE. i .......

34, SE. {-..... .........

34, E.-JNW }.....'...

2B, SE.iNW.-J ......

Name of well or 

owner.

Spring or Well.

J. E. White..........

Judge C. M. White 

Oil Spring 

Judge C. M. White

Evanston Oil Co ..... 

Consolidated Oil Co..

Bettys Oil and Development Co.

Pacific R. R. Co.

Oil Co.

Carter Oil Well. ......

ern Wyoming Oil 

Co.

Co.

Oil Co.

Year 

drilled.

190'^

190°

18C7 

1867-08

1884 

/ 1902 

\ 1903 

1902-1904

1909

1901

18158

1901 °

1(102 3

1902

190°

Approximate 

depth.

1 IWl

100

10±

484 

80 

300 

1,197

500

1,283

4nn

( 225

\ 228

1 300

1,600

( 350 

\ 500

1.000 

2.000

1 1 &1 ^

800

Product.

Water

Oil.........

Water; oil..

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do...... 

.....do......

Oil.. .......

Water......

Oil.........

.....do......

.....do......

I]- ---

Oil ........

Kcmarks.

Young on site of oil spring. Y

day.

syncline and tne strata at bott

geologically than those just belo

Young Oil Spring; small amou

Shallow pits in which oil collect

from time to time from surface 

Flowing fresh water of good qua

feet. Flows 30 gallons a minu

Ijasin and entirely in the Eocen

Aspen formation. Large amou

tered near surface.

found at 8ci2 and 1,005 feet in san

The oil is heavy and black .an

from that in the Benton shales

reach oil-bearing shales.

yielded 8 .to 10 gallons of hea

Gravity. 21.5° BaumS.''

Strong flow of water from 'Oy

caused abandonment of well.

Baumg.

bearing shale.

oil sand; some oil between ]

Aspen formation.

"For additional dat;t see '' Descriptive notes'" following tins table.

* Reported by E. E. Slosson, School of Mines, University of Wyoming; Petroleum series. Bull. 3>No. 3, 1<CJU, pugi'.ll.
List of test weUs drilled for oil in southern TJinta County, Wyo. Continued.

No

nl7

18

19

20

i21

 »

23

?4

?5

irtfi

 >1

m

"W

aM

am

a?.?,

33

34

3o

36

' 

Location.

Spring Valley-, 1 mile

north.

.....do.................

Spring Valley, 2 miles

northeast. 

Spring Valley, 2 miles

north. 

Spring Valley, 2 mhes

northwest. 

Spring Valley, 2 miles

 north. 

Spring Valley, 2$ miles

north. 

Spring Valley, 24 miles

northeast. 

.....do................

.....do................

Spring Valley, 3 miles

northeast. 

Spring Vallev, Similes

northeast. 

Spring Valley, 5 miles

northeast.

Evanston, 11 miles

north. 

Bound Mountain ......

Fossil, 1 mile west .....

Fossil, 3 miles east.....

east. 

Fossil, 4 miles southeast.

T.

N.

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

15

17

17

21

21

21

E.

W.

118

1

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

118

US

118

117

120

118

117

117

117

117

Section.

24, NW. i. .......

23, SE.JNW.i......

22, NW. 1NW. I...'..

15, NE.iSW-1......

14, SW.J. ..'.... .......

14, SE. i.. ............

14, SE. i.. ............

12, SW. corner........

12, SE.JNW.-i......

2, NE.i SW. i.......

20, SE.iSW.i.......

7, NW. tNW.J......

11, SE.iSW. 1.......

14, SE. i.. ........ ...

23, NE.-JNE. J.......

Kame of well or 

owner.

Oil Co.

Oil Co. 

Consolidated Oil Co.

"Nebergall Well,"

Wyoming Illuminating Oil Co.

.....do.... . ........

.....do................

.....do...............

.....do.... . ......

.....do...............

.lager Oil Co.........

Standard Reserve Oil

Co.

Michigan - Wyoming

Oil Co.

Co.

Co. 

Robinson Well .......

Seitz... ..............

Fossil Consolidated

Oil Co.

Year 

drilled.

1902

1903-1905

1 1903

1902

1903-4

1901

1902

i ono i

1902 3

1902

1902

1904

1890-91

1903

1901 2

1895?

1902

1002

Approximate - 

depth1,388

1, 720

2,065

1,400

1.115

1,600

1.100

1,600

1,400

950?

i i crw

1.190

1,100

1,235

1,390

1,238

100±

750

Product.

Oil . . ......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

Dry........

Oil.........

Water......

.....do......

Oil.........

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

.....do......

Water......

Oil.........

Re

Aspen formation.

1,675 feet in Aspen form

countered in bottom.

only.

oil-bearing Aspen form

ing wells. This is the o

water for this purpose. 

from a depth of about 3

 Aspen formation.

1,100 feet caused stoppa

1,075-1,093, 1,232-1,235 f

River formation, the ot

on north slope of a faul

cline. Strata at botto

ically than those of the 

gallons per minute.

duced by slight moveme

oka fault.

« For additional data sec " Descriptive notes " following this table.
List of test wells drilled for oil in southern Uinta County, Wyo. Continued.

No.

 N

40

ail

Location.

Fossil, 4 miles southeast. 

Fossil, 4.i miles southeast.

east

east.

east,

T.

fi. 

21

21

21

21

20

R.

W. 

117

117

117

117

Section.

23, SW. JNE. ;-......

27, NE i SE. i .......

20, SW. ; SE (.......

fi, SW. }SW. 1 .... ..

Name of well or 

owner.

Twin Creelc Land and 

Oil Co.

Oil Co., "Clurk 

Well."

Co. " 

Globe Oil Co.........

G Short . . ..... .....

Year 

drilled.

1885

1(102-3

KX13-4

Approximate 

depth.

1SS

1,110

457

2,200

Product.

Water; oil; 

gas.

oil

Jleniarks.

Flowing brackish sulphur water wi

Well caved.

Well still open.

trace of oil. Well located in small 

bods produced by movement alo

oil.

get lieds oji the west side of Absa

"For additional datP see " Descriptive uotos '* following this t
146 GEOGBAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTH WESTEKN WYOMING.

DESCRIPTIVE NOTES ON -TABLE OF TEST WELLS.

1. Brigham Young Oil Spring, sec. 4, T. 13 N., R. 119 W. This is the oil spring described by Clayton and mentioned by Stausbury and Engelmann. It is situated in a little gulch on the side of one of 

the lower gravel-covered terraces, and is on the same line of disturbance as the White Spring, the seepage 

in the Aspen tunnel, and the Carter Oil Spring. The surface covering of gravel is a few feet thick, and 

the underlying beds belong to'the Frontier formation. It is reported that in 1848 a well was dug here 

by the order of Brigham Young, and the place is now known as the Brigham Young Oil Spring. Mr. 

 T. R. White, manager of the El Rio Verde Oil Company, reports regarding this spring or well:

."We found the spring filled with water, and, not being able to get any information otherwise, we 

pumped it out. We were surprised to find it to be 57 feet deep. There were cross tunnels 40 feet below 

the surface, one running east and one south. The next morning after pumping the water out we took 

out some 40 gallons of oil, and we can any day that is, day by day take 20 to 30 gallons. The moment 

you reduce the water below the point at which the oil seeps in, the oil seeps in with wonderful rapidity, 

but the moment the water comes above the point of seepage the yield will not be as large."

2. El Rio Verde Well, sec. 4, T. 13 N., R. 119 W. fhis well is drilled about 400 feet southeast of 

the Brigham Young Oil Spring, and its location was evidently determined by the occurrence of oil in 

this spring and by Prof. W. C. Knight's singular deduction: "The oil rises through a fault. There is a 

vast difference in oil oozing from a ledge' of outcropping oil sandstone to form ^a spring, and oil forcing 

its way up through a fault which is filled with mud and water. Oil coming through a fault indicates there 

must be quite a pressure in order to force it to the surface. * * * Drill very near the oil spring, 

and it may be possible the drill will have to follow the fault. In case the oil sand is one of the lower 

groups, a well would have to be very deep. "<» It is believed that the oil in the Carter Oil Spring undoubtedly comes up from the Aspen shale along a fault, but the desirability of drilling along a fault in this 

field is regarded as very doubtful, even if it was in any way practicable " for the drill to follow the 

fault." No well would be harder tc drill or be more likely to go crooked than such a hole on a fault 

plane. In this case the Oil Spring fault dips westward, and as the well is east of the fault there is no 

possibility of its striking this fault. The strata here are on the upper edge of an overturned and faulted 

syncline, and the bottom of the well is in younger strata than the top. If this well were drilled to a 

depth of 7,000 feet it would tlien'bc in the same layer that lies immediately below the surface gravel. 

The oil sands are here from 9,000 to 10,000 feet from the surface, and hence out of reach of the drill (PI. 

IV, section X). The escape of oil along the fault plane is not regarded as necessitating great pressure. 

The fault plane may, and probably does, here yield ready access to the oil horizon, and oil works its 

way up through the water because of its lighter gravity. In other words, it is floated up by the water.

The approximate section of this well, reported from memory by Mr. J. R. White, the manager, 

is given below. The total depth of the well at the time this log was taken is reported by Mr. White 

as 1,081 feet, and the thicknesses given for some of the strata are therefore too great.

Approximate section of well of El Rio Verde Oil Company,'near Billiard, Wyo.

	Feet.

1. Cobble stones............"....................................................... 0- 30

2. Blue clay ............................................................... ...^... 30- 47

3. Water sand...................................................................... 47- 60

4. Shale............................................................................ 00- 120

5. Water sand ..................................................................... 120- 128

6. Shale and blue clay............................................................ 128- 335

7. Sandstone...................................................................... 335- 347

8. Shale with a little coal.........................................'................. 347- 487

9. Sandstone...................................................................... 487- 495

10. Shale........................................................................... 495- 565

11. Water sand .............................................:....................... 565- 590

12. Hard rock....................................................................... 590- 595

13. Brown shale ........'............. t ....................... ........................ 595- 652

»Knight, W. C., The oil faults ol Crook and Uinta counties, Wyoming: Bulletin School of Mines, Univ. of Wyoming, 

Petroleum series, No. 3, November, 1899, page 16.
NOTES ON OIL TEST WELLS. 147

	Feet.

14. Sand........................................................................... 652- 077-

15. Shale and coal................................................................. 677- 8SO

16. Sand.. I........................................................................ 880- 893

17. Shale........................................................................... 893-1,023

18. Blue shale ....................=..................................---..--.--.... 1, 023-1, 058

19. Sand ....................... .................................................... 1, 058-1, 118

20. Coal..........................................................................~. 1,118-1.130

4. WhiteJ)ilSpring, sec. 33, T. 14 N., R. 119 W. Mr. John G. Fiero reports;

"In 1867 Judge C. M. White sunk a large hole'in the gravel at this point and skimmed off the oil 

which accumulated on top of the water. In the fall of 1867 and the winter of 1867-68 he shipped a 

quantity of this oil to Salt Lake by wagon road, where it was sold to tanners. In 1867 I began to bore 

a well for Judge White at this point with a spring pole. In the spring of 18G8, with an engine, the hole 

was deepened to 480 feet. The tools stuck in the hole and the drilling was abandoned. Later the 

Evanston Oil Company was organized and drilled about 400 feet, when they exhausted their means and 

quit."

This locality was examined by Territorial Geologist Ricketts in 3887, who reports that two wells 

have been sunk here one in 1867, 250 feet deep (evidently the Wliite-Fiero well), and the other in 

1884, 484 feet deep (evidently the Evanston Oil Company well). After the discovery of oil at Spring 

.Valley attention was again turned to the White Oil Spring, and the American Consolidated-Oil Company drilled two shallow wells, reported to be 300 feet and 80 feet, respectively.

5. Bettys Oil and Development Company, sec. 12, T. 14 N., R. 120 W. As shown by the prospectus 

of this company, the well was supposed to be located on an anticline. This was due to a misinterpretation of, the eastward-dipping beds near Millis, which were supposed to indicate a simple anticline to 

the west. As has already been shown on page 61, the beds near and just east of Millis are on the upper 

flank of an overturned syncline (PL IV, section K). The well is in reality located very near the axis 

of the Fossil syncline. This is deeply filled with Tertiary beds, and the Bettys well did not succeed 

in penetrating these surficial deposits. While not finding oil, it has furnished important information 

to this region on the artesian water in the Wasatch beds. The following record has been transmitted 

by Mr. L. L. Bettys, general manager:

Section of well of Bettys Oil and Development Company in sec. 12, T..14- N., R. 120 W.

i'cct.

1. Sandstone and reddish clay, surface water at 40 feet............'................... 0- 603

2. Sandstone...................................................................... 663- 685

3. Clay. ............................. '.. ........................................... 685- 700

4. Sand with artesian water ........................................................ 700- 780

5. Clay........................................................................... 780- 795

6. Sand............................................................................ 795- 810

7. Clay. .......................................................................... 810- 835

8. Sand........................................................................... 835- 840

9. Clay. ........................................................................... 840- 850

10. Sand........................................................................... 850- 895

11. Clay. .......................................................................... 895- 905

12. Sand....'.....................................................................,. 905- 930

13. Clay ......................................................................... 930- 955

34. Sand . ................................1.............'.......................... 955- 960

15. Clay. .......................................................................... 960-], 000

16. Thin layer of limestone ................-...................................'...... 1, 000-1, 004

17. Clay. .......................................................................... 1,004-1, 020

18. Sand with artesian water. ....................................................... 3,020-1,040

19. Clay. .......................................................................... 1,040-3, 050

20. Sand ........................................................................... 1, 050-1, 074

21. Shale........................................................................... 1,074-1,090
148 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

i eet.

22. Fire clay. Heaving clay rose 150 feet in casing. 'Drilled two weeks, cleaning out the

clay that kept rising............................................................ 1, 090-1,150

23. Clay ........................................................................... 1,150-1, 167

24. Limestone ............................................'.......................... 1,167-1,170

25. Red rock ..........................................-.....'............."........... 1,170-1,172

26. Fire clay ............................................. .\ ... ^ ................... 1,172-1,173

27. Red rock ...................................................................... 1,173-1,177

28. Fire clay ........................................................................ 1,177-1,187

29. Sandy shale. .... v .............................'................................ 1,187-1,197

30. Water sand, with artesian water.................................................. 1,197

Clay mostly reddish, but some porcelain clay, was found at about 1,000 feet. Main water horizon 

at 700 feet; flow, 30 gallons a minute.

6. Aspen tunnel, sec. 7, T. 14 N.. R. 118 W. The oil seepage encountered in this tunnel has been 

the source of considerable discussion. It was encountered about the time of the oil discovery at Spring 

Valley and added greatly to the intense excitement. According to the statement of Mr. M. M. Ketchum, 

oil flowed from the tunnel for thirty or forty days at the rate of 200 or 300 gallons a day, when the seep 

was closed up by an elaborate concrete and timber dam. The statement of Mr. K. C. Weedin, resident 

engineer in charge of the construction of the tunnel, is as follows:

"There was an oil seepage on the west side of the tunnel, about 1,600 feet from the west end and 17 

feet from the bottom. The seepage was never closed up with concrete or anything of that sort, and 

there is nothing there now to prevent seepage of oil. The tunnel is here lined with 3-inch planks behind 

uprights, but these were not placed there to prevent the flow, as the joints are not sealed. There is a 

6-iuch tile pipe for drainage, the tube beginning 200 or 300 feet west of where the oil seepage was. It 

passed the seepage and comes out at the east end of the tunnel. I have seen the water which conies 

through this drain pipe, and I have never seen any evidence of oil of importance. The oil seepage in the 

tunnel lasted from the time we struck it until the tunnel was lined, in November, 1901. If there is any 

seepage there now, it is absorbed by the ground or flows into the drain pipe. The concrete work in the 

tunnel comes within 200 feet of where we found the seepage. I think some 3 or 4 barrels of oil were 

collected from this seepage during the time of construction by Mr. M. M. Ketchurn.''

The Oil Spring fault passes through the western end of this tunnel, and a seepage comparable to that 

found at the Brighain Young, White, and Carter oil springs was to be expected when this fault was cut. 

That the initial flow might have amounted to a number of barrels a day is regarded as quite probable, 

but the geologic conditions preclude the possibility of a persistent supply from this source. The very 

limited amount which has through a long period worked its way up along the 'fault plane and accumulated in the strata above the tunnel would drain out quickly and temporarily give the appearance 

of a large supply. Considerable amounts of water were encountered in sandstone, both in the tunnel 

and in the sandstone in the shaft. This is of importance as indicating the water-storage capacity of the 

sandstones of the Frontier formation. The section of the shaft, according to the report of Mr. K. 0. 

Weedin, resident engineer, is as follows:

Section of shaft at Aspen tunnel.

Wasatch formation, dip 10° 15°: Feet.

1 Yellow clay, with streaks of red clay.......................................... 0 - 16. 5

2. Soft sandstone................................................................. ] G. 5- 24. 5

3. Hard sandstone............................................................... 24. 5- 28. 5

4. Fine-grained blue clay........................................................ 28. 5- 29. 5

5. Indurated red clay, with water dripping from joint between it and blue clay above. 29. 5- 49. 5 

0. Streaks of indurated red clay, 1 to 3 inches in thickness, alternating with streaks of

soft white sandstone, 1 to 3 inches in thickness................................ 49. 5- 62

7. Indurated red clay.........................................................:.. G2 - 68. 5

8. Hard sandstone containing iron pyrites......................'.................. 68. 5- 71

9. Indurated red clay containing hard sandstone bowlders in detached masses of one

, one-hundredth to one-third cubic yard each ....................._............. 71 -81.5
NOTES'ON OIL TEST WELLS. ' 149

Frontier formation, dip 22°-30°: Feet.

10. Blue clay containing streaks of yellow clay (hard).............................. 81. 5-132

H. Dark-blue shale shading into black shale....................................... 132 -165

12. Clay.......................................'......................-............. 165 -165. 2

13. Hard black shale......................................................../..... 165. 2-176

14. Clay. .......................................................................... 176 -181

15. Hard black shale.............................................................. 181 -196.5

16. Clay......................................................................... 196. 5-197

17. Black shale bearing mollusk fossils............................................ 197 -199. 7

18. Soft coal....................................................................... 199. 7-200

19. Hard black shale........-.:................................................... 200 -204

20. Clay....................................I....................................... 204 -204.4

21. Hard black shale.............................................................. 204.4-212. 5

22. Clay......................................................................... 212. 5-215

23. Soft black shale, with small stream of water.................................... 2)5 -222. 4

24. Clay......................................................................... 222. 4-223.1

25. Hard black shale.............................................................. 223.1-242

26. Very hard gritty gray shale. .................................................: 242 -243. 2

. 27. Very hard bluish-gray shale.......................:............................ 243. 2-262

28. Hard fine-grained sandstone.................................................... 262 -302. 5

29. Soft black shale................................................................ 302. 5-306

30. Hard fine-grained sandstone.................................................... 30C -313. 7

"February 3, 1900, water was struck at a depth of 257 feet, driving out men and causing suspension 

of work. February 16, at 5 p. m., a Cameron double-plunger vertical mining pump No. 5 was set to 

work, water being then 126.5 feet deep in shaft. With this the shaft was pumped clear at 7 a. m. February 26, pump having run night and day without interruption. The work of excavation was then 

resumed.

"March 10, 1900, total depth 262 feet, flow of water had increased to 48,000 gallons in 24 hours. 

No. 5 pump was then replaced by a No. 7. March 19, 1900, total depth 279.5 feet. Flow of water 

65,000 to 70,000 gallons in 24 hours. April 1, 1900, total depth 290 feet. Flow of water had increased 

to 10,430 gallons in 24 hours, when both No. 7 and No. 5 pumps were set to work, No. 7 not having been 

able to handle flow."

7. Consolidated Oil Company, sec. 18, T. 14 N., R. 118 W. This well is situated immediately south 

of the Aspen tunnel, and its location was evidently determined by the oil seep encountered in the tunnel. 

Large amounts of water were struck in the sandstones of the Frontier formation in this well, as in the 

Aspen tunnel. The well is situated a little west of the trough of the Lazeart syncline, at a horizon 

several hundred feet below the Oyster Ridge sandstone. The depth of the Aspen shale is here about 

1,500 feet, and to be thoroughly prospected a well 3,500 feet would be required. If drilled it should 

be located on the axis of the Lazeart syncline. Such a location would have a number of advantages, 

though the possibility of excessive leakage through the Oil Spring fault tends to decrease the value of the 

point as a site for a test well.

8. nttsbury-Salt Lake Oil Company, sec. 10, T. 14 N., R. 118 W. The following original driller's 

record has been furnished by Mr. A. V. Taylor of the Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company:

"Red and gray shale alternating to 340 feet, where a little sand with a little water was encountered, 

not enough to drill with. Put llf casing in at 500 feet and shut off water by landing casing in 'red rock. 

A continuation of red and yellow rock, with an occasional streak of light blue, to 775 feet, where a light 

showing of oil was found; bluish black then to 805 feet, where a sand was found with lots of water; shut 

water off in a hard blue shale at 823 feet, 8-inch drive pipe; blue shale on to 862 feet, where a sand was 

found with a heavy oil. Through this sand at 897 feet light shale and shells to 935 feet, where a heavy 

shell, very hard, of about 3 feet in thickness. Under this, directly, a little soft sand; light-blue shale 

then to 1,005 feet, where a little more sand was found, with a nice showing of oil of a much lighter gravity 

than that above. Well continued on to 1,283 feet, but nothing more found. Six and a quarter drive 

pipe all pulled and 5 joints of the 8-inch pulled, the remaining amount left in."

The upper 500 to 750 feet of strata are regarded as belonging to the Wasatch. The dark-colored oilbearing shale belongs to the Bear River formation. The oil is heavy, its gravity being reported as 23°,
150 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

and quite different from the light oil found in the Aspen shales at Spring Valley. In a previous report a 

it was suggested that these dark-colored beds might be Jurassic (Twin Creek), but the data now at hand 

show that they are clearly higher. The location of the Meridian anticline and the thickness of the Beckwith beds entirely preclude a reference of these beds to a formation older than the Bear River. 

A 10. Carter Oil Spring, sec. 31, T. 15 N., ft. 118 W. rRicketts& gives the following account of the 

early exploration at this point:

"In 18G8 a tunnel was run into the hill about 200 yards from the oil spring to strike a vein of coal. 

At a distance of 240 feet it struck the coal and oil at about the same time, and Mr. J. G. Fiero, who ran 

the tunnel and owned the ground, tells me that he obtained from 8 to 10 gallons of oil a day from it through 

a period of several inonths. East of the oil spring and from 150 to 200 yards up the gulch the strata are 

almost vertical. * * . * This oil was sold for lubricating purposes to the Union Pacific Railway, then 

in course of construction, and to the contractors at work on the grade, and to various coal mines, including the Carbon mines. In all, over $5,000 worth was sold at prices ranging from 40 cents to $1 a gallon.2 '

This ground was, at an early date, sold to Judge C. M. Carter and became known as the Carter Oil 

Spring. Mr. Morris Groshon, who had charge of the drilling operations here in 1886, reports Regarding 

this exploration:

"In the summer of 1886 we put down a well in front of the house, and at a depth of 225 feet struck 

oil. The well was pumped for nine days, and we estimated that it yielded aboufC barrels a day. We 

then moved about 50 feet to the spring back of the house and struck oil again at 228 feet. We estimated 

that the second well produced 6 barrels a day, but we worked it only for a couple of days. The third 

well was abandoned at a depth of 300 feet without striking oil. Immediately before reaching the oil 

strata in wells Nos. 1 and 2 we struck a vein of coal about 4 feet thick. Nothing has been done here 

since that time."

11. Baker well, sec. 32, T. 15 N., R. 118 W. This well was started in the Wasatch beds. It reached 

the Kemmerer coals between 1,383 and 1,257 feet, and at 1,600 feet struck the upper member of the 

Oyster Ridge sandstone, which outcrops about three-quarters of a mile east. These sandstones are good 

water carriers, and the well quickly filled with water arid was abandoned. The oil-bearing shale is 

here about 2,000 feet lower down, and the well shows nothing regarding its oil-bearing character at 

this point (PL IV, section Y). It would require a well about 4,000 feet deep to reach the top of the 

shale at this point and one in the neighborhood of 6,000 feet to thoroughly prospect them. Such a well 

would be more likely to yield a large amount of oil than one near the crop, but the depth is practically 

prohibitive.

Partial section of well of Wyoming Western Oil Company (Bake.r well), in sec. 32, T. 15 N., R. 118 W.

	Feet.

1. Red dirt........................................................................ 0- 27

2. Yellow clay..................................................................... 27- 79

3. Red conglomerate................................................................ 79- 147

4. Light-colored clay ...".................................................-........... 147- 172

5. Gray conglomerate........................'........................................ 172- 230

6. Coal............................................................................. 230- 236

7. Coal and conglomerate ............................................................ 236- 257

8. Shale........................................................................... 257- 356

. 9. White, sticky clay shale............................................................ 350- 374

10. White shale ............,................................:....................... 374- 396

11. Blue mud....................................................................... 396- 406

12. Dark shale ...................................................................... 406- 443

13. Blue conglomerate........"....................................................... 443- 468

14. White clay....................................................................... 468- 478

15. Oil sand........................................................................... 478- 488

16. White, sticky clay............................................................... 488- 498

17. Limestone shell................................................................... 498- 525

a Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285, 1906, pp. 334, 353.

» Hicketts, Louis D., Ann. Hept. Territorial Geologist of Wyoming for 1887, 1883, pp. 23-42.
NOTES ON OIL TEST WELLS. 151

	Feet. 

18. Blue mud....................................................................... 525- 530

39. Black shale...................................................................... 530- 647

20. No record .................................................................'...... 647-1, 07fi

21. White shale ..................................................................... 1, 076-1, 169

22. Blue limestone .................................................................. 1,169-1, 171

23. White sandstone................................................................. l', 171-1,183

24. Coal............................................................................ 1,183-1,187

25. Coal and dirt...................................................................... 1, 187-1. 191

26. White limestone.................................................................. 1, 191-1, 222

27. White shale ..................................................................... 1, 222-1, 2-30

28. Dark fossils....................................................................... 1, 230-1, 242

29. Sand shell, hard stone.. _ .......................................................... 1, 242-1, 250

30. Coal .............:........................-.............. ..............; ......... 1, 250-1, 257

31. White sandstone....................................................... . t . ....... 1, 257-], 282

32. White shale ...................................................................... 1, 282-1, 307

33. White lime....................................................................... 1, 307-1, 342

34. Shale ........................................................................... 1, 342-1, 358

35. "Varying formation, white lime and shale ........... ................................ 1,358-1,400

The beds, Nos. 1 to 7, and possibly part of 8, belong to the Wasatch and F/vanston, Nos. 9 to 22 

are Hilliard, and those from No. 23 to the bottom belong to the Frontier. For a graphic representation 

of the upper part of the section see PL XIV, p. 84.

12. Consolidated Oil Company, sec. 34, T. 15 A'., R. 118 W. David McCauley, driller, gives the 

following partial record of well No. 1:

Section of well No. 1 of Consolidated Oil Company at Spring Valley.

Feet.

1. Surface dirt and shale. ............................................................... 0- 58

2. Sand........ ............................... f ............. ^........................... 58- 98

3. Black shale........................................................'................... 98-335

4. Sand, not passed through.............................................................. 335-350

This was abandoned because of crooked hole, and two other wells were drilled a few feet away. Oil 

is reported in the first two sands; no oil below 500 feet. -

14. Union Pacific well, Spring Valley. This well was drilled by L. E. Nebergall for the Union 

Pacific Railroad between September 3, 1900, and May 11, 1901. It was intended to supply water for a 

water tank at this station and for the mine of the Union Pacific Coal Company. The log of this well as 

entered in the driller's log book is given below:

Section of Union Pacific well at Spring Valley.

Feet.

1. Clay................................................................................. ' 0- 58

2. White sand with some water........................................................... 58- 92

'3. Black shale.......................................................................... 92-230

4. Light shale........................................................................... 230-338

5. Dark shale............................................................................ 338-424

6. White sand with oil.................................................................... 424-463

7. Dark shale .......................................................................... 463-535

8. Black sand.................................-.................................._...... 535-507

9. White sand with oil .................................................................... 5C7-575

10. Gray shale ........................................................................... 575-685

11. Black shale............................................................................. 685-875

12. Black shale and streaks of harder material.'............................................. 875-920

13. Gray shale...............:............................................................ 920-924

H. Black shale and streaks of harder material. .............................................. 924-980

15. Gray shale............................................................................ 980-983
152 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

	- Feet.

16. Black shale and streaks of harder material..................................... 983 -1, 008

17. Black shale. .................................................................. 1, 008 -1, 035

18. Gray sand rock .............................................................. 1,035 -1, 037

19. Black shale and streaks of harder material...................................... 1, 037 -1, 050

20. Black shale.................................................................. 1,050 -1, 095

21. Hard black limestones ........................................................ 1, 095 -1, 100

22. Black shale and streaks of harder material...................................... 1,100 -1,J15

23. Black shale.................................................................. 1, 115 -1, 147

24. Sand rock, pil bearing......................................................... 1,147 -1, 159

25-. Hard blue sand rock......................................................... 1, ]59 -1,173

26. Gray shale.................................................................... 1,173 -1,177

27. Black shale............................................................. 1..... 1,177 -1, ]81. 5

28. Shale with gas................................................................ 1, 181.5-1, 183.5

In the hearing of the protest against patenting this section to the Union Pacific Railroad, Mr. Nebergall testified that by his orders the depths to the oil sands were not correctly entered in this lecord, 

which in all other respects was correct. According to his statement the first oil sand extended from 

491 to 493 feet, the second from 573 to 581, and the third from 1,148 to 1,170. A little gas is reported at 

1,]83 feet. The second sand yielded 7J barrels the first twenty-four hours, but in a second test, five or 

six weeks later, it was found that the yield had fallen to 1 barrel in twenty-four hours. No tests were 

made of the first and third sands.

The oil appears to have initially risen to within 200 or 300 feet of the surface, and in March, 1902, 

to have flowed over the surface. This overflow was stated to have been due to the fad, that the well 

was located in a sag, and that the well filled with surface water derived from melting snows. The well 

was then capped by the railroad company. It was opened in August, 1902, for the purpose of making 

official tests, and found filled with oil and water. It was cleaned out and measured with a steel tape 

and found to be 1,197.3 feet deep. It was "cleaned out dry" and then pumped. On August 14 the 

yield was two-thirds barrel, on August 15 between one-half and one-third barrel, and on August 16 onethird barrel. As shown by recent experiments in the wells of the Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company 

on sec. 22, T. 15 N., R. 118 W., this yield was probably much too low. The oil is very volatile, with a 

paraffin base, and when the well is pumped dry and the oil commences to seep in again, the evaporation of the volatile constituents causes a deposition of the paraffin in the pores of the oil sand. This has 

been remedied in the case of the Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company's wells by using a steam jet to melt 

out the deposited paraffin, and then taking the precaution to never pump the wells dry. In this way 

a-steady yield of from 5 to 6 barrels a day has been obtained from wells which had yielded but a small 

fraction of a barrel.

16. Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company, sec. 26, T. 15 N.. R. 118 W.:

Section of well of Piltsbury-Salt Lake Oil Company, in sec. 26, T. 15 N., R. 118 W. »

Knight formation: Feet.

1. Red sandy clay................................................................ 0- 130

2. Sand with water............................................................. 130- 145

3. Red sandy clay.............................................................. 145- 550

4. Red sandy clay, gradually growing lighter..................................... 550- 020

5. Light-colored shale........................................................... (i20- 730

Frontier? and Aspen formations:

6. Shales with thin beds of sandstone............................................. 730^ 835

7. Sand, oil bearing......'........................................................ 835- 845

8. Shale......................................................................... 845-1,225

9. Sand, would probably produce 4 or 5 barrels of oil.............................. 1, 225-1, 250

10. Black shale, more or less sandy, showing some oil.............................. 1, 250-1, 530

17. Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company, sec. 22, T. 15 N., R. 118 If. The three wells at this point are 

all situated in the very southeast corner of the section. They were drilled by the Atlantic and Pacific.
NOTES ON OIL TEST WELLS. 153

Oil Company and then sold to the present company, which has completed well No. 4 and cleaned out 

wells Nos. 1 and 2, and made them producing. In these two wells the oil sands had become so clogged 

with paraffin that they were no longer producers. Mr. D. H. McMillan succeeded in melting the paraf- 

'fin out by steam jet, and they are now yielding 4 to 5 barrels a day. During 1005, 1,450 barrels of this 

oil were shipped to the Florence, Colo., refinery. The company now intends to build its own refinery. 

The sections of the wells are given below:

Sectionof-well No. 1, Pittsbnrg-Salt Luke Oil Company, SOfeet west ofSE. corner sec. 23, T. 15 N.. R.*118 W. ,

A 

Knight formation: . Feet,

1. Red sandy clay with brackish water at 145, 200, and 345 feet. Put in llf-inch casing at 580, shutting off water................................................. 0- 000

Frontier and Aspen formations:

2. Light and dark shale, alternating with some thin layers of hard rock.............. 600-1. 025

3. Sand; very little oil........................................................... 1, 025-

4. Shalc: with occasional thin hard bands........................................... -1. 1GO

5. Oil sand...................................................................... 1, IfiO6. Similar to No. 4................................................................ -1, 370

7. Sand-......................................................................... 1. :!70-1,388

It is reported that Mr. Gray, the driller, has stated that considerable water was encountered in the 

bottom 'of this well, and that it was cut out by placing a long wooden block in the lower part of the well. 

The original record contains nothing to this effect, but the water horizon suggests that reported in wells 

Nos. 20 and 28.

Section of well No. 2. 

Knight formation: Feet.

1. Red sandy clay............................................................... 0- 225

2. Black sand with sulphur gas . . . ............................................. 225- 250

3. Red sandy clay with water at 310 and 515. First water shut off with 374 feet of

llf-inch casing and second with 515 feet of 7f-m'ch casing.................... 250- 700

Frontier and Aspen formations:

.4. Black and light shale ............,....:...................................... 700- 780

5. Sand, small amount of oil .................................................... 780- 805

6; Light and black shales . . . . . . . . . . . . ....................................... 805-1,375

7. Sand with good showing of oil ................................................ 1, 375-1. 425

8. Black shale.................................................................. 1, 425-li625

9. Oil sand; hole filled up to 1,000 feet........................................... 1, 625-1, 655

10. Shale ....................................................................... 1. G55-1. 690

Section of tvell No. ,3. 

Knight formation: F<;et.

1. Usual red formation with water strata at 210 and 575 feet ............. ^ ............. 0- 600

Frontier formation:

2. Black and light shale ................................. ^...................... 600- 810

3. Coal........................................................................ 810 813

Aspen formation: ,

4. .Shale, with streaks of sand and occasional hard layers and showing of oil at 1,055

feet......................................................................' 813-1, 270

5. Black shale.................................................................. 1, 270-1, 300

6. Hard formation resembling limestone, containing some sand .................... 1, 300-1, 360

7. Shale ....................................................................... 1, 360-1, 479

8. Hard sand. .................................................................. 1,479-1,579

9. White shale ................................................................. r, 579-1, 625

10. Hard limestone.............................................................. 1, 625-1. 650

11. Dark shale.........................................:........................ 1, 650-1, 675

12. Hard sand with oil.................................... .^. .................. 1, 675-1, 700

13. Limestone and shale ......................................................... 1, 700-2.065
154 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Section of well No. 4. 

Knight formation: peet

1. Red formation with considerable water at"326 feet.................................. 0-600

Frontier formation:

2. Coal............................................................................ 605-

3. Shale......--....-.---------......................................._............ -630

4.. Hard rock ...................................................................... 630-645

5* Black shale...................................................................... 645-675

This well was completed in .the fall of 1905 to 1,650 feet and oil obtained. Near well No. 2 there is 

a shallow well from which the company pumps a little brackish water. One of the great hindrances to 

development at this point has been the difficulty in obtaining a sufficient water supply for drilling.

21. Nebergall well, sec. 22, T. 15 N.-, R. 118 W. Water-bearing sand is reported in this well between 

1,170 and 1,180 feet and three beds of coal between 1,180 and 1,280 feet, the thickest of which was 8 feet. . 

These coals arc clearly in the Kemmerer group, and are 1,500 to 2,000 feet above the Spring Valley coal. 

The water-bearing sand, like that found in the Baker well, is in one of the sandstones of the Frontier 

formation. It would require a very deep well here to thoroughly test the Aspen shales.

26. Consolidated Oil Company, sec. 14, T. 15 N., R. 118 "W. It is reported that this well when about 

at a depth of 1,150 feet encountered a strong flow of water, which was cut off.

29. Standard Reserve Gil Company,'sec. 12, T. 15 JV., R. 118 W. Mr. Charles 0. Richardson, president and manager of the Standard Reserve Oil Company, has furnished one of the most complete and 

carefully kept records obtained in this field. This record was accompanied by a complete set of samples, indicating the careful and scientific manner in which this drilling was done. The following is the 

original record furnished by Mr. Richardson, with slight, additions and corrections from the samples and 

the addition of names of the formations:

Section of well No. 1, Standard Reserve Oil Company, in sec. 12, T. 15 N., R. 118 W.

Knight formation: Foul.

1. Yellow sandy clay. .............................................................. 0-40

1. Reddish yellow clay and sandstone ................................................ 40- 80

Aspen formation:

3. Very fine-grained sandstone ...................................................... 80- 90

4. First oil sand, yellow oil.......................................................... 90-120

5. Very fine-grained gray sandstone.................................................. 120-160

- 6. Gray sandstone ................................................................. 160-180

7. Medium blue-gray shales . . . . .................................................... 180-195

8. Second oil, black amber, from light oil sand ...................................... 195-220

9. Oil sand turned darker........................................................... 220-235

10. Shale and sandstone .'............................................................ 235-250

J1. Dark shale ................................................................... 250-270

12. Light shale ...................................................................... 270-300

L3. Sandstone and shale ............................................................. 300-325

14. Gray shale ...................................................................... 325-350

15. Light-gray shale .................................................................. 350-355

16. Dark calcareous shale ............................................................ 355-385

17. Gray, very line-grained sandstone ...............'................................. 385^ilO

18. Dark'sandy shale ................................................................ 410-420

 19. Rotten shale.....................................................'.:.............. 420-445

20. Black shale...................................................................... 445-485

21. Oil No. 3, black amber oil sand................................................... 485-545

22. Shale........................................................................... 545-550

23. Very fine-grained sandstone with gas ............................................. 550-560

24. Oil No. 4, first green oil, fine oil sand.............................................. 560-G55

25. Black shale, sometimes sandy..'.......................................-........... 655-875

26. Fine-grained calcareous sandstone............................-...........---------- 875-885

27. ,00 No. 5, second green oil, oil-bearing shale....................................... 885-915
NOTES ON OIL TEST WELLS. 155

Aspen formation Continued. Feet.

28. Dark shale.............:..................................................... 915- 920

29. Lighthard fine shale.......................................................... 920- 925

30. Darker shale................................................................. 925- 930

31. Lime with a little iron........................................................ 930- 935

32. Dark rotten shale............................................................. 935- 945

33. Dark shale grit....................................:............................ 945- 960

34. Shale very oily............................................................. 960- 975

35. Very soft black shale........................................................ 975- 990

36. Light-drab shale............................................................. 990-1, 000

37. Black shale.................................................................. 1, 000-1, 015

38. Soft black shale.............................................................. 1, 015-3, 025

39. Lighter shale................................................................... 1, 025-1, 035

40. Dark-gray calcareous shale........................................i........... 1, 035-1, 050

41. Black shale.................................................................. 1, 050-1, 065

42. Fine light-gray calcareous shale................................................ 1, 065-1, 070

43. Shale......................................................................... 1, 070-1, 075

44. Oil No. 6.................................................................... 1, 075-1, 093

45. Dark rotten shale................................................................ 1,093-1, 115

46. Very oily dark rotten shale................................................... 1, 115-1,-120

47. Dark rotten shale; a little asphalt here.......................................... 1, 120-1, 125

- 48. Drab shale................................................................... 1, 125-1,140

Bear River:

49. Shaly limestone, with Bear River fossils......................................... 1, 140-1, 145

50. Gray limestone.................'.....................................".......... 1,145-1,160

51. Limestone and shale........................................................... 1,160-1, ]95

52. Shale..:.........................................._............................ 1, 195-1, 232

53. No. 7 oil sand................................................................. 1, 232-1, 235

___'^ We have penetrated the last formation only 3 feet, and oil stands within 170 feet of top of well."_ 

30. Union Pacific Bridger well, sec. 2, T. 16 N., R 117 W. This well was drilled by the Union PacificF 

Railroad to supply the water tank at Bridger, but the water was so alkaline that it could not be used. 

Mr. D. V. Bell, assistant superintendent of water service in Wyoming, gives the following data: "This 

well was drilled during the fall of 1890 and spring of 1891 and is 1,390 feet in depth. The following is 

a copy of the record made by myself while working on the well as driller:"

Section of water well of Union Pacific Railroad at Bridger, Wyo.

Quaternary: Feet.

1. Red clay......................................................................... 0-30

2. Sand and gravel, water bearing.........................:........................... 30- 38

Wasatch formation:

3. Red shale...........................................................'............... 38-125

4. Sandstone........................................................................ 125-133

5. Red shale.........................................'............................... 133-148

6. Gray shale........................................................................ 148-228

7. Hard sandstone; small flow of water....................."..............._....._.__.. 228-236

8. Gray, green, and red shales........................................................ 236-345

9. Sandstone.. .............. ^....................................................... 345-360

10. Gray shale......................................................................... 360-405

11. Sandstone........................................................................ 405-410

12. Gray shale........................................................................ 410-460

13. Sandstone; small flow of water..'...........................--..... 1............... 460-465

14. Gray shale. .................................................................^..... 465-505

15. Sandstone...................................................._.................... 505-520

16. Gray shale........................................................................ 520-530

17. Sandstone........................................................................ 530-540

3694 No. 56 07 11
156 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

Wasatch formation Continued. .Feet18. Red shale.................................................................... 540- 565

19. Gray shale.................................................................... 565- 620

20. Shale with thin layers of sand rock............................................ 620- 640

21. Gray shale.................................................................... 640- 665

22. Red shale..............................'...................................... 665- 675

23. Sandstone; small flow of water................................................ 675- 695

24. Gray shale...........................................'......................... 695- 730

25. Black shale.................................................................. 730- 740

26. Shale with thin layers of sandstone ........... ............................... 740- 750

27. Gray shale.................................. .. ........................... 750- 800

28. Red shale .................................................................. 800- 880

Bear River formation:

29. Sandstone................................................................... 880- 895

30. Black shale ................................................................. 895- 920

31. Gray shale .................................................................. 920- 960

32. Hard gray and black shale.................................................... 960-1,300

33. Shale, with thin layers o'f sandstone . ........................'................. 1, 300-1, 318

34. Gray shale .................................................................. 1,318-1, 378

Beckwith formation:

35. Red shale.................................................................. 1,378-1, 386

36. Sandstone not passed through, yielding flow of water 20 gallons per minute....... 1, 386-

" Well commenced flowing in a few minutes after sand rock was drilled into, and sample of water was 

taken for analysis, which showed 1,525 grains solids per gallon, and further drilling was discontinued. 

At the time last flow was struck well was cased with 39 feet of 9f-inch casing and 740 feet of 5|-inch 

casing, which was left in well at the time drilling ceased, with the expectation that it w.ould bo removed 

in the near future About two years afterwards, when it was desired to pull it for use in another well, 

it had been entirely consumed by corrosion, and nothing remained to show that well had ever been 

cased."

31. Michigan-Wyoming Oil Company, sec. 20, T. 17 N., R. ISO W. This well is situated on the crest 

of the Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal (Pis. XXII, IV, section H) at a point where the crest of the anticline assumes a nearly horizontal position after a very abrupt northward plunge. It was evidently this 

structural relation which determined the location of the well. The well starts in the Evanston formation 

and enters the Beckwith beds at a comparatively shallow depth. This well is therefore drilled in beds 

below those which yield the oil at Spring Valley. Mr. J. A. Morehouse, the driller, states, from memory, 

regarding this well': "Coal beds at 74-79, 120-128, 200-202 feet. Below the last coal bed there are alternations of red shale with thin beds of sandstone."

33. Idaho-Wyoming Oil Company, sec. 7, T. 21 N., R. Ill W. This well is situated in a synclinal 

trough between the Absaroka fault uplift and the Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal. This syncline is 

deeply filled with Eocene beds containing water, and the geologic conditions are not favorable for an 

oil well. Mr. J. J. Doming, of the Idaho-Wyoming Oil Company, gives the following log of this well:

Section of -well of Idaho-Wyoming Oil Company at Fossil, Wyo.

Feet.

1. Gravel, with water, yielding 100 gallons a minute .................................... 0- 100

2. Clay and shale ....................... ............................................. 100- 300

3. Brown shale ..................................................................... 300- 500

4. Sandy shale, with water, amount not determined .................................. 500- 800

5. Shale and sandstone, with artesian water; flow about 5 gallons a minute .............. 800-1, 000

6. Dark shale, small streaks of sand ................................................ v. 1, 000-

7. White clay, probably fire clay ..........................'.-.......................... -1, 400

8. Clay with thin streaks of shale, little oil and gas ................................... 1, 400-1, 500

In the Fossil district little change has been noted from the surface to about 1,400 feet. The formation 

is mostly a brown shale, which, on exposure to water or air, decomposes and caves, and in every instance 

requires casing.
GEOLOGIC RELATIONS OF THE OIL. 157

37. Twin Creel Land and Oil Company, sec. S3, T. 21 N., R. 117 W. Territorial Geologist Ricketts 

furnishes the following account of early work at this point, based on the report of Mr. D. V. Boll: a

"The Twin Creek Land and Oil Company let a contract for a well in 1886.6 This well caved in, 

the ground being soft, and a new one was started the present season (1887) and has been drilled to a 

depth 'of 185 feet. The rock for the first 129 feet was very soft, and resembled a light-colored, hardened 

mud. At 129 feet very hard rock was penetrated, and pierced at 131'feet. From the latter point to 

165 feet the former soft rock was passed through. From 165 to 175 feet a hard sandstone was encountered, 

which gave off ss much gas that when ignited it burnt in a flame from 8 to 10 feet high. The last 10 

feet was in soft rock again, and yielded much water and oil mixed with it. The water caused the clay 

to run, and work was stopped temporarily. It was estimated that fully 1 barrel of oil per 24 hours came 

up with this water. Another well, situated about 100 feet from the last, is said to have produced 20 

barrels per day, but it has since clogged up with the soft clay. An oil spring is very near these two 

wells, and flows fully 1 gallon per day."

41. Curtis well, sec. 25, T.21 N.,R. 117 W. This well is drilled very near the line between the 

Adaville and Eocene beds and on the east side of the Lazeart syncline. The section, .according to Mr. 

Curtis, is as follows:

Section of Curtis well, sec. 25, T. 21 N., R. 117 W.

Feet.

1. Surface sand and "clay.....'............-...............--............................. 0-70

2. Sandstone........................-...... .---............................._........_. 70-450

3. Black bituminous clay ............................................ : .................. 450-455

4. Coal................................................................................,455-457

5. Clay................................................................................ 457-

GEOLOGIC RELATIONS.

The natural oil springs in this area occur in the region of profound disturbance 

along the Absaroka fault. The Brigham Young, White, and Carter springs occur 

along a secondary fault just east of the main fault line. This Oil Spring fault cuts 

the western end of the Aspen tunnel, and the oil seepage in this tunnel is to be 

regarded as essentially of the same character as that in the neighboring oil .springs. 

In this case the oil issues directly from faulted Cretaceous rocks of Benton age at a 

horizon stratigraphically 1,600 feet above the top of the black shales which yield oil 

in the wells at Spring Valley. As these lower shales are about 2,000 feet thick it 

would require ft hole 3,600 feet deep at the fault line to prospect them fully if the 

strata were horizontal, but as they are highly inclined wells drilled at the fault line 

must go to much greater depths. Where, as at Billiard, the strata are overturned, a 

well at the fault line like the El Rio Verde well must drill through some of the strata 

twice (PI. IV, section Y), and such a location is to be avoided, both because of the 

unnecessary duplication required and the fact that the oil yield will be smaller 

than at greater distances from the fault, owing to loss by leakage along the fault 

line.

In the Fossil region the oil comes from a group of springs which, with the exception of occasional globules of oil, are of the type commonly found in the Eocene beds. 

The strata around these springs and for many feet below belong to the Wasatch. 

These beds show a gentle anticline with dips of about 5°, and the springs occur very 

near the axis of this anticline. Farther east, between this anticline and the outcrop 

of the coal-bearing Adaville beds, there is a similar syncline. The geologic relations 

of the adjoining areas indicate rather conclusively that this anticline corresponds

aKicketts, L. JX, Ann. Kept. Territorial Geologist of Wyoming for 1887, 1888, pp. 42-43.

& According to the report of S. U. Stowell, the first well at this point was 100 feet deep when visited by him in the summer 

of 1885 (Min. Res. for 1885, 1886, pp. 1-54).
158 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

very nearly in position and direction with that of the underlying Absaroka fault, 

and it has doubtless been produced by a slight movement along this older axis (PL 

XXII). The oil floating up through the water which has penetrated to the oil-bearing beds along- the fault has naturally collected in the fairly water-logged beds of the 

Wasatch and has found outlet in the springs along this low anticline, which is at the 

same time the highest point stratigraphically and the lowest point topographically, 

and is very nearly directly over the fault line. The Short well penetrated red beds 

from 1,650 feet to the bottom of the well, 2,200 feet, conclusively showing that it is 

situated west of the Absaroka fault. The other wells in this field obtained water, 

with a little gas and oil, in the Wasatch beds. The conditions here are manifestly 

unfavorable for the accumulation of oil in commercial quantities.

The oil found in the Spring Valley wells commonly conies from sandy lavers in 

the Aspen shale. It has been found in the upper Bear River beds in the Standard 

Keserve Oil Company well (No. 29 in list of wells on pp. 144, 154-155) and in the 

Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company well on sec. 10, T. 14 N., K. 118 W. (No. 8). 'Failure 

to obtain oil has been recorded in three types of wells: (1) Those not deep enough to 

reach the oil-bearing strata, such as the Nebergall (No. 21) and Baker (No. 11) wells; 

(2) those which, because of irregularities of the sandy layers in the shales, fail to 

develop oil, although it is found in adjacent wells, like the Consolidated Oil Company's wells in the southwest corner of sec. 23, T. 15 N., R. 118 W.; (3) wells located 

on the outcrop of the shales, particularly those near the eastern edge, where the beds 

are less than 500 feet thick, like the well of the Wyoming Illuminating Oil Company 

in sec. 26 and the well on the west side of sec. 24, T.'15. N., R. 118 W.

The oil-bearing beds are entirely dry when the oil is pumped out of the wells; 

no water follows. Water occurs in the overlying Wasatch beds and in the sandstones of the Frontier formation, and is also reported in a sandstone several hundred 

feet below the main oil sands, as in the Jager well (No. 28) and the Consolidated Oil 

Company well (No. 26). The occurrence of large quantities of water in the Bettys 

well (No. 5) and the Baker well (No. 11) has been regarded by some as affecting the 

oil situation, but the water-bearing beds here are in no way connected with the oilbearing strata. The "anticlinal theory," according to which oil accumulates by 

floating upon water on the flanks or crests of anticlines, does not seem to apply to 

this field, for one of the essential factors in the theory the water in the oil-bearing 

sand is not present. The absence of water in the oil-bearing sands, together with 

the fact that springs do not occur along the outcrops of the beds and the irregularity 

shown in the position of the oil-bearing sands in adjoining wells, suggests that the 

oil has been formed from the .shale in which it is found and that the oil-bearing 

shales represent local sandy layers more or less perfectly surrounded by shale in 

which the oil has accumulated. This is the case also in the Boulder and Florence 

fields, although at those localities the shales are geologically younger. In the absence 

of water, oil tends to move down the dip and, so far as the continuity of the porous 

beds will allow, to collect in the troughs of the synclines. This is apparently the 

case in this field, and the position of this syncline and the depth of the oil-bearing 

shale at its lowest point then become matters of'considerable economic importance. 

At Hilliard the lowest point in the shale bed is over ] 1,000 feet from the surface, and 

the dip of the beds is such that a deep well would be extremely difficult to sink.
QUALITY OF THE OIL. 159

Between Hilliard and Aspen tunnel the syncline rises, and these beds may be thoroughly prospected with a hole 2,500 to 3,000 feet deep. This is a good location; 

although the "Oil Spring fault to the west introduces a point of leakage and the 

^deepening of the syncline io the south affords a lower point of accumulation. 

Because of the normal character of the syncline at this point a well properly placed 

may be drilled entirely in nearly horizontal strata.

Farther north the synclinal trough deepens rapidly, and at the Lazeart mine 

the oil shale is perhaps 10,000 feet from the surface. At Round Mountain the 

strata are overturned and faulted and the site is not favorable for an oil well. Between Round Mountain and the top of the Adaville beds north of Little Muddy 

Greek the synclinal trough rises. The rise is gradual, the syncline is normal, and 

the locality in these respects the best in the region. The great depth of the oilbearing shales, 5,000 to 7,000 feet, however, is practically prohibitive. Farther 

north the syncline sinks, and at the Oregon Short Line Railroad the lowest point of 

the oil-bearing beds is in the neighborhood of 15,000 feet from the surface. Still 

farther north the syncline rises, and in the long trough north of a point 10 to 15 miles 

north from Kemmerer the conditions, for oil are favorable. The depth of the oilbearing shale in the center of the syncline is such that wells could be readily sunk, 

and test holes in this region are likely to yield returns. This region is beyond that 

examined this year, but enough was learned regarding it to warrant the above 

suggestion. OjLsprings are, moreover, reported in this region, and it is hoped they 

may be critically examined next year.

In general, in the region of this report, the depth of the oil-bearing shale at the 

axis of the synclme is practically prohibitive, but the soft character of the strata 

suggests that the diminution of pore space, due to the pressure of the'superincumbent 

beds, may be so great that the maximum accumulation of oil will be at some point 

on the limb of the sjncline between the axis and the outcrop. Indeed, though the oilbearing shale underlies a much larger area, prospecting should be restricted to the 

region between the axis of the Lazeart syncline and the eroded edge of these beds u 

on the west flank of the Meridian anticline (PL XXII).

The well of the Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company in sec. 10, T. 14 N., R. 118 W. 

(No. 8), develops an oil-bearing horizon in the lower part of the Bear River formation. The oil is black and more of the nature of a lubricating oil than that from 

the upper horizons. In a preliminary report it was suggested that the beds here 

might be of Jurassic age and belong to the same horizon as the shale exposed on 

Twin Creek west of Nugget-, but a more complete correlation of the data collected 

has shown this inference to be unwarranted.

QUALITY OF OIL.

The oil obtained from the Brigham Young, White, Carter, and Fossil oil springs, 

and wells in their neighborhood, is a dark, heavy oil which has perhaps been derived 

from the Aspen oils by the evaporation of its more volatile portions. The gravity 

of the Carter oil is given by Slosson 6 as 21.5° Baume. The gravity of the Fossil 

or Twin Creek oil is given by the Union Pacific Railroad Company c as 26.75° Baume

a Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey No. 285, pp. 334, 353.

& Slosson, E. E.. Bull. School of Mines, Univ. of Wyoming, Petroleum Series, No. 3, 1809, p. 31.

c Mineral Resources U. S. lor 1885, 1880, p. 15.
160 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY 'OF SOUTHWESTEKN WYOMING.

and by Slosson" as 19.7° Baume. The results of several analyses of the Spring 

Valley petroleum are given below:

Analysis of oil from Union Pacific well at Spring Valley, Wyo.

[By Thomas Price & Son, Sari Francisco, 1901.] Pcr ocnt 

Naphtha (gasoline and benzine)................................................................ 28

Kerosene..................................................................................... 24

Signal and headlight oil....................................................................... 8

Lubricating, reduced stock................................................................... 23

Paraffin..................................................................................... 17

Tests of oil from 650-foot sand of Union Pacific well at Spring Valley, Wyo. 

[By Louis Falkenau, San Francisco, 1901.]

Temperature, in degrees Fahrenheit, at which gas H^SS?* e \^°'t Bravity Gravity, wotiirp nf nmHuot 

was given off on distillation ume weight. ol P ' Baum6- Nature of product.

66-302 ...................................... 15 17.1 0.740 ; 60 Gasoline and benzine.

802-491........-......----.-------- ........------.. 33.1 33.4 .802' 46 Illuminating oil.

491-602.......-.........--..--.-....--------...----- 26.5 27.1 .830 i 35 Heavy illuminating or signal

' oil. 

602, boiled dry..................................... 19.5 20.4 .840 31 Lubricating oil and paraffin.

Residue: Bituminous (soluble)................................... 1 .......

Carbon and ash (insoluble)................... .....---. 1 .......

Specific gravity of crude oil at 66° F., 0.825. 

Crude flashes at 66° F.

Analysis of oil from Union Pacific well, Spring Valley, Wyo.

[By G. W. foray, Chemist, Standard Oil Company, 1902.] Per cent. 

Gasoline..................................................................................... 19

Refined illuminating oil.................................................................... 35

Heavy lubricating oil........................................................................ 21

Intermediate lubricating oil.................................................................. 21

Coke -..-.........-.-..-.---.-.----.........----.- -.------.--.-----.--.-----....--.-..-.-.- 1.8

Luss............................-...----.-----------.------------------------.-------.----- 2

Sample bailed from well upon first day of opening, Thursday, January 20, 1902, run into tank car 

and taken from tank car Sunday, June 29, 1902-

Gravity 0.8231, or 41.5° Baume.

Tests of oil from Union Pacific well, Spring Valley, Wvo. 

, [By Wilbur C. Knight, professor of geology, University of Wyoming, 1902.]

No.

10

Temperature, in degrees Centigrade, at 

which gas 

was given 

off on distillation.

77-130 

130-170 

170-200 

200-259 

259-292 

292-320 

320-350 

350-370 

370-380 

380-400

Specific 

gravity of 

product.

0.7230

0.7540

0.7800

0.8040

0.8190

0.8340

0.8470

0.8580

0.8640

0.8880

Temperature, in degrees Centigrade, at 

which specific gravity was 

taken.

15

15

15

15

15

15

18

22

22

22

' Slosson, E., E. Bull. School of Mines, Univ. ol Wyoming, Petroleum Series, No. 3, 189C, p. 31.
YIELD OF OIL WELLS. 161

These numbers represent tenths of the product, with the exception of the last, which was only 

half filled.. This means that with the ordinary method of distilling oils one would save 95 per cent of 

the crude..

Specific gravitj of crude oil, 0.8100.

Oil flashes at a point below 70°.

This oil will yield approximately the following products:

 Per cent. 

Gasoline and lighter oils................................................................. 20 to 30

Kerosene............................................................................... 30 to 40

Paraffin................................................................................. 10 to 20

The remainder of the oil could be utilized to some extent for lubricating purposes. 

' This is a superior quality of crude for the production of gasoline and kerosene; but is of little importance for lubricants. For the lighter oils it is worth a little more than the ordinary crude from Colorado 

or Pennsylvania.

Tests of oil from well of Pittsbury-Salt Lake Oil Company in sec. 22, T. 15 N., R. 118 W., 1 mile north of

Spring Valley, 1006.

[By C. F. Mabery, Cleveland, Ohio, 1906.]

Temperature, in degrees Centigrade, at 

which gas

was given

off on distillation.

50-150

150-305

305-350

350-330

Percentage.

21.3

39.7

16.4

15.4

Gravity, 

Baume.

65

44

36

37

Nature of product.

Gasoline.

BuMingoil.

Gas oil.

Oil partially cracked.

Residue, 7.2.

Specific gravity, 0.81 or 44° B.

The oil "begins to crack at 350°; of course this product is really gas oil. The distillates at 305°- 

350°, 350°-3300 , and the residue contain much paraffin. These oils become solid when cooled in tap 

water with paraffin, so the yield is large.

We refined some of the burning oil, not, however, with reference to flash nor complete absence of 

color; it refines very easily, and gives a very fine grade of burning oil.

Of course the proportions of products will be somewhat different on a refining scale, 1,000 barrels 

probably larger, rather than smaller, than is given on the small scale.

This petroleum is different from any of the numerous specimens that I have previously examined 

from Wyoming Territory.

A large, amount of very light gasoline can be separated by strong cooling.

With respect to the large proportion of gasoline and of burning oil, also of paraffin, this petroleum 

is one of the most valuable that I have ever examined.

It is a nonsulphur oil, percentage of sulphur, 0.03.

YIELD OF OIL.

The yield of a single well in this field has been estimated as high as 50 to 100 

barrels a day, but these estimates are clearly excessive. The best wells of the 

Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company, which are the only wells carefully tested, yield 

about 5 barrels a day. The oil is very volatile, with a paraffin base, and soon clogs 

the oil sand at the point cut by the well unless carefully pumped. The very low
162 GEOGRAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP' SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

yield of the Union Pacific well on the official test is believed to be due to such a

clogging (see p. 152). From the geologic conditions, wells with very large production

I are not to be expected, but a very large territory of wells with a low yield is indicated.

PRACTICAL SUGGESTIONS.

The best oil territory in this region is between the axis of the Lazeart syncline 

and the outcrop of the oil-bearing Aspen formation west of the Meridian anticline

 (PL XXII).

The whole territory underlain by the Aspen shale may be expected to yield oil 

of the same character as that found at Spring Valley, and a considerable oil field is 

thus outlined. Present developments indicate that the quantity obtained will 

increase toward the axis of the syncline. The yield per well will be small, but the 

high character of the oil warrants the development of small wells.

In developing this section wells should preferably be placed in valleys. First,

- because-sUch locations will save much needless drilling; second, because a water 

supply can often be obtained in shallow bored wells in such locations, and, third, 

supplies can be transported more cheaply.

Between the Absaroka fault and the Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal this principal 

oil-bearing horizon is in general either deeply buried or absent and is not of probable 

economic importance.

West of the Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal the rocks are all older than the Aspen 

oil-bearing shale, with the exception of the Evanston and Eocene beds, which are not 

oil bearing. Prospecting here should be confined to points where the Bear River 

formation is of considerable thickness. The possibility that it may prove an oil 

horizon has been demonstrated by the Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Company well in sec. 

30, T. 14 N., R. 118 W. (No.. 8), and the Standard Reserve Oil Company well in sec. 

12, T. 15 N., R. 118 W. (No. 29).

UNDERGROUND WATERS.

Strata of probable importance as sources of underground water are found in the 

Wasatch (Knight and Almy), Adaville, Frontier, Beckwith, and Nugget formations. 

The sandstones and conglomerates-of the Almy and Knight formations are generally 

sufficiently porous to make them readily absorb and transmit water. Between the 

Rock Creek-Needles anticlinal and the Absaroka -fault these beds form a gentle 

syncline, along which in many of the deeper valleys flowing wells may perhaps be 

had. Flowing brackish sulphur water has been obtained in these beds at the head 

of Twin Creek (see wells.Nos. 37 to 42, p. 145). The Bettys well (No. 5) developed 

several artesian horizons, and a flow of 30 gallons a minute of water of fair quality is 

reported at a depth of 700 feet. Similar developments are possible on Duncomb 

Creek, on Needle Creek, on Goodman Creek, and on the head of Yellow Creek. In 

the area east of the Meridian anticline these beds dip gently eastward and artesian 

conditions are again present. Small flows from these beds were obtained at Bridger 

Station, but the water was very alkaline. On the whole the conditions are more 

favorable in the Fossil syncline than in the area east of the Meridian anticline in the 

great Green River syncline.

The Adaville formation contains several beds of sandstone which will probably
COPPER. 163

yield water. The relative height of the outcrop and the general attitude of those 

beds indicate that flowing wells are not to be expected from them.

The sandstones of the upper'part of the Frontier formation, particularly the 

Oyster Ridge sandstone, are good water carriers. When encountered in oil wells 

they have yielded large quantities of water, generally alkaline. The depth of 

this horizon throughout Mammoth Hollow is indicated approximately by the depth 

shown for the Kemmerer coal on PI. XXIII. The area- of outcrop of this bed is, 

however, quite limited, the rainfall small, and persistent yields of large amount are 

not to be expected.

The Beckwith formation contains beds of sandstone and conglomerate that 

may be important water bearers. These have been penetrated only in the Bridger 

well. Here one of the upper sandstones yielded a flow- of 30 gallons a minute of 

very alkaline water. The Nugget formation is listed as a possible water horizon 

because of its physical character and not because it has been proved by wells ..to be 

water bearing.

Throughout this region the underground water is derived almost wholly from 

the rain that falls on the surface of the local area. The geologic conditions, except 

in the Wasatch beds in the Fossil syncline, are not favorable to an underground 

circulation with the Uinta Mountains or the mountains to the north as a source. 

In the Fossil syncline it is probable that water is transmitted in the basal Wasatch 

gravels from the Uinta region, and this condition is distinctly favorable for deep 

wells at the head of Chalk Creek and on Yellow, Goodman, Sago, and Needle creeks.

COPPER.

The Beckwith red beds, wherever exposed -along the Rock Creek-Needles 

anticlinal (PI. XXIII) in the western part of this area, have been extensively prospected for copper, but at only one locality have copper-bearing minerals been found. 

This place, well named the Cockscomb, is about 25 miles north of Evanston and 5 

miles from Bear River. The red beds are here involved in an overturned anticline, 

and at three places along the axis of this anticline copper carbonates have been 

found in a gray sandstone containing considerable vegetable matter. The prospects are all shallow surface pits, and there is no evidence that surface work will 

yield returns. Deep prospecting alone might yield values, but, notwithstanding the 

favorable structural conditions,-only a very sanguine operator would attempt to 

develop this locality.

About 25 miles north of this locality, in the valley of Rock Creek, tributary 

of Bear River, and 6 miles north of Nugget station on the Oregon Short Line Railroad, copper carbonates have been found in a brecciated sandstone which occurs 

just below the " Permo-Carboniferous" red beds. These beds here form a rather 

flat-topped anticline with very steeply dipping flanks. The western flank appears to 

be somewhat faulted at the point of the change in dip from the slightly inclined 

beds of the crest of the .anticline to the highly dipping beds of the flank. The copper 

carbonates have been found along and just east of this structural break. The main 

group of openings here are horizontal tunnels in the slightly dipping bods. The 

same amount of labor in shafts along the probable, fault line would be more likely 

to yield results.
164 GEOGiiAPHY AND GEOLOGY OF SOUTH WESTEHN WYOMING.

SANDSTONE.

The irregular sandstone beds in -the Evanston and Adaville formations have 

been quarried for stone for foundations at Evanston and the old town of Twin 

Creek. Sandstone of considerable value as building stone is found in the Frontier formation, and a large quarry, with switch from the railroad, has been opened 

just cast of Oakley. This quarry has not been in operation for several years and no 

data were obtained regarding the extent of shipments. Severat stone buildings in 

Kemmerer, it is reported, were built of this stone. Local quarries have been opened 

at Frontier and Cumberland in the same sandstone.

CLAY.

None of the clays of this region are at present used industrially. Brick 

has been burned'at -Ahny and Glencoe, in both places from residual or alluvial 

soils, but the kilns have been abandoned. The absence of timber tends to greatly 

retard the burning of ordinary brick. Clays of importance are reported associated 

with many of the coal seams, but little is known definitely regarding their value. 

Clay from the coal mine of the Standard Keserve Oil Company at Spring Valley has 

been tested at Salt Lake and is reported to make a very excellent fire brick suitable 

for any purpose in the furnace line.

STATUS OF LANDS.

As shown on PI. XXVI, the Government is to-day the largest owner of lands 

in this region. The lands which have been disposed of and the laws under which 

they were patented are also indicated on this plate. The coal and oil values of 

these vacant Government lands may be seen by comparing this plate with the 

economic map, PI. XXIII.

The following figures give the approximate area of coal lands in the two most 

important coal-bearing groups, the Adaville and Frontier. In this statement lands 

have been classed as coal lands in which the coal is less than 3,000 feet from 

the surface. This depth was chosen because it is the limit indicated by the land 

purchases of three of the .largest coal companies in this field and is the depth shown 

upon the map filed by one of these companies with the State mine inspector as 

the limit to which they expect to work the coals. The tables may therefore be taken 

to show coal lands of the same character as those which have been purchased as 

investments by coal companies in this region: <

Total coal lands in the Kemmerer-HiUiard coalfeld in ranges 13-23 N., inclusive {Frontier formation).

Acres. 

Total coal lands........................................................................... 158,459

Coal lands sold or otherwise disposed of:

1. Union Pacific land grant ..... v ............................................ 59, 967

2. As agricultural land (homestead, desert entry, preemption, timber culture, etc.).. 14, 220

3. As coal land .................................................. .............. 7, 452

4. As State land o............................................................... 6, 360

 .87,999

Coal land remaining in which title is with the Government.............................. 70, 460

» Because of its mineral value, tbe title ot some of this land may be found to be with the General Government and 

not with the State.
STATUS OF LANDS. ._ . 165

Of the latter amount, on June 1, 1906, 3,240 acres were covered with coal 

declaratory statements, 3,260 acres with unpatented agricultural entries, and 2,360 

acres with unapproved State selections.

Total coal lands in the Adaville-Lazeart coal field in Tps.*13r-%3 N., inclusive, Ointa County, Wyo.,

Adaville formation.

Acres. 

Total coal lands........................................................................... 63,338

Coal land sold or otherwise disposed of:

(1) Union Pacific land grant.................................................... 16,116

(2) As agricultural land (homestead, desert entry, preemption, timber culture, 

etc.)............................................................-...... 916

(3) As coal lands............................................................... 5, 384

(4) As State land «................................................... ......... 4, 760

 27,176

Coal land remaining in which title is with the Government-........................... 36,162

Of the land remaining in which title is with the United States Government 

on January 1, 1906, 360 acres were covered with coal declaratory statements and 

1,310 acres with unapproved State selections.

Summary of coal lands acquired as agricultural lands in Tps. 13-23 N., Rs. 115-119 W., Uinta County, Wyo.

Frontier coals.

Acres. 

Total coal land acquired as agricultural land ................................................ 14,220

Coal land with some agricultural value and in which there is some excuse for the acquisition as agricultural land, but where the coal value is without exception greater than 

the agricultural value............................................................... 6,352

Land acquired solely for coal values held almost without exception by coal companies... 7, 868

Adaville coals.

Total coal land acquired as agricultural land....................................'............ 916

Coal land with some agricultural value and in which there is some excuse for the acquisition as agricultural land............................................................ 836

Land acquired for coal values alone................................................... 80

Summary.

Total coal lands acquired as agricultural land............................................... 15,136

Coal land with some agricultural value and in which there is some excuse for its acquisition as agricultural land............................................................ 7,188

Land acquired solely for coal values................................................... 7, 948

It is important to note in these tables" that the coal lands of the Adaville formation which have already been disposed of were acquired almost wholly under 

the coal-land laws 5,316 acres acquired under the coal-land laws and only 916 

under the agricultural laws. These lands were for the most part acquired in the 

early eighties, apparently by individuals and not by organized coal companies. 

In the Frontier formation, where the lands were acquired by large coal companies, 

one-third was bought as coal land, one-third was acquired as agricultural land

a Because of its mineral value, the title of some of this land may be found to be with the General Government and not 

with the State.
166 GEOGEAPHY AND GEOLOGY OP SOUTHWESTERN WYOMING.

where there is some excuse for an agricultural entry, and one-third was acquired 

as, agricultural land for its coal value alone. In the case of the Adaville coals, 

which are not being actively mined, there were on January 1, 1906, 360 acres of 

agricultural entries pending and 1,310 ot State selections pending. In the area 

of the Frontier coals, which are being actively worked and which are the best coals 

in the region, there are 3,260 acres of agricultural entries and 2.360 acres of State 

selections pending.
INDEX.

A. 

Absaroka fault, description of....................... 109-110

location of, maps showing. ...Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

view showing............................. 102 (PI. XXI)

Absaroka Ridge, Carboniferous rocks on.............. 53

fossils from........................................ 52

location of......................................... 35

Nugget formation on .............................. 56

Park City formation on............................ 50

Thaynes formation on............................. 50,52

Twin Creek formation on.......................... 57

Woodside formation on............................ 50

Acella haldemanni..................................... 25

Acer indivisum Lx........._...............,........... 98

lesquereux Kn..................................... 98

Acknowledgments to those, aiding..................... 6-8

Acocksfault, location of..... ...................... Ill

location of, map showing...,. Pocket (Pis. IV, XXIII) 

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

Acrosti.'hum hesperium Newb.......................... 9

Adaville formation, age of............................. 75

coal in... 15,72,131-132,164-166, Pocket (Pis IV, XXIII) 

analyses of..... ..... ............... 132,133,136-138

figures showing.............................. 132,133

position of, view showing........... 108 (PI. XXII)

definition and distribution of.... 50 (table facing), 72-7.3

distribution of, map showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

fossils in.............................. 73-75,74 (PI. XII)

sandstone from.................................... 164

sections showing............... 132.133, Pocket (PI. IV)

topographic features of............................ 35,73

water in.......................................... 162-1(53

Adaville-Lazeart field, coal lands in................... 165

Adaville mine, coal in................................. 72,132

coal in, analysis of........................... 136-137,138

fossils near......................................... 74

location of, map showing..... Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

Admetopsis subf usiformis Meek....................... 67

sp. ........................................... 74

Agricultural lands, discussion of...................... 44-46

map showing ...................... Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Ahern, Jeremiah, work of.............................. 15

Ailanthus longepetiolata Lx........................... 98

Albert Creek, coal on, map showing... Pocket (PI. XXIII) 

irrigated lands on, map showing............. 44 (PI. II)

Alligator heterodon......................'.............. 95

Almy, Almy formation at............................. 89

 clay at............................................. 164

coals at................. 12,114,132, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

analyses of......... ... ..................... 136,138

mines at, history of....... . ................. 10,133

sections in. figures showing................ 135

Evanston formation at and near.................. 77-81

fossils from........................... 85,86,86 (PI. XV)

 Page. 

Almy fault, description of........................... 111-112

location of, map showing........ . Pocket (PI. XXIII)

sections shoxving ........... ........... Pocket (PI. IV)

Alrny formation, conglomerate in, view of..... 88 (PI. XVI)

definition and distribution of. 50 (table facing),88,89, 111 

distribution of, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. Ill)

fossils in........................................... 89-90

Evanston formation and, relations of..... 76 (PI. XII)

outcrops of, view of...................... 92 (PI. XVII)

position of..................-.-----------....... 75,76,81

section of.......................................... 82

figure showing...................... Pocket (PI. IV) ,

water in............................................ 162

Almisgrewiopsis Ward..................... 73,74 (PI. XII)

Altamont, elevations at............................... 38

fossils from near........................... 70 (PI. X),71

Hilliard formation near.............................. 71

oil wells at and near......................... 143,148-149

record oS...............---------............. t 48-149

Ammonites texanus................................... 72

tricannatus........................................ 72

Amnicola sp........................................... 89

Aniphiplaga brachyptera Cope ........................ 98

Amusium sp........................................... 51

Amygdalus gracilis I.x................................. 98

Anatina sp............................................. 67

Ancyclus sp............................................ 92

Andromeda delicatula Lx.............................. 98

Animals, wild, list of...-.-.........--.---............. 44

Anomia concentnca Meek.............................. 66

microncma Meek................................... 74

sp................................................ 7,67,74

Anticlines, descriptions of........................... 108-112

maps showing................ Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

sections showing................... 101, Pocket (PI. IV)

Antholithes improbus Lx.............................. 98

Aplexa sp.............................................. 89

Aralia saportana..................--------............ 68

Arcopagia utahensis Meek......--.---.................' 66

Ashburner, C. A., on Wyoming coal................... 27

Asineops pauciradiatus Cope.......................... 98

Aspen, old. See Old Aspen. * 

Aspen Divide, location and description of............. 35-36

Aspen formation, distribution of......... 50 (table facing),

62,03,64-65,105,112

distribution of, maps showing.. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

fossils in........................................... 62

oil in..................... 64,158,162, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

sections showing...................... Pocket (PI. IV)

topographic features of .......................:... 35,62

Aspen Mountain, Quaternary deposits on ............. iffl

Aspen tunnel, oil at and near................ 139,143,148-149

shaft at, section of ...*........................... 148-149

Aspens, quaking, occurrence of........................ 44

167
168 INDEX.

Page.

Aughey, Samuel, report by, on geology of Wyoming.. 27 

Aviculopectencurtocardinalis II. and W.... 51,52,56 (PI. VI)

idahocnsis?........................................ * 52

oecidaneusMcek........................ SI 52,56 (H. VI)

parvulusll. and W....................... 51, .W (PI. VI)

weberensisH. and W..................... 51,56 (PI. VI)

sp.................................................. 52

n.

Bailey, G. E., map by, of Wyoming................... 28

Baker well, coal in..................................... 70,136

data on.................................. 143,150-151,158

Evanston formation in............................ 70,84

section of........................................ 150-151

plato showing.......................... 84 (PI. XIV)

Bakewcllia sp .................I........................ 51

Baldwin, II. L., on triangulation stations in region... 30 

work of............................................ 15

Bannister, H. M., on age of Lararnie................... 25

on Aspen formation............................... 64

on E vanston beds................................. 83

report of, on geology along Union Pacific Railroad. 22 

section by, at Almy................................ 77-79

Barbatia coalvillensis White........................... 63,66

(Trapezium) micronema (Meek) .................. 66,100

Base map, preparation of.............................. 3-6

Bathmodon............................................ 22,24

latipes............................................. 22,95

radians Cope................................. 21,22,93,95

scmicmctus Cope............................. 21,22,93,95

Bathmodon bone, locality, situation of................ 93

Bear River, Almy formation ulong.................... 77,89

coal on....................................... 113,132-135

Carboniferous rocks near................ 53 (fig. 3), 53-54

description of..................................... 36,100

Evanston formation on......................... 77-81,83

fossils from..................................... 66,93,94

Fowkes formation near............................ 90-92

Frontier formation on............................. 06

geology on......................................... 59

map showing........................Pocket (PI. Ill)

irrigable lands on, map showing..----........ 44 (PI. II)

irrigation from..................................... 45

Knight formation on.............................. 93-96

Quaternary beds along....'....................... 99-100

Bear River City, Aspen formation at.................. 64

Beckwith formation at............................ 58

coal near......................................... 117,130

fossil locality near, view of................... 60 (PI. V11)

fossils from............................ 14,66,66 (PI. IX)

history of.......................................... 46

relation of beds at, view showing........ 102 (PI. XXI)

figure showing............................ 101 (fig. 5)

Bear River formation, age of....................... 11,14,16

coal in..................... 113-114, Pocket (PI. XXI11)

definition and distribution of....... ......... 50(ta6le),

60-61,80,82,105,108,111

distribution of, maps showing.. Pocket (Pis III, XXIII)" 

fossil locality in, view of.................... 60 (PI. VII)

fossils from...................... 14, 61-63, 62 (PI. VIII)

geologic relations of................................ 03-04

figures showing................... ..Pocket (PL IV)

oil in...................... 159,162, Pocket (PL XXIII)

sections showing.........................Pocket (PL IV)

synonymy of....................................... 60

Beckwith, E. c , explorations by...................... 10,20

Beckwith formation, age of............................ 57-58

Page. 

Beckwith formation, copper in......................... 163

definition and distribution of........... 50 (table facing),

57,103,105,108 

distribution of, map showing...........Pocket (PL III)

fossils in........................................... 57-58

relation of Dakota and............................ 58-59

sections showing......................... Pocket (PL IV)

water of.......................................... 162,163

Beckwith station, Bear River formation near......... 63

Beckwith formation near.......................... 57,59

coal near........................" 114, Pocket (PL XXIII)

fossils from near..............................:.... 63

Belemnites densus M. anil II.......................... '57,102

Bell, D. V., on Union Pacific well at Bridgcr ....... 155-156

on Twin Creek Land and Oil Go's well............. 157

Bell Creek, irrigable lands on, map showing...... 44 (PI. II)

Benchmarks, description of........................ 37-38,39

location of, maps showing ............ Pocket (Pis. Ill,

XXIII, XXVI) 

Benton group, coal in ................................. 16

distribution of, maps showing.. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

sections showing........................Pocket (PI. IV)

Bettys, L. L., on oil well............................... 147

Bettys Oil and Development Co., well of.. 143,147-148,158,162 

well of, section of................................ 147-148

Betula stevensoni Lx...................... 85, 86 (PL XIV)

Bcverly, J. A., oil well of.............................. 143

Bighorn basin, Coryphodon from, view of.. 94 (PL XVIII) 

Bighorn Mountains, fossils from, plate showing. 56 (PL VI) 

Blacks Fork, drainage of.............................. 36

irrigable lands on, map showing............. 44 (PL II)

Boland, W. J., surveys of.............................. 13,16

Bonneville, B. L. E., explorations hy.................. 9

map of Colorado River, etc., by............ 10 (fig. 1), 17

Boutwell, J. M., formations named by................. 50

Brachydontes multilinigera Meek ..................... 66

Bridger, James, explorations by....................... 9,46

Bridger Butto, elevation of............................ 36

location of......................................... 33

map showing...................... Pocket (PI. Ill)

rocks of............................................. 36

Bridger Creek, fossils from............................ 96

springs on......................................... 45-46

Bridger formation, character and distribution of. 50 (table

facing), 99 

fossils from.....-..-.----------.........--.-.-...-. 99

Bridger Station, artesian flows at................... 162,163

elevations at......--............-------.......-.-.- 38

oil well at.................................... 144,15,5-156

record of..................................... 155-156

Bulinus disjuntus White............................... 86

longmsculus M. and II............................. 86

Byrno Creek", irrigable lands on, map showing... 44 (PI. II)

C.

Campbell, M. R., coal classification by................. 138

Campeloma macrospira Meek.......................... 21,61

multilineata M. and H...................... ...... 86

sp................ ................................. 61

Camptonect.es bellistriatns.................. 56 (PL VI), 106

pertenuistriatus H. and W................ ..... . 56

sp.............. . . ........................... . . 57

Carboniferous rocks, maps showing ...... Pocket (Pis. Ill,

XX1H) 

occurrence and character of. ..... 35,37, 49-55,50 (table)

sections showing............... ....... Pocket (PI. IV)

Cardium curtum M. and H............ ...... .... 66

pauperculum Meek. . . ........ 21, 66, 06 (PI. IX), 67
INDEX. 169

Page.

Cardium subcurtum Meek............................. 66

trita White........................................ 66

sp................................... <3, 07,71,101,103,104

Carlton mine, coal in........!........-...-...-.--...... 132

coal in, analysis of................................. 138

location of.......................'.. Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Carpites evanstonensis Kn............................ 85

utahcnsis Lx....................................... 85

sp. .....'...................................... 86

Carter, data on. ....................................... 47

elevations at ....................................... 38

Carter, Wyo., and Wyuta,-Utah, levels between. . .... 37-38

Carter Oil Spring, data on. ........... 15, 139, 140, 143, ISO, 159

fossils at ............................................ 66, 67

view near.................. .."........... 108 (PI. XXII)

Carter Oil Well, data on.. ........................... 143,150

Cassia concinna Hecr. ................................. 85

Cedars, rock, occurrence of ............................ 44

Celtis mecoshii Lx ..................................... 98

Cerithium nodulosum .................................. 96

tenerum Hall ...................................... 96

Chalk Creek, Aspen formation on. ................ 64, 103, 112

Beckwith formation on ....................._...... 58

Frontier formation on. ............................ 112

Billiard formation on. ............................. 112

Chapman canal, Fowkes formation on. ................ 90

Chemnitzia coalvillensis Meek ......................... 66

Chipea pusilla Cope. ................................... 98

Chisholm, F. P., on Wyoming coal. ................... 27-28

Chonetes gemitzianus. ................................. 53

Cinnamomum lanceolatnm (Ung.) Ileer.. 73, 74 (PI. XIII, 85 

sp. .................... ......-----...-............. 74

Cissites tricuspidata (Hecr) Lx. 

Cissus tricuspidata Lx. ........

sp.

.................. 86

.................. 85

... ........... .. . 85

Clark, W. B., on Eocene correlations.... .....'........ 28

on origin of the Wasatch group........ ..... .... 88

Clark well, data on................... . ............ 140,145

Clastes glaber..................... .................... 92,95

Clay, brick, data on. . ... ............. .............. 164

Clayton, W., coal reported by......................... 117

emigrants 1 guide by............................... 18

explorations by.......... .. ................... .. 10

on Ililliard Oil Spring........ ... ..... ......... 139

Clear Creek, irrigable lands on, map showing. .. 44 (PI. II) 

Cleburne William, fossils found by... ............. .. 93

work of...."..... ......... ................. ...... 13

Climate, description of.............................. 41-43,46

Coal, burning out of ..... ..... ...... ..... ......... 100

classification of.... ............................. 138-139

discovery of..................................... 10-11,12

occurrence of............... 113-136. Pocket (PI. XXIII)

in Adaville formation .. 131-132, Pocket (PI. XXIII) 

in BoarRiverformation. 113-114, Pocket (PI. XXIII) 

in Evanston formation. 132-136, Pocket (PI. XXIII) 

in Frontier formation . 115-131, Pocket (PI. XXIII) 

sections of, figures showing.... 116 (PI. XXIV)

in Tertiary beds, sections showing..... 84 (PI. XIV)

quality of.:....... .............. . ........... 136-138

seams of, maps showing............ Pocket (PI. XXIII)

horizons of, map showing...... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

sections showing................... Pocket (PI. IV)

Coal-licaring rocks, map showing...... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Coal-declaratory statements, lands covered by, map

showing.................... Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Coal entries, map showing............. Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Coal lands, maps showing..... Pocket (Pis. XXIII, XXVI)

Page.

Coal lands, status of................................. 164-166

Coal mines and prospects, map showing. Pocket (PI. XXIII)

CoalvUle, Utah, fossils from ...................... 66 (PI. IX)

section at............. ................. ...... 103-104

Coast and Geodetic Survey, U. S., bench marks of.. 2,15-16 

map data from............................... ..... 8

precise levels of................ ... ; ..-....-...-... 37-38

Cockscomb, The, Beckwith formation at.."........... 57, 111

copper at.......................................... 163

elevation of............ ........................... 36

location of, map showing.............. Pocket (PI. Ill)

CokcviUc, Bear River formation at................... 63,113

coal near........................................... 113

Colburn, L. C., and Slosson, 1C. E., on Wyoming coal

and oil................. ................... 29

Colorado group, distribution of... Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

thickness of........................................ 72

Columna teres M. and H. (Meek)..............:....... 86

Consolidated Oil Co., wells of........ 143,144,149,151,154,158

wells of, record of.................................. 151

Contours, delineation of................................ 2

maps showing..... .. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII, XXVI)

structure, map showing........... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Cook, N. B., surveys by............................... 12

Cope, E. D., coal reported by.......................... 117

exploration by..................................... 12

fossils collected by................................. 93

fossils determined by.............................. 92,98

on Batkmodon ................................. 21,23,93

on Cretaceous and Tertiary 'fishes................. - 26

on Cretaceous vertebrata........................... 23

on Eocene mammals............................... 22

on Eocene vertebrata.............................. 22

on Evanston fossils.. ............................. 94,95

on fauna of Green River shales.................... 24

on fossils of Wasatch.............................. 22

on Pleurodira...................................... 22

on Ungula ta..................... ................. 22

on vertebrata of Colorado......................... 23

on Wyoming coal..............-.....".-.-.----.-... 22

work of............................................ 14,15

Copper, occurrence of.......................... ... .. 163

occurrence cf, map showing........ Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Corbicula sequilateralis (Meek)....................... 66

durkeeiMeok........................ 61,62,62 (PI. VIII)

engelmanm Meek............. .................. . 61

pyriformis Meek................................... 61

subtrigonalis M. and H ............................ 66

sp..............................................J.... 102

Corbula dubiosa White...........-.--.----.. ......... 66

engelmanm Meek.................................. 62

ncmatophora Meek................................ 67

pcrundata M. and H ............................... 74

pyriformis Meek..... .............. ...... 62 (PI. VIII)

subtrigonalis M. and H ................... ..... 67,71,74

sp......................'............... .. 03,67,71,74,102

Corbulomya tauschii White............ ........... .. 62

Corylussp. .......... ................................ 85

Coryphodon Owen.................................. 24,29,93

hamatus...... ................................. 24,29,96

latipes............................................. 95

radians Cope......... ............ 22,94 (PI XVIII),95

semicintus Cope...... .. ............. ..... ... . 22,95

Coryphodon beds, correlation of......... ............. 87

fossil from .............................. 94 (PI. XVIII)

See also Knight formation.
170 INDEX.

Cottonwood Creek, springs on......................... 45-40

Craig well, data on. .. . ....... ................... 143

Crawf ord Mountains, U tab, Carboniferous rocks in... 53-55 

description of folds and faults in.................. 112

location of... ... ................-.----.-... ..... 35

rocks in....... - - ....... ..................... 35,53-55

section of, diagra rn showing....................... 54

upper Carboniferous rocks in, figure showing ...... 52

Cretaceous rocks, character and distribution of........ 59-75

limits of............ ... ............... ........... 59

map showing.................. Pocket (PI. III,.XXIII)

sections showing........ ..-...---.-... Pocket (PI. IV)

Crocodilus heterodon.................................. 95

sp................................................. 95

Crops of Uinta County, character of... ............... 45

Cross, Whitman, on Wyoming ores, otc............... 26

Cuculsea haguei Meek ........................ 56 (PI. VI), 57

Cumberland, Aspen formation near ................... G4,93

Bear Kiver formation near....................... 02,108

Beckwitli formation near.......................... 02

coal at and nea r................................... 118

analyses of .............................. ... 136-137

occurrence and character of........ 10,16,115,117,119

sections of..................................... 117

figures showing............. 116,116 (PI. XXIV)

fossils from near............................. 52,62,68,69

Frontier formation near........................... 68

population of...................................... 48

sandstone quarry at..... ......................... 164

Cumberland reservoir, fault near.................... 1Q9-110

See also Reservoir Gap... 

Curtis, Orlando, oil well of........................... 145,157

oil well of, record of.... -.....-...---....-......... 157

Cyciidopteris heeri Zigno.............................. 68

heterophylla Zigno..................... ............ 68

Cyperacites (Cyperites) haydemi (Lx.) Kn............ 98

Cyperites haydemi (Lx.) Kn................... ....... 98

Cyperus chavannesi Heer.............................. 85

Cyprimeriasp................ .. ... .................. 71

Cyprina iddingsi Stan................ ............. .. ,50

Cypris sp .............................................. 80,89

Cyrena (Corhicula) ii'quilateralis (Meek).............. 66

. erecta White.......... ......... .................. 66

securis Meek............... .. ....... . ... ...... 66

sp.................................................. 67

D.

Dakota formation, relation of Beckwitli formation and 58-59 

Dall, W. 11., fossils determined by. ........ . .. .... s»,92

Dapedoglossus requipinms..... .. . . . .............. 25

Darton, N. H., on North American geology........... 29

Dos Moines, Iowa, climate at.......................... 41-43

Desert-land entries, map showing.. .. . Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Devils Glen, Kemmerer and, borings between, plate

showing........... .... . ... .. 118 (PI. XXV)

Dewalquea intsignis................ ................... 68

Diamond Coal and Coke Co., map data from.......... 7

mino of.......... .................................. 118

coal of, analysis of............ .............. 136-137

Diarnondville, coal at................................. 10,118

coal at, character of ............................ 118-119

fossils from........................................ 67

population of.................................... . 48

Diastrophisrn, period of............................... 75

Diospyros wodani Ung.................. 74,85,86 (PI XV-)

Dip, maps showing................ Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

Dip, section showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Diplomystus altus Leuly .............................. 93

. annhs Cope........................................ 93

densatus Copo............................ 98,98 (PI. XX)

huiuilis Copo.... .................................. 98

pectorosus Cdpe................................... 98

Donax cuneata Stan................ .................. 66,67

Douglas, E. M., and others, on triangulation in region. 31 

Downey, W. 0., surveys by............................ 4,12

Drainage, general description ol....................... 34-37

Dry Hollow, Beckwith formation in.................... 57

Fowkes formation in.............................. 90,91

Dryophyllum bmnori Ward.................. 73,74 (PI. XII)

-Jaleatmn Ward.......................... 73,74 (PI. XII)

' ' subfalcatum Lx ..... .T............................. 73,85

Duncomb Creek, irrigable lands on, map showing. 44 (PI. II) 

Durkee, H. R., work of................................ ' 13

E.

Earle, Charles, on Coryphodon........................ 28

Economic geology, discussion of..................... 113-16(i

map showing....................... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

sections on, plate showing.......... Pocket (PI. IV)

Economic resources, character of................. 46,113-166

Edmondia nebraskensis............................... 51

Egloffstein, F. W., map by, of railroad route.......... 20

El Rio Verde Oil Co., well ol.................... 143,146-147

well of, section of ................................ 146-147

Elevations, list of...................................... 37-40

map showing........................ Pocket (PI. XXVI)

range of.............. ............................. 34-36

Elliott, H. W., panorama along Union Pacific by ..... 22

Emmons,-S. F., coal reported by...................... 118

exploration by..................................... 11

on Aspen formation............................... 64

on Crawford Mountains........................... 55

on Fowkes formation.............................. 91

on geology of Wyoming............................ 27

on Green River basin.............................. 24

on Laramie........................................ 79-80

on Utah basin..................................... 24

section by.......................................... 106

Etnys.................................................. 22

......... 02,95

......... 95

......... 95

......... 05

outhnetus... 

gravis.......

testudineus. 

Engelmann, Henry, fossils collected by.

on geology between Kansas and the Sierra Nevada. 23 

on geology of Utah Territory...................... 11,19

Eocene rocks, character and distribution of. 50 (table), 92-99 

distribution of, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. Ill)

sections showing......................'. Pocket (PI. IV)

topographic features of............................ 34

views of....................................... 34 (PI. I)

Eohippusindex ........................................ 23,95

pernix.............................................. 96

vasacciensis....... ................................ 22,95

Equisetum sp.......................................... 68,92

Estuary formation, correlation of..................... 60

Eumicrotis curta...................................... 52

Euonymus flexifolius Lx.................'.. 98,98 (PI. XIX)

Evanston, Almy formation near ...................... 89

Bear River, formation near ....................... 61

coal near......................................... 132-136

climate at.......................................... 41-34

data on............................................ 47
INDEX. 171

Page.

Evunston, elevations at and near.................. 38,39-40

Evanston and Ahny formations at, relations of,

views of............................76 (Fl. XIII)

Evanston formation near.......................... 76-83

fossils from near.................................. 62,

02 (PI. VIII),63,86,93-94, 94 (PI. XVIII) 

Fowkes formation near-..'......---.-.......-...... 90

history of....................................... 46-47,48

mines near, opening of............................ 15,133

oil well near...................................... 144,156

water supply of.................................... 36

Evanston coal, distribution of.......:. Pocket (PI. XXIII)

occurrence of..........................-.......'. 132-136

quality of.......................................... 138

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

- structure contours of............... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Evanston formation, age of........................... 86-S7

Almy formation and, relations of, view of. 76 (PI. XIII) 

coal in ............................................. 78,79,

81,82-83,84,114,132-136,PoCket (PI. XXIII) 

analyses of .................................. 136,137

correlation of...................................... 46-S7

definition and distribution of......... 50 (table), 76,111

distribution of, map showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

fossils from ........................... 84-86,86 (PI. XV)

position of......................................... 75-76

sandstone from.................................... 164

sections of................................... 77-79,82-83

figures showing..................... Pocket (PI. IV)

synonomy of...........-..-......-.-...----........ 76

Evanston Oil Co., development by.................... 140

well of..........-..-........--.-...---...........-. 143

Explorations, history of.............................. 9-17

Falkenau, Louis, oil analysis by....................... 160

Fasciolaria utahensis Meek............................ 67

Faults, discussion of........................... 80-81,109-112

location of, maps showing.... Pocket (Pis. HI, XXIII)

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Faulting, post-Cretaceous, discussion of .............. 75

Ficus nervosa Newh................................... 85

pscudo-populus Lx................... 24, 8K, 86 (PI. XV)

Field party, personnel of............-.--....-.- ...... 1

Field work, itinerary of ............................... 3

methods of......................................... 1-3

Fiero, J. G., on Carter Oil Spring...................... 150

on White Oil Spring............................... 147

Flabellaria flonssanti Lx................... 98,98 (PI. XIX)

Flaming Gorge, Utah, sections near................. 105-107

Flood-plain deposits, distribution of ....... Pocket (PI. Ill)

See also Quaternary rocks. 

Forbes, C. T., land examinations by................... 141

Forests, distribution of...........--------..------..--. 44

Fort Bridger, Bridger formation near................. 99

history of.......................................... 9,46

Fortieth Parallel Survey. See King survey; King,

Clarence; Emmons, S. F.; Hague, Arnold 

Fossil, fossils from.................... 98,98 (PI. XIX, XX)

geology at..............-.-.-..----.-------..-...-- 97

notes on..............-.-.--.-.--.-.---.-.--....... 47

oil springs at, geologic relations of................. 157

oil wells near............................. 144-145,156-157

location of, map showing...... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

records of.................................... 156-157

3694 No. 56 07 12

Page. 

Fossil Consolidated Oil Co., well of.................... 144

Fossil Cut, view of............................. 60 (PI. VII)

Fossil syncline, description of......................... 110

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

Fowkes Canyon, Beckwith formation at and near..... 57

Fowkes formation, distribution of.... 50(table), 88,90-91,95

distribution of, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. Ill)

fossils of........................................... 92

position of ..-------..-.........-....-.. 50 (table), 75,82

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

Fraxinus denticulata Ileer............................. 85

Fremont, }. C., coal found by.......................... 117

fossils collected by................................. 68

report of, on Hocky Mountains.................... 17

map accompanying, data on.... .............. 17

Frontier, coal at................ 16,118,Pocket (PI. XXIII)

population of...................................... 48

sandstone quarry at............................... 164

Frontier formation, age of-.--.----...-....-......-.-.. 69

coal in........... 15,115-131,164,166, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

analyses of ........- ---...---....-......----. 136,137

sections of................................... 120-131

figures showing................. 116 (PI. XXIV)

definition and distribution of.......... 50 (table facing),

65,105, 112 

distribution of, maps showing ........ Pocket (Pis. Ill,

XXIII) 

fossils from............................ 65-69,66 (PI. IX)

sandstone from.................................... 164

sections showing...... 116 (PI. XXIV), Pocket (PI. IV)

topographic features of............................ 35,65

water in...................................... 158,102,163

Frosts, at Evanston, Des Moines, and Salt Lake, occurrence of.................................... 41

G.

Gannett, Henry, lists of elevations by.............. 23,25,27

on boundaries of United States.................... 30

on place names............................ ........ 31

report by, on topographic work on Green River... 25 

work of............................................ 14,25

Gannett, Henry, and Peale, A. C., map by............ 26

work of............................................ 12

Gardiner, Jos. T., exploration by...................... 11

Geographic explorations, history of................... 9-17

Geography, sketch of.................................. 33-48

Geologic column, outline of................. 50 (table facing)

Geologic cross sections, plate showing...... Pocket (PI. II)

Geologic data, acknowledgments for................... 8

Geologic explorations, history of...................... 9-17

Geologic history, outline of............................ 49

Geological Survey, U. S. bench marks of ............. 38-46

map data from..................................... 8,16

organization of.................................... 15

spirit leveling by................................... 38-40

Geology, general, account of.......................... 49-112

map showing........................... Pocket (PI. Ill)

Geology, economic, discussion of.................... 113-166

map showing...................... Pocket (PI. XXIII)'

Gervillia montanaensis Meek ........................... 56

Girty, G. H., fossils determined by .............. 51,52,53,54

Glacial deposits, suggested occurrence of.............. 100

Glafke. E. W., work of................................. 15,39

Glaucoma coalvillensis (Meek)............... 66 (PI. IX), 67

Gleichenia sp........................................... 08

Glencoe, clay at........................................ 104
172 INDEX.

Pago. 

Gleucoe, coal at...................................... 16, US

population of...................................... 48

Globe Oil Co., well of.................................. 145

Goniatites sp.......................................... 52

Goniobasis chrysalis Meek........................

cleburni "White................................

(Lioplax) endliohi White.....................

nebrascensis M. and TT........................

nodulifera.....................................

tcneru,.........................................

tenuioarinata M. and H.......................

sp .

...................... 21

..................... 61.62

..................... 25,62

..................... 86

..................... 96

..................... 96

..................... 80

..................... 92

Goode, R. U., and others, on triangulation in region. . 31 

Government land, location of. ......... Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Government land corners, location of, maps showing .......... Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII, XXVI)

Grass, distribution of .................................. 44

Gray, G. W., oil analysis by.. ......................... 100

Grazing, extent of .....--.-..---"......----.-......-.--. 45-4(i

Green River, Green River formation on. .............. 97

sections oil ....................................... 105-107

Green River basin, elevation of ........................ 34

geology in .......................................... 34

Green River formation, definition and distribution

of ............................ SO (table) , 92-93, 97

distribution of, map showing........... Pocket (PI. Ill)

fossils from.................... 14,98,90 (Pis. XIX, XX)

sections showing. ...................... Pocket (PL IV)

synonomy of ....................................... 87, 97

view of ........................................ 34 ( PI. V)

Groshon, Morris, on Carter Oil Spring ................ 150

Gyrodes sp. ............................................ 67

II.

Hague, Arnold, exploration by........................ 11-12

Ilall, James, fossils determined by.. ............... 11,68,90

on geology of Oregon and northern California..... 17-18

on paleontology of Oregon and northern California. 18 

Hams Fork, coal on............................... ... 118

coal on, analyses of................................ 137

description of...................................... 3ti

fossils from................... 70 (PI. X),71,72 (PI. XI)'

Frontier formation on.... ........................ 05

Hilliard formation on.............................. 71

irrigable lands on, map showing............. 44 (PI. II)

Quaternary gravels near................ .......... 100

rocks near..........__...--...-.................... 63,05

map showing....................... Pocket (PI. Ill)

Hams Fork (P.-O.), fossils from...................... 71

history of........................................... 47

Hams Fork Plateau, Bridger formation on............ 99

Hams Hill, fault near.................................. 108

Hay, O. P., catalogue of fossils by.................... 31

Hayden, F. V., fossils found by....................... 94

on Almy coal.................'... ................. 132

on Bear River formation.. .................... 21,22,60

on Crawford Mountains........................... 54

on Wasatch Group............... ................ 87-88

photographs by........ ......................... . 21

report of, on geology of West..'....... ......... 20,21,22

Hayden Survey, exploration by..................... . 11-12

map of...................... ............. . . .... 14

See also Hayden, F. V.; Peale, A. C., Gannett,

Henry. 

Hayford, J. F., on precise leveling..................... 32

Helix evanstonensis White......................... .. 25,80

Helix (Patula) sepulta White......................... 20,80

Hermann, , fossil mounted by............. 94 (PI. XVIII)

Hewitt, G. C., on Wyoming coal fields................. 29

Hicoria antiquoruin (Newb.) Kn...................... 85

Hilliard, Adaville formation near...................... 73

Reckwith formation near.......................... 57

charcoal made at.................................. 47

coal mine near................................... 118,131

data on........................................... 47

elevations at............................... ....... 39

fossils from.................................... .... 14,60

geology at and near.............................. 1S8-159

Hilliard formation at..........:................... 69-70

oil wells near................... . 139-140,143,146-147,157

record of................... ................. 146-147

Hilliard Flat, character of.............................. 100

oil wells on........................... 139-140,143,146-147

record of..................................... 146-147

Quaternary gravels on............................. 99

Hilliard formation, age of............................. 72

description of....... ... SO (table lacing), 69-71,105,112

distribution of, map showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill,XXIII) 

fossils from................... 70 ( PI. X).71,72 (PI. XI)

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

synonomy of....................................... 69

Hilliard-Kemmerer field, coal lands of............... 164-165

Hills, E. 0., surveys \iy................................ 15,39

Hinshaw ranch, topography near, view of........ 34 (PL I)

Ilistoiical geology, outline of........... 49,50 (table facing)

History of exploration, review of...................... 9-17

Hodge, J. T-, exploration by........................... 12

on Tertiary coals.................................. 21

Hodges Pass, coal at and near. . 15,131. Pocket (PI XXIII) 

coal at and near, figure showing................... 133

elevation of........................................ 30

fossils lit........................... . 73-74.74 (PI. XII)

Holt, G. L., map by, of Wyoming. ................... 26

Homestead entries, map showing... .. .Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Huerfano Park, Colo , fossils from.. ........... 66 (PI. IX)

Huflord, V.,map by, of Umta County oil field....... 31

Hydrobia recta White................................. 86

Tlymenophyllites lechenbyi Zigno...................... 68

1.

Idaho-Wyoming Oil Co., well of..................... 144,166

well of, record of........... ..........-------.-... 156

Inoceramus cripsii Man................................ 66

ercctus Meek................................... 67,71,103

exogyroidcsM and H....... 08,09.71,72,72 (PI. XI),104

f ragilis H. and M.................................. 67

involutus.......................................... 72

laWatusSchl..... ...... .......... 66,66 (PL IX),67,103

prohlematicus.. ................................. 25,101

umbonatus M. and H................... 70 (PL X), 71,72

sp.............................. ................... 67,71

Intennountain Oil Co., well of......................... 144

Irrigation, extent of.......... . - .................. 36, 44-45

extent of, map showing...................... 44 (PI. II)

Irving, Washington, on Captain Bonneville........... 9

J.

Jager Oil Co., well of......................'........... 144,158

Johannsen, Albert, petrographic determinations by... 90-91 

Jones, W. A., map by.................................. 23

Juglans crossil Kn..................................... 85
INDEX. 173

Page. 

Juglans rugosa Lx..................................... 85

Jurassic rocks, character and distribution of.......... 56-59

distribution of, map showjng....... .. Pocket (PI. Ill)

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

K.

Kemmerer, data concerning ........................... 48

Devils Glen and, borings between........ 118 (PI. XXV)

fossils from........................................ 67

oil prospects near.................................. 159

Quaternary gravels near........................... 100

topography near, view of ................ .... 34 (PI. I)

Kemnierer Coal Co., mines of.......................... 118

mines of, coals of, analyses of.................... 136-137

Kemmerer coals, analyses of...................:..... 136-137

occurrence and character of. 115,118, Pocket (PI. XXIII) 

sections of.,-.......--.........---....-..........'. 120-129

fissures showing. 116,116 (PI. XXIV), 118 (PI. XXV),

Pocket (PI. IV) 

structure contours showing........ Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Kemmerer-Hilliard field, coal lands in... r........... 164-165

Ketchum, M. M., on Aspen tunnel..................... 148

King. Clarence, on geology of West.................... 25

on Green Eivercoal basin......................... 21

King, Clarence, and others, atlas of explorations by... 23-24 

on Fowkes formation .............................. 91

King survey, map by................--.---..--....-... 14

rocks correlated by, as Dakota.................... 58

work of............................................ 11-12

See also King, Clarence; Emmons, S. F.; Hague, A.

Knight, W. 0., on Brigham Young Oil Well........... 146

on Frontier formation............................. 0.5

on Hilliard formation ....... ...................... 69

on Spring Valley oil sands......................... 64

on Wyoming artesian basin....................... 30

on Wyoming coals............................. 29,31,118

on Wyoming mineral resources.................... 29,30

on Wyoming oil................ ........"........ 29,30,31

tests of oils by..................................... 160

work of..........-----.--..-------.------...------- 15

Knight formation, definition and distribution of ..50 (tuble),

88,92-93 

distribution of, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. Ill)

. fossils in........................... 93-90,94 (PI. XVIII)

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

topographic features of. view of......... 92 (PI. XVIII)

views of........................ 34 (PI. 1), 76 (PI. XIII),

92 (PI. XVII), 108 (PI. XXII) 

water in............................................ 162

Knight station, elevations at.......................... 38

Knight formation at............................... 92

oil well near.................................. 143,147-148

record of........... ......................... 147-148

Knowlton, F. H., fossils determined hy.... 08,69,84-86,90,92

on Adaville mine fossils............................ 74

on Carlton mine fossils............................ 75

on Cretaceous and Tertiary plants................. 30

on E vanston formation............................ 70

work of............................................ 1.5

Knowlton, F. II., and Stanton, T. W., on Wyoming

Laramie................................... 30

L. 

Land corners, discovery of............................. 2

maps showing........ Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII, XXVI)

Land map, showing existing disposition of government lands............. ............. Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Page, 

Land Office, U.S. General, maps by........ 8,14,20,24,26-27

ruling of, on Uinta County oil lands............. 141-142

subdivisions of, necessity of conforming to ........ 1

surveys al................ .....^................. 12-13,16

surveys of, adjustment of.......................... 5-6

use of..........--..----.....-.-......---........ 1-6

work of....-.----.....--...----...........-...-.-.. 15

Lander, F. W., report by, on oil on Twin Creek....... 140

report by, on search for road west of South Pass.. 19 

Lander, F. W., and Wagner, W. H., explorations by.. 10 

Lands, irrigated and irrigable, map showing. ... 44 (PI II)

Lands, public, coal and oil values of................... 1Q4

map showing........................ Pocket (PI. XXVI)

monopolization of................................ 45-40

status of......................................... 164-106

Laramieformation (lower), correlation of..... 50 (table), 60

See also Adaville formation. 

Laramie formation (upper), correlation of ....... 50 (table)

See also Evanston formation. 

Lauras primigenia Ung...................... 85,80 (PI. XV)

sessiflora Lx.................. .......... 23,86(P1.XV)

socialis Lx............................... 85,86 (PI. XV)

Lazeart-Adaville field, pou.1 lands in................... 165

Lazeart mine, coal in.............. 132, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

coal in, analysis of.--...-..--.......--........... 136,138

fault near.......................................... 109

geology at......................................... 159

view at.................... 60 (PI. VII), 108 (PI. XXII)

Lazeart sandstone lentil, distribution of.............. 73,75

distribution of, map showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

view of..........--...- ........... 34 (PI. I), 60 (PI. VII)

Lazeart synclme, description of....................... 109

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

viewsof.................... ............ 108(P1.XXII)

Leguminosites arachioides Lx......................... 85,86

Leroy, elevations at................................... 38

Lcsquereux, Leo, fossils determined hy................ 68,98

on Cretaceous and Tertiary flora .................. 26

onfossil flora.............. .............. 22.23,24,28,84

on Frontier formation fossils...................... SS

on geology of region............................... 23

on' Lignitic formation.............................. 23,24

on Tertiary fossils.............................. 22,24,25

section by, at Almy................................ 79

work of............................................ 12,14

Libby, R. L., work of................................... 10,37

Lignites, definition of.................................. 138

Lima occidentalis...................... ............... 100

sp- ........................................... 67

Limnsea nitidula Meek................................. 61

Limnosaurus (Crocodilus) heterodon _................. 95

Lingula sp.......................................... 50,51,52

Liopistha (Psilomya) sp............................... 63

Lioplax endlichi White. ............................... 62

Liquidamber europfeum Al Br............. 98,98 (PI. XIX)

Little Muddy Creek, coal on.......................... 10,117

fault on............................................ 109

flow of............................................. 36

fossils from........ ............................... 63,68

irrigable lands on, map showing............. 44 (PI. II)

Thaynes formation on............................. 50

Lloyd, W. J., work of.............................. ... 15

Location of area <] iscussed............................. 33-34

index map showing..... ............... Pocket (PI. Ill)

Longhurst, William, work of... ............. ...'..... 1

Lunatia sp............................................. 03
174 INDEX.

Page 

LymmPa sp...........-...-.----.-....-.-.----..-.-.-.- 92

Lyosoma s]y............................................ 56

M.

Mabery, C. F., tests oi oils by..... ................... 161

McCauley, David, on Consolidated Oil Co.'a well...... 151

Macrocyclis spatiosa M. and H........................ 80

Mactra emmonsi Meek............... ....-.---........ 07

lormosa M. and H................................. 67,71

utahensis...................-.-.....-.----.-..---.- 104

sp........................... ................... 63,71,103

Magnolia Lesleyana Lx................................ 85

Malapoenna sessiliflora (Lx) Kn............. 85, 86 (PI. XV)

Mammoth Hollow, Adavillo formation along.......... 73

coal in..........-...--.-..-.----.-'........-.-...... 115

Frontier formation in. ..........................'.. 65

Ililliaril formation in...............!.............. 70

location of......................................... 35

map showing....................... Pocket (PI. Ill)

view of..................................... 34 (PI. I)

Manley, F. TI , analyses from.. '....................... 137

on Cumberland coal mine........................ 119-120

Map, of region, by Captain Bonneville....-..-.-....--. 10

of Wyoming in 187fi................................ 13

Map, economic, of part of southwestern Wyoming.. Pocket

(PI. XXVI) 

Map, geologic, of part of southwestern Wyoming.... Pocket

(PI. Ill) 

publication of...................................... 14

Map, land, of part of southwestern Wyoming........ Pocket

(PI. XXVI) 

Maps, data on, acknowledgments for.....-.---........ 6-8

preparation of..................................... 3-6

Marcou, Jules, on geology of West..................... 19

Marsh, O. C., on Coryphodon ......................... 24,29

work of............................................ 13,14

Matthew, W. D., on Tertiary of West................. 30

on thickness of Rridger formation...... 50 (table facing)

Medary and Grant, surveys \>y........................ 0

Medicine Butte, Ilcckwith formation in............... 58,135

coal near........................................ 132,135

elevation of........................................ 36

Evanston formation at............................ 83

location of......................................... 33

map showing....................... Pocket (PI. Ill)

Medicine Butte fault, formations at, relations of, view

of................................. 92 (PI. XVII)

location of......................................... lii

map showing.............. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Meek, F. B., fossils determined or described by.. 11,20,21,23 

list of fossils by.................................... 21,23

on Bear River fossils.............................. 21

on paleontology of region................. 21,22,23,24,25

Sulphur Creek section of......................... 101-102

figure showing................................. 101

Powell, J. W., on............................. 70,102

view of................................ 102 (PI. XXI)

Meek and Bannister, work of.......................... 12

Meek, F. B., and Engelmann, H., on paleontology of

region...................................... 19

Meek, F. B., and White, C. A., work of................ 14

Melampus prisons Meek................................ 61

sp.................................................. 102

Melania insculpta Meek................................ 74

Melantho macrospira Meek............................ 21

Meretnx sp......---.-......-.-.-.-.................-.- 67

Meridian anticline, description of.................... 108-109

Page.

Meridian anticline, sections showing....... Pocket (PI. IV)

Michigan-Wyoming Oil Co., mine of, coal in, analyses

of........................ ;............... 136,138

well of, coal at..................................... 132

coal at, section of.............................. 135

data on....................................... 5li, 144

E vanston formation near...................... 81-82

Mineral entries, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Mioplosus abbreviates Cope........................... 98

beanii Cope........................................ 98

labracoides Cope................................... 98

sauvageanus Cope................................. 98

Modiola laticosta White............................... 74

multilinigera...................................... 63,104

pcalci White....................................... 62

sp............................................... 52,07,74

Montana*group, coals in, analyses of.................. 136

distribution of, map showing.. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

limits of............................................ 72

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Morehouse, J, A,, bore-hole record by ................. 135

Moyer formation, occurrence of........................ 70

See also Hilliard formation.

Muddy Creek, irrigable lands on, map showing. ...44 (PL II) 

discussion of....................................... 36

Myacites............................................... 52

inconspicuous Meek ...........-....:..... 52,56 (PI. VI)

(Pleuromya) weberensis Meek.................... 58,102

Myalina aviculoides.................................... 52

permiana (Swallow) H.and W........... 61,56 (PI. VI)

whitei ............................................. 52

Mytilus white! Wnitf.................................. 56

Narrows, Bear River formation near .................. 63

Beckwith formation at. ........................... 57-59

coal at......--.-.-..-.-.--......-.-.-....---....... 113

oonglomerate near................................. 59

description of..................................... 36,100

Fowkes formation near............................ 90

Nebergall, I,. E., on Union Pacific wells............... 152

Nebergall Well, data on.......................... 144,154,158

Needles, Almy formation at........................... 89

Beckworth formation at........................... 58

Needles, Rock Creek anticline, description ol......... 110-112

Nemodon sp......... ................................. 74

Nerinea sp............................................. 56

Neritina incompta White.............................. 66

naticiformis White ........ ....................... 25,61

(Velatella) patellif ormis Meek..................... 66

stantonl White.................................... 62

Newberry, I. S., on lignites and plant beds of the West- 23 

Newbrough, William, map data from................. 7

surveys by......................................... 4,5,6

Niobrara formation, distribution of, maps showing.................... Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

sections showing............ ........... Pocket (PI. IV)

Notharctus............................................. 22

Notomorpha........................................... 22

garmanii........................................... 94

gravis.............................................. 94

Nucula sp.............................................. 66

Nugget, copper near................................... 163

fossils from near................................ 51,56-57

plate showing............................ 56 (PI. VI)

geology near....................................... 169

Nugget formation at............................... 56

Thaynes formation near, views ol............ 50 (PI. V)
INDEX. 175

\

Page.

Nugget formation, definition and distribution of. .50 (tabled,

56,105 

distribution of, map showing--.......- Pocket (PI. Ill)

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

water in.......................................... 162-163

Nyassa buddiana Ward ..................... 73,74 (PI. XII)

O.

Oakley, coal at........................................ 16,118

population at...................................... 48

, quarry at.....:.................................... 164

Oil, development of.................................. 139-142

geologic relations of............................... 157-159

occurrence of............... 139,162, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

production of.................................... lfil-162-

prospecting for, suggestions for................... 162

quality of........................................ 159-161

underground water and, relations of .............. 158

\ See also Oil wells.

Oil Spring fault, location of.......................... 110,157

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

^Oil springs, location of, map showing.. Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Oil wells, location of, map showing...... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

table of.......................................... 142-145

notes on..................................... 145-147

Old Aspen, Aspen formation near...................... fi4

elevations at....................................... 40

Oliphant, F. H., on Wyoming petroleum.............. 31,32

Oregon Short Line, map data from.................... 7

surveys along...................................... 4

tunnel of, coal in, figure showing.................. 133

Orotherium index...................................... 23,95

vasaccieuse........................................ 22,95

Osborn, H. F., work in charge of............ 94 (PI. XVIII)

Ostrea coalvillen.sis Meek.............................. 67

glahra.............................................. 66

sannionis White.......................... 66 (PI. 1X1, 67

soleniscus Meek ................... 21,65,66,66 (PI. IX),

67,70 (PI. X), 71,101,103 

sp.................................... 57,66,67,71,103,104

Oyster Ridge, discussion of......................... 35,65, fi6

sections through, figures showing...... 116 (PI. XXIV)

view of............ .. .. .. .... ............... 34 (PI T)

Oyster Ridge sandstone member, definition and distribution of-...--....----...............--- 65

distribution of, map showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXTII) 

fossils from........................................ 66

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

views of.................. 102 (PI. XXI), 108 (Tl XXII)

water in............................................ 163

P. 

Pachymelarua chrysalis Meek................... ...... 61,62

ohrysalluidca White..........................!.... 61,62

(Goniobasis) cleburni White........ 61,62,62 (PI. VIII)

macilenta White................................... 61,62

turricula White.................................... 62

Pacific Oil Reporter, on Wyoming oil................. 31

Paleozoic rocks, distribution of, map showing... 54 (fig. 3),

Pocket (PI. Ill) 

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Palmocarpon palmarum (Lx.) Kn ..................... 85

Parafine Oil Co., well'of................................ 145

Paramelania Smith.......---.-..-.---.....-.......-.-- 27

Park City formation, definition and distribution

of...........-----.... . -... 50 (table facing), 50

distribution of, map showing.......... Pocket (PI III)

fossils in........................................... 50

Page. 

Park City formation, sections showing.... Pocket (PI. IV)

Parker, E. W., on Wyoming coal................ 29,30,31,32

Patented lands, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Patula sepulta White.................................. 26,86

Peale, A. C., coal reported by........................ 114,131

exploration by..................................... 12

fossils collected by........"......................... 52,60

map by............................................ 14

on Crawforcl Mountains........................... 55

on geology of region........................... 24,25,108

report of, on minerals, etc......................... 22

Peale, A. C., and Gannett, Henry, map by............ 26

Pecoptcris sp.......................................... 68

Pecten sp.............................................. 103

Pentacrinus asteriscus M. and H.................. 53,57,104

P,erissodactyle sp...................................... 95

Permo-Carboniferous rocks, distribution of, map showing. ................:........... Pocket (PI. Ill)

fossils from........................................ 52

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

Phareodus (Dapcdoglosus) sequipennis Cope.......... 98

encaustus (Cope)........................... 98 (PI. XX)

(Dapedoglosus) testis Cope........................ 98

Phenacodus primicvus................................. 23,95

Pholadomya subventricosa............................ 103

Phragrnitcs omingensis Al. Br......................... 85

Physa usitata White................................... 61

sp. ........................................... 89,92

Piedmont, elevations at............................... 40

Green River, formation near ...................... 97

Piedmont Oil Co., will of.............................. 143

Pinna kingii Meek............................. 50,50 (PI. VI)

Pioneer Hollow, coal in......... '. .............. ..<-...... 118

travertine in....................................... . 100

Pishel, M. A., work of............................... 1,79,89

Pisidium saginatum AVhite............................ 86

sp. ........................................... 89,92

Pittsburg-Salt Lake Oil Co., wells of.................. 143,

144,149-150,152-154,158,159,162 

wells of, oil of, tests ol.-............................ 161

record of..................................... 152-154

yield of........................................ 161

Placunopsis hilliardensis White....................... 66

Planorbis convolutus M. and H....................... 86

sp............................................... 86,89,92

Planorbula sp......................................... 92

Platanus raynoldsii Nowb............................. 90

Pleistocene, umlifTerentiated, map showing. Pocket (PI III) 

Pleuromya subcompressa.............................. 104

weberensis Meek...................... 50 (PI. VI), 58,102

Point of Rocks group, correlation of.................. 60

Populites...................-.........--.............'. 75

Populus ............................................... 74

cuneata Newb ..................................... 85

speciosa Ward...-.---.'........---................. 85

Porter ranch, Haynes formation near, view of... 50 (PI. V) 

Potter, A. F., on grazing lands, etc.................... 32

Powell, J. W., exploration by...........'............... 11

on geology of Uinta Mountains.................... 24

on Hilliard formation............................. 70

section by........................................ 105-100

Precipitation at Evanston, Dos Moines, and Salt T/ake,

records of.................................. 43

Preemption entries, map showing...... Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Preuss,Charles,mapof road from Missouri to Oregon by 18 

Price (Thomas) & Son, oil analysis by................ 160

Priscacara clivosa Cope.............................. 25,98
176 INDEX.

Page. 

Priscacara cypha Cope ................................ 98

Hops Cope.......................................... 98

oxyprion Cope..................................... 25,98

pealii Cope......................................... 25,98

serrata Cope.....-......--..-.--.-...........-..... 98

Pseudomonotis sp..................................... 56,57

Psilomya sp............--..--..--.......------........ 63

Pugnax Utah........................................... 51

Pugnellus fusiformis (Meek).............. 66,66 (PI. IX), 67

Pyrgulifera Meek...................................... 27

humerosa Meek...---......-....-.... 61,62,62 (PI. VIII)

sp.................................................. 102

Pyropsis sp............................................ 07

Quaternary deposits, character and distribution of. 50 (table

facing), 99-100

distribution of, maps showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

Quealy, P. J., on Wyoming coal....................... , 31

Quealy Peak, fault near............................... 108

Quereus castaneopsis Lx.............................. 98

drymeja Ung...................................... 98

negundoidesLx.......................... 85,86 (PI, XV)

ncriiiolla Al. Br.................................... 98

platania............................................ 69

sp.................................................. 74

R. 

Railroads, profiles and maps of.... ................... 42

Red Canyon, description of............. .............. 47

Renshawe, J. M., and others, on triangulation in

region...................................... 31

Reservoir gap, coal at................................ 10,117

Rhamnus oboratils Lx ................................ "85

Rhineastes calvus ..................................... 92-95

Rhus evansi Lx........................................ 85

Rhynconella grathopora............................... 106

myrina....................................... .. . 106

Rhytophorus (Melampus) priscus Meek........... 61

Richards, A. V., surveys by........................ . 3,34

Richardson, C. O., map by, of oilfields................ 3L-32

record by.......................................... 154

Richardson mine, coal of, analys's of................ 136-137

coal of, section of...-.....---...-.--............... 129

Rioketts, L. IX, report of, on Almy mines............ 133-134

report of, on geology of Wyoming................. 28

on Wyoming oil.............................. 147,150

work of............................................ 15

Robinson well, data on................................ 144

Rock Creek, copper on................................. 163

fossils from........................................ 98

irrigable lands on, map showing........... . 44 (PI. 11)

Thaynes formation on, view of................ 50 (PI. V)

Weber quartzite on................................ 49

Rock Creek-Needles anticline, discussion of......... 110-112

section showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Rockport, Utah, Beckwith formation near............ 58

fossils at........................................... 58,40

sectionat........................................ 103-104

Rocky Mountain Coal and Iron Company mine No. 5,

coal of, analysis of......................... 136

coal of, section of.....--.---...........-..-... 135 (fig. 9j

discussion of..................................... 133,134

Rocky Mountain Fur Co., explorations by............ 9

Round Mountain, Almy forma tion at................. 89

geology at......................................... 159

oil well at.......................................... 144

S.

Sage, Bear River formation at......................... 60,61

coal near. ............. ....... 114, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

section of ...................................... 114

fossils from ..................................... 60, 62-63

Fowkes formation near ............................ 91

mine at ............................................ 15

Sagebrush, prevalence of ................................. 44

Salt Lake, Utah, climate at. ........................... 41-43

fossils from, plate showing. ................. 56 (PI. VI)

Salt River Range, elevations in .....:.. ^ .............. 34

Sandstone, use of, for building stone .................. 164

Schizodus ovatus ...................................... 52

sp . ........................................... 51

Schluter, C., on Inoceramus ........................... 72

Schrncckeljier, L. F., catalogue and index by .......... 32

Schuchert, Charles, and others, catalogue by .......... " 32

Schultz, A . R., fossils collected by ............... 52, 57, 03, 69

section by, near K vanston ......................... 82-83

work of .......-----.......-.-----.................. 1, 50

Scudder, S. H., on paleontology of region ............. 28

Second series, correlation of ........................... 97

Sedgwickia concava M. and H ............ 51, 52, 56 (PI. VI)

Seminula sp ........................".................... 51

Sequoia sp ............................................. 86

Sheep Canyon, fossijs from near. ...................... 51,52

Park City formation in ............................ 50

Thaynes formation in .............................. 52

view or.................................... 50 (PI. V)

Short, G., oil well of................................... 145

oil well of, rooks in ............................... 109, 158

Shurtlefi Creek, irrigable lands on, map showing. . 44 (PI. II) 

Sietz, G., oil well of ................................... 144

Sillem, abandonment of ................................ 47

Sillem H ill, Quaternary deposits on ................... 49

Simpson, J. H., road jnap by, in Utah Territory. ..... 19

Sinclair, W. J., on Bridger formation.. 50 (table facing), 99 

Slate Creek, drainage of ................................ 36

Slosson, E. E., and Colbnrn, L. C,, on Wyoming coal

and oil .................................... 29, 139

Smith, C. D., work of .................................. 1, 118

Smiths Fork, Bear Itiver formation on ................ 61

Soda Springs, travertine at. ........................... 100

Soldiers' additional entries. ............. Pocket (PI. XXVI)

Sphjcrnmi formosum M. and H ........................ 86

sp .................................................. 74, 89

Spirorhis sp ............................................ 67

Spring Gap, Frontier formation at, section of, figure

showing. ........................ 116 (PI. XXIV)

Spring Valley, clay at. ..-----.--..----.......--- -.--.. 164

coalmines at.. .......... 16, 115, 118, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

drill holes near, coal in, sections showing. . . 84 (PI. XIV) 

elevations at ....................................... 38

Frontier formation at, section of....... 116 (PI. XXIV)

history of .......-..---........--....---..--........ 48

oil-bearing beds at .................. Pocket (PI. XXIII)

oil of, analyses of .................................. 160

tests of ....................................... 100-161

oil wells at and near. ...... 16, 139, 140-141, 143-144, 149-155

records of ................................. 14, 150-155

rocKs in ....................................... 84, 158

Spring Valley coals, analyses of ...................... 136, 137

data on. ............................. 115, 120, 124, 128-130

occurrence and character of.... 115, Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Stable, E. F , surveys by... --.--...-...--....-..--.... 16

Standard Reserve Oil Co., mine of, clay from. ......... 164
INDEX. 177

Page 

Standard Reserve Oil Co., well of....... 144,154-155,158,162

well of, record of............-.....-.-.-....---... 154-155

Stansbury, Howard, coal reported by................. 117

on Great Salt Lake Valley......................... 18

map accompanying, data on ................... 18-19

Stanton, F. M., analyses by......................... 136,138

Stanton, T. W., fossils determined by........ 56,63,67,71,86

fossils found hy................................. 57,58,67

on Adaville mine fossils............................ 74

on Bear River formation....................... 28,61,62

on Colorado formation............................. 29,69

on Dakota formation.............................. ,59

on Inoceramus umbonatus ........................ 72

on Montana and Colorado formations............. CS

on paleontology at Sage........................... 62-f>3

sections by, at Coalville and Rockport.......... 103-105

work of......................................... 15,10, HI

Stanton, T. W., and Knowlton, F. H., on Wyoming

Laramie................................... 30

State lands, map showing.............. Pocket (Fl. XXVI)

State, selections not approved ........ . Pocket (PI. XXVJ)

Storrs, L. S., on Rocky Mountain coal................. 31

Stowell. S. II., on petroleum........................... . 27

Stratigraphy, discussion of........................... 49-108

St reblopteria, sp....................................... 53

Strike, maps showing............ Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

Structural features, distribution of. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

Structure, discussion of.............................. 108-112

plate showing........................... 108 (PI. XXII)

Structure contours, map showing...... Pocket (PI. XXIII)

Succinea sp............................................ 92

Sulphur Creek, Bear River formation on.............. 60-61

coal on............................................ 10,117

fossil locality on, view of.................... 60 (PL VII)

- fossils from.................... 60,61,62 (PI. VIII),65-66

Hilliard formation on.............................. 70,71

irrigable lands on, map showing.............. 44 (PI. II)

oil on.............................................. 11

section on........................................ 101-102

figure showing................................. 101

view of................................ 102 (PI.XXI)

Sulphur Creek formation, correlation of............... 69

Powell, J. W., on.................................. 70

Sulphur Spring Creek, irrigable lands on.......... 44 (PI. 11)

reference to........................................ 37

Synclines, location of ............ Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII)

Synonomies, symbols used in.......................... CO

T.

Taylor, A. V., on Pittsburg Salt Lake Oil Co.'s well... 149 

Tellina isonema Meek.................................. 07

modesta Meek.................................. . GO, 07

(Arcopagia) utahensis Meek....................... 06

sp.................................................. 71

Temperature at Evanston, Des Moines, and Salt Lake,

range of........ ........................... 42

Terebratula sp............. ........................... 51

Terraces, distribution of, map showing.... Pocket (PI. Ill)

Tertiary rocks, discussion of................ 50 (table), 75,99

distribution of, map showing.. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

sections showing ....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

topography on..... ............................... 34,36

Tetranthcra sessihflora Lx........... ....... 2;!, 86 (PI. XV)

Thaynes formation, distribution of ..... 50 (table facing),50

Thaynes formation, distribution of ....... Pocket (PI. Ill)

fossils of......................................... . 51-53

plate showing............................ 56(PI. VI)

outcrops of, views of.............. 50 (PI. V),56 (PI. VI)

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Third scries, correlation of............................. 87

Thomas, Cyrus, list of elevation and distances by..... 22

Thyrsoptcris........................................... 68

Timber and stone entries,mapshowmg. Pocket (PI. XXVI) 

Timber-culture entries, map showing... Pocket (PI.XXVI) 

Topography, description of............................ 34-37

types of, views of............................. 34 (PI. I)

Tortacella haldemam White........................... 61

Towns, description of.................................. 46-48

T rapezium m icroncma (Meek)........................ OG, 101

Travertine, occurrence of.............................. 100

Triassic rocks, character and distribution of......... 56

distribution of, maps showing. Pocket (Pis. Ill, XXIII) 

sections showing....................... Pocket (PI. IV)

Trigonia guttfttus ..................................... 95

quadrangularis H and F....... 56,56 (PI. VI) ,58,102,104

Trionyx scutumantiquum............... ............. 92,95

Trumbull, L. W., on Wyoming coal................... 32

Tunp Range, elevations m............................. 36

rocks in............................................ 36

Turbo paludinseformis................................. 96

Turbonilla (Chemnitzia) coalvillensis Meek............ 66

Twin Creek, coalmines at............................. 16

coal mines at, coal of, analysis of.................. 138

tunnel in, figure showing...................... 132

description of................ ..................... 37

geology at......................................... 159

irrigable lands on, map showing............. 44 (PI. II)

Nugget formation on............................... 56

oil on.......... .............................. 11,139,140

Twin ('reek formation on.......................... 56

underground water on............................. 162

Twin Creek (P. O.), history of......................... 47

Twin Creek formation, distribution of....'. 50 (table facing),

56-57,105,108 

distribution of, map showing.......... Pocket (PI. Ill)

fossils in....................................... . .56-57

plate, showing........................... 56 (PI. VI)

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV)

Twin Creek Land and Oil Co, development by......... 140

wells of.......................................... 145,157

Twin Creek tunnel, coal in.............. Pocket (PI. XX 111)

Typha latissima Al. Br................................. 98

U.

Umta Mountains, Utah, section in, discussion of...... 70

elevations in....................................... v 34

Unconformities, occurrence of.... 50 (table facing), 75,88-89

UmobelliplicatusMcek.................... 61,62 (PI. VIII)

vetustus Meek..................................... 01,67

sp ............................................. 67,95,102

Union Pacific Coal Co., sections by......... 116 (PI. XXIV)

Union Pacific Railroad Co , coal mines ot.. .... 110,118,131

coal mines of, sections in, figures showing......... 116.

coal of, analysis of....................... 136-137,138

drill holes of, plate showing................ 84 (PI.'XIV)

elevations along................................... 38

lands of,map showing.......... Pocket (PI. XXVI), 165

map data from................................... 7,13-14

oil development by................................. 140
178 INDEX.

Page. 

Union Pacific Railroad Co., oil lands of ............. 141-142

oil wells of....................... 143,144,151-152,155-156

oil of, analyses of-............................. 165

tests of...................................... 160

records of............................ 151-152,155-156

tunnel of, coal in, figure showing.................. 132

oil in........................................... 143

Utah-Wyoming Oil Co., well of........................ 14

V.

Valvata sp.............................................

Van Orsdei, J. P., surveys by..........................

Vasquez, Louis, explorations by.......................

Veatch, A. C., on Wyoming Ju rassic fossils............

on Wyoming coal and oil..........................

Veatch, A. C.,and Scliuitz, A. R., map by, of Uinta 

County coal fields .........................

map by, of Uinta County geology .................

Vegetation, description of.............................

Veiatella pateiiiformis Meek...........................

Vermilion Creek group, correlation of.................

Vitis bruneri Ward....................................

olriki Heer.........................................

Viviparus..............................................

couesi White.......................................

sp.

Vivipera sp..................................

Volseiia (Brachydontes) muitilinigera Meek. 

sp........................................

W.

16

9,46

32

32

32

32

44

66

87

85,86

85

96

81,62

102

52

Wagner, W.H., map by, on Fort Kearney wagon

road....................................... 19

Wagner, W. H., and Lander, F. W., explorations by.. 10

Wahsatch beds. See Wasatch group.

Ward, L. F., fossils collected by................. 15,27,73-74

on Hodge Pass..................................... 73,74

on Laramic fossils................................. 27,28

on paleontology of region.............. ........... 27,28

work of........................................ ... 16

Warman, P. C., catalogue and index by......... ..... 31,32

Warren, G. K., map by, of Western United States .... 20

Wasatch group, character and distribution of.. 58,87-98,157 

distribution of, map showing........... Pocket (PI. Ill)

formations in, descriptions of...................... 89-96

fossils from............................... 14,88-90,92-98

oil in............................................. 157-158

sections showing........................ Pocket (Pi. IV)

subdivisions of......................',........... 75,88-89

synonomy of....................................... 88

view of......................................... 34 (PI. I)

water in............... .......................... 158,162

Wasatch Range, Utah, elevations in................ .. 34

Water, underground, occurrence of.................. 162,163

relations of oil and................................. 158

Watercress Canyon, fossils from near ................. 51

geology in........... .............................. 50

Waterfall, Bear River formation near................. 61

fossils from........................................ 60,62

Weber quartzite, correlation of........................ 50

definition and distribution of...................... 49-50

distribution of, map showing........... Pocket (PI. Ill)

sections showing........................ Pocket (PI. IV;

Weber River, Utah, Beckwith formation on........... 56

Page. ' 

Weber Kiver, Utah, canyon of, fossils from, plate

showing ........... .... ..... .... . 56 (PI. VI)

valley of, formations in, thickness of.............. 10)

sectionsin ............ ...................... 103-109

Weedin, K. C., on Aspen tunnel....................... 148

Weeks, F. B., catalogue, etc., by....................... 31,32

fossils collected by.... ........................... 54

rocks identified by................................. 50

Wells, depth of...... . .............................. 157-151

See also particular wells; Oil wells, etc. 

West Oyster Ridge, location of........................ 35

Western Wyoming Oil Co., well oJ..................... 143

White, C. A., exploration by........................... 12,15

fossils collected by.................. .............. 60,86

fossils determined by.............................. 52,86

on Bear River formation........................... 29,63

on fossil moilusca.................................. 27

on Frontier formation............................. 66

on Laramie fossils................................. 25,27

on paleontology of West..................... 24,26,27,28

on Pyrguiifera....... ............................ 27

work ot........ ................................. 16

White, C. M., oil development by.................... 140,147

oil wells of....................................... 143,147

White,.!. R,, oil well of................................ 143

on Brigham Young oil well........................ 146

White Oil Spring, development at................. 15,140,147

oiiof...................... ....................... 159

Whitney Canyon. Almy formation in.................. 89

Bear River formation near......................... 82

formations near, relations of, view of... 92 (PL XVII) 

Williams, Albert, Jr., on Wyoming coal ... ........... 27

Willow Creek, irrigable lands on, map showing.. 44 (PI. II) 

Willow Creek coal, analyses of....................... 136,137

occurrence and character of........................ 115

Wilson, A. D., exploration by......................... 12

report on triangulation by......................... 26

Wilson, H. M. t and others, on triangulation in region. 31 

Woods, James E., surveys by......................... 4,6,10

Woodsule formation, distribution of.......-50 (table facing)

distribution of, map showing...... ... Pooket (I'l. Ill)

sections showing................:....... Pocket (PI. IV)

Wortman, I. L., fossils collected by........ 94 (Pi XVIII)

Wyoming, boundaries of, character of..... . ......... 3-4

eoais of, quality of............................... 138-139

formations in, thickness of ....... 50 (table facing), 105

southwest corner of, elevation at........ ......... 40

Wyoming Coal and Coking Co., mine of................ 114

Wyoming conglomerate. See Quaternary deposits. 

Wyoming Illuminating Oil Co., oil well of. ......... 144,158

Wyoming Range, elevations in...... .. ............. 34

Wyoming Western Railroad, map data from.......... 8

Wyuta, Utah, elevation at......... .................. 38

levels between Carter, Wyo., and ............... . 37-38

Y. 

Yellow Creek, Fowkes formation on................... 90

irrigable lands on, map showing............. 44 (PI. II)

location of.......... .............................. 36-37

Yellowstone National Park, fossils from, plate showing................................... 56 (PI. VI)

Young, Brigham, oil well of, description of.. 139-140,143,146 

oil well of,'oil of............. ........ ............. 159

Z. 

Zevely, J. W., land investigation by................... 145
CLASSIFICATION OF THE PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY.

[Professional Paper No. 56.]

The publications of the United States Geological Survey consist of (1) Annual Reports, (2) Monographs, (3) Professional Papers, (4) Bulletins, (5) Mineral Resources, (6) Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers, (7) Topographic Atlas of United States folios and separate sheets thereof, (8) Geologic 

Atlas of United States folios thereof. The classes numbered 2, 7, and 8 are sold at cost of publication; the others are distributed free. A circular giving complete lists can be had on application.

Most of the above publications can be obtained or consulted in the following ways:

1. A limited number are delivered to the Director of the Survey, from whom they can be obtained, 

free of charge (except classes 2, 7, and 8), on application.

2. A certain number are delivered to Senators and Representatives in Congress for distribution.

3. Other copies are deposited with the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C., from

 whom they can be had at prices slightly above cost.

4. Copies of all Government publications are furnished to the principal public libraries in the 

large cities throughout the United States, where they can be consulted by those interested.

The Professional Papers, Bulletins, and Water-Supply Papers treat of a variety of subjects, and the 

total number issued is large. They have therefore been classified into the following series: A. Economic geology; B, Descriptive geology; C, Systematic geology and paleontology; D, Petrography and 

mineralogy; E, Chemistry and physics; F, Geography; G, Miscellaneous; H, Forestry; I, Irrigation; 

J, Water storage; K, Pumping water; L, Quality of water; M, General hydrographic investigations; 

N, Water power; 0, Underground waters; P, Hydrographic progress reports; Q, Fuels; R, Structural materials. This paper is the eighty-ninth in Series A, the one hundred and tenth in Series B, 

the seventy-ninth in Series C, and the fifty-fifth in Series F, the complete lists of which follow 

(PP=Professional Paper; B=Bulletin; WS=Water-Supply Paper):

SERIES A, ECONOMIC GKOLOGY.

B21. Lignites of Great Sioux Reservation: Report on region between Grand and Moreau rivers, Dakota, by Bailey

Willis. 1885. 16 pp., 5 pis. (Out of stoek.) 

B 46. Nature and origin of deposits of phosphate of lime, by R. A. P. Penrose, jr., with introduction by N S. Sualer.

 1888. 143pp. (Outof stoek.) 

B 65. Stratigraphy of the bituminous eoal field of Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Virginia, by I. C. White. 189]. 2]2 pp.,

11 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 111. Geology of Big Stone Gap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky, by.M. K. Campbell. 1893. 106 pp., 6 pis. (Out of

stock.)

B132. The disseminated lead ores of southeastern Missouri, by Arthur Winslow. 1896. 31pp. (Out of stock.) 

B 138. Artesian-well prospects in Atlantic Coastal Plain region, by N. H. Barton. 1896. 228 pp., 19 pis. 

B 139. Geology of Castle Mountain mining district, Montana, by W. H Weed and L. V. Pirsson. 1896. 164 pp., 17 pis. 

B 143. Bibliography of clays and the ceramic arts, by .7. C. Branner. 1896. 114pp. 

B 164. Reconnaissance on the Rio Grande coal fields of Texas, by T. \V. Vaughan, including a report on igneous rocks

from the San Carlos coal field, by E. C. E. Lord. 1900. . 100 pp., 11 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 178. El Paso tin deposits, by W. H. Weed. 1901. 15 pp., 1 pi. 

B 180. Occurrence and distribution of corundum in United States, by J. H. Pratt. 1901. 98 pp., 14 pis. (Out of stock: see

No. 269.) 

B 182. A report on the economic geology of the Silvertom quadrangle, Colorado, by F. L. Ransome. 1901. 266 pp., 16 pis.

(Outof stoek.)

I
II SERIES LIST.

B 184. Oil and gas fields of the western interior and northern Texas Coal Measures and of the Upper Cretaceous und

Tertiary of the western Gulf coast, by G. I. Adams. 1901. 64 pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 193. The geological relations and distribution of platinum and associated metals, l>y J. F. Kemp. 1902. 95 pp., 6 pis. 

B198. The Bcrca grit oil sand in the Cadiz quadrangle, Ohio, by W. T. Griswold. 1902. 43 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) 

PP 1. Preliminary report on the Ketchikaii mining district, Alaska, with an introductory sketch of the geology of south.

eastern Alaska, by A. H. Brooks. 1902. 120 pp , 2 pis. 

B200. Reconnaissance of the borax deposits of Death Valley and Mohave Desert, by M. E. Campbell. 1902. 23 pp., 1 pi.

(Out of stock.)

B 202. Tests for gold and silver in shales from western Kansas, by Walclemar Lmdgr'en. 1902. 21pp. (Out of stock.) 

PP 2. Reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1902. 70 pp., 11 pis. 

PP 10. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, byway of Dall, Kanuti, Alien, and Kowak rivers,

by W. C. Mendenhall. 1902. 08 pp., 10 pis.

PP11. Clays of the United States cast of the Mississippi River, by Heinrieh Ries. 1903. 298 pp.,9 pis. (Out of stock.) 

PP 12. Geology of the Globe copper district, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1903. 168 pp., 27 pis. 

B 212. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by C. W. Hayes and William Kennedy. 1903. 174 pp., 11 pis.

(Out of stock.) 

B 213. Contributions to economic geology, 1902; S. F Einmons and C. W. Haycs, geologists in charge. 1903. 449 pp. (Out

of stock.) 

PP15. The mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall and F. C. Sehrader 1903.

71 pp., 10 pis.

B 218. Coal resources of the Yukon, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1903. 71 pp., (1 pis. ' . 

B 219. The ore deposits of Tonopah, Nevada (preliminary report), by J. E. Spurr. 1903. 31 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) 

PP 20. A reconnaissance in northern Alaska in 1901, by F. C. Schrader. 1904. 139 pp., 16 pis. 

PP 21. Geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1904. 168 pp., 29 pis. 

B 223. Gypsum deposits in the United States, by G. I. Adams and others. 1904. 129pp., 21 pis. (Out of stock.) 

PP 24. Zinc and lead deposits of northern Arkansas, by G. 1. Adams. 1904. 118 pp., 27 pis.

PP25. Copper deposits of the Encampment district, Wyoming, liy A C. Spencer. 1904. 107pp., 2 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 225. Contributions to economic geology, 1903, by S. F. Emmons and C. W. Hayes, geologists in charge. 1901. 527 pp.,

Ipl. (Out of stock.) 

PP 2<>. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills, by J. D. Irving, with contributions by S. F. Emmons and T. A.

Jaggar. jr. 1904. 222 pp., 20 pis. 

PP 27. A geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains in Montana and Idaho, by

Waldemar Lindgrcn. 1904. 123 pp., 15 pis.

B229. Tin deposits of the York region, Alaska, J>y A. J. Collier. 1904. 61 pp., 7 pis. s 

B23H. The Porcupine placer district, Alaska, by C. W. Wright. 1904. 35 pp, 10 pis. 

B 238. Economic geology of the lola quadrangle, Kansas, by G. I. Adams, Erasmus Haworth, and W. R. Crane. 1904. 83 pp ,

11 pis.

B 243. Cement materials and industry of the United States, bj E. C. Eekel. 1905. 395 pp., 15 pis. 

B 246. Zinc and lead deposits of northwestern Illinois, by II. Foster Bain. 1904. 56 pp., 5 pis. 

B217. The Fairhaven gold placers of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by F. H. Mofflt. 1905. 85pp.,14pls. 

B249 Limestones of southeastern Pennsylvania, by F. G. Clapp. 1905. 52pp., 7 pis. 

B 250. The petroleum Iields of the Pacific coast of Alaska, with an account of the Bering River coal deposits, by G. C.

Martin. 1905. G5 pp., 7 pis.

B 251. The gold placers of the Fortymile, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks regions, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle. 1905. 89 pp., 16 pis 

WS 117. The lignite of North Dakota and its relation to irrigation, by F A. Wilder. 1905. 59 pp , 8 pis. 

PP 36. The lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, liy E. O. Dlrieh and W. H. T. Smith. 1905. 218 pp.,

15 pis. 

PP 38. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district, Utah, by J M. Boutwell, with a chapter on area! geology, by

Arthur Keith, and an introduction on general geology, by S. F. Emmons. 1905. 413 pp , 49 pis. 

PP 41. Geology of the central Copper River region, Alaska, by W. C. Mendenhall. 1905. 133 pp , 20 pis. 

B254. Report of progress in the geological resurvcy of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by Waldemar Lindgren and

F. L. Ransome. 1904. 36 pp. ,1 

B255. The fluorspar deposits of southern Illinois, by H. Foster Bain. 1905. 75 pp., 6 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 256. Mineral resources of the Elders Ridge quadrangle, Pennsylvania, by R. W. Stone. 1905. 86 pp., 12 pis. 

B 259. Report on progress of investigations of mineral resources of Alaska in 1904, by A. H. Brooks and others. 1905. 196

pp., 3 pis.

B 260. Contributions to economic geology, 1904; S. F. Emmons and C. W. Haycs, geologists in charge. 1905. 620 pp., 4 pis. 

B 261. Preliminary report on the operations of the coal-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at the Louisiana Purchase Exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1904; E. W. Parker, J. A. Holmes, and M. R. Campbell, committee in

charge. 1905. 172pp. -(Out of stock.)

B 263. Methods and cost of gravel and placer mining in Alaska, by C. W. Purington. 1905. 273 pp., 42pls. (Out of stock.) 

PP 42. Geology of the Tonopah mining district, Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1905. 295 pp., 24 pis.

PP 13. Thecopper deposits of the Clifton-Morenci district, Arizona, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1905. 375 pp., 25 pis. 

B 264. Record of deep-well drilling for 1904, by M. L. Fuller, E. F. Lines, and A. C. Veatch. 1905. 106 pp. 

'B 265. Geology of the Boulder district, Colorado, by N. M. Fenneman. 1905. 101 pp., 5 pis. 

B 267. The copper deposits of Missouri, by H. Foster Bain and E. O. Ulrich. 1905. 52 pp., 1 pi. 

B 269. Corundum and its occurrence and distribution in the United States (a revised and enlarged edition of Bulletin

No. 180), by J. H. Pratt. 1906. 175 pp., 18 pis.
SERIES LIST. . Ill

PP 48. Report on the operations of the coal-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at the Louisiana 1'urchase

Exposition, St. Louis, Mo., 1904; E. \V. Parker, J. A. Holmes, M. R. Campbell, committee in charge. 1906 (In 8

parts.) 1,492 pp., 13 pis. 

B 275. Slate deposits and slate industry of the United States, by T. N. Dale, with sections by E. C. Eckel, \V. F Hillebrand,

and A. T. Coons. 1906. 154pp., 25 pis 

PP 49. Geology and mineral resources of part of the Cumberland Gap coal field, Kentucky, by G. H. Ashley and L. C.

Glenn, in cooperation with the State Geological Department of Kentucky, C. J. Norwood, curator. 1906. 239

pp., 40 pis. 

B 277. Mineral resources of Kenai Peninsula, Alaska: Gold fields of the Turnagain Arm region, by F. H. Molht; Coal fields

of the Kachemuk Bay region, by R \V. Stone. 1906. 80pp., 18 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 278. Geology and coal resources of the Cape Lisbnrne reerion, Alaska, by A .1. Collier. 1906, 54pp., 9pls. (Outof stock.) 

B 279. Mineral resources of the Kittannin^ and Rural Valley quadrangles, Pennsylvania, by Charles Butts. 1906. 198 pp ,

11 pis

B 280. The rampart gold placer region, Alaska, by L. M. Priudle and F. L. Hess. 1906. 54 pp., 7 pis. 

B 282. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by is". M Fenneman. 1906. 146 pp., 11 pis. 

PP51 Geology of the Bighorn Mountains, hy N. H. Darton. 1906. 129 pp , 47 pis. 

B283. Geology and mineral resources of Mississippi, by A. F. Cricler. 1906. 99 pp., 4 pis. 

B 284. Report on progress of investigations of the mineral resources of Alaska in 1905, by A. H. Brooks and others. 1906.

169 pp., 14 pis. 

B 285. Contributions to Economic Geology, 1905: S F. Emmons and E. C. Eckel, geologists in charge. 1906 500 pp., 13

pis. (Outof stock.-)

B 286. Economic geology of the Beaver quadrangle, Pennsylvania, hy L. H. Woolsey. 1906. 132 pp., 8 pis. 

B 287. Junean gold belt, Alaska, hy A. C. Spencer, and A reconnaissance of Admiralty Island, Alaska, by C. \V. Wriglit.

1906. 161 pp., 27 pis. "* 

PP 54. The geology and gold deposits of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by \V. Lindgren and F. L. Kansome. 1906,

516 pp., 29 pis.

PP 55 Ore deposits of the Silver Peak quadrangle, Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1906. 174 pp., 24 pis. 

B 289. Reconnaissance of the Mataiiuska coal field, Alaska, in 1905, by G. C. Martin. 1906. 34 pp., 5 pl.s. 

B 290. Preliminary report on the operations of the fuel-testing plant of the United States Geological Survey at St. Louis,

Mo , 1905, by J. A. Holmes. 1906. 240 pp. 

B 293. Reconnaissance of some gold and tin deposits of the southern Appalachians, by L. C. Graton, with notes on the

Dahlonega mines, by W. Lindgren. 1906. 134pp., 9 pis.

B 294. Zinc and lead deposits of the upper Mississippi Valley, by H. Foster Bain. 1900. 155 pp., 16 pis. 

B 295. The Yukon-Ttinana region, Alaska, description of Circle quadrangle, by L. M. Prindle. 1906. 27 pp , 1 pi. 

B 296. Economic geology of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas, by Frank C. Schrader and Erasmus Haworth. 1906.

74pp., 6 pis. 

B 297. The Yampa coal field, Roiitt County, Colo., by N. M. Fenneman, Hoyt S. Gale, and M. R. Campbell. 1906. 96

pp., 9 pis.

B 298. Record of deep-well drilling for 1905, by Myron L. Fuller and Samuel Sanford. 1906. 299 pp. 

B 300. Economic geology of the Amity quadrangle, in eastern Washington County, Pa., by Frederick G. Clapp. 1907. 145

pp , 8 pis. 

B 303. Preliminary account of Goldfield, Bullfrog, and other mining districts in southern Nevada, by F. L. Ransome, with

notes on Manhattan district, by G. H. Garrcy and W. H. Emmons. 1906. 98 pp., 5 pis.

B 304. Oil and gas fields of Greene County, Pa., hy Ralph W. Stone and Frederick G. Clapp. 1906. 110 pp , 3 pis. 

PP 56. Geography and geology of a portion of southwestern Wyoming, with special reference to coal and oil, by A. C.

Ventch. 1907. 178 pp , 26 pis.

SERIES B, DESCRIPTIVE GEOLOGY.

B 2ii. Observations on the junction between the Eastern sandstone and the Keweenaw series on Keweenaw Point 

Lake Superior, by R. D. Irving and T. C. Chumberlm. 1885. 124 pp., 17 pis. (Outof stock.)

B 33. Notes on geology of northern California, by .I. S. Diller 1886. 23pp. (Out of stock.)

B 39. The upper beaches and deltas of Glacial Lake Agassiz, by Warren Upham. 1887. 84 pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.)

B 40. Changes in river courses in Washington Territory due to glaciation. by Bailey Willis. 1887. 10 pp.,4 pis. (Outof 

stock.)

B 45. The present condition of knowledge of the geology of Texas, by R. T. Hill. 1887. 94pp. (Out of stock.) 

' B 53. The geology of Nantueket, by N. S. Shalcr. 1889. 55 pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 57. A geological reconnaissance in southwestern Kansas, by Robert Hay. 1890. 49 pp., 2 pis.

B 58. The glacial boundary in western Pennsylvania, Ohio, Kentucky, Indiana, ami Illinois, by G. F. Wriglit, with introduction by T. C. Chamberlin. 1890. 112 pp., 8 pis. (Outof stock.)

B 67. The relations of the traps of the Newark system in the New Jersey region, by N. H. Darton. 1890. 82 pp. (Out of 

stock.)

B 104. Glaciation of the Yellowstone Valley north of the Park, by W. H. Weed. 1893. 41 pp., 4 pis.

B 108. A geological reconnaissance in central Washington, by I. C. Russell. 1893. 108 pp , 12 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 119. A geological reconnaissance in northwest Wyoming, by G. H. Eldridge. 1894. 72pp., 4 pis.

B 137. The geology of the Fort Riley Military Reservation and vicinity, Kansas, by Robert Hay. 1896. 35 pp., 8 pis.

B 144. The moraines of the Missouri Coteau and their attendant deposits, hy J. E. Todd 1896. 71 pp., '21 pis.

B 158. The moraines of southeastern South Dakota and their attendant deposits, by J E. Todd. 1899. 171 pp., 27 pis.

B 159. The geology of eastern Berkshire County, Massachusetts, by B K. Emerson. 1899. 139 pp., 9 pis.

B165. Contributions to the geology of Maine, by H. S. Williams and H. E. Gregory. 1900. 212 pp., 14 pis.
IV SERIES LIST.

WS 70. Geology and water resources of the Patrick and Goshen Hole quadrangles in eastern Wyoming and western

Nebraska, by G. I. Adams. 1902. 50pp., 11 pis.

B 199. Geology and water resources of the Snake River Plains of tdaho. by I. C. Russell. 1902. 192 pp., 25 pis. 

PP 1. Preliminary report on the Ketchikan mining district, Alaska, with an introductory sketch of the geology of southeastern Alaska, by A. H. Brooks. 1902. 120 pp., 2 pis. . ^

PP 2. Reconnaissance of the northwestern portion of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by A. .T. Collier. 1902. 70 pp., 11 pis. 

PP 3. Geology and petrography of Crater Lake National Park, by J. S. Diller anil H. B. Patton. 1902. 167 pp., 19 pis. 

PP 10. Reconnaissance from Fort Hamlin to Kotzebue Sound, Alaska, by way of Ball, Kanuti, Alien, and Kowak rivers,

by W. C. MenJenhall. 1902. 68 pp., 10 pis.

PP11. Clays of the United States east of the Mississippi River, by Heinrich Ries. 1903. 298pp., 9 pis. (Out of stock.) 

PP 12. Geology of the Globe copper district, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1903. 108 pp., 27 pis. 

PP 13. Drainage modifications in southeastern Ohio and adjacent parts of West Virginia and Kentucky, by W. G. Tight.

1903. lllpp., 17 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 208. Descriptive geology of Nevada south of the fortieth parallel and adjacent portions of California, by J. E. Spurr.

1903. 229 pp., 8 pis. (Out ol stock )

B 209. Geology of Ascutney Mountain, Vermont, by E. A. Daly. 1903. 122 pp., 7 pis. 

WS 78. Preliminary report on artesian basins in southwestern Idaho and southeastern Oregon, by I. C. Russell. 1903.

51 pp., 2 pis. 

PP 15. Mineral resources of the Mount Wrangell district, Alaska, by W. C. Mcndenhall and F. C. Schrader. 1903. 71 pp.,

10 pis. 

PP 17. Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of Nebraska west of the one hundred and third meridian,

by N. H. Darton. 1903. 69 pp., 43 pis.

B 217. Notes on the geology of southwestern Idaho and southeastern Oregon, by I. C. KusseH. 1903. 83 pp., 18 pis. 

B 219, The ore deposits of Tonopah, Nevada (preliminary report), by J. E. Spurr. 1903. 31 pp., 1 pi. 

PP 20. A rcconnaissance'in northern Alaska in 1901, by P. C. Schrader. 1904. 139_pp., 16 pis.

PP 21. The geology and ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1904. 168 pp., 29 pis. 

WS 90. Geology and water resources of part of the lower James River Valley, South Dakota, by J. E. Todd and C. M. Hall.

1904. 47 pp., 23 pis.

PP25. The copper deposits of the Encampment district, Wyoming, by A. C. Spencer. 1904. 107 pp., 2 pis. (Out of stock.) 

PP 26. Economic resources of the northern Black Hills, by J. D. Irving, with contributions by S. F. Emmons and T. A.

Jaggar, jr. 1901. 222 pp., 20 pis. 

PP 27. A geological reconnaissance across the Bitterroot Range and Clearwater Mountains in Montana and Idaho, by

Waldcmiir Liniigren. 1904. 122 pp., 15 pis. 

PP 31. Preliminary report on the geology of the Arbuckle and Wichita mountains in Indian Territory and Oklahoma, by

J. A. Taff, with an appendix on reported ore deposits in the Wichita Mountains, by H. F. Bain. 1904. 97 pp.,8 pis. 

B 235. A geological reconnaissance across the Cascade Rtmge near the forty-ninth parallel, by G. O. Smith and F. C. Calkins,

1904. 103 pp., 4 pis.

B 236. The Porcupine placer district. Alaska, by C. W. Wright. 1904. 35 pp., 10 pis. 

B 237. Igneous rocks of the Highwood Mountains, Montana, by L. V. Pirsson, 1904. 208 pp., 7 pis, 

B 238. Economic geology of the lola quadrangle, Kansas, by G. I. Adams, Erasmus Haworth, and W. R. Crane. 1904.

83pp., 1 pi.

PP 32. Geology and underground water resources of the central Great Plains, by N. H. Darton. 1905. 433 pp., 72 pis, 

WS110. Contributionstohjdrology of eastern United States, 1904; M. L. Fuller, geologist in charge. 1905. 211pp.,5pls. 

B 242. Geology of the Hudson Valley between the Hoosic and the Kinderhook, by T. Nelson Dale. 1904. 63 pp., 3 pis. 

PP 34. The Delavan lobe of the Lake Michigan glacier of the Wisconsin stage of glaciation and associated phenomena, by

W. C Alden. 1904. 10C pp., 15 pis.

PP 35. Geology of the Perry basin in southeastern Maine, by G. O. Smith and David White. 1905. 107 pp., 6 pis. 

B 243. Cement materials and industry of the United States, by E. C. Eckel. 1905. 395 pp., 15 pis. 

B 246. Zinc and lead deposits of northeastern Illinois, by H. F. Bain. 1904. 56 pp., 5 pis. 

B 247. The Fairhaven gold placers of Seward Peninsula, Alaska, by F. H. Moffit. 1905. 85 pp., 14 pis. 

B 249. Limestones of southwestern Pennsylvania, by F. G. Clapp. 1905. 52 pp., 7 pis.- 

B 250. The petroleum fields of the Pacific coast of Alaska, with an account of the Bering Kiver coal deposit, by G. C. Martin.

1905. 65pp., 7 p]s.

B 251. The gold placers of the Fortymilc, Birch Creek, and Fairbanks regions, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle. 1905. 16 pp., 16 pis. 

WS 118. Geology and water resources of a portion of cast-central Washington, by F. C. Calkins. 1905. 96 pp., 4 pis. 

B 252 Preliminary report on the geology and water resources of central Oregon, by I. C. Russell. 1905. 138 pp., 24 pis. 

PP 36. The lead, zinc, and^fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, by E. O. Ulrich and W. S. Tangier Smith. 1905. 218 pp.,

15pls. 

PP 38. Economic geology of the Bingham mining district of Utah, by J. M. Boutwell, with a chapter on areal geology, by

Arthur Keith, and an introduction on general geology, by S. F. Emmons. 1905. 413 pp., 49 pis. 

PP 41. The geology of the central Copper River region, Alaska, by W. C Mendenhall. 1905. 133 pp., 20 pis. 

B 254. Report of progress in the geological resurvey of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by Waldemar Lindgren and

F. L. Eansome. 1904. 36 pp.

B255. The fluorspar deposits of southern Illinois, by H. Foster Bain. 1905. 75 pp., 6 pis. 

B 256. Mineral resources of the Elders Ridge quadrangle, Pennsylvania, by R. W. Stone, 1905. 85 pp., 12 pis. 

B 257. Geology and paleontology of the Judith River beds, by T. W. Stanton and J. B. Hatcher, with a chapter on the

fossil plants, by F. H. Knowlton. 1905. 174 pp., 19 pis. 

PP 42. Geology of the Tonopah mining district; Nevada, by J. E. Spurr. 1905. 295 pp., 24 pis.
SERIES LIST. V

WS 123. Geology and underground water conditions of the Jornada del Muerto, New Mexico, by C. R. Keyes. 190B.

42 pp., 9 pis.

WS 136. Underground waters of Salt River Valley, Arizona, by W. T. Lee. 1906. 194 pp., 24 pis. 

PP43. The copper deposits of Clifton-Morenci, Arizona, by Waldemar Lindgren. 1905. 375 pp., 25 pis. 

B 265. Geology of the Boulder district, Colorado, by N. M. Fenneman. 1905. 101 pp., 5 pis. 

B 267. The copper deposits of Missouri, by H. F. Bain and E. O. Ulrich. 1905. 52 pp., 1 pi.

PP 44. Underground water resources of Long Island, New York, by A. C. Veatch, and others. 1905. 394 pp., 34 pis. 

WS 148. Geology and water resources of Oklahoma, by C. N. Gould. 1905. 178 pp., 22 pis. 

B 270. The configuration of the rock floor of Greater New York, by W. H. Hobbs. 1905. 96 pp., 5 pig. 

B 272. Taconie physiography, by T. N. Dale. 1905. 52 pp., 14 pis. 

PP 45. The geography and geology of Alaska, a summary of existing knowledge, by A. H. Brooks, with a section on climate,

by Cleveland Abbe, jr., and a topographic map and description thereof, -by R. M. Goode. 1905. 327 pp., 34 pi?. 

B 273. The drumlina of southeastern Wisconsin (preliminary paper), by W. C. Alden. 1905. 46 pp., 9 pis. 

PP 46. Geology and underground water resources of northern Louisiana and southern Arkansas, by A. C. Veatch. 1900.

422pp., 51 pis. 

PP 49. Geology and mineral resources of part of the Cumberland Gap coal field, Kentucky, by G. H. Ashley and L. C.

Glenn, in cooperation with the State Geological Department of Kentucky, C. J. Norwood, curator. 1906. 289

pp , 40 pis.

PP 50. The Montana lobe of the Keewatin ice sheet, by F. H. H. Calhoun. 1906. 62 pp., 7 pis. 

B 277. Mineral resources of Kenai peninsula, Alaska: Gold fields of the Turnagain Arm region, by F. H. Moffit; and the

coiil fields of the Kachemak Bay region,'by R. W. Stone. 1906. 80 pp.,18 pis. (Out of stock.) 

WS 154. The geology and water resources of the eastern portion of the Panhandle of Texas, by C. N. Gould. 1906. 64 pp.,

15 pis.

B278. Geology and coal resources of the Cape Lisburne region, Alaska, by A. J. Collier. 1906. 54 pp., 9 pis. (Out of stock.), 

B 279.'Mineral resources of the Kittanning and Rural Valley quadrangles, Pennsylvania, by Charles Butts. 1906. 198 pp.,

11 pis.

B280. The Rampart gold placer region, Alaska, by L. M. Prindle and F. L. Hess. 1906. 54 pp., 7 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 282. Oil fields of the Texas-Louisiana Gulf Coastal Plain, by N. M. Fenneman. 1906. 146 pp., 11 pis. 

WS 157. Underground water in the valleys of Utah Lake and Jordan River, Utah, by G. B. Richardson. 1906. SI pp.,

9 pis.

PP 51. Geology of the Bighorn Mountains, by N. H. Darton. 1906. 129 pp , 47 pis. 

WS 158. Preliminary report on the geology and underground waters of the Roswell artesian area, New Mexico, by C. A.

Fisher. 1906. 29 pp., 9 pis. 

PP 52. Geology and underground waters of the Arkansas Valley in eastern Colorado, by N. H. Darton. 1906. 90 pp.,

28 pis.

WS 159. Summary of underground-water resources of Mississippi, by A. F. Crider and L. C. Johnson. 1906. 86 pp., 6 pis. 

PP 53. Geology and water resources of the Bighorn basin, Wyoming, by Cassius A- Fisher. 1906. 72 pp., 16 pis. 

B 283. Geology and mineral resources of Mississippi, by A. F. Crider. 1906. 99 pp., 4 pis.

B 286. Economic geology of the Beaver quadrangle, Pennsylvania (southern Beaver and northwestern Allegheny counties), by L. n. Woolsey. 1906. 132 pp., 8 pis. 

B 287. The Juneau gold belt, Alaska, by A. C. Spencer, and a reconnaissance of Admiralty Island, Alaska, by C. W. Wright.

1906. 161 pp., 37 pis. 

PP 54. The geology and gold deposits of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado, by W. Lindgren and F. L. Ransome. 1906.

516pp., 29 pis.

PP55. Ore deposits of the Silver Peak quadrangle, Nevada, by J. E.'Spurr. 1906. 174 pp., 24 pis. 

B 289. A reconnaissance of the Matanuska coal field, Alaska, in 1905, by G. C. Martin. 1906. 36 pp., 5 pis. 

WS 164. Underground waters of Tennessee and Kentucky west of Tennessee River and of an adjacent area in Illinois, by

L. C. Glenn. 1906. 173 pp., 7 pis. 

B 293. A reconnaissance of some gold and tin deposits of the southern Appalachians, by L. C. Groton, with notes on the

Dahlonega mines, by W. Lindgren. 1906. 134 pp., 9 pis.

B294. Zinc and lead deposits of the upper Mississippi Valley, by H. Foster Bain. 1906. 155pp., 16 pis. 

B 295. The Yukon-Tanana region, Alaska, description of Circle quadrangle, by L. M. Prindle. 1906. 27 pp., 1 pi. 

B 296. Economic geology of the Independence quadrangle, Kansas, by Frank C. Schrader and Erasmus Haworth. 1906.

74 pp., 6 pis.

WS 181. Geology and water resources of Owens Valley, California, by Willis T. Lee. 1906. 28 pp., 6 pis. 

B 297. The Yampa coal field, Routt County, Colorado, by N. M. Fenneman, Hoyt S. Gale, and M. R. Campbell. 1906. 96

pp., 9 pis. 

B 300. Economic geology of the Amity quadrangle in eastern Washington County, Pennsylvania, by F. G. Clapp. 1906.

145pp., 8 pis. 

B 303. Preliminary account of Goldfield, Bullfrog, and other mining districts in southern Nevada, by F. L. Ransome, with

notes on Manhattan district, by G. H. Garrey and W. H. Emmons. 1907. 98 pp., 5 pis.

B 304. Oil and gas fields of Greene County, Pennsylvania, by R. W. Stone and F. G. Clapp. 1907. 110 pp., S pis. 

WS 188. Water resources of the Rio Grande Valley in New Mexico and their development, by W. T. Lee. 1906. 59 pp.,

10 pis. 

B 306. Rate of recession of Niagara Falls, accompanied by a report on the survey of the crest, by W. Carvel Hall. 1906.

31pp., 11 pis. 

PP 56. Geography and geology of a portion of southwestern Wyoming, with special reference to coal and oil, by A. C.

Veatch. 1907. 178 pp., 26 pis. -
VI SERIES LIST.

SERIES C, SYSTEMATIC GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.

B 3. Fossil faunas of Upper Devonian, along the meridian 76° 30', from Tompkins Comity, New York, to Bradford 

County, Pennsylvania, by H. S. Williams. 1884. 36pp. (Out of stock.)

B 4. Mesozoic fossils, by C. A. White. 1884. 36 pp., 9 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 10. Cambrian faunas of North America; preliminary studies, by C. D. Walcott. 1884. 74pp., 10 pis. (Out of stock.)

Bll. Quaternary and recent Mollusca of the Great Basin, with descriptions of new forms, by E. Ellsworth Cull. Introduced by a sketch of the Quaternary lakes of the Great Basin, by G. K. Gilbert. 1884. CO pp., C ph. 

B 15. Mesozoic and Cenozoic paleontology of California, hy C. A White. 1886. 33pp. (Out of stock.)

B IB. Higher Devonian faunas of Ontario County, New York, by ,T. M Clarke. 1885. 86 pp, 3 pis.

B 18. Marine Eocene, fresh-water Miocene, and other fossil Mollusca of western North America, by C A. White 1886. 

26pp., 3 pis.

B 19. Notes on the stratigraphy of California, by G. E. Becker. 1885. 28pp. (Out of stock.)

B 22. New Cretaceous fossils from California, by C A. White. 1885. 25pp., 5 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 24. List of marine Mollusca, comprising the Quaternary fossils and Recent forms from American localities between 

Cape Hatteras and Cape Roque, including the Bermudas, by W. H. Dall. 1885. 336 pp.

B 29. Fresh-water invertebrates of the North American Juras^c, by C. A. White. 41 pp., 4 pis.

B 30. Second contribution to the studies on the Cambrian faunas of North America, by C. D. Walcott. 1886. 369 pp., 33 

pis. (Out of stock.)

B 31. Systematic review of our present knowledge of fossil insects, including myriapods and arachnids, by S. H. Scudder.

1886. 128pp. 

B 34. Relation of the Laramie molluscan fauna to that of the succeeding fresh-water Eocene and other groups, by C. A.

White. 1886. 54 pp., 6 pis.

B 37. Types of the Laramie flora, by L. 1C. Ward. 1887. 354 pp., 57 pis. 

B41. Fossil faunas of the Upper Devonian the Gencsce section, New York, by H. S. Williams. 1887. 121 pp., 4 pis. (Out,

of stock.) 

B 43. Tertiary and Cretaceous strata of the Tuscaloosa, Tombigbee, and Alabama rivers, by K. A. Smitli and L. C. Johnson.

1887. 189 pp., 21 pis.

B 51. Invertebrate fossils from the Pacific coast, hy C. A. White. 1889. 102 pp., 14 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 66. Fossil wood and lignite of the Potomac formation, by F. H. Knowlton. 1889. 72 pp., 7 pis. 

B 63. Bibliography of Paleozoic Crustacea from 1698 to 1889, including a list of North American species, and a systematic

arrangement of genera, by A. W. Vogdcs. 1890. 177 pp.

Bf>9. Clashed and annotated bibliography of fossi; insects, by S. H. Scudder. 1890. 101pp.

B 71. Index to known fossil insects of the world, including myriapods and arachnids, by S. II. Scudder. 1891. 744 pp. 

B 77. The Toxan Permian and its Mesozoic types of fossils, by C. A. White. 1891. 51 pp., 4 pis. 

B 80. Correlation papers Devonian and Carboniferous, by H. S. Williams. 1891. 279pp. (Out of stock.) 

B 81. Correlation papers Cambrian, by C. D. Walcott. 1891. 447 pp.. 3 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 82. Correlation papers Cretaceous, by C. A. White. 1891. 273 pp., 3 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B83. Correlation papers Eocene, by W. B. Clark. 1891. 173pp., 2 pis.

B 84. Correlation papers Neocene, by W. H. Dall and G. D. Harris. 1892. 349 pp., 3 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 85. Correlation papers The Newark system, by I. C. Russell. 1892. 344 pp., 13 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B86. Correlation papers Arehean and Algonkian, by C. R. Van Hise. 1892. 549 pp., 12 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 87. Synopsis of American fossil Brachiopoda, including bibliography and synonymy, by Charles Schuchert. 1897. 464pp. 

B 88. Cretaceous foraminifera of New Jersey, by R. M. Bagg, jr. 1898. 89 pp., C pis. 

B 93. Some insects of special interest from Florissant, Colo., and other points -in the Tertiaries of Colorado and Utah, by

S. H. Scudder. 1892. 35 pp., 3 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 97. Mesozoic Echinoderrnata of the United States, by W. B. Clark. 1893. 207 pp., 50 pis.

B 98. Flora of the outlying Carboniferous basins of southwestern Missouri, by David White. 1893. 139 pp., b pis. 

B 101. Insect fauna of the Rhode Island coal field, by S. H. Scudder. 1893. 27 pp., 2 pis. 

B 102. Catalogue and bibliography of North American Mesozoic Invcrtobrata, by C. B. Boyle. 1893. 315 pp. 

B 105. The Laramie and the overlying Livingston formation in Montana, by W. H. Weed, with report on flora, by F. H

Knowlton. 1893. 68pp., 6 pis.

B 106. Colorado formation and ite invertebrate fauna, by T. W. Stanton. 1893. 288 pp., 45 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B110. Paleozoic section in the vicinity of Three Forks, Mont., by A. C. Peale. 1893. 66pp., 6 pis. 

B 120. Devonian system of eastern Pennsylvania and New York, by C. S. Prosser. 1895. 81 pp., 2 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 121. Bibliography of North American paleontology, by C. R. Koyes. 1894. 251 pp. 

B 124. Revision of North American fossil cockroaches, by S. H. Scudder. 1895. 176 pp., 12 pis. 

B 128. Bear Riyer formation and its characteristic fauna, by C. A. White. 1895. 108 pp., 11 pis. 

B133. Contributions to the Cretaceous paleontology of the Pacific coast: The fauna of the Knoxville beds, by T. \V.

Stanton. 1895. 132'pp., 20 pis.

B 134. Cambrian rocks of Pennsylvania, by C. D. Walcott. 1896. 43 pp., 15 pis. 

B 141. Eocene deposits of the middle Atlantic slope in Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia, by W. B. Clark. 1896. 167 pp.,

40 pis. 

B 142. Brief contribution to the geology and paleontology of northwestern Louisiana, by T. W. Vaughan. 1896. 66 pp.,

4 pis.

B 145. Potomac formation in Virginia, by W. M. Fontaine. 1896. 149 pp., 2 pis.

B 151. Lower Cretaceous gryphceas of the Texas region, by R. T. Hill and T. W. Vaughau. 1898. 139 pp., 35 pis. 

B 152. Catalogue of Cretaceous and Tertiary plants of North America, by F. H. Knowlton. 1898. 247 pp.
SERIES LIST. VII

B 153. Bibliographic index of North American Carboniferous invertebrates, by Stuart Weller. 1898. 653 pp.

B163. Tlora of the Montana formation, by F. H. Knowlton. 1900. 118 pp., 19 pis.

B173. Synopsis of American fossil Bryozoa, including bibliography and synonymy, by J. M. Nickles and R. 8. Bassler.

1900. 663pp.

B 179. Bibliography and catalogue ol fohsil Vertebrata of North'America, by O. P. Hay. 1902. 868 pp. 

B191. North American geologic formation names: Bibliography, synomy, and distribution, by F. B. Weeks. 1902. 448pp. 

B 195. Structural details in the Green Mountain region arid in eastern New York (second paper) by T. Nelson Dale. 1902.

22pp., 4 pis.

B 204. Fossil flora of the John Day basin, Oregon1, by F. II. Knowlton. 1902. 153 pp., 17 pis. 

B 205. The Mollusca of the Buda limestone, by G. B. Shattnck, with an appendix on the corals of the Buda limestone, by

T. W. Vaughan. 1903. 94 pp., 27 pis. 

B 206. A study of the fauna of tlie Hamilton formation of the Cayuga Lake section in centra] New York, by H. F. Cleland.

1903. 112 pp., 5 pis

B 210. The correlation of geological faunas; a contribution to Devonian paleontology, by H. 8. Williams. 1903. 147 pp., 1 pi. 

B 211. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the Upper Carboniferous rocks of the Kansas seetion, by G. T. Adams, G. H. Girty,

and David White. 1903. 123 pp., ) pis. (Out of stock)

Veld. Carboniferous formations and faunas of Colorado, by G. H. Girty. 1903. 546 pp., 10 pis. 

PP 19. Contributions to the geology of Washington, by G. O. Smith and Bailey Willis. 1903. 101 pp., 20 pis. 

PP 21. The geology anil ore deposits of the Bisbee quadrangle, Arizona, by F. L. Ransome. 1904. 168"pp., 29 pis. 

PP 24. Zinc and lead deposits of northern Arkansas, by G. I. Adams, assisted by A H. Pnrdtie and E. F. Burehani, with

a section on the determination and correlation of formations, by E. 0. Ulrich. 1904. 118 pp., 27 pis. 

PP 31. Preliminary report on tlie geology of the Arbnekle and Wichita mountains in Indian Territory and Oklahoma, by

J. A. Taft: with an appendix on the reported ore deposits in the Wiehita Mountains, by H. F. Bain. 1904. 97

pp., 8 pis. 

PP 32. Preliminary report on the geology and underground water resources of (lie central Great Plains, by N. H. Darton.

1905. 433pp., 72 pis.

B 244. Contributions to Devonian paleontology, 1903, by II. S. Williams and E. M. Kindle. 1905. 137 pp., 4 pis. 

PP35. The gcolngy of the Perry basin in southeastern Maine, by G.O. Smith and David White. 1905. 107 pp., 6 pis. 

PP36. The lead, zinc, and fluorspar deposits of western Kentucky, by E. O. Ulrich and W. S. T. Smith. 1905. 218pp.,

15 pis.

B 267. Geology and paleontology of the Judith .River beds, by T. W. Stanton and J. B. Hatcher, with a chapter on the fossil plants, by F. H. Knowlton. 1905. 174 pp., 19 pis. 

B 266. Paleontology of the Malone Jurassic formation of Texas, by F. W. Cragin, with stratigraphic notes on Malone

Mountain and the surrounding region near Sierra Blanca, Texas, by T. W. Stanton. 1905. 172 ppt, 29 pis. 

PP 40. The Trmssie cophalopod genera of America, by Alpheus Hyatt and J. P. Smith. 1905. 394 pp., 85 pis. 

B 268. Miocene foraminifera from the Monterey shale of California, with a few species from the Tejonformation, by R. M.

Bagg, jr. 1905. 78 pp., 11 pis.

PP 47. The Tertiary and Quaternary Pectens of California, by Ralph Arnold, 1906. 264 pp., 53 pis. 

PP 51. Geology of the Bighorn Mountains, by N. H. Darton. 1900. 129 pp., 47 pis 

B 292. The Bryozoan fauna of the Rochester shale, by R. S. Bassler. 1906. 137 pp., 31 pis: 

PP 56 Geography and geology of a portion of southwestern Wyoming, with special reference to coal and oil, by A. C,

Veatch. 1907. 178 pp., 26 pis.

SERIES F, GEOGRAPHY.

Bo. Dictionary of altitudes in United States, by Henry Gannett. 188J. 325pp. (Out of stock; see Bulletin 274.)

B 6. Elevations in Dominion of Canada, by J. W. Spencer. 1884. 43pp. (Out of stock.)

B 13. Boundaries of United States and of the several States and Territories, with historical sketch of territorial changes, 

by Henry Gannett. 1885. 135pp. (Out of stock; see Bulletin 226.)

B 48. On form and position of sea level, by R. S. Woodward. 1888. 88pp. (Out of stock.)

B 49. Latitudes and longitudes of certain points in Missouri, Kansas, and New Mexico, by K. S. Woodward. 1889. 133 pp 

(Out of stock.)

B50. Formulas and tables to facilitate the construction and use of maps, by R. S. Woodward. 1889. 124 ]>p. (Out ol 

stock.)

B 70. Report on astronomical work of 1889 and 1890, by R. S. Woodward. 1890. 79 pp.

B 72. Altitudes between Lake Superior and Rocky Mountains, by Warren Upham. 1891 229 pp,

B 76. Dictionary of altitudes in United States (second edition), by Henry Gannett. 1891. 393 pp. (Out of stock; see Bulletin 274.)

B 115. Geographic dictionary of Rhode Island, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 31pp.

B 116. Geographic dictionary of Massachusetts, by'Henry Gannett. 1894. 126pp.

B117. Geographic dictionary of Connecticut, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 67pp.

B 118. Geographic dictionary of New Jersey, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 131 pp.

B 122. Results of primary triangulation, by Henry Gannett. 1894. 412pp., 17 pis. (Out of stock.)

B 123. Dictionary of geographic positions, by Henry Gannett. 1895. 183 pp., 1 map. (Out of stock.)

B 154. Gazetteer of Kansas, by Henry Gannett. 1898. 246 pp., 6 pis.

B 160. Dictionary of altitudes in United States (third edition), by Henry Gannett. 1899. 775pp. (Out of stock; see 

Bulletin 274.)

B 166. Gazetteer of Utah, by Henry Gannett. 1900. 43 pp., 1 map. (Out of stock.)

B 169. Altitudes in Alaska, by Henry Gannett. 1900. 13 pp.
VIII SERIES LIST.

B 170. Survey of boundary line between Idaho and Montana from international boundary to crest of Bitterroot Mouii

tains, by R. U. Goode. 1900. 67 pp., 14 pis. 

B 171. Boundaries of United States and of the several States and Territories, with outline of history of all importaiil

changes of territory (second edition), by Henry Gannett. 1900. 142 pp., 53 pis. (Outof stock; see Bulletin 226.) 

V B174. Survey of northwestern boundary of United States,-1857-1861, by Marcus Bnkcr. 1900. 78pp., 1 pi. (Out of stock.) 

B 175. Triangulation and spirit leveling in Indian Territory, by C. H. Pitch. 1900. 141 pp., 1 pi. 

B 181. Results of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1900-19U1, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Renshawe.

E. M. Douglas, and R. U Goode. 1901. 240 pp., 1 map. 

B183. Gazetteer of Porto Rico, by Henry Gannett. 1901. 51pp. 

B 185. Results of spirit leveling, fiscal year 1900-1901, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Reushawe, E. -M. Douglas, and R. U. Goode.

1901. 219pp.

B 187. Geographic dictionary of Alaska, by Marcus Baker. 1901. 446pp. (Out of stock.) 

B 190. Gazetteer of Texas, by Henry Gannett. 1902. .162 pp., 8 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 192. Gazetteer of Cuba, by Henry Gannett. 1902. 113 pp., 8 pis. (Out of stock.) 

B 194. Northwest boundary of Texas, by Marcus Baker. 1902. 51 pp., 1 pi.

B 190. Topographic development of the Klamath Mountains, byj. S. Diller. 1902. 69 pp., 13 pis.

B 197. The origin of certain place names in the United States, by Henry Gannett. 1902. 280 pp. (Out of stock; see Bulletin 2J8.) 

B 201. Results of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1901-2, by H. M. Wilson, J. H. Renshawe, E. M.

Douglas, and K. U. Goode. 1902. 164 pp., 1 pi.

B214. Geographic tables and formulas, compiled by^S. S. Gannett. 1903. 284pp. (Out of stock; see Bulletin 234.) 

i B 216. Results of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1902-3, by S. S. Gannett. 1903. 222 pp., 1 pi. 

B221. Gazetteerof Texas (second edition), by Henry Gannett. 19U4. 177pp., 7 pis. 

B 226. Boundaries of the United States and of the several States and Territories, with an outline of the history of all

important changes of territory (third edition), by Henry Gannett. 1904. 145 pp., 54 pis. 

B 230. Gazetteer of Delaware, by Henry Gannett. 1904. 15 pp. 

B 231. Gazetteer of Maryland, by Henry Gannett. 1904. 84 pp. 

B 232. Gazetteer of Virginia, by Henry Gannett. 1904. 159 pp, 

B 238. Gazetteer of West Virginia, by Henry Gannett. 1904. 164 pp.

B 231. Geographic tables and formulas (second edition), compiled by S. S. Gannett. 1904. 310pp. (Out of stock.) 

B 215. Results of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1902-3, by S. S. Gannett. 190i. 328 pp., 1 pi. 

B 248. Gazetteer of Indian Territory, by Henry Gannett. 1904. 70 pp.

B 258. The origin of certain place names in the United States (seeond edition), by Henry Gannett. 1905. 334 pp. 

PP 45. The geography and geology of Alaska, a summary of existing knowledge, by A. H. Brooks, with a section on climate,

by Cleveland Abbe, jr., and a topographic map and description thereof, by R. U. Goode. 1906. 327 pp., 34 pis. 

B 274. A dictionary of altitudes in the United States (fourth edition), compiled by Henry Gannett. 1906. 1072 pp. 

B 276. Results of primary triangulation and primary traverse, fiscal year 1904-5, by S. S. Gannett. 1905. 263 pp., 1 pi. 

B 281. Results of spirit leveling in the State of New York for the years 1890 to 1905, inclusive, by S. S. Gannett and D. H.

Baldwin. 1906. 112 pp. 

B 288. Results of spirit leveling in Pennsylvania for the years 1899 to 1905, inclusive, by S. S. Gannett and D. H. Baldwin.

1906. 62pp.

B 291. Gazetteer of Colorado, by Henry Gannett. 1906. 185 pp.

B 299. Geographic dictionary of Alaska, by Marcus Baker; second edition, prepared by James McCormick. 1906. 690 pp. 

B 302. Areas ol the United States, the States, and the Territories, by Henry Gannett. 1906. 9 pp., 1 pi. 

B 306. Rate of recession of Niagara Falls, by G. H. Gilbert, accompanied by a report on the survey of the crest, by W. C.

Hall. 1906. 31 pp., 11 pis. 

PP 56. Geography and geology of a portion of southwestern Wyoming, with special reference to coal and oil, by A. O.

Veatch. 1907. 178 pp., 26 pis.

Correspondence should be addressed to

THE DIRECTOR,

UNITED STATES GEOLOGICAL SURVEY,

WASHINGTON, D. 0. 

SEPTEMBER, 1907.

o
in of Wyoming on PL 111. 

(For of of and see PL IV.)

and 

groups. Formations,

fr 

1

Hood-plsla deposits.

bottoms, with accompanying rifer

Hill wash, etc., 

ormations.

Symbol ua6d oil j 

geologic map. Character ol roots.

Qfp...............! Clay and fine silts....

Qb...............| Silt, sand, and gravel.

Thickness.

ft- 25

Economic Talus.

ft- 75

Qhw.

QJt...............I Silt, sand,-;

High terraces,........................ Qht

(I),.....

BAdger formation......... _ ....... (Not

Eaight lormatfoB ...................4 Tk

Uncoiiformity 

ormation

Almy formation

SUt, sand, gavel, dfljris. 0-200

with terraces important agricultural of this

0- 40

Silt, sand, graTcI 0-40 | Iiaportant agricultural land. Gravel for road metal and osuerets work.

............-..l Gravel remnants on Aspen Mountain, Sillem Ridge, and Bowlder Ridge, some ol wMeh suggest

I the Wyosiiag eocglomerate. 0- 50

parated}.,! and days, composed largely of volcanic ash,« with white M,200-l,800 I

; basds Slled with freshwater 8ti6llB. Contains a large isaiBmaiian faasa, | j

Predominantly light-colored by light-colored, thln-beddaJ i

with plant Layers of bituminoas Fossii ;

at base of formation. '

<3,000±

Yaiiegated yellow aad sandy clays, with irregularly bedded white and yellow sandstones, l 

Contain C®r$/ph®d@n and otbef aniaml remaims. " j

Yields oil and flowing at Fossil, tat oft has dearly thru 

from underlying beds. Yields flowing water of quality 

on Bifer abcwe Evsnston.

j "White teds;" light-colored rhyoilMc ash with interbedded fresli-| 0-2,500+- 

I shells, fish, and plants. I \

Yellow aad reddish-yellow aatidy clays, with irregularly the 2,100-2,200 ] Of probable importmBee as ma artesian-water horizon, 

conglomerate beets. | i *

Unconformity,

dafiile formation, with b^aai J/aze- 1 

aft sandstone.

I

Yellow, gray, and black clays, with irregular yellow sandstone, fa conglomeratic. Several coal beds. Characterized by plants which are distinctive ol the upper L»ra- I 

niie or Berrrer beds, and by icvertebraies, some of wMefi &re coiauioii to the lAramie asd 1 

Fort Union. on EiTer »nd Beckwith |

Yellow, gray, and elays, with irregularly brown yellow I

coal beds. Sooth of Pass tunnel is at the of 

formation a prominent wtiite sandstone, 180 to 200 feet tMek. Immediately afoow this is the j 

Ada¥iile~!<az8art coal, 20-84 f«t thiefc, associated with it are-beds containing plants sncl 

invertebrate which are older than taramie. The overlying tower 

e leases.

0-1,600+ Contaiss at the Efanston <Almy Bed Canyon) mines. The 

j has repotted as niuc!ia,a thick, tat iteontains 

j bone, and for may be havinga 

ol 18 feet, workable to two

4,000+ Contains many of coal of wot thickness. The Adaville coal

Ada¥tile (34 thick), Lazeart (38 thick), sad Cartton 

(22 thick). The tunnel, 1,400 long, cut coal 

varying in liont 2.S to 30 feet. Farther west the Twin 

tunnel, 1,400 feet long, cut six 5, 2,8,10,6, ana 18 test

Hilllardformation. Eh. Gray to Mack sasdy shales aad shaly sandstones, which weatlier imtiilyaixd produce a 5,IKJG?-6,S 

of low relief, Hollow, affording few exposures. West of Frontier 3,000 to | 

feet ftbowthe base of itoe formation there are several tMck lenses of white sandgtoae. ^Pfegse ' 

contain Bsm@rons ol Iii&eemmns exogyr@M&t a species characteristic of th6 i 

Niobrata or Benton to the Cretaceous of the Rocky Mountains,

Frontier formations with Oyster I KX..

j Kor.

Altersaciag beds of yellow and gray sandstone nwl yeEow, graj, asd bl&elc e4rboB&e^ous elays 

with Tieds. Forms prooouneed parallel or hogbacks. Contains <tistiaeti^e Beiiton fossils. la Epper part of f oramtios is ft pronounced bed 0! coarse sttucistoBe, 

occasionally numerous oysters. This is the "Oyster 

sandstone."

2,200-2,600

Is aot knows to eoataia coal of 0j0somie taffiortasee. Cai°lx>Hae6Qiis Matter has at sefera! points and coal is reported in the 

well Spring Valley ,§40 above the Eemmeier coals, bat coal 

fa the the Billiard and toe Knight,

ssd M prsbaWy IST

Contains Kenimerer, Willow Creek, Carter, Sptlag Vallev coals. The 

are extensively mined at Fronfier.'DIamondvUle, Oakley, Gleaeoo, Cumbedaud. Coatains of sandstone ol 

quality, tor building purposes at Kemimerer, Onarry 

Waterfall and Oatder, '

formation..................... I Ka..

5? -S» 1 Bear Error 

Il-|i

IQ a g formation.

a «o

m. ...............

Jkb...... .........

Black and gray shales containing abundant flsh often weathering si y... ....... ..j 1,500-2,000

Bark-colored shales willi tMs-bedde4, shaly sandstones and iiraestoses, eontminiag abundant j 5 

invertebrate fossils several thin of impure coal.

Bed, yellow, reddish-yellow at many tMofc, reddish beds.

I Twin formation. Jte..

Cootaiss oil developed is wslls Bortfaeast of Spring Valley, 

source of oil in Hiiuard, Carter, and oil spring.

Attempts haye to dwetop in Icrmatioa at

sBd CokwUte Bete too thin ana Impure to be of value at 

Yields oil in two Spring Valiey,

3,800-6,300 for copper, near center of overturned

mntisMae at the Cockscomb, T. 19 N.» R. J20 W., a small showing of cmrtxtnstes lias b6en f©imd in a fallow sattastoie csstkiBing 

matter.

Black and gray shaly with teds of yellow the 3,500-3,800 

containing nffinerous characteristic marine spper jErassie fossils. f

 r . Yellow, and and ..-.,. I 1,

1 Tlaynesformation................... Ct

Woodside foiuiattoB.................j Cw,

Tbin-feedded gray liiaestoiies and jeliow saBd 

"Pemio-Carljoniferons" fauna.

Sj containing an aljQnclaBtaBdctiaraetgrlsti© t 2,400-2^690^- |

Red stiales and sandstoses.

Park City formation.................; Cp............... J Gray sanjy limestone............................................................................

500

700+

Weberqoartdte....................-! Cwq..............i Gray to white qnartzitic sandstones, .otten not seen. 1,000+ 1 Has for north of Watercress Can¥on, 

j T. 22 N, B. US W., a ef has found.

(To face page 50.)

a Ol>ser%"ation of W. J. Sinclair, of American of Natural History party o£ 1908. 

& Measored by W. B. Mattbews and Walter Granger in Brietger basis, ol tMs arsiu 

« Estimate of ClareiM^ King of maxiiauia thickness east ol IMS region. ;

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY

No. 64.

U. P. 0. Co.

No. 6.

No. 18.

D.O. &C.Co. 

No. 1.

No. 53.

U. P. O. Co.

No. 5.

No. a2.

D. C. &C. Co. 

No. 4.

No. 33. 

D. C. & C. Co.

No. 2.

NO. 48.

D.O. &C. CO. 

No. 3.

HORI ZON

No. 55.

V. f. O. Co.

No. 7.

OF

No. 69.

U. F. O. Co.

No. 8.

KEM MERER

No. 70.

U. F. O. Co.

No. 9.

COAL.

SCALE IN FEET 

IOO ZOO 300

PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. XXV

No. 78.

U. P.O. Co.

No. S.

No. 77.

U. P. C. Co.

NO. 8.

No. 95.

U. F. C. Co.

No. 4.

M aa*

m£«: : Grave!

LEGEND

Shale 

Sandstone

Clay and bowlders

J3 Shale and sandstone 

Coal 

C\£y shale

DIAMOND-DRILL BORINGS BETWEEN KEMMERER AND DEVILS GLEN, UINTA COUNTY, WYO.

For locations see Plate XXIII. D. C. & C Co.= Diamond Coal and Coke Company; U. P. C. Co.= Union Pacific Coal Company.

U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. XXIV

*"***

*****

Sand rocK p^:

Clay 

Sand rock

SECTION AT CUMBERLAND

ON NORTH LINE OF SECTIONS 3IAND3Z T.I9N.R.II6W 

eEKERW. FITCH OF STRATA ZZ° 3'3*light colored clay E r

TccaLand bone 

;4*iightclay

I'lO'coal

jE'e'ynstratified clay.E

lO'bonycpal a 

1'3'cOBI

Sandy clay slate floor '"^

SECTION AT SPRING_GAP

THROUGH sfe-SEC25, T.I7N,RIITW 

GENERAL PITCH OF STRATA 32.°

Spring Valley coals

5000 "Sandstone

Limestone Ofeet

SECTION AT SPRING VALLEY

FROM MOUTH OF SPRING VALLEY MINE WEST ON UNE OF DIP

Tire Clay

l'9"coal 

5'rock

k'coal

I'a'clay

|2'6"coal

^^jClay roof 

Ej^Bl'6'coal 

J BIBs'-bony coal

Mo.140

SECTIONS OF COAL-BEARING FRONTIER FORMATION IN UINTA COUNTY, WYO. 

By Union Pacific Coal Company, 1904. 



U. S. GEOLOGICAL SURVEY PROFESSIONAL PAPER NO. 56 PL. X

1, lo. Ostrea soleniscus Meek, from horizon of sandstone lentil in Hilliard formation north of Hams Fork, southwest corner sec. 33, T. 23 N. R. 116 W. 2 Inoceramus umbonatus Meek and Hayden, from 2 miles southwest of Altamont.

FOSSILS FROM HILLIARD FORMATION.